9 Asphalt - Safe Work Practices & Procedures Manual 2017-18

ELLISDON SAFE WORK PRACTICES & PROCEDURES MANUAL
This manual is intended for use by EllisDon personnel as a resource for the production of site specific Safe Work Procedures.
A safe work procedure may contain several safe work practices and it is not the intention of this manual to act as a sole
source for these. The information presented in this compilation of safe work practices and procedures is, to the best of our
knowledge, current at the time of printing and is intended for general application. This publication is not a definitive guide
to government regulations or to practices and procedures wholly applicable under every circumstance. The appropriate
regulations and statutes should be consulted.
Please consult your Regional Safety Representative if you require assistance.
July 2017 - 2018
I
SAFE WORK PRACTICES POLICY
Safe Work Practices are an effective means to control hazards and prevent accidents. The Safe Work Practices can only be
useful if the following conditions are met:
(a) Safe Work Practices are in writing;

(b) Employees understand and apply them;
(c) Required equipment and management support are present to permit compliance;
(d) Supervisors/Foremen ensure Safe Work Practices are followed;
(e) Safe Work Practices will be reviewed on an annual basis with employees.
II
EllisDon Safety
PRE-JOB SAFETY ASSESSMENT - PSA
PSA's are one type of Field Level Hazard Assessment that is an essential tool in the hazard recognition and control process.
The most important step in the process is the communication of hazards and control measures to the workers performing
the work. This is best accomplished at the field level on at least a daily basis or when the scope of work changes significantly
and new hazards are presented. The smallest work group or crew under supervision of a foreman or lead hand must meet
with the lead hand or foreman prior to the shift starting and complete the PSA card together. Safety Coordinators should
assist in the implementation of the PSA process in its initial stages or when crews are not putting the required effort into it. It
is essential that workers and foremen complete this process together and put genuine effort into the completion of the
cards. If a crew does the same task repeatedly, complacency, or changing weather are examples of new hazards that need to
be identified and controlled.
PSA's
Identify hazards associated with the work tasks and assess their risks on the day of the job.
Put controls in place so that risks are kept to an acceptable level.
Decrease risk and increase the reliability of work.
Reduce the number and associated costs of incidents.
The process of PSA's includes:

Tools that help workers stop, think and put controls in place
Training for supervisors and workers
The PSA card to document field level hazard assessments and make improvements.
III
EllisDon Safety IV
SAFE WORK PRACTICES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description PAGES Description PAGES
Asphalt Paving 1 Hydraulic Excavators - Lifting With Slings 85
ATV (Quad) Single Person Use Without Roll Over Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) Exposure 86-87
Protective Structure (ROPS) 2 Hygiene 88
Backing Up Mobile Equipment 3-4 Ladders - Extension Ladders 89
Chainsaws 5 Ladders - Job-Built Wooden Ladders 90
Circular, Radial and Table Saws 6 Ladders-Step Ladders 91
Cleaning Solvents and Flammables 7 Legionellosis 92
Cold Stress 8-13 Lifting Devices
Compressed Air/Pneumatic Tools 14 - Hand Trucks, Dollies, Carts etc. 93
Compressed Gas Handling 15 Lightning 94
Concrete Pumping (Mobile) 16-17 Locates 95
Confined Spaces 18-20 Lockouts/Tagging 96-97
Confined Space Hazard Assessment Checklist 21 Manual Lifting 98
Confined Space Hazard Awareness Mast-Climbing Work Platform Scaffolds 99-100
Acknowledgement 22 Material Containment on
Confined Space Entry Permit 23-25 Elevated Structures (Wind) 101
Confined Space Hazard Management Plan 26-34 Material Handling and Storage 102-104
Confined Space Rescue Plan 35 Material Landing Platforms 105-106
Cranes - Mobile and Stationary 36-38 Mobile Equipment 107
Defective Tools 39 Night Shift Safety 108
Defensive Driving Techniques 40 Noise in Construction 109-110
Demolition 41 Overhead Powerlines 111-112
Drills 42 Overhead Protection and
Dust in Construction 43 Man/Material Hoists 113
Electrical Safety 44-46 Powder-Actuated Tools 114
Equipment Maintenance Program 47 Power Elevated Work Platforms (PEWP’s) 115-116
Ergonomics in Construction 48 Propane Handling 117-119
Excavations/Ground Disturbance 49-51 Radiation and X-Rays 120
Exhausting of Vehicles 52 Rebar Protection 121
Fall Arrest 53-54 Refuelling 122
Fall Protection 55 Rigging (Equipment Inspection) 123-126
Fall Rescue Plan 56 Scaffolds/Inspection 127-128
Fall Protection and Rescue Plan Silica Exposure 129
(How to Develop a Plan) 57-61 Snow and Ice Removal 130
Fire Extinguisher Use/Flammable Stilts In Construction 131
and Combustible Substances 62 Suspended Work Platforms 132-133
Floor Openings/Covers 63 Temporary Heat 134-135
Floor Protection 64-65 Temporary Lighting 136
Forklifts 66-67 Tiger Torches 137
GFCI 68 Tractor Trailer Truck Inspection 138-140
Glass Handling 69 Traffic Control 141
Glass Handling – Lead 70 Trailer Hitches 142
Grinding-Portable/Stationary 71 Travel Restraint 143
Guardrails 72-73 Unexpected Discovery of
Guardrail Removal 74 Designated Substance 144
Heat Stress 75 Vehicle Inspection 145-146
Heat Stress – Response Chart 76 Ventilation 147
Heat Stroke 77 Warm-up Exercises 148-152
Hoarding 78 Welding, Cutting and Open Flame 153-154
Hoisting – Critical Lift 79 Working Alone 155
Hoisting – General 80-81 Working in Poor Weather Conditions 156-157
Hot Work Activities 82-83 Working Over and Around Water 158-159
Housekeeping 84
V
VI
EllisDon Safety
SAFETY PROCEDURES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description PAGES
Fall Protection 162-164

Synthetic Vitreous Fibres (Man Made Mineral Fibre (MMMF)) 165-181
Confined Space (Ontario Requirements) 183-185
Confined Space Entry 186-187
Confined Spaces In Construction 189-209
Blood-borne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan 210-213
Lead Exposure 214-215
Respiratory Protection for the Construction Industry 218-235
Asbestos Controls for Construction Renovation Demolition 236-303
Mould Growth Prevention and Remediation 305-307
Mould 308-312
Mould Prevention From Outside Sources 313
Cryptococcus Neoformans - Bird Manure 314
Constructing, Placing, Pouring – Column Forms 315-316
Constructing, Placing, Pouring – Wall Forms 317-318
Stripping Column and Wall Forms 319-320
Assembling, Placing/Setting Flyforms for Suspended Slabs 321-322
Pouring Concrete on Flyform Decks for Suspended Slabs 323-324
Stripping Flyforms 325-326
Stripping Hand Set Suspended Slab Formwork 327-328
Formwork Inspection Checklist Introduction (British Columbia) 329
Operation of a Mobile Crane on a Project 330-331
Tower Crane/Mobile Equipment Overlap Permit 332-333
Operation of a Mobile Crane Within the Swing Zone of a Tower Crane on a Project 334
Operation of Tower Crane(s) on a Project 335-340
Critical Lift Checklist 341-345
Live Wire Work 346
Live Wire Procedure for Working on or near energized electrical equipment 347-349
Live Wire Procedure for Working near Overhead Power Lines 350-352
Request for Live Wire Work Permit 353-354
Man/Material Hoist 355
Man/Material Hoist Rescue 356
VII
VIII
EllisDon Safety
ASPHALT PAVING
1. Task
The tasks involve spreading and rolling of hot asphalt, transfer of hot asphalt from triaxle to spreader and/or shuttle
buggy and the raking of hot asphalt.
2. Hazards
Potential risks include asphalt burns, inhalation of asphalt fumes, moving equipment/material trucks/parts and vehicular
hazards, extreme weather conditions (hot and cold stress).
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), standard PPE as per Company Policy; CSA helmet with a chin strap, reflective vest, eye
protection and/or visor on helmet. Familiarization with the machine and the operator’s manual. Reduced speed.
Equipment to be used can include: tack coat truck, material trucks, asphalt spreader, shuttle buggy, skid steer,
steel/rubber tire roller.
Ensure all asphalt workers obtain the proper knowledge, training and experience to perform the task at hand.
Ensure all workers are aware of all the safety hazards associated with asphalt fumes, hot asphalt etc. Workers are to
consult “Hazard Identification” section of the safety data sheets.
Workers are to wear all proper PPE when working around asphalt. Workers are to wear safety glasses, a hard hat,
durable leather gloves and a safety vest.
Dress appropriate for weather conditions, stay hydrated, reference hygiene requirements in SDS.
A traffic control plan must be in place to isolate and control paving operations. Traffic Control plan must meet all
legislative requirements.
If paving operation is within closure, a flagger must stop traffic and allow material trucks in and out of the closure to
dump material safely. Flagger must have all appropriate PPE and training as per legislative requirements.
Operators are to perform a pre-use inspection on all pieces of paving equipment. Operators are to ensure all kill
switches are in working condition in the event of an emergency. Operators are to ensure guards are in place around
augers.
Workers are not to stand behind material truck when truck makes initial dump. Workers must be aware of their
surroundings when material trucks enter and exit the work zone. In some cases, driver might not be aware of
paving operations.
Workers are not to move between or behind all paving equipment. If an equipment operator's path is obstructed, a
spotter must guide operator and point out all potential hazards. The spotter must be identified on the PSA. Be
advised that material transfer vehicles have lots of blind spots. The operator and workers must be aware of their
surroundings.
All workers are to stay a safe distance away from all moving parts i.e auger on pieces of equipment.
Workers are to consult the “First Aid Measures” section of the SDS if exposed to asphalt.
1
EllisDon Safety
ATV (QUAD) SINGLE PERSON USE WITHOUT ROLL OVER
PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
1. Task
Using an ATV to access large sites typically in rough terrain.
2. Hazards
Rollover, crushed by, pinched by, tipping, flipping over backwards, struck by.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), standard PPE as per Company Policy; CSA helmet with a chin strap, reflective vest, eye
protection and/or visor on helmet. Familiarization with the machine and the operator’s manual. Reduced speed.
Operator must be qualified and have an appropriate class of driver’s licence for the province in which the ATV is
being operated.
Competency on the equipment must have been previously verified prior to starting the task. This may be achieved
by completing an ATV Safety Course or be an experienced rider to be verified prior to use.
Perform an inspection of the vehicle prior to starting operation and document on pre-use inspection document.
You may not carry a passenger on your equipment.
Do not start vehicle in close proximity to flammables or explosives.
Never overfill the fuel lines.
Complete a PSA. The PSA must include slope and speed restrictions as identified in the Manufacturer’s
Specifications. If Manufacturer’s Specifications do not include this detail, a JHA specific to the quad and task must
be developed to determine safe speeds and slopes and approved by that workers supervisor prior to starting task.
When travelling through grassy areas, it is common for debris/soil/grass to accumulate on the exhaust pipe.
Ensure the exhaust is cleaned off prior to use while it is still cool, to prevent the exhaust from igniting the
debris on the pipe.
When descending down a hill, gear down to allow the engine to slow you down in addition to your brakes, as
required.
When turning or climbing hills, lean into them to assist your vehicle’s ability to remain in control.
Remain cautious to overhead hazards such as branches or cables.
If your equipment is defective, ensure all repairs are reported and completed by a competent person prior to use.
Always ensure your supervisor is aware of your travel path prior to departure in case you sustain an injury.
2
BACKING UP MOBILE EQUIPMENT
1. Task
The safe backing up of mobile equipment on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Personal injury, property damage due to vehicular accidents.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Adequately trained flag person (knowledge of correct hand signals for directing
traffic), CSA/ANSI approved PPE i.e. retro-reflective fluorescent garment, adequate size stop/slow paddle, audible back
up alarm, appropriate signage, competent supervision.
Before any equipment is to be backed up, the operator must do a vehicle walk around to ensure there are no
hazards around him or the vehicle and that the terrain is suitable.
All mobile equipment must be equipped with an audible back up alarm in accordance with EllisDon policy and
local legislation. If the back up alarm does not work, a competent flag person must help the driver reverse the
vehicle or the vehicle will be shut down until a qualified mechanic can fix the alarm. Vehicles not equipped with
back up alarms must be retrofitted.
Always look back on both sides of vehicle before backing up.
Activate four way flashers and honk horn before backing up.
Where ground workers are involved, ensure all are clear of the machine before moving. Workers must ensure that
the driver sees them, DO NOT assume that the driver sees you, make sure eye to eye contact is made before workers
cross vehicles path. All workers in the vicinity of mobile equipment must wear retro-reflective fluorescent
garments. NO EXCEPTIONS.
A competent, trained, flag person MUST be used if the vehicle is trying to navigate into traffic. The flag person must
be aware of all the hazards around them and use correct hand signals to direct traffic. They must know the drivers
blind spots and stay out of them. They must be visible to the driver and the general public.
Traffic control personnel must be equipped with a stop/slow sign that meets regulatory standards and must wear a
retro-reflective fluorescent garment.
THE USE OF CELL PHONES and/or Bluetooth WHILE OPERATING ANY EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY OR TOOLS IS
STRICTLY PROHIBITED AND WILL NOT BE TOLERATED.
Traffic control plan to be generated to avoid unnecessary backing up of vehicles and equipment. Some jurisdictions
require the use of warning signs if the site cannot be arranged to prevent the backing up of vehicles.
Traffic control persons are responsible for traffic control only, not backing vehicles onto projects. This task must be
performed by a second person.
Traffic control persons are to be competent workers and must not have any other duties to complete while acting
as a signaller.
All traffic control persons are required to have a copy of their certification with them at all times.
When backing up a vehicle the traffic control person must be positioned to allow the driver continuous view of
signals through rearview mirrors.
3
BACKING UP MOBILE EQUIPMENT CONT’D
SEE and BE SEEN
Communicate with
operator before
entering danger
zone.
Always be aware
of equipment
backing up.
4
EllisDon Safety
CHAINSAWS
1. Task
Working safely with a chainsaw.
2. Hazards
Power source hazards, material handling hazards, cut by hazard, tool-use hazards, ergonomic hazards, chemical hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Legislative, engineering, PPE, CSA/ANSI approved equipment, worker training.
All equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved.

No worker shall use a chain saw unless he or she has been adequately trained in its use.
Chainsaws need to be inspected and documented before each use, to ensure all handles and guards are in place
and tight, that the cutting chain is properly adjusted, that the muffler is operative, and that chain brakes and other
manufacturer’s safety features remain operational.
All chainsaws must have a chain that minimizes kickback, and also must have a device to stop the chain if a
kickback occurs.
Every worker using a chainsaw must wear the proper personal protective equipment and clothing, including gloves,
adequate eye (a mesh full face shield) and hearing protection, and need to avoid wearing loose clothing.
Specialized cut proof pants/chaps, ballistic material are highly recommended.
A worker shall hold a chainsaw firmly on sure footing when starting it, and firmly with both hands while
operating it.
Chainsaws shall be started on the ground or where otherwise firmly supported.
Chainsaws shall not be used to cut directly overhead or at a distance that would require the operator to relinquish a
firm grip on the saw, or to assume an off-balance position or insecure footing.
When using a chainsaw, always stand beside the tool, never behind it.
Only cut wood with a chainsaw.
Calculate how the object being cut will fall before beginning. Secure object from falling when possible.
Never use gas-powered chainsaws in closed-in areas, or indoors.
No unnecessary chainsaw idling.
Fall protection required when cutting openings in floors or working at heights.
Any maintenance beyond routine maintenance must be performed by a qualified person.
5
CIRCULAR, RADIAL AND TABLE SAWS
1. Task
The safe operation of circular, radial, and table saws.
2. Hazards
Electrical shock, cut by – struck by hazards, airborne dust, noise, ergonomic (sprain – strain injuries), tripping hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, worker training and competency, equipment
and work area inspection.
Saw must be used only in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines and instructions.
All electrical circuits must be GFCI equipped.
All switches must be in good working order.
Inspect the saw’s cord, guard, trigger and blade before connecting to power source. If any defects are found, saw
should be removed and tagged from service.
Power source must be disconnected prior to making any adjustments to the saw or changing the blade.
Do not wear loose clothing.
Material being cut must be properly secured and cut on a firm surface to prevent the material from moving.
Select the proper blade for the work that is being performed. Ensure the blade is installed properly in the right
direction and secured.
Some materials and types of wood contain hazardous ingredients. Check MSDS sheets and choose the appropriate
respiratory and other PPE.
Prepare a procedure providing for the protection of co-workers in surrounding area.
Never force saw through material being cut.
Inspect all material for hazards, i.e. nails, concrete etc. before cutting.
Work area must be well lit and kept free of debris.
Dust extraction equipment should be used when operating equipment in enclosed areas. Appoint respiratory
protection and/or ventilation for dust.
Do not overextend or operate the saw in a position where body is off balance.
Do not carry saw with finger on trigger.
Use “push stick”, not fingers to propel material through table saws.
Do not modify or remove machine guarding.
Cordless saws must be double insulated.
Protect all power cords from damage, ie. sharp objects, high traffic areas and corrosive materials.
6
EllisDon Safety
CLEANING SOLVENTS AND FLAMMABLES
1. Task
Working safely with solvents and flammables.
2. Hazards
Improper use of solvents causing bodily injury, (poisoned by), fire and explosion hazards, asphyxiation, reactivity
hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). WHMIS 2015 training, MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets), correct labeling, CSA/ANSI
approved containers, CSA/ANSI approved PPE, adequate ventilation, workplace monitoring, schedule coordination –
separation of other workers, proper removal and disposal – site environmental plan.
Before working with any solvents or flammables, workers MUST read and understand the up to date MSDS (three (3)
years). The MSDS must be on site and readily available to the worker.
All containers MUST be adequately labeled before workers are to use the product. If the container is not labeled,
the worker is NOT to use the product.
If the worker comes in contact with the product, only first aid measures that are stated on the MSDS must be used.
All containers being used must be approved storage containers for that product.
All Personal Protective Equipment listed on the MSDS must be worn/used before workers may work with the
product.
NEVER mix products together without reading the MSDS.
When working with solvents or flammables, ensure that there is adequate ventilation. This can be achieved by
natural or mechanical means, (explosion proof fans), depending on product and concentrations.
When working with flammables, workers MUST have the proper fire protection in place, i.e. 4A40BC fire
extinguisher at hand.
A hot work permit must be filled out and handed in to the proper authorities if working with an open flame around
flammable materials.
Work area must be monitored to establish concentration levels and corrective measures taken if levels exceed
allowable limits.
Monitoring equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and operated by a competent person.
All cleaning solvents and flammables must be stored in well-ventilated areas.
Danger due to signs to be posted in the appropriate locations.
Ensure correct measures are taken for proper disposal.
When decanting ensure workplace label is placed on portable container.
Where a workplace label is not practical, use a workplace identifier, ie. tie tag.
Decant only the amount of material required for the task.
Containers which may leak must be stored in a spill container receptacle outdoors with Danger Due To signage and
fire extinguisher present.
Dispose of hazardous containers on project daily as per municipal, provincial or federal guidelines.
When possible substitute a hazardous with an alternate safer material.
Ensure proper disposal of contaminated cloths.
7
COLD STRESS
1. Task
To prevent the exposure of workers to cold stress hazards.
2. Hazards
Illness or possible fatality due to excessive cold.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), CSA/ANSI approved PPE, appropriate clothing, snow, ice, and water removal
equipment, temporary heating, weather reports, emergency planning, worker training, competent supervision.
Hypothermia: A condition in which core body temperature has dropped to significantly below normal and normal
metabolism begins to be impaired.
Cold Stress Detection

Working in cold environments can be a potential health hazard and can also be life threatening, if precautions and
appropriate controls are not established; it is critical that the body be able to preserve core body temperature steady at
37C (98.6F).
Excessive exposure to very cold temperatures is referred to as cold stress.
Heat is lost to the environment through:

Radiation - the loss of heat through the temperature gradient (i.e. the difference between the temperature of the air
and the temperature of the body).
Conduction – the loss of heat through direct contact with a cooler object; heat loss is greatest if the body is in direct
contact with cold water.
Convection – the loss of heat from the body to the surrounding air as the air moves across the surface of the body
Evaporation – the loss of heat due to sweating and respiration.
Cold Stress can be affected by one or more of the following factors:

Environmental factors such as air temperature, air movement (wind speed) and humidity (wetness).
Personal factors such as age, weight, fitness level, impaired circulation, previous cold injury and
acclimatization to cold.
Other factors such as clothing, physical activity, fatigue, work/rest schedule, consumption of alcohol or nicotine and
a worker’s use of medication.
Exposure to cold may result in various cold injuries – non-freezing injuries, freezing injuries and hypothermia, which is the
most serious (Refer to Attachment - Symptoms, Treatment and Prevention of Cold Stress).
People are generally unable to notice their own cold stress related symptoms; workers should monitor each other for signs
of cold stress. If working alone in a potential cold stress situation, ensure that the Working Alone procedure has been
implemented; cold stress hazards should be taken into consideration when determining the check-in frequency (i.e.
establish more frequent check-ins with the Internal Contact).
8
COLD STRESS CONT’D
In order to survive in the cold, heat loss must be balanced by the production of heat; factors important for heat
production include:
Food intake
Fluid balance
Physical activity
Shivering (increases the body’s heat production)
Size and shape of the body
Layer of fat under the skin
Insulation (layering and type of clothing) The following methods are examples of actions that can be taken to help
prevent the adverse effects of cold.
Educate Workers
Ensure all workers are instructed in appropriate first aid treatment, proper clothing practices, proper eating and drinking
habits, recognition of impending frostbite, recognition of the signs and symptoms of impending hypothermia or excessive
cooling of the body even when shivering does not occur, and safe work practices associated with working in the cold. Refer
to attachment (Symptoms, Treatment and Prevention of Cold Stress).
Control the Temperature

Determine the temperature and wind conditions at the work location.
Protect workers from the wind; wind, in combination with low temperatures can create dangerous working
conditions. Refer to attachment (The Cooling Power of Wind)
Equip the workplace with a thermometer and monitor temperature changes at least every four hours; in outdoor
workplaces with air temperature below the freezing point, both air temperature and wind speed should be
monitored if possible.
Implement Appropriate Work Practices

Work with a partner or be sure to inform your immediate supervisor where you will be and your expected return
time -- The effects of hypothermia can be gradual, and often go unnoticed until it's too late.
Implement a schedule of work and rest intervals and provide heated rest areas; rest breaks should be no less than
10 minutes in length; outer clothing should be removed to prevent overheating and sweating when in the heated
area; rest breaks should be based on Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) attached.
The cold stress TLVs are intended to protect workers from the severest effects of cold stress (hypothermia) and cold
injury and to describe exposures to cold working conditions under which it is believed nearly all workers can be
repeatedly exposed without adverse effects.
Arrange work to minimize periods of standing or sitting still.
Special care should be taken when working with vibrating equipment / tools, as vibration can reduce circulation in
the extremities, increasing a worker’s susceptibility to cold injury.
For work below the freezing point, metal handles and bars can be covered by thermal insulating material.
9
EllisDon Safety
Wear Appropriate Clothing

Dress in layers so that layers may be shed, as needed:
Inner layer should retain body heat when wet and wick perspiration to outer clothing layers for evaporation, leaving
the body dry, NOT COTTON (e.g. silk or wool long underwear).
Middle layer should consist of several thin layers of clothing, which provide freedom of movement and which can
be easily added or removed.
The outer layer should provide protection from the elements. Consider taking along a dry set of clothing and wear
waterproof boots in damp or snowy weather.
In situations where the wearing of fire retardant clothing is mandated and the fire retardant clothing does not have
the above mentioned properties, the wearing of fire retardant clothing shall take precedence.
Stay Hydrated
Significant fluid loss can occur in the cold due to sweating, increasing susceptibility to hypothermia.
Recall that the consumption of caffeine-containing beverages in the cold should be limited because caffeine acts as
a diuretic, affecting hydration.
Special Precautions
Workers with health conditions that affect normal body temperature regulation or impair circulation (e.g. Raynaud’s
syndrome, diabetes, and thrombophlebitis) should take appropriate precautions when working in the cold; these
employees should consult their personal health care provider for confidential advice.
Vehicles & Equipment

When using vehicles and equipment in cold weather conditions, take the following additional precautions:
Top off vehicles at the start of the shift
If you become stranded in a vehicle:
Do not eat the snow, or melt it and drink the water.
Keep the exhaust area cleared out so you can warm yourself up in the vehicle.
Keep a window on the downwind side cracked when running the vehicle.
Stay with the vehicle. Do not try to walk out even if you can see a light in the distance.
Keep a winter survival kit in vehicle i.e. blanket, flashlight, safety flares.
Carbon monoxide is heavier than air and will accumulate in low lying areas; park idling vehicles away from open
excavations; Be aware of wind direction so the CO isn’t blowing back into the trench.
Machinery will operate differently in cold and extreme cold conditions; pay special attention to hydraulic equipment
in extreme cold weather conditions; booms and track hose will bleed off quicker and chances of frozen or blown lines
is greater.
10
EllisDon Safety
COLD STRESS - SYMPTOMS, TREATMENT AND PREVENTION
Cold Stress
Cause Treatment Prevention
Signs & Symptoms
FROSTBITE • Exposure to cold of an • Affected areas should be warmed by • Adequate clothing must be
• Loss of sensation extended period of time placing warm hands against them (do not worn
• Cold, pale, waxy skin with improper or no rub), by blowing on them, or by moving • Exposure to cold should be
• Formation of ice protection to a warm area limited
crystals (freezing) in • Touching very cold metal • Frostbitten tissue must not be thawed if • Warm-up breaks should be
tissue surfaces such as a fence, there is any chance that it will refreeze taken
• Usually affects nose, door handle, or tool • If the injury affects entire fingers or toes, • Fellow workers should be
fingers, or toes • Blood supply to they should be warmed by immersion in warned of white waxy areas
extremities reduced or warm – not hot – water for approximately on the skin
obstructed 20-30 minutes. The use of other heat
• Contact with fluids such sources such as flames and radiant
as gasoline, cleaning heaters that may warm injured tissue
fluid, etc. that evaporated unevenly or too quickly should be
very quickly avoided
• Once seriously injured tissue has been
warmed, it should be wrapped in soft
material and the affected area elevated
• Medical help should be obtained as soon
as possible
TRENCH FOOT OR • Results from continuously • Warm and dry feet. Further exposure • Footwear should be
IMMERSION FOOT having wet feet in cold should be prevented and medical aid comfortable, waterproof, and
• Minor – reddening of water at near-freezing sought out not too tight. Feet and socks
the skin, slight temperatures must be kept dry
numbness • Water temperature needs • Feet should not be allowed to
• Mild – swelling, not be below freezing to remain wet for prolonged
numbness (reversible) cause injury periods of time
• Moderate – swelling, • A spare pair of dry socks
redness, bleeding into should be available
the skin, nerve • Boots and wet socks should
damage be removed as soon as
• Severe – swelling, possible. Feet should be dried
bleeding into the skin, and massaged well to
tissue death; intense promote circulation
foot pain with
swelling
HYPOTHERMIA • Overcooling of the body • The person should be removed from the Adequate clothing must be
• Cold extremities due to excessive loss of cold and further exposure prevented worn to remain warm and dry
which are numb and body heat • Wet clothing should be removed and the Exposure to cold should be
clumsy; severe • Dehydration and fatigue victim warmed by wrapping in blankets. limited
shivering; reduced are contributing factors In severe cases, the victim’s outer clothing Workers must remain hydrated
mental alertness with should be removed and the victim placed and well fed
irritability; lack of in a sleeping bag or blanket with one or Warm-up breaks should be
concentration; two warm people. Medical aid should be taken
unusual or bizarre contacted as soon as possible for advice If possible, working alone
behaviour and assistance should be avoided and workers
• The normal shivering • Full body immersion in warm water at should watch for signs of
response stops in 38C to 40C (100.4F to 104F) may hypothermia
severe hypothermia be necessary in serious cases
• Loss of consciousness, • A conscious victim should be given sips
coma and death can of warm, non-alcoholic drinks.
occur if not treated
11
EllisDon Safety
TLVs Work/Warm-up Schedule for Outside Workers based on a Four-Hour Shift*
Wind Wind Wind Wind

Air Temperature No Noticeable
8 km/h 16 km/h 24 km/h 32 km/h
- Sunny Sky Wind
(5 mph) (10 mph) (15 mph) (20 mph)
Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of
°C (approx) °F (approx) work Work Work Work Work
Breaks** Breaks Breaks Breaks Breaks
Period Period Period Period Period
-26° to -28° -15° to -19° (Norm breaks) 1 (Norm breaks) 75 2 55 3 40 min. 4

1 min. min.
-29° to -31° -20°to -24° (Norm breaks) 1 75 2 55 3 40 4 30 min. 5

min. min. min.
-32° to -34° -25°to -29° 75 2 55 3 40 4 30 5 Non-emergency

min. min. min. min. work should
cease
-35° to -37° -30° to -34° 55 3 40 4 30 5 Non-emergency
min. min. min. work should
cease
-38° to -39° -35° to -39° 40 4 30 5 Non-emergency
min. min. work should cease
-40° to -42° -40°to -44° 30 5 Non-

min. emergency
work should
-43° & below -45° & below Non-emergency cease
work should
cease
*2013 TLVs® and BEIs® - Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical
Agents and Biological Exposure Indices. Cincinnati: American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), 2013.
12
EllisDon Safety
13
EllisDon Safety
COMPRESSED AIR/PNEUMATIC TOOLS
1. Task
Safe use and maintenance of compressed air/pneumatic tools.
2. Hazards
Struck by, cut by hazards, eye injury hazard, ergonomic-sprain/strain injury, leaks, disconnections, pulsation, vibration,
excessive pressure, uncontrolled movement.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, worker training, competent supervision,
manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines.
Before any worker uses pneumatic or compressed air tools, they must be adequately trained.
Equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved.
CSA/ANSI approved PPE must be worn, i.e. protective eyewear, hard hat, hearing protection, gloves, protective
clothing.
Use tools and compressors only in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines.
Ensure that all tools are in good working condition, if they are not, tag and take the tool out of service. If repairs are
needed, only competent, trained workers will do repairs.
Ensure all hose connections are equipped with whipcheck or equivalent.
Ensure all hoses are in good condition i.e. no cracks. Make sure that all connections are in good working order.
Gas or diesel compressors must be operated in adequately ventilated areas.
Ensure that all safety devices are in working order, again, if they are not, tag and take tool out of service.
Never point a compressed tool at any thing or person other than what you are working with.
Do not leave air hoses unattended when turning compressed air source on or off.
Do not use compressed air intended to clean off clothing, hair or exposed skin.
Do not stand on or use your body to secure lines from movement.
Do not use hoses for hoisting and lowering tools.
Do not leave air hoses unattended when turning compressed air source on/off.
Any requirements to have a live (open) end of a pressurized line MUST have a task specific safe work procedure
(SWP) developed. This SWP must be reviewed and approved by EllisDon site management and reviewed and
followed by all workers.
Ensure air lines are bled before removing tools.
Ensure all gauges are in good working order.
14
EllisDon Safety
COMPRESSED GAS HANDLING
1. Task
Safe handling of compressed gas cylinders on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fire, explosion, struck by, asphyxiation, strain/sprain injury
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved containers, approved storage, transport, and hoisting methods,
CSA/ANSI approved PPE, worker training.
Handling Cylinders
Never accept a damaged or rusted gas cylinder.
Only competent, trained workers may handle compressed gas on site.
Ensure all compressed gas cylinders bear the WHMIS 2015 label.
Ensure material safety data sheets are on the project and reviewed prior to use. Refer to the current MSDS (within
three (3) years) for safe handling and storage procedures.
Transport cylinders on an appropriate hand truck. Ensure cylinders are always upright and secure.
Protect cylinders and fittings against damage. Ensure cylinder valve caps are in place.
Do not use magnets or slings for hoisting cylinders from one level to another, (use only an approved hoisting
cradle).
Do not hoist by hooking onto protective collar of cylinder.
Never drop cylinders or strike them against each other.
Never transport cylinders in a closed container. Always regard cylinders as being partially full.
When transporting compressed gas cylinders on a man/material hoist or elevator, no worker except for the operator
and the worker transporting the compressed gases will be allowed. Ensure man/materials hoist has a method of
communication, also ensure a fire extinguisher is present.
Storing Cylinders
Store cylinders upright and secure in a safe, dry, well ventilated area.
Never store flammable materials (gas, oil, hazardous substances or materials) in the same area.
Storage areas are to be designated empty-full and signed “Danger Due to Flammable Gases” with a fire extinguisher
present. Empty and full cylinders shall be stored 20 feet (6m) apart.
Do not store compressed gas cylinders in non-ventilated containers such as job boxes or equipment containers.
Do not store compressed oxygen cylinders within twenty (20) feet (6m) of cylinders containing flammable gases.
Some gases are heavier than air and will congregate in low lying areas – do not store them near shafts, pits,
basements or excavations. Some gases are lighter than air and may congregate in ceilings or tops of shafts etc. if
they escape.
Compressed gases must be stored away from high activity areas such as walkways, stairways and vehicular traffic.
Ensure cylinder valve caps are in place prior to storing.
Never allow grease or oil on cylinder threads - explosion hazard.
Refer to the manufacturer, supplier or MSDS sheets for storing procedures.
Some jurisdictions require proof of worker training before suppliers will deliver compressed gases such as
propane to a construction site.
15
CONCRETE PUMPING (MOBILE)
1. Task
Safe operation of mobile concrete pump on site.
2. Hazards
Struck by, crushed by, inhalation of exhaust fumes, ergonomic – sprain/strain injuries, chemical burn hazard, pinch point
injuries, concrete splash in eyes.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, trained equipment operator and traffic
control person, manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines, WHMIS 2015.
Ensure area is clear and level for pump truck to set up.
Avoid areas where there could be pinching/crushing points.
Area must be made clear for concrete trucks to back up to pumper truck. Trucks will be guided in by trained traffic
control person wearing a retro-reflective fluorescent garment.
Ensure that pump truck and boom assembly are located a safe distance from energized powerlines.
Place traffic pylons around pump truck.
Obtain information/documentation from driver/pump operator as to last inspection and scan of pressurized pipe.
This is completed by the pump company on an annual basis.
Inspect equipment for any visual damage or leaks.
Inspect all connections to ensure there is no damage and all connections are locked.
Operators shall wear a retro-reflective fluorescent garment when operating equipment.
Only pump operators shall be allowed in immediate area where the concrete pump is operating.
Appropriate PPE shall be worn at all times.
Ensure areas where boom, piping, and hoses contact structure and traverse the site are free of obstructions and
hazards.
If any connections are damaged, or there are loose connections to the piping, there could be injuries to the workers
and/or damage to property.
Equipment is under high pressure and every precaution must be taken to protect workers, clean out piping and
hoses to prevent pressure build-ups.
Concrete pumpers are usually susceptible to structural failure in the boom sections because of dynamic loading
conditions. Continuous monitoring should be conducted for signs of potential failure.
Prevent hoses from kinking and subsequent pressure build-ups.
Workers helping the concrete pump truck operators during set up and pouring have to understand the risks
involved with the operation. At no time shall a worker:
• position themselves in locations unseen by the truck operator or position themselves under the boom
• attempt to straighten a kinked hose by increasing pressure or
• attempt to clear a blockage of the end hose with their hand
Workers that are engaged in pouring concrete must be spelled off from time to time in order to prevent repetitive
strain injuries, (hoses full of concrete are extremely heavy and awkward and workers may be operating on rebar
mats that present constant trip hazards).
16
EllisDon Safety
CONCRETE PUMPING (MOBILE) CONT’D
Diesel or gas powered pumps must be set up in areas with adequate ventilation to avoid exhaust fumes becoming
a hazard to workers.
Pump trucks must be set up so that they do not endanger workers by tipping into trenches or excavations, by
proper use of outriggers and pads and ensure stable soil conditions.
When clearing blockage in the line, the hose should be secured to a solid structure prior to clearing the blockage.
Where additives are mixed with concrete prior to pumping, refer to MSDS for hazards involved.
Warning – insulation applied to hose or piping could mask defects during inspection.
Remove everyone from the

discharge area whenever the pump
is first starting, restarting after
moving, or if air has been
introduced into the line.
Never open a pressurized

pipeline.
Kinking the hose
creates a hazard.
17
CONFINED SPACES
1. Task
To recognize and work safely in a confined space.
2. Hazards
Hazardous atmospheres, oxygen deficiency, restricted access, safety hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Site-specific job procedures, adequate training, proper PPE, rescue procedures in place.
CONSULT YOUR PROVINCIAL/TERRITORIAL LEGISLATION FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
Confined space means a fully or partially enclosed space, that is not both designed and constructed for continuous
human occupancy, and in which atmospheric hazards may occur because of its construction, location, or contents
or because of work that is done in it.
A Confined Space program that sets out measures and procedures must be established and followed by all
personnel involved. Employers are to provide copies to the constructor, the constructor is required to forward the
documents to the Joint Health & Safety Committee and Health & Safety Representatives. The procedure must be
reviewed by Ellis Don Safety and/or site Superintendent. Workers involved with the confined space work must
review and sign the procedure stating that they understand the procedure and they will follow the procedure at all
times.
For Confines Spaces of similar construction and presenting the same hazard, a single assessment and a plan can be
used. Refer to the Confined Space Hazard Management Plan in this manual.
Workers must be adequately trained to work in a confined space (first aid/CPR). Workers must also be adequately
trained in the use and care of the Personal Protective Equipment they will be using i.e. retrieval equipment, full
body harness, respiratory equipment (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA).
Before any worker enters a confined space, the employer shall ensure that an adequate assessment of the hazards
related to the confined space has been carried out by a competent worker. The assessment shall be recorded in
writing and shall consider the hazards that may exist due to the design and construction of the confined space, and
the hazards that may develop while work is being done inside the confined space.
The assessment shall contain the name of the competent worker who carries out the assessment and a competent
worker is required to sign and date the assessment. Upon request, copies of the documents are to be made
available to any onsite personnel.
Refer to the Confined Space Hazard Assessment Checklist and Confined Space Hazard Awareness
Acknowledgment in this manual.
Regulatory requirements controlling exposure to chemical and biological hazards must be in place prior to workers
entering a confined space. Ceiling Exposure Values, (CEV), must never be exceeded.
Entry Permits are to be issued each time work is to be performed in a confined space. The entry permit must include
the following:
1) The location of the confined space.
2) A description of the work to be performed there.
3) A description of the hazards and the corresponding control measures.
4) The time period for which the entry permit applies.
5) The name of the attendant in the area.
6) A record of each worker’s entries and exits.
7) A list of the equipment required for entry and rescue, and verification that the equipment is in good working
order.
8) Results obtained in atmospheric testing.
9) If the work to be performed in the confined space includes hot work, adequate provisions for the hot work and
corresponding control measures.
10) Before each shift, a competent person shall verify that the entry permit complies with the relevant plan.
18
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACES CONT’D
All reasonable steps must be taken to reduce or eliminate (where possible) exposure to a contaminant by whatever
control possible, i.e. adequate ventilation of the space by the use of fans, or the use of protective clothing so the
contaminant will not touch the worker.
All mechanical and electrical lock-outs are in place - All conduits emptying into the confined space must be blanked
off.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be available and reviewed with the worker if there are contaminants in the
space. It is the worker’s responsibility to understand the MSDS or to ask a supervisor if they do not.
All confined spaces must have air monitoring conducted by a competent worker to determine that there is
adequate oxygen (not less than 19.5% or greater than 23% by volume). If the monitoring comes back
unacceptable, workers may be required to wear a SCBA.
Monitoring will be required throughout the time that workers are in the confined space. All results from monitoring
must be documented and kept on file.
If any other gases are found in the space i.e. nitrogen or carbon dioxide, H2S, forced air in/out ventilation may be
required to purge the atmosphere to make it safe for the worker to enter. Ventilation can also be used to control
extreme temperatures or other discomforts.
Eliminate, as much as possible, all sources of ignition such as static or friction sparks, no open flame and NO
SMOKING in confined spaces, even if there is adequate oxygen.
When ventilating, whether with air movers or fan blowers, ensure that the blower is with clean air and is not placed
near vehicle exhausts or where other contaminants could be picked up from some other area.
There may be a need for specialized Personal Protective Equipment i.e. Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA).
Workers must be adequately trained, with full documentation before they are allowed to enter the confined space.
Do not use electrical tools if standing in liquid, ie. water. Remove liquid from area of work. If not practical to do so
(ie. storm sewer flow) arrange for a non-metallic work platform.
Emergency retrieval is required when working in a confined space as per Regulatory requirements and EllisDon
Policy. One end of a retrieval line must be attached to a worker’s full body harness and the other end to a retrieval
device such as a tri-pod and winch, manned at all times by a trained watch person.
Where direct voice communication is not possible ensure that alternate communication is provided for both the
worker in the confined space and the safety watch/attendant outside the confined space i.e. two way radio or cell
phone. Workers in the confined space CANNOT be out of communication with the outside. If workers use two-way
radios or cell phones, a call test must be completed before entering the confined space. The watch person must not
leave his/her post at anytime unless relieved by a competent person.
Due to the possibility of accidents in a confined space, rescue procedures must be in place before workers enter.
The type and nature of the rescue procedure and rescue equipment will vary depending on the location and type
of confined space.
All rescue workers must be adequately trained in rescue procedures and the use of appropriate rescue equipment.
A sign in/sign out sheet (permit) for all workers entering a confined space is required.
Other considerations that may effect the rescue are:
a) The number of workers in the confined space.
b) The more difficult the rescue is liable to be, the more sophisticated the rescue procedure required.
c) As speed is often critical in rescue situations, it is important to have sufficient equipment and trained personnel
on hand to affect the rescue.
d) Extra rescue equipment must be available.
19
CONFINED SPACES CONT’D
Rescue equipment required for confined space:

a) Tripod-winch;
b) A basket stretcher for transportation;
c) Sufficient appropriate respiratory equipment;
d) Appropriate first aid equipment;
e) Two-way communication radio, and an audible alarm system such as an air horn or siren;
f) Fall protection equipment – full body harness with a shock absorbing lanyard, appropriate D rings and lifeline;
g) If high concentrations of explosive vapours are present, explosion proof equipment must be used.
All procedures must be followed throughout the entry of the confined space. Failure to follow procedures may result in injury
or death. UNSAFE ACTS AND NON-COMPLIANCE WILL NOT BE TOLERATED.
Rescue
Follow proper testing, ventilation and lockout procedures to eliminate hazards and reduce the need to carry out a rescue.
If something goes wrong;
• call for help by horn, radio, etc.
• (where possible, retrieve the casualty without entering the space)
Supplied-Air Cylinder Standby Worker
Alarm Horn
Emergency SCBA
(Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus)
Worker equipped with

Supplied-Air Breathing
Apparatus
Lifeline to Safety Harness
Blanked
Blanked
For further information, refer to the Confined Space Safe Work Procedure.
20
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST
Project Name and Number: Date:
Potential Confined Space Location:
Use this checklist to determine if the space you will be working in is a confined space or not. YES NO
Has the atmosphere in the space been tested for hazards?

Has your air monitor been calibrated to perform proper tests?
Is the oxygen level under 23% and over 19.5% inside the space?
Have any toxic hazards been detected inside the space? ie. H2O, CO
Is the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) at 4% or less inside the space?
Will the atmosphere in the space remain safe as you conduct your work?
Are there any hazards adjacent to the space that may cause a hazard in the space? ie. exhaust
Has this space been constructed for continuous human occupancy?
Are there any physical hazards present inside the space? ie. rotating augers
Is this space enclosed by one or more walls and a roof?
After completing this checklist, answer the following three (3) questions. YES NO
Is the space fully or partially enclosed?

Is the space NOT both designed and constructed for continuous human occupancy?
Could atmospheric hazards occur due to its construction, location or contents or because of the
work that is done in it? (“atmospheric hazards” as defined in the applicable Provincial Act and
Regulations)
If you answered YES to all three (3) questions, you have a confined space.
If you answered NO to any of the questions, you do not have a confined space.
YES NO
Is this space a confined space?
Employee name (print):
Employee Signature:
Company:
21
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD AWARENESS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Name of Lead Employers:

The purpose of this form is to identify if the employees of more than one employer perform work in the same
confined space or related work with respect to the same confined space. This form is to be used by the lead
employer representative that is trained in confined space entry procedures.
Confined Space ID: Date:
Location/Description:
Date Date Date Date Date

Description of the work to be performed
Name Company Work Performing Initials Initials Initials Initials Initials
PROJECT SPECIFICS:
CHECK THE FOLLOWING:
Has a copy of the lead employer’s CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM been approved and explained to all employers and
contractors?
Yes No
Has a copy of the hazard assessment(s) for the relevant confined space(s) been provided and explained to all
employers and contractors? (Including the Health and Safety Committee and/or Representative)
Yes No
Have copies of the relevant training records been provided concerning the person that conducted the confined space
hazard assessment to all employers and contractors?
Yes No
Lead Employer Representative (print name): Phone:
Lead Employer Representative (signature): Date:
A copy of this document must be given to; A) Each employer that has employees working in the same confined
space or related work with respect to the same confined space; and B) The Joint Health and Safety Committee or
Health and Safety Representative of every employee that has employees working in the same confined space or
related work with respect to the same confined space.
22
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION
Confined Space Entry Permit page 1 of 3

Employer name ____________________________ Project name __________________________________
Date ______________________________________ Permit end time ________________________________
Assessment performed by __________________ Permit start time ________________________________
Location of confined space (or spaces if they are similar)
Description of confined space (or spaces if they are similar)
Description of work to be performed
Monitoring equipment
Air testing equipment Serial # Last calibrated
Air quality results

Location: Location: Location:
Test # Test # Test #

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Time of test
Oxygen, %
Combustibles, %
Atmospheric
hazard:
Atmospheric
hazard:
Atmospheric
hazard:
Other:
Tester’s name ______________________________ Signature ______________________________________
23
CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION CONT’D
Controls
Atmospheric hazards Hazard controls Personal protective

(existing or introduced) equipment (type)
Flammable Purge using mechanical Respirator ____________________

Toxic ventilation equipped with Gloves ________________________
Corrosive warning device in case of Boots ________________________
failure.
Oxygen deficient Coveralls ______________________
Oxygen enriched Natural ventilation Eye protection__________________
Other:__________ (re-test / air quality) Other: ________________________
Continuous monitoring
Other:________________
Physical hazards Hazard controls Personal protective equipment (type)
Hot temperature Ventilation Hearing protection

Cold De-energize, lockout Anti-vibration gloves
Noise Blank, disconnect Other gloves: ____________
Electricity GFCI cords Goggles
Vibration Lighting Fall protection
Slippery surface Other:_________________ Other:___________________
Lighting
Work at height
Moving machinery
Influx of liquid
Influx of gas
Hazard above
Other:____________
Attendant
Attendant’s name __________________________ Signature ______________________________________
Communications
Method of communication with workers Method of communication to summon rescue
__________________________________________ ____________________________________________
24
On-site rescue
Adequate number of trained persons are available to implement rescue procedures
Appropriate rescue Appropriate rescue equipment has been inspected and is

equipment is readily in good working order:
available to be used
for a rescue
List of equipment required for entry Respirator Coveralls
Tripod Harness Winch/cable Other:_________________________________________
Training
Names of Has confined Trained in the Time of entry Time of exit

workers approved space entry plan
for entry training
Hot work (complete if hot work will be conducted)

Will space be rendered inert by adding inert gas? Yes No
If “yes,” ensure
space is monitored continuously to ensure it remains inert
worker(s) entering use adequate respiratory equipment – list equipment:_____________________
there is adequate equipment to allow persons outside to locate and rescue worker – list
equipment: __________________________________________________________________________
there is other equipment necessary to ensure safety of worker – list equipment: ______________
____________________________________________________________________________________
If “no,” ensure
Flammable gas is O2 content is Atmosphere will Alarm and exit procedures are in
maintained below 5% of maintained be monitored place should the LEL exceed 5%
its LEL by purging and below 23% continuously or the O2 exceed 23%
continuous ventilation
Supervisor’s name __________________________ Signature ______________________________________
25
SITE ADDRESS: NAME OF SPACE:
SITE IDENT: TYPE OF SPACE:
EllisDon Safety
CLIENT: LOCATION OF SPACE:
ASSESSOR: REVIEWER:
QUALIFICATIONS OF ASSESSOR:
Jurisidictional Authorities (include Owner/Client where applicable)
IMAGES:
26
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD MANAGEMENT PLAN
Corresponding Air Quality Results

Monitor and Serial No.:#
For any CONFINED SPACE work performed within DATE of initial assessment: O2 CO LEL H2S
the space named above , this document will be
present at that location. This HAZARD 01 O2 CO LEL H2S
MANAGEMENT PLAN coordinates with EllisDon’s 02 O2 CO LEL H2S
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
REVISIONS
03 O2 CO LEL H2S
Confined Space Characteristics HAZARDS HAZARD LEVEL
DIMENSIONS AND CALCULATIONS Biological Material
LENGTH HEIGHT WIDTH Blocked Pathway
VOLUME VOLUME CALCULATIONS: Chemicals
Square/Rectangular - L x W x H Cylindrical - 3.142857 x R x L (or height) Clutter
ENTRY POINT DETAILS Corrosives
Dust - Fumes - Mists
Entry Point Dimension(s) Entry Point Elevations(s)
Electrical Current
TOP ENTRY(s)
Energy Waves
Engulfment
Falling
SIDE ENTRY(s)
Flammable / Combustibles
Oxygen Deficiency
BOTTOM ENTRY(s) Inclement Weather
27
Light Extremes
Pinch Points
Noise
PEOPLE Oxidizer
DESIGN People's Positioning
MATERIALS Poisons - Toxins
LOCATION Pressure
PROCESS Reactive Material
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD MANAGEMENT PLAN CONT’D
Sharps
NOTES
State of Mind
Structural Failure
Synergy
Temperature extremes
Vehicular Traffic (includes cranes etc)
PRE-JOB CONTROLS
Pedestrian & Vehicle Barricades
CONES/BARRELS BARRIER TAPE BEACONS TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON

FRAME BARRIER CONCRETE BARRIER TRAFFIC SIGNAGE EQUIPMENT TIE OFFS
ATTENDENT BUMP LINE TOE BOARD ENCLOSURE
FALL LIMITERS HOLE COVERS SPILL MATERIAL STORAGE AREA
FENCING/GATES GUARDRAIL NETTING
Signage
Warning Informational Directional WORDING:
NOTES:
ELECTRICAL SWITCHES
CLOSING VALVES
BLANKING & BLINDING
IMMOBILIZING MOVING PARTS
DEPRESSURIZATION
NOTES:
28
EllisDon Safety
VENTILATION - (refer to corresponding ENTRY PERMIT for JOB

related specifics on ventilation)
IMAGE(s)
Signage NOTES:
NATURAL MECHANICAL
CFM Calculations (volume divided by 3):
Air Flow Direction Area to ventilate
POSITIVE PRESSURE ENTIRE SPACE

NEGATIVE PRESSURE LOCAL AREA
Components:
INTERNAL VANAXIAL EDUCTOR COLLAPSIBLE HOSE

AXIAL CENTRIFUGAL SMOKE EATER WIRE-IN HOSE
NO-FLO ALARM SADDLE VENT ELBOW(s)
29
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Hard Hat Safety Glasses (CSA Approved) Ear Muffs (CSA Approved)
CSA APPROVED STANDARD HEAD BAND THAT WORKS WITH HARD HAT
CSA APPROVED FOR SIDE IMPACT TINTED FOR WELDING OR SUNNY CONDITIONS RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INTERFACE
EllisDon Safety
CHIN STRAP / RATCH ADJUSTABLE HEAD BAND LENS CLEANER AND SOFT CLOTH STORAGE CASE
INSULATED LINER OR BRIM BAND
Safety Goggles (CSA Approved) Ear Plugs (CSA Approved)
BROAD BRIM FOR SUNNY CONDITIONS
SWEATBAND TINTED FOR WELDING OR SUNNY CONDITIONS DISPOSABLE
SHORT BRIM LENS CLEANER AND SOFT CLOTH RE-USABLE
VENTED PROTECTION FROM : RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INTERFACE
STORAGE CASE & HAND CLEANER
Face Shield (CSA Approved) Air-Purifying Respirator (NIOSH Approved)
WELDING SHIELD FILTER TYPE: Air-Supplied Respirator (NIOSH Approved)
TRANSPARENT PLASTIC SHIELD PERSCRIPTION GLASSES FRAME HOLDER
HEAD & FACE

AIRLINE - LENGTH:
TINTED FOR WELDING OR SUNNY CONDITIONS FULL-FACE MASK
PERSCRIPTION GLASSES FRAME HOLDER
LENS CLEANER AND SOFT CLOTH HALF-FACE MASK
SELF CONTAINED
SCREEN MESH DUST MASK
EMERGENCY EGRESS SYSTEM
FULL-FACE COVERAGE POWDERED FAN
- (5min bottle & fast donning face piece)
EYES AND NOSE COVERAGE ONLY STORAGE CASE
Harness (CSA Approved) Coveralls Partial Body Covering Personal Floatation Device
30
FALL ARREST (Dorsal D-ring) HIGH VISIBILITY BODY PART: REGULATION LIFE JACKET
DESCENT CONTROL (Sternal D-ring) BREATHABLE HIGH VISIBILITY VEST-TYPE FOR GREATER MOBILITY
LADDER CLIMBING (Sternal D-ring) COVERED POCKETS ABSORBANT
WORK POSITIONING (Hip D-ring) CHEMICAL RESISTANT FIRE RETARDANT
ENTRY & EXIT OF CONFINED SPACES COTTON WATERPROOF
(Shoulder D-ring) FIRE RETARDANT WATER RESISTANT
NON-CONDUCTIVE
TORSO
WATER PROOF ENERGY ABSORBING KEVLAR
HIGH VISIBILITY WATER RESISTANT CHEMICAL RESISTANT
FIRE RESISTANT INSULATED COOLING
DISPOSABLE
Gloves Work Boots SPECIFIC PROTECTION/SECURITY (eg. Gowning, Jewelry removal, etc)
SLEEVE-SUPPORT GUANTLET CSA APPROVED
GUANTLET LENGTH: CHEMICAL RESISTANT
CHEMICAL RESISTANT HIGH TOP
WATERPROOF ABOVE THE KNEE
WATER RESISTANT METATARSAL PROTECTION
ANTI-VIBRATION WATERPROOF
LATEX (rubber)
LEATHER
Knee Pads
EXTREMITIES
COTTON NON-ABSORBANT
SYNTHETIC
Confined Space Characteristics and Rescue Plan
DISPATCHER RESCUE PLAN ANCHOR POINT
Rescue Type (full details of each type, described on following page)
SELF RESCUE - Entrant can exit space on His/Her own.
NON-ENTRY RESCUE - Entrant will reain tethered while working inside space.
SIMPLE RESCUE - Rescuer enters space, and helps Entrant exit the space.
CONTACT METHOD
COMPLEX RESCUE - Retrieval may consist of two or more Rescuers.
Details: Lifeline Type Direction of PULL

Z-HAUL ROPE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM HORIZONTAL
ROLLGLISS ROPE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM VERTICAL
MRW (man-rated) - SRL (cable) Lifeline length:
MRW (man-rated) - WINCH (cable)
Components used in Retrieval System RE-DIRECT

DAVIT ARM ASSEMBLY BOLT ANCHOR(s) WEBBING
TRIPOD BEAM CLAMP(s) CARABINER(s)
RESCUE ASSIGNMENTS
DAVIT ARM SLEEVE ASCENDER(s) PULLEY(s)
31
The following roles will be filled TIE -OFF ADAPTER(s) DECENDER(s) PRUSIK
by certified and competent
personnel only
Attendant(s) Assisting Devices
LADDER CREEPER BOATSWAIN CHAIR
RAMP LINE TRANSFER DEVICE FALL ARREST SYSTEM
Y-LANYARD PACKAGING DEVICE WRISTLETS/ANKLETS
HARNESS OTHER:
Retrieval Personnel
Possible Injuries First Aid Equipment

LACERATIONS/SCRAPES SPRAINS/CONTUSIONS BURNS OXYGEN BASKET STRETCHER BANDAIDS
UNCONSCIOUSNESS CRUSH INJURIES FRACTURES SHORT SPINE BOARD DRESSINGS/BANDAGES EYE WASH
MENTAL DISTRESS RESPIRATORY DISTRESS SPINAL LONG SPINE BOARD SYMPTOM RELIEF BLANKETS
PUNCTURES RESPIRATORY ARREST ILLNESS VENTILATOR BURN DRESSINGS AED
CONFINED SPACE RETRIEVAL WORKSHEET

ACTION PLAN
STEP ONE - self rescue
Determine the cause of injury and try to control the hazard. If Entrant can exit space on their own, the Rescue Team will help
coax the Entrant nto exit the space. Once Entrant has exited the space, move to a safe area and obtain appropriate
assistance ASAP. Do not place yourself at risk! Assess the Entrant. If the Entrant requires immediate medical attention, call the
emergency dispatch number given, then provide the necessary care (within the scope of your First Aid training). Place
Entrant in a comfortable position, and monitor them until outside emergency services arrive.
STEP TWO - non-entry rescue

If the Entrant is unresponsive, and cannot exit the confined space by themself, the Attendant will use the external retrieval
system to remove Entrant. Once the Entrant has exited the space, move to a safe area and obtain appropriate assistance
ASAP. Do not place yourself at risk! Assess the Entrant. If the Entrant requires immediate medical attention, call the
emergency dispatch number given, then provide the necessary care (within the scope of your First Aid training). Place
Entrant in a comfortable position, and monitor them until outside emergency services arrive.
NOTE: If non-entry rescue is the rescue plan, entrant(s) must never detach from their lifeline(s) and must remain directly below their
anchor point to allow for non-entry rescue extraction in the event of an emergency.
STEP THREE - simple rescue

Determine the cause of injury and try to control the hazard. If Entrant cannot be retrieved externally, the Rescuer must enter
the confined space to assist them. Prior to entering the space, the Rescuer will don appropriate equipment to enter space
with the Attendant connecting them to a lifeline. Ensure a 'FALL ARREST' system is in place if there is a potential fall risk of
over 2.4m. Once inside the rescuer will assess and implement the controls to free the Entrant of any obstacles and prevent
further injury. If the atmosphere is Immediate Danger to Life and Health (IDLH), begin IMMEDIATE EVACUATION of the
entrant to fresh air. INJURY STABILIZATION OR PACKAGING IS NOT TO DELAY THE ENTRANT'S RETRIEVAL MORE THAN 1
MINUTE. DO NOT ATTEMPT EMS PATIENT ASSESSMENT PROTOCOLS IN THE SPACE. If there are no atmospheric hazards, the
Rescuer will stabilize any injuries and package the Entrant as necessary. Once stabilized, the Rescuer will connect the Entrant
to the retrieval line. The Rescuer will notify the Attendant to begin using the external retrieval system to remove the Entrant.
The Rescuer will guide the Entrant pass any obstacles that may restrict their movement. Once the Entrant has exited the
space, move to a safe area and obtain appropriate assistance ASAP. Do not place yourself at risk! Assess the Entrant. If the
Entrant requires immediate medical attention, call the emergency dispatch number given, then provide the necessary care
(within the scope of your First Aid training). Place the Entrant in a comfortable position, and monitor them until outside
emergency services arrive.
STEP FOUR - complex rescue

(The Rescue Team will still follow the protocols in STEP THREE but consider the characteristics mentioned below)
If the space contains ANY of the following characteristics stated below, it will be considered a COMPLEX RESCUE (requiring
TWO rescuers)
• A 'SPACE within SPACE' - if an Entrant has to enter one space to get to another.
• If ONE rescuer is limited from maneuvering the Entrant THROUGH, OVER or UNDER any obstructions within the space on
their own.
• If the space contains mulit-directional chambers, where a single re-direct won't suffice (multiple re-directs are used).
• Where there are extreme communication concerns (eg. the space itself doesn't allow for radio communication and there
is no visual or voice options)
NOTES:
32
EllisDon Safety
IMAGE(s) DETAILS
33
DETAILS
IMAGE(s)
34
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACE RESCUE PLAN REFERENCE SHEET
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ENTRY POINT(S) HAZARD CONTROLS
Side Portal Bottom Portal General Lockout/ Line(s) Blanked/ Mech. Blocked
Top Portal Multiple Entries Flushing / Wash down / Cleaning Completed
Entry Dimensions: Individual Lock in Place
Barriers / "Red" Danger Tape / Traffic Cones Hazard Assessment & Controls as per Page 1
LIGHTING VENTILATION
Flashlight Portable Light Ventilation - Mechanical / Natural
Headlight Power Source GFCI Ventilatror(s) / Fan(s)
Explosion Proof Lighting Extension Cords Ducts
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FIRST AID
SCBA SARl Airlines First-Aid Kit Emergency Deluge Shower
Cartridge Respirator Trauma Kit Eye Wash Bottle
Specify Type: Nuetralite Bottle Eye Wash Station
None Required EXTERNAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION WITH ENTRANT(S) Radio Air Horn/Audible Alarm Cell Phone
Voice Visual Radio Emergency Telephone #:
RESCOM Other Intrinsically Safe System
ANCHOR POINT(S) CASUALTY PACKAGING
Beam Tripod Element of Structure Standard Spine Board SKED/ Rescue Blanket
Temporary Anchors / Slings Halfback Spine Board Evacuation Triangle
Permanent Anchors Basket Litter Oregon Spine Board
Natural Elements for Outdoor Situations SKED Oregon Spine Board None Required
Other:
RESCUE PROCEDURES
NON - ENTRY RESCUE ENTRY RESCUE
ENTRANT CLIPPABLE OR CONNECTED? Number of Rescuer(s) Required:
YES NO - MUST PROVIDE ENTRY RESCUE CAPABILITY Incident Command Activated
GENERAL RESCUE REQUIREMENT GENERAL RESCUE REQUIREMENT
Class A Full Body Harness Class A Full Body Harness
Class A-E Full Body Harness Class A-E Full Body Harness
External Air Monitoring External Air Monitoring
Horizontal / Vertical Lifeline Horizontal / Vertical Lifeline
Rope Ladder / Cable Ladder / Webbing Ladder Rope Ladder / Cable Ladder / Webbing Ladder
Remote Retrieval Hook & Pole Remote Retrieval Hook & Pole
CONNECTION COMPONENT CONNECTION COMPONENT
ALWAYS CONNECTED ALWAYS CONNECTED
Lifeline with Rope Grab Lifeline with Rope Grab
SRL SRL
SRL with Rescue Capabilities SRL with Rescue Capabilities
Positioning Winch Positioning Winch
Pulleys System Pulleys System
Bosun Chair Bosun Chair
Other: Other:
EXTRICATION METHODS EXTRICATION METHODS
RAISING LOWERING RAISING LOWERING
Use Remote Retrieval Stick Clip Hook & Pole Use Remote Retrieval Stick Clip Hook & Pole
Hand Haul Entrant Using Lifeline Hand Haul Entrant Using Lifeline
Engage SRL with Rescue Capabilities Engage SRL with Rescue Capabilities
Extract Using a Pulley System Extract Using a Pulley System
Operate Positioning Winch Operate Positioning Winch
Other: Rescuer Entry Equipped with SCBA
Rescuer Entry Equipped with SAR
Use Spreader Bar
Use Evacuation Triangle / SKED / Rescue Blanket / OSB
Other:
SITE SPECIFIC PROCEDURES COMMENTS / DEBRIEFING
35
CRANES - MOBILE AND STATIONARY
1. Task
Craning loads safely.
2. Hazards
Unsafe loads, unsafe rigging, crushed by/struck by injuries, collapse of hoisting equipment, electrocution, property
damage.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment, applicable regulatory regulations –(OHSA/ANSI)
respecting cranes and hoisting devices, manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines, inspection by competent worker,
approved training for operators and riggers, safe work procedures, Safe Working Load -(SWL), CSA/ANSI approved PPE,
engineered drawings for crane set–up, correct signals – (hand or radio).
Only trained competent workers will work in and around cranes.
No unauthorized personnel shall be working within the lifting area of the crane.
Both operator and swamper must know the signaling system. (See following page for signals.) Operator and
swamper must meet prior to craning to discuss signaling procedures. This meeting must be recorded. If the
operator does not understand what the swamper is signaling, the operator must stop the lift until the signals are
confirmed.
Access for entry and assembly of the crane shall be free from obstruction, underground hazards, and overhead
power lines.
Maintain adequate clearance from all energized power sources during all crane operations as per provincial
regulations. (See Electrical Safety for Provincial Regulations in this manual)
Report any unsafe conditions to the foreman or superintendent immediately.
Safe working loads for rigging components and crane booms must not be exceeded. A load limit switch and boom
angle – load gauge and chart must be present on tower or mobile cranes respectively. Manufacturer’s specifications
for safe operation of crane must not be exceeded. Anti-two blocking mechanisms are required.
The operator must have a valid hoisting ticket. The crane must have an up to date logbook filled out daily before
commencing lift and documentation that the crane has been certified in the last twelve months (12). If these are
not presented to the site Safety Coordinator/Superintendent, the crane will be shut down and removed from site at
the contractor’s cost.
All workers must be in full view of the operator before lifting.
No worker will stand underneath a load or boom while lifting. The operator must not swing a load over workers.
Workers must be notified by a working alarm signal if the path of a load is overhead of their work area. Workers
must be given adequate time to get clear of swing path of loads.
Operator must not jerk the boom while lifting a load. Always move boom smoothly to prevent loss of control or
loss of a load.
All crane components must be free from structural damage that exceeds the manufacturer’s maximum allowable
tolerances.
Ensure all loose materials, parts, blocking and packing have been removed from the load before lifting, this will
prevent anything from falling on workers below.
Maintain and service equipment as per manufacturer’s recommendations.
DO NOT attempt to lift loads beyond the rated capacity of the crane or slings.
Ensure all slings, chains, hooks and latches are in good working condition. If there are any bent or flattened chains
or if the slings are frayed, tag and take the chains or slings out of service, daily inspections are required and
recorded. A competent worker must inspect all rigging components before hoisting.
36
EllisDon Safety
CRANES - MOBILE AND STATIONARY CONT’D
No alloy steel chain shall be annealed or welded. A chain used for hoisting shall be labelled to indicate its load
capacity, be repaired and reconditioned in accordance with the specifications of its manufacturer, after being
repaired or reconditioned, be proof tested in accordance with the specifications of its manufacturer and be visually
inspected by a competent worker as frequently as recommended by its manufacturer and in any case at least once
per week when the chain is in service.
Mirrors, lights, headlights, boom lights and flashers must be kept clean and operational.
Crane cabs must be kept clean of litter, grease and oil accumulations.
Ensure mobile crane outriggers are extended and placed on firm footing.
NO worker will ever ride on a load, lifting hooks, or headache ball.
Area around crane and loads to be lifted must be cautioned off and traffic control person provided to signal
traffic/pedestrians away from hoisting operation. Danger Due To signs must be posted in the area.
Loads must be kept as close to the ground as possible, do not raise loads higher than necessary to clear obstacles.
Loads must be perpendicular to the boom – no ”side lifts” are allowed.
To eliminate exposed gears, drive belts, pulleys, clutches and brakes, guards must be in place.
Replace all hydraulic and fluid lines if they are leaking, nicked or bulging.
The use of cell phones is prohibited while operating any hoisting equipment.
For high risk lifts i.e. craning roof top units, a written specific job procedure must be developed and reviewed by all
workers involved with the lift, before the lift commences. EllisDon Area Safety Director, site Superintendent, and
site Safety Coordinator must have 72 hours notice prior to lift to review procedure.
When working in the vicinity of live apparatus, cranes shall be grounded for the protection of workers. Each
machine will be equipped with grounding lugs, front and rear, a ground probe, and an 8 m (25 ft) ground lead –
Crawlers Only.
Please see Electrical Safety for safe limits of approach to live electrical conductors.
37
HAND SIGNALS FOR HOISTING OPERATIONS
Boom Up Boom Down Boom Up Boom Down Boom Up Boom Down

Slowly Slowly Load Down Load Up
Shorten Extend Load Up Load Down Load Up Load Down

Hydraulic Boom Hydraulic Boom Slowly Slowly
Everything Slowly Stop Use Whip Line Use Main Line Swing Load Turn Left
Turn Right Travel Forward Dog Everything Open Clamp Close Clamp
38
DEFECTIVE TOOLS
1. Task
Detect unsafe tools, repair damaged tools.
2. Hazards
Electrical hazards, broken guards, struck by/cut by injuries.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Tag and take defective tools out of service.
Inspect all tools prior to use for obvious damage and defects (electric, air or gas powered) before using them. Any
tools that are found to be defective must be tagged and taken out of service for replacement or repair.
Look for frayed power cords, missing ground plugs, nonfunctional or missing safety guards, broken casings.
When using hand tools, look for things that may be defective i.e. chisels and wedges with mushroomed heads, split
or cracked handles, chipped or broken bits, wrenches with worn jaws, cutting, sanding and grinding discs, files that
do not have handles.
Ensure qualified technical trades person repairs defective tools. Only repair tools within your scope of work.
NEVER use defective tools.
39
DEFENSIVE DRIVING TECHNIQUES
1. Task
Operating a motor vehicle on company business.
2. Hazards
Vehicle failure due to unsafe vehicle condition. Adverse weather conditions. Distracted driving. Personal injury or
property damage due to vehicular accidents, Fuel spills.
3. Controls
Defensive driving is the ability to reduce the risk of accidents or collisions by anticipating dangerous situations, despite
adverse conditions (ex. Weather) and the actions or mistakes of others. This can be achieved through adherence to a
variety of general rules and incorporating a set of specific driving techniques into your commute
Complete a walk around the vehicle to evaluate the vehicle’s condition prior to getting on the road. Ensure pre-use
inspections are performed before operating a company owned vehicle. (See Vehicle Inspection Report)
Ensure any cargo on or in motor vehicles is adequately stored and secured to prevent unintentional movement of
the equipment which could cause spillage, damage to the vehicle, or injury to the operator.
Vehicles should be equipped with an emergency road kit.
Drivers are to follow all traffic laws and rules of the road while on company business.
Seatbelt use is mandatory for the driver and passengers while operating a motor vehicle on company business.
Stay alert. Operators are to always keep their eyes moving, constantly looking at the side and rear view mirrors, up,
behind and to both sides of the vehicle. Maintain a visual of two to three car lengths in front of the vehicle.
When changing lanes, physically turn your head around to check your blind spot, followed by checking your side
and rear view mirrors.
Be aware of motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians and smaller vehicles.
Leave at least two car lengths between you and the car in front of you. During inclement weather, increase this to
five car lengths.
Drivers should always give themselves an out. Avoid remaining next to other vehicles, move ahead or drop behind
them to allow yourself room to maneuver the vehicle.
Always use signal lights and be sure to signal ahead of time to communicate your intensions to other drivers.
Avoid using a cell phone while driving. Always use a hands free device.
Drivers are to perform pull-through parking (pulling through a space, so the vehicle is facing outwards in the next
space) when available, or backing into a parking space if necessary. This provides the operator an easier exit from
the parking area as well as a quick exit in case of an emergency.
Employees are strictly prohibited from operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of drugs or alcohol. This
includes: a) illegal drugs; b) blood alcohol level at or above the local legal limit and c) prescription medications that
cause drowsiness or other conditions that may cause impairment.
Motor vehicle incidents that occur while on company business must be reported to your direct supervisor and the
EllisDon Safety Department.
When driving in winter or adverse weather conditions, employees are to;
o Practice proper route planning techniques, monitor weather reports and allow extra driving time to reach your
destination.
o Ensure to clear all snow/ice from all windows, lights and mirrors.
o Avoid using cruise control on icy roads or during other hazardous weather conditions.
o Accelerate and brake the vehicle gently to reduce the chance of skids or spinouts.
o Ensure winter clothing does not restrict movement, vision or hearing while operating the motor vehicle.
o Ensure the fuel tank of the vehicle is full when possible.
Reference: Vehicle Inspection – Safe Work Practices & Procedures Manual
40
EllisDon Safety
DEMOLITION
1. Task
Partial demolition in construction, manual/light mechanical methods.
2. Hazards
Struck by/cut by hazard, electrocution hazard, exposure to designated substance, falling material, protruding
objects, structural collapse, inhalation of excessive dust, eye injuries, strain/sprain injuries – ergonomic hazard,
fall hazards, slip and trip hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Site specific job procedures in place, CSA/ANSI approved PPE, designated
substance reports, workplace monitoring and material testing, engineered drawings, re-shoring of structural
components, fall protection plan – fall rescue plan, emergency planning, should be covered under infection
control, electrical and mechanical lockout procedures, worker training, competent supervision, dust
suppression.
Before any demolition commences, a site hazard assessment along with a specific job procedure must be
developed and reviewed by all workers involved in the demolition. EllisDon Area Safety Director,
Superintendents and Site Safety Coordinator must review the procedure prior to any work commencing.
Ensure the procedure refers to CSA Standards.
Confined spaces must be deemed safe to enter by competent person prior to demolition taking place in
these areas and confined space rescue planning put in place prior to entry.
Adequate Personal Protective Equipment must be utilized during demolition, i.e. CSA approved hardhat,
CSA/ANSI green triangle work boots. Safety glasses must be worn at all times during demolition. Work
gloves must be used to prevent injuries to hands, appropriate respiratory protection must be worn.
Owner’s disclosure of “designated or hazardous materials contained within the demolition area” to be
reviewed with all affected workplace parties.
Abatement of prescribed substances, must be carried out and workplace testing performed prior to other
trades working in the affected areas.
To avoid puncture injuries all nails and other protruding objects must be removed, bent back or otherwise
protected.
Ensure that qualified trades personnel conduct electrical and mechanical lockouts before work commences.
Check often during the demolition phase that all power, water, chemical and gas sources are isolated,
always assume wires are live until qualified trades person confirms they are off. ED Area Isolation form
(see Canadian Safety Manual - Isolation Procedure) to be completed and posted at entry point to the area.
Any system left “LIVE” is to be clearly tagged at intervals that will be clearly visible. Lock-out/Tag-out/Blank-
off procedures are to be used when performing demolition on or in proximity to “LIVE” systems. If
electrical systems are to remain live, a specific safe demolition plan including electrical trades must be in
place.
Structural integrity must be maintained by engineered re-shoring of the structure that is in danger of
collapse.
Material refuse from demolition must be removed from site in accordance with local regulations regarding
disposal of contaminated materials etc.
Upon completion of hazardous material abatement, do not assume removal is complete. Should
suspicious materials be identified, stop work and inform your supervisor immediately.
After demolition, any open excavation must be protected.
Only a worker who is directly engaged in the demolition, dismantling, or moving of a building or structure
shall be in, on or near it.
See Canadian Safety Manual – Forms Section – Demolition Checklist
41
DRILLS
1. Task
Working safely with drills, electric or pneumatic.
2. Hazards
Cut by/struck by injuries, ergonomic – sprain/strain injury, working with dull or broken bits, power cords not in good
working condition – electrical hazard, air hoses leaking – compressed air hazards entanglement with gloves.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, regular inspection and maintenance of tools
by qualified competent trades person.
Prior to drilling, nailing, cutting, sawing or fastening into walls, ceilings and floors, check for electrical wires or
equipment. (Use x-rays, scans, drawings, site drawings). Special precautions must be taken around electrical
vaults and horizontal and vertical duct banks. Sole reliance on as-built drawings may not be adequate.
Before using any tool, do a visual inspection to determine if it is in good working condition. Look for cracked
housings, broken chucks, frayed electrical cords, worn or broken bits.
Use only effectively grounded electrical circuits – inspect power cords for defects and replace if damaged or ground
plug missing.
Make sure that triggers and guards are working properly and not tampered with or made ineffective.
If the tool is defective in any way, tag and take the tool out of service. Have a qualified trades person fix the tool.
Look for worn bits. If the bit is dull or worn, this may damage the drill or may cause injury to the worker.
Do not push hard on the drill, allow the bit to do the work, if the bit is sharp, it will be easy to drill the hole.
Ensure drill is unplugged when changing bits.
When drilling overhead, a minimum of safety glasses must be used, a full-face shield is strongly recommended to
protect your eyes. Respiratory protection when required, ie. concrete.
When using hammer drills, hearing protection must be utilized.
Drill from a comfortable well supported position – do not overreach from ladders, or other work platforms while
drilling.
Choose correct size of drill for the job – do not force a small drill to work beyond its capacity – be careful not to
allow larger more powerful drills to jam or bind in material – clear the hole often while drilling.
Prevent repetitive strain injury by spelling off with other workers or alternating tasks.
When working off scaffolds or swingstages on building exteriors, secure drill by tying off or use a wristband.
If wearing gloves, ensure only snug fitting leather gloves are worn to reduce risk of entanglement.
42
EllisDon Safety
DUST IN CONSTRUCTION
1. Task
Keeping dust to a minimum on the construction site, both indoors and outdoors.
2. Hazards
Eye irritants, respiratory diseases, skin.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved PPE, adequate monitoring, using water/calcium to control dust,
designated substance testing and approved abatement procedures, infection control barriers, local or general exhaust-
adequate ventilation, regular clean up routine.
When indoors, every measure to control dust must be utilized, i.e. water, fans, negative air pressure can also be
utilized to remove dust from work areas – be careful not to vent into occupied spaces or near air intake vents,
adequate fresh make-up air should be introduced to keep dust levels below acceptable limits.
Only qualified personnel will conduct air sampling-dust monitoring. All readings must be documented.
Adequate respiratory protection must be used when working in dusty conditions.
When cutting concrete use water to reduce dust.
If the work that is going to be done is in a high traffic area, and an excess amount of dust will be produced, that
work must be done at night and barriers set up to contain dust to work area. Area shall be properly signed with
associated verbage identifying the hazard.
Sweeping compound/wet saw dust must be used to trap dust during floor sweeping or vacuum with filter system.
Local exhaust hoods and physical barriers can be used to prevent dust from mixing operations from spreading
throughout work areas.
A regular, daily, clean-up routine is the easiest way to prevent the build up and dissemination of dust on
construction sites.
Designated substances must be abated or encapsulated, and post abatement testing done, prior to work
progressing, to prevent dust from becoming contaminated by designated substances or moulds.
Water should not be used in unheated areas during winter months.
When transporting debris containers through sensitive areas, ie. hospital corridors, wipe down exterior of debris
container and cover securely. Inspect travel areas and immediately clean up any spillage. Ensure debris containers
are secure and in good condition, no cracks, holes, etc.
Refer to SDS for products for proper cutting methods, filtration systems, clean up, hazards associated with product
(explosive, flammable, etc.)
Reference: EllisDon Safety Portal – Tools & Templates – Exposure Control Plan
43
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
1. Task
Working safely around electrical supply and with electrical tools on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Electrocution, burns, fires, arc flash, interruption of service to essential equipment.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment, qualified trained workers, proper lockout procedures,
effective grounding of electrical circuits, equipment inspection, identification of live electrical circuits, insulation and
containment of connections in junction boxes, locks on panel boxes and equipment rooms.
SHORT CUTS AND POOR WORK PERFORMANCE WILL NOT BE TOLERATED.
Exposed circuit parts/wires must be capped with insulated connectors and terminated to covered junction boxes -
treat all electrical equipment as live until a qualified electrician determines that it has been disconnected.
All bare live parts must be guarded against accidental contact by means of approved cabinets or other forms of
approved enclosures except where exempted by Code.
All work on live circuits must be performed in accordance with Live Wire Safe Work Procedures. At no time are
unqualified workers to work on live circuits.
Prior to drilling, nailing, cutting, sawing or fastening into walls, ceilings and floors, check for electrical wires or
equipment. (Use x-rays, scans, drawings, site drawings). Special precautions must be taken around electrical
vaults and horizontal and vertical duct banks. Sole reliance on as-built drawings may not be adequate.
In “C” panels, only use supplier-approved components.
Adequate PPE must be used when working with electrical wires i.e. insulated blankets, covers, adequate grounding
methods, approved barriers, mats and insulated gloves or sleeves.
Flame resistant outerwear must be used by workers who may be exposed to the hazard of flash fire or electrical
flashover (arc flash hazard). Flame resistant outerwear and other appropriate ARC flash PPE (as required by
provincial regulations) must be worn.
Warning signs and barricades must be used to limit access to areas with live circuits, i.e. “DANGER DUE TO
_________________.”, “AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY”.
All equipment and tools must be in working order and checked for defects before any work can be done.
Do not use metal or aluminum ladders when working near exposed, energized circuits.
Elevated work close to power lines is only to be done by a fully qualified/competent worker. These workers must
know the safe minimum working distance for their work as laid out by provincial regulations.
NO ONE is to approach, lean on, or touch vehicles that are working near overhead power lines.
If electrical contact is made with vehicle stay in the seat and do not touch metallic surfaces. If you must exit the
vehicle, jump to the ground with both feet together, “hop” with both feet together until at least 15 metres (50 feet)
away from the vehicle – do not touch the vehicle! Exit only in case of extreme hazard exposure such as fire or
imminent explosion-otherwise stay in the vehicle until line is de-energized.
When working in an extremely hazardous electrical area, there must be TWO or more people with at least ONE
posted as a safety watch in the event of an accident. Safety watch must be trained in CPR and rescue breathing.
All electrical rooms and vaults that are energized must be locked with warning signs.
44
EllisDon Safety
ELECTRICAL SAFETY CONT’D
The spread of fire through electrical installations via fire stopped partitions, floors, hollow spaces, firewalls or fire
partitions, vertical shafts, or ventilating or air-conditioning duct must be reduced to a minimum. Where a fire
separation is pierced by a raceway or cable, any openings around the raceway or cable shall be properly closed or
sealed in compliance with the National Building Code of Canada.
Electrical equipment likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized (see also
Live Wire Safe Work Procedure), shall be field marked to warn persons of potential electric shock and arc flash
hazards. The marking shall be located so that it is clearly visible to persons before work activities proceed.
All operating electrical equipment must be kept in safe and proper working condition and conform to CSA
Standards. Periodic inspection will determine equipment safety and defective equipment will be repaired or
permanently disconnected.
Where explosive or flammable materials or gases are present, special precautions shall be observed as follows;
repairs or alterations shall not be made on any live equipment fittings or seals in enclosures shall be maintained in
their original safe condition.
Flammable material shall not be stored or placed in dangerous proximity to the electrical equipment.
Arc producing electrical equipment shall not be installed within 1m (3.3ft.) of the discharge of a combustible gas
relief device or vent when installed outdoors.
All passageways and working space around electrical equipment must be clear of obstruction to give authorized
persons access to maintenance area at all times. A minimum of 1m (3.3ft.) working space with secure footing will
be maintained and electrical rooms will have easy access and not be used for the storage of materials.
No electrical equipment shall be used in hazardous locations unless it is essential for the process being carried on
and is approved for use including the exposure to the specific gas, vapour, mist or dust that will be present. All
other electrical equipment such as service equipment, panel boards, switchboards, etc. must be located in rooms or
areas of the building where hazardous conditions do not exist.
Conductors must be insulated or covered throughout their entire length to comply with these groups.
Conductors must be manufactured to rated and tested insulated levels.
Do not wear rings, watches, jewelry or anything metallic.
Wear CSA green triangle work boots that have neoprene or rubber soles. Worn down boots provide no insulation.
All power tools must be grounded through a three-prong plug or have a double insulated casing.
All portable welding and generating equipment will be effectively grounded.
All electrical cords will be connected to a CSA approved GFCI. Protect cords from traffic and sharp edges. Consider
running cords through overhead locations. If wires are to be hung, use non-conductive material to hang them.
Before working on a circuit, all lockouts must be in place.
The following charts outline the safe limit of approach distances from overhead power lines for persons and
equipment for Alberta, Ontario, Manitoba, British Columbia and Atlantic Canada.
All temporary electrical service panels must be equipped with Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI).
Keep power cords away from heat, water, oil, and abrasive surfaces-they can damage the insulation and cause
electrical shock.
45
ELECTRICAL SAFETY CONT’D
Alberta
Operating voltage between conductors of Safe limit of approach distance for persons
overhead power line and equipment
0 – 750 volts insulated or polyethylene covered 300 millimetres
conductors (1)
0-750 volts Bare, uninsulated 1.0m 3ft 3in
Above 750 volts Insulated conductors (1) (2) 1.0m 3ft 3in
750 volts - 72 kV 3.5m 12ft
72 kV - 144 kV 4.0m 13ft
144 kV - 260 kV 5.0m 16ft
260 kV - 500 kV 7.0m 23ft
Notes: (1) Conductors must be insulated or covered throughout their entire length to comply with this group. (2) Conductors must be
manufactured to rated and tested insulated levels.
Ontario
Nominal Phase-to-Phase Voltage Rating Minimum Distance
750 – 150 000 volts 3.0m 10ft
More than 150 000 - 250 000 volts 4.5m 15ft
More than 250 000 volts 6.0m 20ft
Atlantic
Phase to Phase Voltage of Energized Electrical
Electrical Utility Line or Utility Line Equipment Distance
Up to 750 volts 900mm 3ft
750 – 100,000 volts 3.6m 12ft
100,001 – 250,000 volts 5.2m 17ft
250,001 – 345,000 volts 6.1m 20ft
Manitoba
750 volts - 75 kV 3.0m 10ft
75 kV - 250 kV 4.5m 15ft
250 kV - 500 kV 6.0m 20ft
British Columbia
Voltage Phase to Phase Minimum Distance
Over 750 V to 75 kV 3.0m 10ft
Over 75 kV to 250 kV 4.5m 15ft
Newfoundland
46
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
1. Task
Properly maintaining all equipment/machinery on site.
2. Hazards
Equipment failure, personal injury, electrical, contact electrocution, environmental contamination, property damage.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Routine maintenance and inspection (inspection reports), CSA/ULC/ANSI approved
equipment, purchasing program, removing defective equipment from service - tagging, adhering to manufacturer’s
specifications for maintenance of equipment, rental equipment must be supplied with maintenance and log books
where required and available for inspection.
All equipment/machinery on site will meet CSA/ULC/ANSI Standards.
All damaged or defective equipment and tools will be tagged and immediately removed from operation.
Ensure the required routine maintenance of machines, devices, tools and equipment meets manufacturer’s
requirements and specifications; regulatory standards and EllisDon Policy. (Please see Forms Section - Operator’s
Maintenance Checklist - Canadian Safety Manual)
Inspect rental equipment and tools before accepting. Should there be any doubt as to the status of the device,
return to the supplier immediately.
Inspect all tools and equipment for damage before use.
Tools should be kept clean and free of dirt whenever possible.
Tools and equipment should be properly stored and neatly put away.
47
ERGONOMICS IN CONSTRUCTION
1. Task
Work ergonomically safe in construction, to avoid sprain and strain injuries due to poor tool or workplace design.
2. Hazards
Repetitive strain injuries, struck by-cut by-pinched by injuries.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Proper lifting techniques, knowing your strength limitations, tools designed to “fit the
worker”, comfortable work environment – enough room to do the task, PPE, i.e. - wrist supports, tool rests alternate
seating equipment.
Review ergonomic and manual lifting procedures with workers prior to starting work and periodically at toolbox
talks throughout the duration of the project.
Warm up/stretching exercises, thereby reducing the possibility of soft tissue injuries.
If possible, adjust the height of the work surface according to your dimensions.
Organize your work so that the usual operations are performed within easy reach.
Face your work at all times, do not twist your body to see your work.
Keep your body close to your work, do not reach or over extend beyond the point of comfort.
Lift with your legs, not your back, let the larger muscles do all the work, keep your back straight at all times.
If an object is too heavy, if possible, use a lifting device, i.e. pallet jack. If you cannot use a pallet jack, get help from
a co-worker.
If work is higher than you can reach, use a ladder, do not stand on your tiptoes, this will put strain on your ankles
and back.
Have one leg raised on a stationary object to take the weight off your back, this will help when standing for long
periods of time.
Do not operate tools in awkward or uncomfortable positions.
Spell-off workers to prevent repetitive strain injuries.
Choose appropriate tools for the task.
Ensure all personal protective equipment is in good condition and is properly fitted.
48
EllisDon Safety
EXCAVATION/GROUND DISTURBANCE
1. Task
To prevent injury from cave-ins or collapsing of trenches and excavations.
2. Hazards
Asphyxiation, crushed by – stuck by injuries, drowning, possible confined space hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Engineered drawings, Locates, soil testing, emergency planning, engineered shoring,
regular inspections, air sampling, worker training and competent supervision. Larger excavations will have two suitable
means of access and egress.
An Excavation Permit must be obtained prior to the start of any excavation or trenching work, which is maintained and
available on site for the duration of the excavation/trenching work.
An Excavation/Ground Disturbance checklist must be completed prior to the start of work, supporting inspection
requirements. Additional inspections may be required depending on site conditions and work activities.
***Should you come across any unforeseen Type 3 or Type 4 soil conditions, you must STOP work and reassess
your working conditions. Your existing Permit and Checklist will become VOID and a new Permit and Checklist
MUST be completed.***
Soil Types
(Type 1) Hard compacted soil. Difficult to move, clay like substance usually very stable.
(Type 2) Easier to handle than T1 not as stable and can be manipulated with a backhoe or a shovel.
(Type 3) Soil that has been previously excavated. T3 can be excavated without difficulty. When dry T3 will flow
through fingers freely. All backfilled or previously distributed material should be treated as T3. Other typical T3 soil
includes sand, granular materials and silty or wet clays.
(Type 4) T4 soil will flow very easily and must be supported and contained to be excavated to any significant depth.
The amount of moisture in soil has great effect in soil strength. Once a trench is dug the sides of the open
excavation are exposed to the air therefore affecting the strength.
Vibration of tools and equipment affects trench stability, which may result in cave-ins.
Excessive weight within 1.8 metres of the trench edge may cause the inner trench walls to become unstable;
therefore excavated soil should be placed as far as practical from the edge of the trench.
Old utility trenches either crossing or running parallel to new trench work can affect the overall stability of the
trench.
Rain, melting snow, thawing earth, and overflow from sewers and streams produce immediate changes in soil
conditions. Soil cohesion is greatly affected and can result in unexpected cave-ins.
Basic methods of protecting workers against cave-ins are: sloping, benching, trench boxes, and shoring.
Sloping depends on the soil condition. Good soil - (Type 1 or 2) trench walls should be angled to a 1to1 ratio or
(45 degree cutback).
For (Type 3) soil - (Fairly good soil), walls should be cut back at a gradient of 1 to 1 from the bottom of the trench
wall.
For (Type 4) soil, the walls should be sloped at a 3 to 1 ratio = 3 metres back for every 1 metre up from the trench
bottom.
Trench Boxes are not usually intended to shore up or support trench walls. They are meant to protect workers in
case of a cave-in.
Trench box design and specifications must be signed and sealed by a professional engineer.
49
EXCAVATION/GROUND DISTURBANCE CONT’D
Workers in a trench must remain inside the box and leave only when the box is being removed. Two access ladders
must be set up in a trench and maintained at all times.
Ladders must extend above the trench by 3 feet, and be securely tied off to shoring or a trench box.
Inspection is everyone’s responsibility. Trench boxes/shoring should be inspected for structural damage, cracks,
loose cleats, bent wales, missing struts, cracked and bowed sheathing.
Pile and lagging shoring must be installed according to engineered drawings and in increments of not more than
1.2 metres vertically.
Lagging must be continually inspected to ensure there is no bowing or movement.
All trenching must have two means of access/egress, ie. ladders
Vehicular exhaust and other gases must not be allowed to accumulate in trenches or excavations.
No internal combustion engine shall be operated in an excavation or trench unless there is adequate supply of air
for combustion and the exhaust gases and fumes from the engine are adequately discharged directly outside the
excavation or trench to a point sufficiently remote to prevent the return of the gases or fumes or there is adequate
natural or mechanical ventilation to ensure that exhaust gases and fumes from the engine will not accumulate in
the excavation or trench. An excavation or trench in which an internal combustion engine is being operated shall
be tested for airborne concentrations of carbon monoxide to ensure that the concentrations do not exceed the
applicable limits in accordance with applicable legislated requirements.
Utilities, sewer lines, hydro duct banks, natural gas piping, must be located and exposed prior to trenching or
excavating.
Workers must be provided with a safe means of entering and exiting an excavation, tunnel or underground shaft.
Where the danger of workers or equipment falling into a trench or excavation exists, the trench or excavation must
be protected by flagging, marking, safeguards or other appropriate and effective means.
Safe access/egress means shall be located within 9 metres of a worker in a trench more than 1.5 metres deep
(Alberta).
Trenches more than 1.5 metres deep must be protected by sloping or shoring so workers can safety reach
access/egress points (Alberta).
Locates
Excavating company must request utility locates prior to the ground being disturbed, or existing concrete being
removed at the work site.
Utility locates must be updated every thirty (30) days.
An updated copy of the locates must be with the excavator operator at all times.
Excavator operator must have a site plan and locate slip for the scope of work.
Excavating company must conduct a review with their workers so that all are aware of the location of the utilities
and/or services.
Not all locates of buried facilities are covered under “One Call” services. Private locates should also be conducted or
contact the appropriate utility owners for their locations.
When a locator is on site, the excavator contractor must meet with the locator.
Discuss whether there may be offsets with the locate marks. If for any reason you believe the locates are wrong, do
not dig and call for verification.
Ensure that located flags and/or paint are visible. Markings may vary by region so ensure you are aware of the color
codes used by the locator.
Never assume depth of facilities.
50
EllisDon Safety
EXCAVATION/GROUND DISTURBANCE CONT’D
You must hand dig to expose a 1 m wide opening on each side of the locate marks for a buried facility other than a
high pressure pipeline. 5 m wide on both sides of the locate marks for a high pressure pipeline.
Excavator operator must ensure that work with mechanical excavation equipment is not permitted within the hand
exposed zones of the buried facility until the buried facility has been exposed to sight. In many regions a HydroVac
truck is acceptable to expose services. Please check with local officials.
If you discover utilities that are not marked on the locate, or you discover a utility that is not in the location
indicated on the locate, stop digging and notify the utility owner immediately.
If you discover damage, or accidentally cause damage to underground utilities, stop work; notify the site
Superintendent of the incident immediately. Ensure that the owner of the locate has been contacted regarding the
incident.
Reference: Excavation Permit – See Forms Section – Canadian Safety Manual
Reference: Excavation/Ground Disturbance Checklist – see Forms Section – Canadian Safety Manual
51
EXHAUSTING OF VEHICLES
1. Task
Operate vehicle or machine inside enclosure or building.
2. Hazards
Vehicular hazards, environmental hazards, health hazards, hoisting hazards, confined space hazards, chemical hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Legislative, administrative, engineering, PPE, pathway.
Regular maintenance of engines is essential to keep exhaust emissions down. Follow the manufacturer’s
recommended maintenance schedule and procedures. For example, blue/black smoke indicates that an engine
requires servicing or tuning.
No internal combustion engine shall be operated in an excavation, or in a building or other enclosed structure
unless there is an adequate supply of air for combustion and the exhaust gases and fumes from the engine are
adequately discharged directly outside the excavation, building or other enclosed structure to a point sufficiently
remote to prevent the return of the gases or fumes or there is adequate natural or mechanical ventilation to ensure
that exhaust gases and fumes from the engine will not accumulate in the excavation, building or other enclosed
structure. NOTE – this does not apply to internal combustion engines operated in a tunnel.
An excavation, building or other enclosed structure in which an internal combustion engine is being operated shall
be tested for airborne concentrations of carbon monoxide to ensure that the concentrations do not exceed the
Have a ventilation plan in place before running machinery and/or vehicles indoors. Some different means of
controlling gas/diesel exhaust are as follows:
Attach a hose to the tailpipe and exhaust the fumes outside where they cannot re-enter the workplace. Many times
these hoses are treated roughly so inspect them regularly for defects and damage. Install and inspect as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
Train diesel-equipment operators to perform routine inspections and maintenance. Operators should know when to
change exhaust filtration devices.
Retrofit diesel engines with an exhaust filtration device to capture Diesel Particulate matter before it enters the
workplace. The two most common devices are disposable diesel exhaust paper filters and diesel particulate ceramic
filters.
Respirators can be used, but only as an interim measure to control exposure to emissions, until ventilation controls
can be implemented. All workers must be trained and fit-tested before wearing respirators, and this training must
be done by a competent person.
Catalytic converters can be used to reduce carbon monoxide, aldehydes, and hydrocarbons in diesel fumes.
Only use catalytic converters with low sulphur fuels. Using them with high sulphur fuels may do more harm than
good.
If possible start engines in area with adequate ventilation to outside and let them warm up before entering
enclosed work areas. If extraction fans are available, start them before starting vehicle. Restrict access to only those
who need to be there.
After controls have been put in place, the vehicles/equipment shall be started, and allowed to run. An atmospheric
test shall be done at this time to ensure the controls are effective, and workers in the area are not at risk.
Atmospheric testing shall be done by a trained person in accordance with applicable legislated requirements.
Where possible choose alternate power sources for equipment i.e. electric rather than diesel powered forklifts.
Situate vehicles stationed outside buildings so that exhaust does not enter open doors, windows, or fresh air
intakes, or allowed to collect in low areas such as trenches and excavations.
Never remain in a vehicle that is idling in an unventilated or confined space.
52
FALL ARREST
1. Task
Use of a fall arrest system to protect a worker in case of a fall.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, trip hazard, material/equipment handling hazards (struck by, cut by), bruising or other injuries caused by
suspension in harness, impact with lower level, object, or structure (‘swing fall’/‘bottoming out’ hazard), heat/cold stress.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved fall arrest equipment and other PPE, fall protection plan,
(including fall rescue), legislated training, written site specific safe work procedures, inspection by competent worker.
All fall protection equipment and other PPE must be CSA/ANSI approved and workers trained in its use in
accordance with Regulatory requirements and EllisDon safety policy.
A personal fall arrest system is required if there is any risk that a worker may fall from an unprotected elevated
position.
A fall arrest system shall include an approved full body harness and shock-absorbing lanyard attached to adequate
anchorage by means of a connecting device and anchorage connector.
The shock-absorbing lanyard must be attached to the full body harness using the rear D-ring only.
Total fall clearance must be calculated and fall arrest systems arranged so that a worker does not contact a level or
object below in the event of a fall (bottoming – out hazard).
Fall arrest systems must be arranged, (anchorages perpendicular to worker), so that a worker does not swing like a
pendulum and contact objects in the event of a fall (‘swing-fall hazard’).
Fall arrest systems must be designed so that a worker is not subjected to a peak arrest force greater than 8
Kilonewtons (1800 lbs.).
A Fall Arrest System shall consist of a full body harness with an attached shock absorbing lanyard connected by an
anchorage connector to an anchorage capable of supporting a static load of 1,635 kg (3,600 lbs). Refer to applicable
legislative requirements for anchorage requirements.
Free-fall distance must be minimized and should not be greater than 1.8m (6’).
In the event of a fall the fall arrest system shall be taken out of service and not used again unless re-certified by the
manufacturer only.
A competent worker shall inspect the fall arrest system prior to each use and any defective components taken out
of service.
Lanyards and lifelines used in a fall arrest system must be arranged in such a way that protects them from cutting,
chaffing, extreme temperatures, flame, abrasive or corrosive materials, or other hazards that may damage them.
Only one worker at a time may attach to a vertical lifeline.
Rope grabs must be installed on lifelines correctly with the arrow pointing up towards the anchor point.
Horizontal lifelines must be designed by a professional engineer.
Anchorage connectors must be used rather than tie a regular lanyard back on itself, unless you are using a “tie –
back” lanyard specifically designed for that use.
Reference: Fall Protection Safe Work Procedure
53
EllisDon Safety
FALL ARREST CONT’D
To adequate
anchor point
Rope Grab
Locking
Snap Hooks
Shock
Absorber
Web
Lanyard
Full Body
Harness
Lifeline
Full Body Harness and Fall Arrest System
54
FALL PROTECTION
1. Task
To provide adequate fall protection to workers exposed to fall hazards on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Severe injury or death due to falls.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). OHSA/ANSI Regulations, guardrails, fall protection plan, fall rescue plan, legislated fall
protection training, CSA/ANSI approved fall protection equipment, inspection of equipment and workplace by
competent worker, proper use of ladders, scaffolds, powered elevating work platforms, suspended access equipment,
travel restraint systems, fall arrest systems, protect openings in work surfaces.
All persons regularly accessing/supervising/engaged in work on an EllisDon worksite must be adequately trained to
identify fall hazards in the workplace (proof of training must be provided prior to or at the time of orientation).
Plan how to control workers exposure to them, i.e. use of guardrails, travel restraint system, fall arrest system, fall
restriction system, safety net.
Choose equipment and provide workers with adequate training in its use, inspection and maintenance.
Develop a fall rescue plan and communicate it to all workers.
Reference: Safe Work Practices for guardrails, travel restraint, fall arrest, floor openings, powered elevating work
platforms, suspended access equipment, fall protection and rescue planning.
Reference: Fall Protection Safe Work Procedure.
55
EllisDon Safety
FALL RESCUE PLAN
1. Task
Plan the effective safe rescue of a worker who has fallen and is suspended from their fall arrest system.
2. Hazards
Fall hazards, injury resulting from suspension in fall arrest equipment, struck by injury (contacting structure or other
objects during fall,) heat/cold stress.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Fall protection plan including worker training and rescue plan, Emergency site plan,
coordination with off-site emergency response agencies, CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, communication
system, long pants and full T-shirt, sunscreen, cold weather gear.
All equipment/PPE must be CSA/ANSI approved and workers trained in its use.
Inform supervision what has happened – subcontractors must inform EllisDon supervision ASAP.
Reassure fallen worker that a rescue is in progress and maintain verbal communication with the worker.
Assemble rescue team (supervisory personnel and designated workers).
Designate worker(s) to secure area below suspended worker and at anchorage point of suspended workers fall
arrest system.
Direct all non-essential personnel, equipment, and vehicles away from the immediate area.
Decide if rescue may be safely implemented by on-site personnel or if outside assistance is required.
If outside assistance is required place 911 or equivalent emergency response call.
Designate workers to meet and escort emergency response personnel to suspended worker.
Designate workers to collect and deploy equipment necessary to effect rescue, i.e. scissor lift, ladders, rescue
positioning kit, controlled descent device kit, sufficient fall protection gear for all members of rescue team who may
be exposed to fall hazards during rescue.
All workers exposed to fall hazards during rescue procedure must be protected by the use of an approved travel
restraint or fall protection system.
If work area is a confined space then a confined space entry procedure must be developed and communicated to
all workers. This procedure must be adopted by rescue team prior commencing the retrieval of a fallen worker in a
confined space.
If worker is suspended from the edge of the building it may be possible to pull him/her into the building on the
floor below the fallen workers anchor point.
Care must be taken not to cut, abrade or expose suspension lines to fire, or other hazards that might damage them.
Put softeners between suspension lines and sharp edges.
If a second suspension line is required for retrieval, ensure that it is securely fastened to the sliding D-ring of the
worker’s full body harness by means of a safety snap hook and that it is attached to adequate anchorage with no
available free fall.
If pulling a worker to safety make sure that slack is not allowed to accumulate in the line.
Workers who have had a fall stopped by a fall arrest system must receive a medical examination as soon as possible.
Rescue timing is the most important factor in reducing post fall medical complications. The team should aim for a
rescue time of 15 minutes.
Some Jurisdictions require that all fall events where a worker is suspended from his/her fall arrest system be
reported, i.e. in Ontario the Ministry of Labour requires notification immediately.
Preserve the scene and all fall protection equipment used as is to allow for an inspection by the MOL or other
Regulatory agency and EllisDon Area Supervisor, Site Safety Coordinator, Site Superintendent.
56
FALL PROTECTION AND RESCUE PLAN
(HOW TO DEVELOP A PLAN)

This plan has been developed for work occurring on an unprotected edge or work platform. An unprotected elevated work
platform or area is any elevated work surface not surrounded by a fixed barrier such as conforming guardrails or protective
parapet that meet or exceeds the requirements as stated in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for
Construction Projects.
All plans must be site specific and be approved by the Joint Health and Safety Committee or competent person before work
can commence.
A Fall Rescue Plan must be developed whenever fall arrest systems are in use and when personnel would not be able to self-
rescue should a fall occur.
Company Name: Project Location

Project Name/Project #: (building, floor, etc.)
Specific Equipment Involved: Project Date(s):
From: To:
From: To:
From: To:
Project Description:
Work Plan by: Print Name Signature Contact:
Competent Worker Print Name Signature Contact:

or JHSC Member
57
(HOW TO DEVELOP A PLAN) CONT’D
Fall Protection Work Plan
Questions to Consider Answers or Solutions
Does my Job Hazard Analysis and mitigation

address this type of work involving unprotected
elevated locations?
What is the job to be done?
What is the working or walking surface like?
Are there any environmental factors to consider?

(heat, cold, slippery, wet, wind, glare, etc.)
Are there any hazards nearby or underneath that

are exposed or could become exposed in an
impact? (plumbing lines, electrical exposures,
protruding hazards, etc.)
Will the work require special PPE?

(besides fall protection)
Who will I be working with? (Buddy system)
How will I get equipment and tools

to the work location?
Do I need to prevent my activities from

resulting in hazards to those below by
following appropriate barricading methods
to keep non essential personnel away?
(list method)
Can I work from the ground level instead

by bringing the work down?
58
Fall Protection Work Plan
Can I work safely from a ladder instead?
Can I use a Power Elevated Work Platform (PEWP)?

Is there qualified staff available to operate
the PEWP?
If not, Is it feasible to install guardrails?
If not, is it feasible to use a fall restraint system?
If not, will a fall arrest system be implemented? If yes, see following pages for Fall Hazard
Analysis for Fall Arrest and Rescue Plan
Other?
Other?
59
EllisDon Safety
Fall Hazard Analysis for Fall Arrest
Are there any existing approved anchorage points

that are accessible? Where?
Is it labeled as an approved anchorage point or

obviously capable of holding 5000 lbs or more?
Has this been identified and determined by a
qualified person? Name.
If not, can approved pre-manufactured or

engineered anchorage/horizontal lifelines be
installed? Attach stamped engineer drawing.
Do I have the right equipment? (full body harness,

minimum length lanyard, shock absorber,
connecting hardware, I-beam strap, self-retractable
lifeline, etc). Please list.
What is the distance of the fall from the work area?

Has the fall distance been calculated? Is there a
chance the worker will "Bottom Out?"
If a worker were to fall, are there any obstructions

that the worker may hit before arresting? Please list.
If a worker falls and is suspended in the harness, Develop Fall Rescue Plan. (See Next Page. )
how is the worker to be rescued?
60
Fall Rescue Plan
A Rescue Plan must be developed whenever fall arrest systems are in use and when a worker may not be able to self rescue
should a fall occur.

Is the following contacts' information
readily available:
The professional rescue services?
The subcontractor supervisor?
The site supervisor?
Is there equipment immediately available in close

proximity to the work? (ladders, PEWP, tripods, etc.).
Please list.
Are there possible obstructions that may inhibit

reaching a suspended worker? Please list along
with area location.
How will rescue be assured within 15 minutes of

the occurrence of a fall to minimize the risk of
further injury or death?
How will the safety of the rescuers be assured as

well as that of the suspended worker?
What communication methods shall be used:

To report the fall to the appropriate personnel?
Between the suspended worker and the rescue
team?
Additional Information:
Communicated to:
Name Signature
61
EllisDon Safety
FIRE EXTINGUISHER USE/FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE SUBSTANCES
1. Task
Proper choice and use of fire extinguishers for construction.
2. Hazards
Fire hazard, smoke inhalation, chemical exposure.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved fire extinguisher – ABC type, adequately trained workers, MSDS for
ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers.
Fire extinguishers must not be left free standing. They must be adequately secured.
Know the three types of fires:
Class A-wood, paper, rags, rubbish, and other ordinary combustible material.
Class B-flammable liquids, oils and grease.
Class C-electrical fires.
Because there are different types of fires a 4A40BC type fire extinguisher (that has been serviced within the last 12
months) is the best for use on the project.
The 4A40BC fire extinguisher is made of carbon dioxide and dry chemical. This will fight most types of fires without
the worry of electrical shock or reaction to water and chemicals.
On a regular basis, ensure that a designated worker loosens the powder on the bottom of the extinguisher. This is
done by inverting the fire extinguisher and taking a RUBBER mallet and hitting the bottom of the extinguisher.
Extinguishers are to be inspected monthly and recorded on the tags provided.
If you feel that you cannot control the fire within 30 seconds, LEAVE, and follow the emergency response procedure
for the project. Give them the EXACT location, every second counts when fighting fires.
After contacting the fire department, evacuate the area, NEVER at any time go back into the burning structure, you
may become trapped and be severely injured or worse.
Before you try to fight the fire, check the prevailing winds. NEVER, at any time stand down wind of the fire, this will
cause you to breathe in the smoke and fumes from the fire.
To fight the fire, you must use short bursts at the BASE of the fire, do not aim your extinguisher at the flames; all you
are doing here is wasting your extinguisher. By aiming at the base, you are taking the oxygen away that the fire
needs to burn.
Fire prevention measures depend on identifying potential hazards and taking appropriate actions, including
inspections. The following are some guidelines to prevent fires:
i. Ensure that your work area is clean. Do not leave excessive dust, wood, saw dust, etc. lying around, these are not
only tripping hazards, they are fire hazards.
ii. Store all flammable liquids in approved containers, and store these containers in approved lock-ups. All lock-ups
must be clearly identifiable and warning of the potential hazards of fire. “DANGER, FLAMMABLES, NO OPEN FLAME”.
iii. Keep all emergency exits clear of debris, NEVER store material in front of them.
iv. Ensure that all fire extinguishers are serviced within the last 12 months and they are in working order. If an
extinguisher has been discharged, do not ignore it; report it to the Site Safety Coordinator or Superintendent.
If a worker’s clothing is contaminated with a flammable or combustible liquid, the worker must avoid activities that
produce sparks or open flame, remove the contaminated clothing as soon as possible, and ensure the clothing is
decontaminated as soon as possible.
If a worker’s skin becomes contaminated with a flammable or combustible liquid, the worker must wash the skin at
the earliest possible time.
A worker must not enter or work at a work area if more than 20 per cent of the lower explosive limit
of a flammable or explosive substance is present in the atmosphere. A Hazard Assessment must be conducted
including atmospheric testing results before a worker is exposed.
62
FLOOR OPENINGS/COVERS
1. Task
Preventing falling through or tripping into openings in work surfaces.
2. Hazards
Fall hazards, trip hazards, material falling from one level to another.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Securely covering and identifying openings, providing guardrails around openings.
All openings in work surfaces must be securely and completely covered and properly identified,
i.e. a distinctive circle with an X inside it .
Ensure any hole larger than 4” diameter or 4”x4” rectangle shall be protected.
Larger openings will be provided with a complete, secure guardrail around their perimeter.
Covers must be constructed so that they can withstand a minimum of 2 times the loads to which they will be
subjected. A minimum of 225 newtons (50 lb. per sq. ft.) “live load” is required.
Openings such as elevator shafts and stairwells must be protected as per provincial regulations. In Alberta, all
elevator shafts must be completely hoarded off. The hoarding must be adequately secured so no one can take the
hoarding down easily, and the hoarding must be identified, i.e. “DANGER, OPEN SHAFT”.
Work platforms that cover elevator shafts must be constructed according to engineered drawings and inspected by
a professional engineer or their competent designate prior to use.
Where there is an opening in a floor, protected by guardrails, and a section of the guardrails has been moved to
allow ladder access between levels, adequate signage must be in place identifying the fall hazard and signage must
be on more than one side of the hazard.
63
EllisDon Safety
FLOOR PROTECTION
1. Task
Installation of materials, plywood, plastic board, etc. to provide protection to various types of flooring i.e. terrazzo, vinyl,
wood, finished concrete, carpet, etc. Floors to be protected from PEWP operation, scaffolds (both rolling and standing),
ladders, carts for material handling, etc.
2. Hazards
Fall hazards, trip hazards and slip hazards due to unsecured sections of floor protection.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessments (PSA) shall be completed for the installation of system being used and the method of
installation. PSA shall included controls for material handling, tools being used (power tools, adhesive tapes, cutting
devices i.e. utility knives, etc).
Type of floor protection to be determined by Site Superintendent and or Coordinator prior to installations. Types
may included 3/4" plywood, high density corrugated plastic board, cardboard (Masonite), poly, etc. Product will
vary depending on the level of protection required, traffic levels, use of equipment, machinery, etc.
Location must be identified to Site Contractor prior to start to ensure all tools, equipment, devices, materials, etc.
are removed. Potential for material handling hazards.
Floor area should be inspected prior to installation to ensure any floor opening for power, plumbing, data, etc. are
properly covered and/or protected. Locations shall be marked for ease of access after protection in place. Also to
determine any pre-existing damage or incomplete work.
Floor area to be swept clean prior to installation - method of dust control shall be used when sweeping.
Once the method of protection has been determined the entire area is protected. All edges shall be secured based
on the type of system being used and any manufacturer’s recommendations. Methods of securing may be nailing
strips, adhesive tape, plates, etc. Locations of securing shall be installed to prevent the creation of additional trip
hazards i.e. plywood nailing strips shall be tapered and identified with high visibility paints (orange layout paint).
Taped edges shall be cut so there are no loose ends.
Locations with floor protection shall be inspected on a regular basis to ensure all edges are properly secured, there
are no loose or moving sections, and they are free from any water, oils, liquids, etc. Key areas of inspection are
access/egress points, stairs, and high traffic zones and shall include subcontractor laydown areas.
Loose edges shall be immediately repaired with selected floor protection in place. Loose edges may include dog
eared corners, curled edges, joints that may have come loose from method of securing (damaged adhesive tape,
wood trip, nails or screws, etc.)
Damaged sections (sheets) should be immediately replaced.
Site Contractors are to ensure that they do not damage protection when completing work activities (oils, paints,
etc). Damaged sections shall be immediately reported to EllisDon Site Superintendent for maintenance.
Site Contractors are responsible to ensure that their work area is cleaned on a daily basis to ensure that all debris
(saw dust, drywall dust, liquids, etc.) do no create additional hazards.
Site Contractors that are required to use a liquid for their work activity i.e. cutting fluids, water, etc. may be required
to have a method of containment to prevent liquid from spilling on to the floor protection. In addition, Site
Contractors shall have required spill cleanup kit available (as per EllisDon Environmental Program). Also refer to
applicable MSDS for methods of clean-up and protection.
64
FLOOR PROTECTION CONT’D
Site Contractors completing any work activities that include cutting, sparks, open flame or heat must ensure
protection is in place so that they do not damage or burn the floor protection. This may include fire blankets, fire
extinguisher, etc. (refer to EllisDon Fire Extinguisher Use/Flammable and Combustible Substances Procedures).
Site Contractors are not permitted to remove floor protection without authorization of EllisDon prior to start of
work activity (advanced notice required). Site Contractor who removes any floor protection is responsible to ensure
it is reinstalled properly or arrangement made with EllisDon upon notification. Site Contractors who fail to notify
EllisDon or complete unauthorized removal may be held responsible for any associated costs and may be subject to
disciplinary action.
Floor protection located in any area where the general public is using it for access points, etc. shall be inspected
daily and all damage shall be repaired immediately. Location shall be signed to identify possible slip/trip hazards.
Never use Floor Protection to cover an opening in the floor. Floor openings must be adequately protected and
identified as described in the EllisDon Canadian Safety Manual and as per Provincial Legislation.
65
FORKLIFTS
1. Task
Safe operation of forklift equipment on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Overloading the lift, insecure loads, careless driving, unsafe driving conditions, i.e. uneven or slippery (icy) soft ground,
struck by – crushed by injuries, property damage.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Adequately trained workers (c/w documentation), manufacturer’s specifications,
CSA/ANSI approved equipment, regular inspection and maintenance program.
Only adequately, competent workers are to operate forklifts. They are powerful and potentially hazardous mobile
equipment and must be treated as such.
Operators MUST always wear their seatbelt when operating the forklift.
Operating surfaces are important in the safe operation of forklifts. Ground, wherever possible, must be level, free of
holes, and as dry as possible, noted, this cannot always happen. If the ground is muddy, wet or icy, the operator
MUST take extra care when operating his machine and he must know when to shut the machine down. Also, the
operator must be aware of overhead hazards, i.e. electrical lines, lights and utility pipes.
DO NOT operate gas or diesel powered forklifts in enclosed or confined spaces without proper scrubbers or exhaust
ventilation system. The build-up of carbon monoxide and/or Nitrogen Dioxide can be deadly. (Carbon monoxide is
a colorless, odorless, tasteless poisonous gas.) Choose alternative power source such as electric or propane in
enclosed spaces – monitor for explosive or poisonous atmosphere if operating in a confined space.
DO NOT operate forklift beyond manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not try to lift more weight than it is rated for.
This may cause the forklift to tip.
A legible copy of the operator’s manual must be kept on the equipment at all times.
Always inspect the forklift before you operate it. Look for things like cracked or broken lines. Are there any puddles
of fluid under the forklift? Are the tires flat? If there are any defective or broken parts on the forklift, DO NOT
OPERATE the forklift, report to supervisor. Defective or broken parts may cause severe injury or death.
Ensure that qualified, competent workers do all maintenance. Do not perform duties that are outside your scope of
work.
MAKE SURE THAT THE AUDIBLE BACK UP ALARM IS IN WORKING ORDER. In Alberta, all mobile equipment over
6000 kg, or has limited visibility, MUST have an audible back-up alarm or a competent flag person must help back
up the machine.
Operators must be aware of their surroundings. Are there any obstacles? Is there pedestrian traffic? Be aware of
your blind spots. Is there enough room to operate the machine safely?
DO NOT ALLOW ANY RIDERS ON THE FORKS. The forklift is not a taxi; it is made for materials, not people.
Operators, who do not follow the rules, will be subject to disciplinary action. NO PASSENGERS ON MACHINES.
Operators must handle each load differently, not all loads are the same. Watch for things like the height of the load
(top heavy), the position of the load on the forks, the speed you are traveling, and the center of gravity of the load.
On some loads, because of the size of cargo, visibility may be obstructed. At these times, the operator MUST stop
and have a flag person to help guide the forklift.
Watch for steep grades. These may require the operator to travel backwards; again an adequately trained flag
person may be required. (Flag persons are to NEVER stand directly behind the forklift.) NEVER turn on ramps, slopes
or inclines, this may cause the forklift to turn over, wait until the ground is level before turning around.
NEVER, at any time, stand underneath the forks, the hydraulics may fail and this would result in severe injury
or death.
66
FORKLIFTS CONT’D
NEVER move unstable loads. If the load cannot be lifted safely, you may be required to restack the load. It is the
operator’s responsibility to determine if a load is safe to lift or not. DO NOT be pressured into lifting something that
you are unsure is safe or not.
Stunt driving, horseplay, speeding or any other unsafe driving, WILL NOT BE TOLERATED, and will result in
disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
When the machine is parked, the forks must be on the ground.
Do not leave the machine unattended if it is running.
All manufacturer’s warning labels and placards must be observed at all times.
In the event of a forklift rollover, the operator should stay inside the cab for protection.
Ensure all labels are legible.
Never remove an overhead protection device.
All loads are to be properly secured.
67
EllisDon Safety
GFCI
1. Task
Working with GFCI’s.
2. Hazards
Electrical hazards, working in wet conditions, vehicular hazards (severing cords), equipment hazards (damaged tools).
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment, installation by trained competent worker, inspection
by competent worker.
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters are fast acting circuit breakers that sense small imbalances in an electrical circuit
caused by the electrical current leaking to ground. Once the imbalance occurs the GFCI shuts off electricity
practically instantaneously.
Use only CSA/ANSI approved GFCI’s.
Always test and maintain GFCI’s as per the manufacturer’s specifications/instructions.
To test a GFCI protected outlet, use a 3 prong GFCI tester or perform the following steps:
1) Plug a light into the GFCI protected outlet.
2) Turn on the light and verify the bulb is lit.
3) Push the “test” button on the GFCI. The “reset” button should pop out.
4) Push the “reset” button to restore the power to the outlet.
5) If steps 1-4 work, the GFCI protected outlet is functioning and no further action is needed.
**If the “reset” button does not pop out, the GFCI is defective and should be replaced. If the “reset” button pops out
but the light does not go out, the GFCI has been improperly wired. Contact a licenced electrician.
Inspect tools and cords regularly for visible damage, and ensure they are in good working condition.
GFCI’s must be used in wet or outdoor environments. Temporary power panels for construction must be equipped
with GFCI’s and serviced by a qualified electrician only.
A wet connection can cause hazardous current leakage to the grounding conductor, and to anyone who can
provide a path to ground.
Failure in the insulation or grounding protection of your tools or cords could result in ground faults.
Three types of GFCI’s: A GFCI receptacle, a portable GFCI, and a GFCI circuit breaker. These all function in different
ways, and one of these should always be used in a wet area or outdoors.
To prevent GFCI’s from tripping, the following is recommended:
a) GFCI receptacles and circuit breakers must be mounted in dry locations, or use rain proof rated types.
b) One power tool per each GFCI, unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.
c) Store power tools and extension cords in a dry place, and when not in use, cover them to protect from rain and
moisture.
d) Do not use extension cords longer than 45 metres.
Be aware that unusually warm or hot outlets may be a sign that unsafe wiring conditions exist.
68
GLASS HANDLING
1. Task
Manual handling and storage of glass panels.
2. Hazards
Breakage of glass, cuts, glass dust and small shards of glass, pinch points.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), Personal Protective Equipment, Mechanical Handling Aids, Store on a level surface
(skids, stands, or panels).
Proper Storage Practices

Ensure all shipments of glass panels are received on glass stands or in engineered shipping crates.
Store glass stands in a segregated area away from pedestrian/vehicle traffic. All glass stands must have straps/ropes
to secure glass panels to stands.
Edges that are not ground must be kept covered with a cut resistant material.
Shipping crates that are used to store glass panels vertically are to be secured to a fixed support if the vertical
dimension exceeds the least base dimension by a factor of 2:1.
Open shipping crates shall have glass panels secured against dislodgement, or shall be completely emptied onto
glass racks or panel dollies and secured.
Loose glass panels shall be placed on glass racks for storage.
Clean up and remove broken glass from the work area immediately.
Mark glass panels in high traffic areas with highly visible tape in an X pattern.
Handling Glass Panels

Ensure lifting equipment is inspected prior to use.
Before moving a glass panel, inspect for cracks and sharp edges.
Wear glass handling gloves and use suction cups. Ensure face of suction cups are in good working condition. Wear
safety glasses at all times.
Manual handling should only occur when lifting the panel onto a dolly or when positioning the panel for
installation. For transport, a dolly or other device should be used. Secure glass panels to dollies when transporting.
Ensure the glass panel is secured in position before releasing the suction gripper.
Never throw glass, whether broken or whole, into open receptacles.
Glass handling area should be cautioned off with signage.
69
EllisDon Safety
GLASS HANDLING - LEAD
1. Task
Manual handling and storage of lead glass panels.
2. Hazards
Breakage of glass, cuts, glass dust and small shards of glass, pinch points.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), Personal Protective Equipment, Mechanical Handling Aids, Store on a level surface
(skids, stands, or panels).
Proper Storage Practices

Ensure all shipments of glass panels are received on glass stands or in engineered shipping crates.
Store glass stands in a segregated area away from pedestrian/vehicle traffic. All glass stands must have straps/ropes
to secure glass panels to stands.
Edges that are not ground must be kept covered with a cut resistant material.
Shipping crates that are used to store glass panels vertically are to be secured to a fixed support if the vertical
dimension exceeds the least base dimension by a factor of 2:1.
Open shipping crates shall have glass panels secured against dislodgement, or shall be completely emptied onto
glass racks or panel dollies and secured.
Loose glass panels shall be placed on glass racks for storage.
Clean up and remove broken glass from the work area immediately.
Mark glass panels in high traffic areas with highly visible tape in an X pattern.
Handling Glass Panels

Ensure lifting equipment is inspected prior to use.
Before moving a glass panel, inspect for cracks and sharp edges.
Wear glass handling gloves and use suction cups. Ensure face of suction cups are in good working condition. Wear
eye protection (goggles) at all times.
Manual handling should only occur when lifting the panel onto a dolly or when positioning the panel for
installation. For transport, a dolly or other device should be used. Secure glass panels to dollies when transporting.
Ensure the glass panel is secured in position before releasing the suction gripper.
Never throw glass, whether broken or whole, into open receptacle.
Should breakage occur, wet the breakage to control airborne dust prior to clean-up.
During clean-up, wear eye protection (goggles), hand protection (leather gloves) and respiratory protection.
Once clean-up is complete, damp wipe the areas of breakage.
Place breakage in a sealed container and place signage - “Danger Due to Broken Glass Containing Lead”
Dispose of breakage container as per municipal environmental regulations or return to manufacturing source for
recycling.
Glass handling area should be cautioned off with signage.
70
GRINDING – PORTABLE/STATIONARY
1. Task
Working safely with grinders.
2. Hazards
Eye and other body injuries - (struck by, cut by), flying debris, broken grinding disks.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and guarding, adequately trained workers, inspection
of tools before use, the use of adequate PPE (including a face shield), 4A40BC fire extinguisher, caution off areas.
Portable Grinding
Inspect your tools before you use them. Look for things such as cracked or frayed electrical cords, cracked or broken grinding
disks. If the cords are not in working condition, tag and take the tool out of service. If the disk is cracked or broken, replace the
disk with an adequate one.
Ensure that the guards are in place at all times and that they have not been modified.
Check to ensure the housing of the grinder is not cracked.
Use grinders according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
When grinding, workers MUST wear tight fitting safety glasses and a full-face shield. This is mandatory. Respiratory protection
must be worn when required.
Match rated wheel speed to equipment RPM’s. Never exceed the maximum speed (RPM’s) that is recommended by the
manufacturer. Excessive speed may cause the grinding wheel to break apart and cause severe injury or death.
Inspect all grinding wheels for cracks and defects before mounting using ring testing.
Run newly mounted wheels at operating speed for one minute before grinding, this will let you know if there is any vibration or
if grinder is running roughly.
Protect adjacent materials and building components from damage due to grinding.
Before grinding ensure work area is free of flammable liquids and combustible materials.
Side handles on grinders must be attached.
DO NOT use grinders on flammable material, i.e. gas tanks.
DO NOT CLAMP portable grinders in a vise or other devices, for hand held work.
DO NOT use liquid coolant with portable grinders, i.e. water may cause electrical shock.
DO NOT over tighten the mounting nut.
DO NOT use grinder for jobs for which it is not designed for, i.e. cutting.
DO NOT force grinding disc onto spindle of grinder.
DO NOT apply side pressure to the cutting disc.
DO NOT allow the disc to become trapped or pinched in the cutting groove created by the grinder.
DO NOT handle the grinder by its power cable, or lower the grinder by its cable to the floor.
DO NOT use grinding disc older than 3 years.
DO NOT apply excessive pressure onto the disc so that the driving motor slows down.
DO NOT store discs in a damp atmosphere or in extreme temperatures.
DO NOT overextend while working with a grinder and always use two hands.
Stationary/Bench Grinding
Tight fitting safety glasses and a full-face shield MUST be worn at all times when grinding.
Check the tool rest for the correct distance for the abrasive wheel.
Replace the grindstone when adjustment of the rest cannot provide clearance.
Bench grinders are designed for front face grinding. Do not grind the side of the wheel.
Do not stand directly in front of the grinding wheel when it is first started.
Wear respiratory protection when grinding for extended periods of time.
When standing for a long period of time, maintain your balance and posture to reduce fatigue and back problems, i.e. put one
leg on a block that is 6” to 8” high, this will take some of the stress off your back.
All factory guards must be in place.
Stationary Grinders must be firmly affixed to bench, pedestal or other fixed surface.
71
EllisDon Safety
GUARDRAILS
1. Task
Building/installing guardrails on construction projects.
2. Hazards
Fall hazards, material/equipment handling hazards (cut by, struck by), electrical hazards, heat/cold stress.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved PPE and tools, fall protection plan and legislated training, Site
specific written safe work procedure, GFCI protection, long pants and full T shirt, sunscreen, cold weather gear.
Workers must be prevented from accessing fall hazards by the use of guardrails as prescribed by Regulatory and
EllisDon safety policy requirements, i.e. when exposed to:
1. falling more than 2.4 metres (8 ft);
2. falling more than 1.2 metres, if the work area is used as a path for a wheelbarrow or other
equipment;
3. falling into operating machinery;
4. falling into water or another liquid;
5. falling into or onto a hazardous object;
6. falling through an opening in a work surface;
7. exposed to a fall of 2.4 metres or more by accessing the open side of a floor (including a
mezzanine or balcony), the surface of a bridge, a roof while form work is in place, a scaffold
platform or other work platform runway or ramp;
8. working on a work platform higher than legislated / owner / site specific requirements.
Guardrails, whether job built wooden type, or pre-fabricated metal, must be constructed and installed to meet
Regulatory and EllisDon safety policy requirements, i.e. have a top rail, mid rail, and toe board, be .9 to 1.1 m. in
height, (36 – 42 “), have support posts 2.4 m. or (8’) o/c, be located not more than 300 mm away from the edge of
work surfaces, made from construction grade or better spruce pine fir, have a top rail able to withstand a laterally
applied point load of 890 newtons (200 lbs), mid rail, (or other material in the case of some pre-fab metal
guardrails), able to withstand a laterally applied point load of 450 newtons (101 lbs.), and a toeboard able to
withstand a laterally applied point load of 225 newtons (52 lbs.).
Prefabricated steel guardrails are to be inspected for cracks in welding.
Bent prefabricated railings are to be removed from service.
Guardrails that are heavily oxidized are to be removed from service.
Support posts need to be checked frequently to ensure secure attachment to mounted service.
Wire rope guardrails are not to be used as static lines unless otherwise engineered.
Toe boards are required for all wire rope guardrails.
Workers installing or temporarily removing guardrails must be protected from fall hazards by the use of an
approved travel restraint or fall arrest system.
Guardrails that must be temporarily removed must be re-installed as quickly as possible and before workers leave
area unattended. Caution off area with red danger tape and signage to warn other workers of temporary guardrail
removal.
Where a section of guardrails has been moved to allow ladder access between levels, adequate signage must be in
place identifying the fall hazard and signage must be on more than one side of the hazard.
Tools and electrical equipment used in the installation of guardrails must be CSA/ANSI approved, extension cords
must be in good shape and provided with a GFCI.
All workers must wear CSA/ANSI approved PPE when installing guardrails, i.e. hard hat, safety boots, safety glasses,
protective gloves, sunscreen, cold weather gear.
Elevating platforms shall be equipped with guardrails.
Hoists: when used on a roof they shall have a guardrail installed on both sides of the frame at the edge of the roof.
72
GUARDRAILS CONT’D
Max 2.4 m
(8’0”)
Guardrails on all sides
Tie-off
73
EllisDon Safety
GUARDRAIL REMOVAL
1. Task
The safe removal of a guardrail on a construction project.
2. Hazards
Personal injury, injury to others, falling tools, material and equipment.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), Adequately Trained Workers, Signage, Barriers/Bumplines, PPE-Fall Protection, Spotter
(If Required), Fall Rescue Plan.
Before any guardrails are removed, ensure all materials are removed from the area as to prevent materials from
falling below.
All workers must be adequately trained as per provincial regulations in fall protection and have all required PPE for
the task (Harness, Lanyard, Lifeline, Rope Grab, etc.)
Hazard signage, barrier/bumpline/danger tape are to be installed BEFORE any guardrails are removed. Signage
must indicate the hazard (Fall Hazard) and the bumpline/danger tape must be placed a minimum of 6ft 6inches
away from the fall hazard on all sides.
All workers are to be tied off to an adequate anchor point BEFORE removing any guardrails.
Travel restraint is the preferred method of fall protection in this case, however other methods may be required
depending on the situation.
Signage, barrier/bumpline/danger tape are to remain in place for the duration of the work/guardrail being
removed.
Once the work is complete, re-install the guardrail properly, and remove all danger signage/barriers/bumplines.
The image below shows a proper set up for removing guardrails.
In material handling zones or locations, any guardrail removal shall be discussed with the EllisDon site
team prior to the start of work activity.
74
HEAT STRESS
1. Task
To prevent the exposure of workers to heat stress.
2. Hazards
Illness or possible fatality due to excessive heat.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, access to shade, adequate potable water, regular breaks, protective
clothing. Wear light, loose clothing that permits the evaporation of sweat.
Construction operations involving heavy physical work in hot, humid environments can put considerable heat stress on
workers. Hot and humid conditions can occur indoors as well as outdoors.
Refer to Heat Stress Response Chart as a guideline for managing work activities in hot and humid conditions.
Heat stress disorders range from minor discomforts to life-threatening conditions.

Heat Rash
Heat Cramps
Heat Exhaustion
Heat Stroke
Heat Rash Treatment:

Cool environment, cool shower, thorough drying.
In most cases heat rash disappear a few days after heat exposure ceases. If the rash is not cleaned frequently
enough the rash may become infected.
Heat Cramp Treatment:

Stretch and massage muscles; replace salt by drinking commercially available carbohydrate or electrolyte
replacement fluids.
Heat Exhaustion:
Signs and Symptoms of Heat Exhaustion:
Weakness;
Difficulty continuing working;
Breathlessness;
Nausea or vomiting;
Feeling faint or actually fainting.
It takes 30 minutes at least to cool body down once a worker suffers from heat exhaustion. If not treated
properly, heat exhaustion can lead to heat stroke - a medical emergency.
Heat Exhaustion Treatment:

Help the worker to cool off by:
Resting in a cool place, bring into site trailer air conditioned if possible;
Drinking cool water;
Removing unnecessary clothing;
Loosening clothing;
Showering or sponging with cool water;
Call 911.
75
EllisDon Safety
HEAT STRESS – RESPONSE CHART
Humidex 1 Response Humidex 2

(moderate Never ignore someone’s symptoms no matter Light unacclimatized
unacclimatized and heavy what you measure! work (sitting/standing
acclimatized work) doing light arm work)
30-37 Low 34-41
• Alert workers to potential for heat stress.
• Ensure access to water.
38-39 Medium 42-43
• Reduce physical activity (e.g., slower pace,
double up, breaks).
• Drink a cup of water every 20-30 minutes.
40-42 Moderate 44-45
• Reduce physical activity further.
• Drink a cup of water every 15-20 minutes.
43-44 High 46-48
• Ensure sufficient rest and recovery time.
• Severely curtail physical activity.
• Drink a cup of water every 10-15 minutes
45 or over Extreme 49 or over
• It is hazardous to continue physical activity.
76
HEAT STROKE
1. Task
To prevent the exposure of workers to heat stroke.
2. Hazards
Illness or possible fatality due to excessive heat.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, access to shade, adequate potable water, regular breaks, protective
clothing.
Construction operations involving heavy physical work in hot, humid environments can put considerable heat stress
(including heat stroke) on workers. Hot and humid conditions can occur indoors as well as outdoors.
WARNING HEAT STROKE REQUIRES IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION

Primary signs and symptoms of heat stroke are:
Confusion
Irrational behaviour
Loss of consciousness
Convulsions
Lack of sweating
Hot, dry skin
Abnormally high body temperature
Heat Stroke Treatment:

For any worker showing signs or symptoms of heat stroke:
Call 911;
Provide immediate, aggressive cooling;
Immerse casualty in tub of cool water or place in cool shower;
Spray with cool water from a hose;
Wrap worker in cool, wet sheets and fan rapidly.
77
EllisDon Safety
HOARDING
1. Task
Erecting and dismantling hoarding safely. Ensuring that the hoarding is adequately constructed to provide public way
protection from construction hazards and adequately secured to withstand wind and snow loads.
2. Hazards
Material and tool handling hazards – struck by/cut by. Not having adequate fire protection in place, i.e. 4A40BC fire
extinguisher, or alternate methods, i.e. fire hydrant – fire hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regulatory requirements for public way protection (check municipal by-laws),
competent workers erecting hoarding, approved design, adequate lighting, material of sufficient strength, CSA/ANSI
approved tools and equipment inspected by a competent worker. Use of CSA/ANSI approved PPE’s. Proper signage,
clear and easy to read, clear direction signs posted.
Workers must ensure that when building hoarding, the proper material is used, i.e. lumber, plywood, scaffold
frames, tarps etc, some case jersey barriers as bases.
All hoarding must be adequately secured and maintained against the elements, i.e. wind, snow.
Hoarding must be strong enough to resist loads that they are likely to be subjected to.
Hoarding must be constructed in accordance with local regulatory requirements.
If heating inside the hoarding, adequate fire protection must be used, a minimum of a 4A40BC fire extinguisher
must be placed outside the hoarding in the vicinity of propane/gas heaters.
Adequate temporary lighting must be inside the hoarding and at all access and egress points.
Access gates must be clearly marked as per site traffic plan.
Adequate signage must be placed outside the hoarding warning of hazards that exist inside the hoarding, i.e.
“Danger Deep Excavation”.
Gates must be locked to provide security against public access during off hours.
Hoarding must be marked clearly “No Trespassing-Construction Personnel Only”, and Personal Protective Equipment
requirements clearly marked, i.e, “Hard Hats and Safety Footwear Must Be Worn Beyond This Point”.
Daily inspections of public way hoarding for hazards such as puncture, snagging, adequate lighting, etc. to ensure
safety of public.
Emergency Names and Telephone numbers should be posted on outside of hoarding.
78
HOISTING – CRITICAL LIFT
1. Task
Safe planning of critical lifts.
2. Hazards
Improper lift procedures, unsafe rigging equipment, overloading crane and cables, overloading landing areas.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, trained, competent and qualified workers
and supervisors. Site specific work procedures developed and communicated to workers.
PLEASE ALSO REVIEW THE HOISTING - GENERAL SAFE WORK PRACTICE
Crane operators, riggers, and supervisors must meet prior to lift to ensure all hazards have been discussed and
countermeasures are in place to ensure the safety of the workers and the general public.
Where necessary lift plan must be approved by a Certified Professional Engineer.
Soil bearing pressure is capable of supporting all expected load to which it may be subjected.
Where necessary the crane is set up on pads which provide adequate load weight dispersion.
Where the load exceeds 75% of the rated capacity of the crane calculation must be shown to verify that the lift is
within safe parameters, and approved by a competent supervisor and/or a Certified Professional Engineer.
A critical lift checklist must be completed identifying the following:
• Names and signatures of all parties involved.
• Rigging equipment selected for the specific lift.
• Soil bearing pressure evaluation, with evaluator's signature.
• Load calculations with equipment and hardware capacity.
• Landing area capacity and dimensions.
• Special considerations eg: road closures etc…
• Certified Professional Engineer's approval, and the signature of the Project Manager, Sr. Superintendent, Safety
Coordinator and or Regional Director.
Criteria which constitute a critical lift include, but not limited to:
• Tandem lifts (2 or more cranes).
• Load exceeds 75% of crane capacity.
• Crane or load may enter the limit if approach to energized overhead electrical lines.
• Tiered lifts.
All riggers and operators involved in critical lifts may require specialized training based on hazards identified.
79
EllisDon Safety
HOISTING – GENERAL
1. Task
Safe hoisting practices.
2. Hazards
Unsafe loads, unsafe chains or slings (struck by, crushed by injuries), property damage, electrical contact hazard, vehicle
hazards, loss of communication, wind hazard, improper rigging.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE’s, trained competent workers and supervision.
Site-specific job procedures developed and communicated to workers.
Crane operators and riggers should meet prior to hoisting to ensure all signals given, whether hand or radio, are
understood.
Prior to hoisting, review weather conditions paying particular attention to wind velocities.
Ensure all loads are free of loose materials and the load is safe to hoist as is. If not, a hoisting container may be
required.
Ensure that all chains, slings, shackles, etc. are in good working condition, and inspected daily. If any of your lifting
equipment is not in good working condition, DO NOT use it. The safety of the workers and yourself lies within the
working condition of your lifting equipment.
No alloy steel chain shall be annealed or welded. A chain used for hoisting shall be labelled to indicate its load
capacity, be repaired and reconditioned in accordance with the specifications of its manufacturer, after being
repaired or reconditioned, be proof tested in accordance with the specifications of its manufacturer and be visually
inspected by a competent worker as frequently as recommended by its manufacturer and in any case at least once
per week when the chain is in service.
Inspect all slings thoroughly and regularly maintain them in good working condition. Look for nicks, cuts, bent links
in chains, bent hooks, frayed cable, worn links, etc. If the safety spring is broken on the hook, DO NOT USE THE
HOOK.
Maintain adequate clearance from energized powerlines during all hoisting operations as per provincial regulations.
Only adequately trained riggers will prepare loads for lifting. All riggers must be clearly identifiable, i.e. retro-
reflective fluorescent garment. Riggers must know all the lifting signals and communicate them properly by hand
or radio to crane operator.
If the operator of a lifting device has any doubts as to the safety of workers in the vicinity of the lift, the operator
must not move any equipment or load until the operator is assured that the working conditions are safe.
Select alloy chains or nylon slings. NEVER exceed the Safe Working Load limits.
Use slings and hoisting chains of proper length. NEVER shorten the chains or slings by twisting or knotting. With
chain slings, NEVER use bolts to shorten chains.
Never lift a load from an angle; always ensure that the crane is directly overhead, perpendicular to the load.
Workers must NEVER ride the hook or load.
All personnel must be clear of load when hoisting is in progress. Avoid hoisting loads over workers’ heads and the
public. If hoisting over public areas is unavoidable, hoisting should be done during off-hours, if possible.
NEVER work under a suspended load.
NEVER leave a load suspended when the hoist or crane is unattended.
If in doubt as to whether a load can be safely lifted, do not attempt the lift.
Use a tag line on all loads to control the load.
80
HOISTING – GENERAL CONT’D
Crane operator to sound warning horn when hoisting over a work area. Swamper to communicate with all work
groups within the intended path of travel. Other notification devices such as a whistle can be used by the Swamper
to alert when the load is in the air.
All lifting and hoisting operations must stop should there be any loss of communication between the rigger and the
operator.
Hoisting slings are to be inspected and recertified by a certified engineer on an annual basis.
A lifting device must have a weatherproof plate or label permanently secured to it that legibly shows: (a) the
manufacturer’s rated load capacity; (b) the manufacturer’s name, and (c) the model, serial number, year of
manufacture or shipment date. If a lifting device is not commercially manufactured, it must have a weatherproof
plate or label secured to it that legibly shows the rated load capacity according to the professional engineer’s
certification.
If hoisting a Power Elevated Work Platform:

Fully lower and retract the boom. Fully lower the jib. Remove all loose items on the machine.
Use the turntable rotation lock to secure the turntable. (Note: this item may or may not be applicable to each
machine. It is the operator’s job to verify this prior to lifting. Also applies to swampers. Machine manual will
indicate the location.) Failure to use this lock allows for a potential change of gravity which may cause the lift to
overturn in mid-air.
Determine the centre of gravity for your machine (using the instructions in the manual).
Attach the rigging only to the designated lifting points on the machine. There are four (4) lifting points on the
chassis.
Adjust the rigging to prevent damage to the machine and to keep the machine level.
81
EllisDon Safety
HOT WORK ACTIVITIES
1. Task
Work activities that generate heat, flame and or spark. Activities may include, but are not limited to; cutting, grinding,
welding, torching, brazing, etc.
2. Hazards
Potential risk of fire hazards, smoke inhalation, or excessive amounts of heat, burns and chemical exposure.
3. Controls
Risk Assessment shall be completed for the work activity to be completed in addition work activity shall have a PSA
completed prior to start. Risk Assessment and PSA shall include items listed below:
Risk Assessment and PSA (drafts) to be submitted for review prior to Hot Work Permit being issued.
Supervisor shall complete a pre-start inspection of the area to determine potential combustibles in area of work.
Ensure work area is clean and clear. Ensure excessive dust, wood, saw dust, etc. is cleaned up. Additional items may
include, paper, cardboard boxes, combustible/ flammable building materials, chemicals, fuels, etc. 15 m or 50 ft
clear.
Determine if building services in the area are protected or turned off or inoperable. Services may include fuel
services, fire and smoke alarms, electrical (wiring, panels, etc.), sprinkler, etc. Coordination may be required with
other Contractor(s) and building owners prior to starting work. Items may need to be turned off or protected with
combustible resistant materials (i.e. fire blankets). Special shut-down procedures may be required. 15 m or 50 ft
clearance of devices.
If necessary lockout/tagout to be completed with all require procedures and notifications.
Ensure workers preforming the task have all required training for tools (applicable for the task being performed),
equipment and or machinery being used.
Ensure location has adequate ventilation.
Ensure all tools and equipment have been inspected (and if required documented inspection) or calibrated. Any
special requirements for tools and equipment are completed (i.e. compressed cylinders properly stored)
Ensure proper firefighting or prevention equipment is in place prior to start. Fire extinguishers shall be 20lbs ABC
Type. Ensure workers have proper training on firefighting or prevention equipment.
Work activities not to start until all approvals have been issued by required parties. Site Contractors are to notify
EllisDon of all Hot Work Activities prior to start (identified in Weekly Foreman’s meetings or any specialty pre-start
meetings).
Ensure proper protection in place in area of work. Construction materials, installed equipment or millwork is
properly protected with flame retardant blankets. Floor area may require protection from sharp objects. Utilize
floor protection and flame retardant blankets.
Methods in place to protect from the migration of smoke, hot air (generated from the activity), sparks and slag.
Equipment like smoke eaters may be required.
If working in confined spaces – special precautions must be in place i.e. air monitoring.
All openings in floors, walls, etc. are protected (stop the migration of heat, smoke, odor, etc.)
Work activities are properly coordinated with all associated trades working in the area.
Local authorities (Fire and/or Police) may need to be notified and made aware of work activities.
82
HOT WORK ACTIVITIES CONT’D
Fire watch must be in place during the period of work activity as well as after work activity has been completed.
Fire watch may be required to inspect all adjacent areas or openings to ensure sparks, heat, etc. have not migrated
and started a fire in other locations. Fire watch must stay on job for 30 minutes after finishing work activity. Check
work area every 30 minutes for at least 2 to 4 hours after work activity is completed. Fire watch must not be
completing any other work activities and shall be trained in site EMS Plan.
EllisDon Hot Work Permit must be completed and issued to EllisDon Site Superintendent and/or Site Safety
Coordinator. Permits must be completed prior to start of work and EllisDon must be notified once activities have
been completed. Permits are only assigned by location, not a general permit for all hot work activities.
Work area must be properly cleaned up after work has been completed. All tools, equipment, and materials shall be
removed and/or properly protected.
83
EllisDon Safety
HOUSEKEEPING
1. Task
Maintaining a clean, uncluttered, healthy site.
2. Hazards
Tripping hazards, fire hazards, health hazards, cut by hazards, fall hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Clean up, keeping work areas free of debris, regular removal of debris from site –
environmental planning.
Poor housekeeping is the cause of many accidents. It also contributes to lost or misplaced tools.
Work areas, vehicles, buildings and public areas must be kept clean and orderly at all times.
Combustible materials, such as gasoline, solvents, oil soaked rags, etc. must be kept in fire resistant containers and
clearly marked. A minimum of a 4A40BC fire extinguisher must be in the immediate area. Remove all contaminated
material daily.
All solvents will be kept in approved, properly labeled containers and must be kept in a secure room clearly
identified, i.e. “DANGER, FLAMMABLE – NO OPEN FLAMES”. Store outside where possible.
Floors and work platforms must be kept free of debris and obstructions and must be maintained as not to create
tripping or slipping hazards.
Materials and supplies must be adequately stacked and properly stored so as not to endanger a worker. No
materials shall be stored within 1.8 m of any opening of a floor, roof, balcony, atrium or excavation. Prior to storing
material, remove all excess packaging and dispose.
Emergency exits, stairways, aisles, roadways, walkways, fire hose cabinets, etc. MUST never be blocked and must be
identified for easy access/egress.
Strict adherence must be paid to “NO SMOKING” regulations.
If areas are not kept clean, a “Stop work order” will be issued and a “Clean up directive” written.
When sweeping use Dustbane or wet saw dust to minimize airborne particles.
When vacuuming, only use vacuums fitted with an appropriate filter.
Surfaces above the floor area may also require vacuuming or damp wiping.
When working with hazardous materials, housekeeping must be part of the written procedure. Always refer to the
material safety data sheets (MSDS) for proper clean up and disposal procedures.
Do not burn construction debris.
When depositing debris into waste containers, do not use your hands to compact the debris. Keep hands and feet
out of the waste containers and do not climb onto or stand on the top edge of waste containers. Refer to Site
Specific Construction Waste Management Plan for guidance on waste separation requirements.
84
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATORS - LIFTING WITH SLINGS
1. Task
Using hydraulic excavators to lift.
An excavator is used primarily to dig and load. A crane is the preferred method for lifting materials or equipment;
however, there may be times when using an excavator are a practical solution to an immediate need. If using the
excavator is the practicable solution, good planning will maximize both the safety of the workers involved and the
efficiency of the lift.
2. Hazards
Lifting or lowering in close proximity to workers when there is the possibility of the worker being struck; Using improper
rigging may cause a hazard to workers; Lifting loads without calculating weights or making test lifts (see equipment
operation manual); Travelling with a slung load unless the manufacturer has addressed it in the manual; Performing a
single lift with two excavators without first informing all the workers involved and without the supervision of a
competent supervisor.
3. Controls
The lifting, lowering, or moving of workers in the bucket or suspended from the boom or bucket of the excavator is not
permitted. Before using an excavator to make a lift, go through these safety checkpoints first:
1. Are the load charts applicable for the excavator and available in the cab?
2. Is the operator qualified to make the lift?
3. Is the rigger qualified to rig the load to be lifted?
4. Does the excavator have the rated capacity to lift the load safely?
5. Is the manufacturer's lifting point or engineered attachment for the purpose of attaching slings rated for the full
capacity of the excavator?
6. Will the lift be made from level and stable ground? (refer to manufacturers manual)
7. Have safe work procedures been established that will minimize the risk to workers near the boom or bucket?
8. Has a PSA been completed?
9. Are hazardous work permits for hoisting in place if required?
Never lift, lower, or move a slung load if:
Lifting or lowering in close proximity to workers when there is the possibility of the worker being struck.
Using open hooks or improper rigging.
Lifting loads without calculating weights or making test lifts (see operation manual).
Travelling with a slung load unless the manufacturer has addressed it.
Performing a single lift with two excavators without first informing all the workers involved and without the
supervision of a competent supervisor.
85
EllisDon Safety
HYDROGEN SULPHIDE (H2S) EXPOSURE
1. Task
To prevent worker exposure to harmful levels of hydrogen sulphide gas.
2. Hazard
Health effects range from eye and respiratory tract irritation at extremely low levels of exposure to severe health effects
and death at higher levels of exposure. H2S is immediately dangerous to life and health, (IDLH), at airborne
concentrations of 100 parts per million.
3. Controls
Hazard Assessment, air monitoring, (gas detection), emergency procedures, worker training, equipment inspection and
replacement, ventilation, vessel purging, blanking and lock-out procedures, CSA approved PPE – (SCBA/SABA positive
pressure, full face piece respirators.)
H2S is a very toxic, colorless, combustible gas, that is heavier than air and at low concentrations has the distinct
odour of rotten eggs.
Is generated by the decomposition of sewage and garbage, and is also contained in most crude oil found in
Canada.
Can be found in sewers, sewage treatment plants, refineries and pulp mills.
Exposure must be kept as low as is reasonably achievable – workers must not be exposed to airborne
concentrations of more than 10 ppm over an 8 hr. time period, (AB). EllisDon workers must not work in areas where
airborne concentrations of H2S exceed 10 ppm.
Workers on sites where H2S is present must be trained in an H2S awareness course.
Atmospheric testing must be done prior to worker exposure.
Ceiling Occupational Exposure Limit, (AB), is 15 ppm, and workers must not be exposed to airborne concentrations
higher than this at any time.
H2S can be smelled by most people at 1 ppm.
H2S can deaden sense of smell at levels approaching 100 ppm.
Classified at “Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health” at airborne concentrations of 100 ppm. (IDLH refers to a
hazardous atmosphere where a person without adequate respiratory protection may be fatally injured or suffer
immediate, irreversible or incapacitating health effects.)
Individuals who may be exposed to H2S in the course of their work must receive Supplemental Breathing Air
training.
A hazard assessment must identify all potential sources of H2S in the work area.
Site Specific Worker Orientation and Field Level Hazard Assessments, (PSAs), must identify potential sources of H2S.
Gas monitoring and alarm systems must be in place where identified sources of H2S are likely to exceed allowable
limits if uncontrolled release occurs.
Emergency evacuation procedures must be developed and workers must be trained in these procedures.
Workers attempting to rescue from an H2S contaminated atmosphere must wear positive pressure Self Contained
Breathing apparatus, (SCBA), or Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus (SABA) with full face piece. Workers attempting
rescue procedures must be trained to do so.
Workers who use or are likely to use breathing air respirators must be fit tested and receive training in the care use
and storage of the equipment.
86
HYDROGEN SULPHIDE (H2S) EXPOSURE CONT’D
Isolation/blanking procedures and measures must be in place to ensure equipment and piping to be worked on is
separated from sources of H2S.
If the Hazard assessment for Confined Space Entry identifies the potential for H2S exposure the source of the H2S
must be isolated and the space purged and ventilated, All Confined Space procedures (as outlined in Part 5 AB OHS
Code) must be implemented.
Signage must be in place in the work area identifying all potential sources of H2S contamination.
Engineering controls including equipment inspection and replacement and isolation/blanking procedures must be
in place to prevent the uncontrolled release of H2S into the work area.
Workers must evacuate the area immediately whenever H2S monitoring alarms indicate the presence of H2S above
allowable limits.
Emergency Procedures must identify fresh air muster points, workers must be made familiar with designated
muster points and assemble there in case of evacuation.
Wind direction may be a factor in separating workers from uncontrolled release of H2S and should be taken into
account when developing emergency procedures and choosing muster points.
Supervisors are to conduct a head count and remain with workers at designated muster points and await further
instruction from plant operations personnel.
Any worker exposed to levels of H2S beyond permissible exposure levels or exhibiting any sign of possible exposure
must receive immediate First Aid.
87
EllisDon Safety
HYGIENE
1. Task
Practicing proper hygiene on site, (in the lunchroom, washrooms, and work areas).
2. Hazards
Health hazards, chemical hazards, environmental hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regular cleaning program, adequate facilities, worker training.
Lunchroom
Always provide sufficient garbage receptacles lined with garbage bags and locking lids, and remove lunch garbage
on a regular basis, at least daily, (more often if necessary).
Do not allow such things as fruit to lay around, as it attracts bugs.
What is on your hands gets ingested. Wash your hands frequently, especially before eating.
Check to make sure all fridges are working properly. Spoiled food that is ingested can cause serious illness, attracts
pests, and must not be allowed to accumulate.
Office Hygiene
Carpets must be vacuumed and floors must be sanitized on a regular basis. This helps to control anything that is
tracked in on shoes. Use vacuums equipped with a hepa filter.
Walkways and exits should always remain clear in the event that there is an emergency. i.e. fire, medical emergency.
Washroom/First Aid
Washrooms and first aid areas must be cleaned and sanitized regularly.
A sufficient amount of paper towel, and hand cleaner must be available at all times.
Do not use solvent to clean your hands.
Solvents cut grease, as a result solvents can degrease the protective oils from your skin.
In order to avoid infection, if you get a cut or sliver, always clean area before applying bandage.
Small injuries can become worse if not treated properly in the beginning.
Report all injuries immediately to your foreman and/or supervisor
A tetanus shot is recommended every 10 years.
Prevention of Take Home Contamination
Before leaving project:

1. Wash up
2. Change clothes
3. Seal Clothes in plastic bag
Wearing clothes home:

1. Vacuum clothes where possible 7. Place clothes in plastic bag and seal
2. Wash up at completion of work 8. Shower – luke warm, then hot
3. Change footwear 9. Launder clothes separately
4. Place boots on plastic sheet (in car) 10. Rinse washing machine
5. Place plastic on driver’s seat 11. Damp wipe dryer tumbler
6. Designate area at home for changing
88
LADDERS – EXTENSION LADDERS
1. Task
Safe set up and use of extension ladders on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, sprain/strain injury, struck by, pinched by.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, CSA/ANSI approved equipment, Regulatory requirements,
manufacturer’s specifications, tool box talks.
Choose correct ladder length for the job, (long enough to reach level being accessed plus 90 cm. (3’), beyond
bearing point).
Select CSA/ANSI Grade 1 approved ladder and use within weight and use restrictions on label.
A two-section ladder should be no longer than 50‘ or 15 metres. A three-section ladder no longer than 66’ or 20
metres.
Inspect the ladder for any defects – damaged ladders must be taken out of service and replaced.
Set ladder up on firm, level, non-skid surface, (i.e. clear ice away from surface at base and access points before
setting ladder up).
Set the ladder up at the proper angle – one foot out for every 4 feet up.
When the ladder is set up there should be at least 6” or 15 cm. behind each rung.
When the ladder is fully extended the sections must overlap at least 90 cm or 3’.
Never erect extension ladders on boxes, carts, tables, mobile equipment, or other unstable objects. Never set them
up against flexible or movable surfaces.
Secure the top and bottom of the ladder. Keep areas at top and bottom clear of debris, scrap, material and other
obstructions.
Clean mud, snow, and other slippery substances off your boots before climbing.
When climbing up or down always face the ladder and maintain a 3 – point contact: 2 hands and one foot or 2 feet
and one hand.
Do not carry tools, equipment, or material in your hands while climbing. Use a hoist line or gin wheel for lifting and
lowering.
Be very careful when erecting extension ladders near live overhead powerlines. Never use metal or metal reinforced
ladders near electrical wires or equipment.
Wherever possible use extension ladders for access – not as work platforms.
When you must work from a ladder more than 3 metres or 10 feet up (2.7 m (9 ft) - Alberta), wear a full body
harness attached to an adequate, independent, lifeline or anchor point, (not the ladder), by means of a shock
absorbing lanyard and anchorage connector.
Always maintain balance at the centre of the ladder. Do not extend when working off the ladder.
On an extension ladder stand no higher than the third rung from the top.
Do not remove the “fly” or top section of an extension ladder and use it as a separate ladder. Only the bottom of the
ladder that is equipped with no skid feet should be in contact with the work surface or ground as a support for the
ladder.
Extension ladders can be heavy and awkward to set up. Get help to set up a long ladder and ensure that it is
securely braced at the bottom before attempting to raise it to a vertical position.
Extension ladders are appropriate for short duration, light duty tasks -for heavier long duration work use a scaffold,
swing stage or elevating work platform.
No ladder shall be lashed/scabbed to another ladder to increase its length.
Ladders should not be used to enter or leave an elevated or sub-level work area if there is another safe and
recognizable way to enter it.
89
EllisDon Safety
LADDERS - JOB-BUILT WOODEN LADDERS
1. Task
Safely Build, Use and Maintain Job-Built Wooden Ladders on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, strain/sprain injury, splinters, cuts.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, CSA/ANSI approved equipment, Regulatory requirements, tool box
talks, specified material used to construct, daily inspections.
Wood used should be straight-grained and free of loose knots, sharp edges, splinters and shakes.
Rungs should be clear, straight grained and free of knots.
Job-built ladders should be constructed according to good structural carpentry practice. SEE DIAGRAM BELOW FOR
REFERENCE.
Job-built ladders must be placed on firm footing and
be securely fastened in position.
A wooden ladder should not be painted or coated
with an opaque material.
A wooden ladder should not be longer than 9 metres
(30 feet).
Job-built ladders deteriorate quickly and should be
inspected daily. If defective they must be repaired or
taken out of service and destroyed.
Ladder should extend a minimum of 900mm (3 feet)
above the landing area.
When climbing up and down a Job-built ladder
always maintain 3-point contact and face the ladder.
Clear debris and slippery materials away from and off
of surfaces around the base and top of the ladder.
Set up the ladder at the proper angle, one foot out
for every four feet up.
90
LADDERS – STEP LADDERS
1. Task
Safe set-up and use of step ladders on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, struck by/pinched by hazards, strain/sprain injury.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, CSA/ANSI approved equipment, Regulatory requirements,
manufacturer’s guidelines and specifications, tool box talks.
Use only CSA/ANSI Grade 1 approved step ladder, within the load and use limitations marked on the label.
Inspect the ladder before use for defects and damage. Remove any defective or damaged ladders from service and
replace.
Do not set the step ladder up on any unstable surface, (i.e. boxes, carts, mobile equipment) to extend reach. Use the
correct height ladder for the job.
Clear debris and slippery materials away from and off surfaces around the base of the ladder. Set up only on firm,
dry, level surfaces.
Get help setting up large, heavy, step ladders.
Make sure the spreader arms are locked securely in the open position.
Stand no higher than the third step down from the top and maintain the top of the stepladder at no lower than
waist height. Do not stand on the top step, the top, or the pail shelf of a step ladder.
Never straddle the space between a step ladder and another object or surface.
Avoid leaning forward, backward, or to either side.
Always open the ladder fully before using it – do not lean an unopened step ladder against a wall and use it as a
straight or extension ladder.
When climbing up and down a step ladder always maintain a 3 – point contact and face the ladder.
When working off a step ladder above a height of 2.4 metres wear a full body harness and shock absorbing lanyard
attached by means of an anchorage connector to an adequate, independent, lifeline or anchorage point.
Remain facing the ladder when working from a step ladder.
Step ladders are appropriate for performing short duration, light duty tasks. For longer, heavier work, use a scaffold
or elevating work platform.
91
EllisDon Safety
LEGIONELLOSIS
1. Task
To prevent the exposure of workers to Legionella bacterium on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Contacting Legionnaire’s disease through exposure to stagnant water, wet construction materials.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regular inspection and maintenance of mechanical systems, CSA/ANSI approved PPE.
Legionellosis infection is caused by inhaling mists, (small droplets of water), that contain Legionella bacterium.
The disease has two distinct forms Legionnaires Disease and Pontiac Fever.
Legionnaires Disease affects older persons who smoke, have chronic lung disease, a suppressed immune system,
kidney failure requiring dialysis, diabetes or AIDS.
Pontiac Fever occurs in normally healthy people. Symptoms include high temperature and muscle ache. Recovery
is usually two to five days.
Areas of Potential Risk

Warm stagnant water;
Cooling towers;
Evaporative condensers of air conditions;
Plumbing systems;
Flat roofs through alteration or demolition.
Planning
Inspect maintenance records.
Physically inspect the systems.
Identify areas where stagnant water may be present.
Risk potential should be considered when inspecting systems, wear appropriate protective equipment.
Proper disinfecting procedures.
Assess chemicals being used in system through maintenance records and MSDS sheets.
Develop an environmental plan should chemicals in system be identified as hazardous.
Include in Environmental plan, spill prevention, spill clean up and disposal methods.
Develop a safe work procedure.
Develop an emergency response plan.
Orientate all management and workers involved in task.
Explain hazards involved and the procedures developed to protect their health and safety also include emergency
response and environmental plan.
Ensure all management and workers are competent in the tasks they are performing.
92
LIFTING DEVICES – HAND TRUCKS, DOLLIES, CARTS ETC.
1. Task
Manual lifting/transport of materials.
2. Hazards
Overexertion, muscle strain.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Proper lifting technique, mechanical aids.
Know what the lifting capacity of available equipment is and do not attempt to lift loads greater than the rated
capacity.
Regularly inspect and service lifting/transport devices. Check wheel condition, lubricate bearings, maintain clean
decks and handles.
Check the path of travel to determine shortest route clear of obstructions and trip hazards. Check for blind corners,
ramps, curbs etc.
Assess the load and determine what type of equipment is appropriate.
Never allow personnel to ride hand trucks/carts unless designed for personnel transport.
Hand Trucks
Generally two wheeled hand trucks are best suited to moving items such as small/medium cartons, or small loads of
bagged materials (i.e. grout). Modified hand trucks are used for transporting compressed gas cylinders.
For heavy use, select hand trucks that have welded steel frames.
If the hand truck has a continuous grab bar instead of two grip handles, keep fingers/hands clear when laying truck
down or positioning close to walls or other object to prevent pinching/crushing fingers.
If possible, insert lip of truck under load and use lever effect of truck to lift load.
Check load for stability, secure load to the truck to prevent shifting when lifting multiple items.
Dollies
Generally used for transporting sheet materials such as plywood/drywall/glass in an upright position.
Do not overload cart, ensure cart has adequate wheel base to support load without instability.
Secure load to cart when in transit.
When “parking” cart on an incline, always chock wheels or apply caster brakes if so equipped.
Carts/Wagons/Live Skids
Generally used for transporting bulk loads (cartons/bags) or transporting sheet materials in a horizontal position.
Do not overload cart. Ensure cart has sufficient bed dimensions to adequately support load.
If load is capable of shifting, secure to cart.
Pump Trucks (Pallet Jacks)

Ensure pump truck is in good working order and that forks are free of burrs.
Insert forks fully under pallet and raise load to clear floor.
Test move load to ensure that wheels are clear of pallet, if resistance is felt, lower load and adjust position.
Check stability of load, if unstable use a powered lifting device, break down load into smaller loads or secure to
pump truck.
Ensure that load is not too heavy for control. When approaching ramps, load should
be on the downhill side.
93
EllisDon Safety
LIGHTNING
1. Task
Minimize the risk of being struck by lightning.
2. Hazards
Electrocution, burns, death.
3. Control
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), monitor active weather systems that may have the potential to produce
lightning strikes
Personal Lightning Safety Tips
PLAN in advance your evacuation and safety measures. When you first see lightning or hear thunder, activate your
emergency plan. Now is the time to go to a building or a vehicle. Lightning often precedes rain, so do not wait for
the rain to begin before suspending activities.
IF OUTDOORS….Avoid water. Avoid high ground. Avoid open spaces. Avoid all metal objects including electric
wires, fences, machinery, motors, power tools, etc. Unsafe places include underneath canopies, small picnic or rain
shelters, or near trees. Where possible, find shelter in a substantial building or in a fully enclosed metal vehicle such
as a car, truck or a van with the windows completely shut.
If lightning is striking nearby when you are outside, you should:
A. Crouch down. Put feet together. Place hands over ears to minimize hearing damage from thunder.
B. Avoid proximity (minimum 15 ft) to other people.
IF INDOORS…Avoid water. Stay away from doors and windows. Do not use the telephone. Take off head sets.
Turn off, unplug, and stay away from appliances, computers, power tools and TV sets. Lightning may strike exterior
electric and phone lines, inducing shocks to inside equipment.
SUSPEND ACTIVITIES for 30 minutes after the last observed lightning or thunder.
INJURED PERSONS do not carry an electrical charge and can be handled safely. Administer First Aid procedures to
a lightning victim if you are qualified to do so. Call 911 or send for help immediately.
KNOW YOUR EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS
94
LOCATES
1. Task
Locate underground, buried, in wall, in slab Utilities (ie. hydro, gas, communication, etc.).
2. Hazards
Electrical contact, explosion, gas leak, flooding, service interruption.
3. Control
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), CSA approved equipment, review locate sheet, current ‘as-builts’, x-ray results with
operator and crew, hand digging, hydro excavator, coring operator, etc.
Excavating company must request utility locates prior to the ground being disturbed, or existing concrete being
removed at the work site.
Utility locates must be updated every thirty (30) days.
An updated copy of the locates must be with the excavator operator at all times.
Excavator operator must have a site plan and locate slip for the scope of work.
Excavating company must conduct a review with their workers so that all are aware of the location of the utilities
and/or services.
Not all locates of buried facilities are covered under “One Call” services. Private locates should also be conducted or
contact the appropriate utility owners for their locations.
When a locator is on site, the excavator contractor must meet with the locator.
Discuss whether there may be offsets with the locate marks. If for any reason you believe the locates are wrong, do
not dig and call for verification.
Ensure that located flags and/or paint are visible. Markings may vary by region so ensure you are aware of the color
codes used by the locator.
Never assume depth of facilities.
You must hand dig to expose a 1 m wide opening on each side of the locate marks for a buried facility other than a
high pressure pipeline. 5 m wide on both sides of the locate marks for a high pressure pipeline.
Excavator operator must ensure that work with mechanical excavation equipment is not permitted within the hand
exposed zones of the buried facility until the buried facility has been exposed to sight. In many regions a HydroVac
truck is acceptable to expose services. Please check with local officials.
If you discover utilities that are not marked on the locate, or you discover a utility that is not in the location
indicated on the locate, stop digging and notify the utility owner immediately.
If you discover damage, or accidentally cause damage to underground utilities, stop work; notify the site
Superintendent of the incident immediately. Ensure that the owner of the locate has been contacted regarding
the incident.
95
EllisDon Safety
LOCKOUTS/TAGGING
1. Task
Preventing injury from mechanical, electrical, and all other energy sources while working on or near equipment.
2. Hazards
Pinched by/crushed by injuries, electrocution, chemical exposure, burns and scalding.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, lockout procedures, tags, locks, engineered drawings, manufacturer’s
specifications and requirements.
Work that may endanger a worker or require lockout/tagging procedures must be performed by competent
workers.
Ensure original lockout/tagging procedure is followed and not altered without consent from all parties.
If manufacturer’s specifications require that work be done on operative machinery or if it is not reasonable or
practicable to shut down equipment that requires service, repair, testing, adjustment or inspection, then procedures
must be developed and implemented to ensure the work is carried out safely.
If more than one worker is working at each location requiring hazardous energy to be controlled, each worker must
attach a personal lock to each energy isolating device.
If a group lockout procedure is used, it must be reviewed with all workers involved in the work and a worker
designated by the employer will secure all lockout devices, secure all keys to these devices, complete and sign a
checklist identifying all affected equipment or machinery, and verify and document that all sources of hazardous
energy are effectively isolated.
Identify all potential energy sources connected with the work. Identify all locations of isolation points, including
blank and blind installation points. Notify all affected employees.
Disable, redirect, or stop all energy from doing what it normally does.
Confirm that you’ve reached a zero energy state.
Apply restraint devices to keep the system from starting up while you work on it.
Gravity may cause a mechanical device to drop – even though all energy sources have been disconnected,
physically blocking the equipment may be necessary to prevent injury.
Energy may be stored in pistons and springs, blocking may be required to prevent their sudden release.
Do not push mechanical piping out of the way to perform your work. Consult with supervisors and have piping
purged, locked out, and removed by competent workers.
Check with staff at industrial sites regarding the necessity of obtaining lock out permits and follow the plant
procedure.
When moving into an area to perform demolition, check with mechanical and electrical supervisors to ensure that
energy sources have been made safe and locked out.
Restraint devices, (chains, locks, scissors, blocking), on mechanical, electrical, and physical energy sources must be
tagged.
96
EllisDon Safety
LOCKOUTS/TAGGING CONT’D
Tags indicate who you are, who you work for, what equipment is locked out and when it was locked out, as well as
who to contact in case of emergency. No lock can be removed other than by the person who installed it except in
an emergency or with the consent of the person who installed it.
Construction sites must have formal lockout procedures and permits to identify all energy sources – trace wiring,
piping, and all lines in and out of the equipment or area.
Refer to drawings, specifications operating manuals etc.
Once each energy source has been identified and de-energized, testing must be performed to verify a zero energy
state.
Lockout can be simple – blocking under the arm of a backhoe while it is worked on, or locking out an electrical
panel box while installing a stringer of temporary lighting.
Subcontractors must submit a Safe Work Procedure for any work that requires a Lockout/Tagout, in advance of
performing the work.
Restoring Equipment to Service

When the servicing or maintenance is completed and the machine or equipment is ready to return to normal operating
condition, the following steps shall be taken:
(1) Check the machine or equipment and the immediate area around the machine to ensure that non-essential items
have been removed and that the machine or equipment components are operationally intact.
(2) Check the work area to ensure that all employees have been safely positioned or removed from the area.
(3) Verify that the controls are in neutral.
(4) Remove the lockout devices and re-energize the machine or equipment.
Note: The removal of some forms of blocking may require re-energization of the machine before safe removal.
(5) Notify affected employees that the servicing or maintenance is completed and the machine or equipment is ready
for use.
LOCKOUTS MUST HAVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
1. PERSON’S AND EPLOYER’S NAME COMPLETING THE LOCKOUT AND PHONE NUMBER - WORK AND OFF
HOURS;
2. DATE LOCKOUT WAS PUT ON; and
3. INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTING PERSONS NOT TO START OR OPERATE THE MACHINE.
97
MANUAL LIFTING
1. Task
Manual Lifting.
2. Hazards
Overexertion, strain–sprain (musculo-skeletal injuries).
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Proper lifting technique, physical conditioning, mechanical aids.
Know what your lifting capacity is and do not attempt lifts greater than this manually. If a greater weight is to be
lifted, use mechanical aids or obtain help.
Exercise regularly to maintain fitness of back support muscles, and warm up before attempting heavy lifts.
Stretching before the lifting is helpful.
Check the path of travel to determine shortest route clear of obstructions and trip hazards.
If lifting aids are available, use them. (Pump trucks, dollies, carts, grip aids.)
Basic Lifting Technique (single person):

Assess the load and determine if it is within your capacity, and the optimum grip points.
Place your feet slightly offset, close to the object.
Bend at the knees, keeping your back as near to vertical as possible until you can reach the grip points.
Tilt your pelvis slightly towards the load.
Grip the load and lift slightly to check capacity and grip.
If all is OK, stand up using your leg muscles, keeping your back near vertical.
Tuck load in close to your body with arms slightly bent.
To turn while walking with a heavy load, use your feet to turn the whole body, DO NOT TWIST YOUR BACK WHEN
TURNING!
To set down the load, bend at the knees, keep your back near vertical, maintain a slight pelvic tilt.
After the load is set down, do not trap your fingers and/or toes, do not over-reach or over-stretch and stretch your
back, legs and arms to restore elasticity.
Carrying Long Loads with 2 or more persons:

Follow basic lifting technique to lift load.
When walking, workers should walk “out-of-step” with each other, this will reduce flexing along the length of the
load.
98
EllisDon Safety
MAST-CLIMBING WORK PLATFORMS/SCAFFOLDS
1. Task
The safe use of Mast-Climbing Work Platform Scaffolds to access interior or exterior work areas. Examples of use:
masonry, exterior cladding, caulking, drywall, etc.
2. Hazards
Fall Hazards, Electrical Hazards, Struck-by Hazards, Pinch Points, Crushed-by.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA) and Risk Assessment for the work activity to be completed. CSA approved equipment
and PPE, Regulatory requirements, worker training, competent Supervision, Competent Worker/Operator, Inspection,
Engineered Drawings. Use of mast climbing work platform scaffolds shall be noted in pre-start meetings with all
required documentation.
Risk Assessments and PSAs must be completed prior to start and include such information as potential load
calculations (material and labour), type of systems to be used, heights, number of sections, locations, Records of
Training (ROT), tie-in locations, method of tie-ins, etc.
Chose the correct set-up for the work activity to be completed (single mast or double mast; mobile or pedestal
base). Determine the height of work and if the unit can be free standing or tied in. Determine the number of
platform sections required to access work activity. Set-up must be with requirements set-out by the manufacturer -
refer to associated load charts.
Operators must have completed associated training and shall have a copy of their Record of Training available upon
request. A copy of the ROT must be provided to the Site Safety Office prior to orientation. Only trained operators
are permitted to operate units.
Refer to operator’s manual for Mobile Chassis free standing restrictions.
Pedestal Bases are used in locations of limited space and do not have any free standing requirements.
Single mast units must have section lengths as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Twin mast units must have section lengths as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Do not erect or dismantle if wind speeds are greater than 28mph or as governed by local site regulations.
Refer to manufacturer’s specifications for maximum wind speed.
Work platform must be clean.
Always operate the controls from the platform
When at the level for work to be completed, the stop button shall be depressed to ensure no accidental movement.
Under no circumstances is the platform to be moved if a worker is on the mast, or above or below the platform. The
area below shall be properly secured to ensure that workers do not enter this space. The secured area should be
identified with Red Danger Tape and Danger Due To signs that identity possible hazards. Work areas should be
noted during weekly Foreman's Meeting, Daily Pre-Start Meetings, etc. Only authorized workers are permitted in
the area.
Operator’s manuals must be present with the units at all times for reference by operator, workers, site safety, local
safety authorities, etc.
Maximum tie-in distances shall not be exceeded. Refer to manufacturer’s set-up instructions. If weather enclosed,
the first tie-in shall be installed as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Platforms shall not be glass or encumbered with signs, which may increase the wind area of the platform and
thereby negatively affect its stability.
99
MAST-CLIMBING WORK PLATFORMS/SCAFFOLDS CONT’D
Any damage found in daily inspections shall be immediately reported to Site Supervisor, Foreman and/or employer
for immediate corrective action. All repairs shall be completed by a competent person as per manufacturer’s
guidelines.
Fall Protection is required when: decks are installed in elevated position, fall hazards exist or any local or site
regulations/policies dictate. Fall Protection is required if the platform is greater than 6” from the structure or as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
Guardrails on all exposed sides shall be considered adequate fall protection during ascent and descent. Where an
exposed edge is created by movement of the platform, all occupants shall be positioned more then 6.6ft from
opening or protected by fall protection system.
Fall Protection rescue plan shall be in place and included with Risk Assessment and PSAs. Workers shall be trained in
rescue procedures and all required tools, equipment, devices shall be on site at all times during work activities.
Refer to manufacturer’s charts for loading requirements as they vary depending of type (single mast, double mast,
tied-in, freestanding), height, number of sections, etc. Charts will note number of permitted workers, concentrated
loads and distributed loads.
If platforms are being used for interior work activity, a ventilation plan must be in place before operating. Internal
operation may require continual air monitoring. Refer to EllisDon Exhausting of Vehicles and Ventilation Procedures.
Ground conditions should be reviewed prior to set-up to ensure they are able to support the full associated loads
(equipment, materials and devices). Additional engineering, fill, dewatering, etc. may be required if locations are
not favorable.
If being located on concrete slabs, suspended slabs, etc engineering calculation shall be completed to ensure they
are able to withstand all associated and potential loads prior to start.
The method of installation and relocation of units should be taken into consideration prior to set up. If mobile
cranes are necessary, all associated material handling, rigging, and mobile crane procedures shall reviewed and
in place.
A mast climbing work platform scaffold is not to be used as a man and material hoist or regular means of access.
100
EllisDon Safety
MATERIAL CONTAINMENT ON ELEVATED STRUCTURES (WIND)
1. Task
To prevent material from being blown off or otherwise falling from elevated, open locations, i.e. open floors and roofs of
projects.
2. Hazards
Personal injury, (struck by, crushed by, cut by), to workers or the public, and or property damage, due to material, tools,
or equipment, being blown off , or otherwise falling from elevated open floors and roofs of projects.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), Hazard Assessment, Safe Work Procedure, Worker Training, Competent Supervision,
Inspections, Containment Methods, Weather Reports, Subcontractor Awareness and Compliance, Open floor check list.
Identify locations where material falling hazards exist.
Identify probability of high wind hazard. Wind Alert Warning System to notify of high wind potential.
Use of ratchet tie down straps to prevent sheet goods from being disturbed by the wind
Strategic positioning of material out of direct wind direction.
Removal to ground level or safe unexposed area of all excess uninstalled or loose material at end of shift or while
unattended, i.e. coffee and lunch breaks.
Removal of all off cuts and debris to safe, covered, containment throughout work shift and at end of shift.
Pre-Job Safety Assessments to include falling material/tool hazard and to be reviewed and signed off daily by
foremen and workers in exposed areas.
Review Material Containment Procedure with all trades working in exposed areas prior to access.
Signage warning of height/wind hazard posted at locations where high winds are likely to occur.
Use an open floor check list including guardrail and re-shore security, clean-up status, material and equipment
storage.
Secure material and equipment, i.e. ladders, saw horses, scaffolding to structure.
Use of tool lanyards at outboard edges of floors and roofs within 2 metres.
Tie backs to structure of all equipment, formwork, that might be effected by high winds.
Safety fencing.
Debris net systems.
Hard hat chin strap.
Designated workers will be responsible for cleaning and securement of materials. This will be identified on their
daily PSA and Subcontractor Daily Reports.
All loose material will be covered, tarped, banded, ratchet strapped and secured in such a manner as to prevent it
from falling.
All garbage containers will be covered and secured from falling or removed to ground level.
101
MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE
1. Task
To prevent injuries due to the improper handling and storage of materials on a construction site.
2. Hazards
Struck by, cut by, pinched by, crushed by injuries, sprain/strain injury, fire hazard, chemical hazard, electrocution.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved PPE, Regulatory requirements, competent supervision, worker
training, manufacturer’s specifications, WHMIS 2015, Environmental planning.
Lifting:
Plan your move – size up the load and make sure pathway is clear, get help when needed, use a dolly or other
device if necessary.
Use a wide – balanced stance with one foot slightly ahead of the other.
Get as close to the load as possible.
Tighten your stomach muscles as the lift begins.
When lifting keep your back in its normal arched position, use your legs to lift.
Pick up your feet and pivot to turn (with your whole body) do not twist your back.
Lower the load slowly, maintain the curve in your back.
Avoid lifting above shoulder height.
Never attempt to catch a falling object.
Push rather than pull objects.
When passing material from one worker to another make sure that the worker receiving the object is in a secure,
balanced, position and that he has a firm grip on the object before you let go of it.
Warm – up exercises are a good way to avoid strain and sprain injuries and should be done at the beginning of each
shift.
Weight Transfer:
Pull object toward you while transferring your weight to the lift side.
Lift only to the level required.
Shift your weight to the other leg while pushing the object into position.
Two Person Lift:
Lifters should be of similar height.
Decide on lifting strategy before starting – who is in charge?
The person in charge must see that the load is carried on the same side for a long lift.
Begin by lifting load from ground to waist height. Then lift the load from waist to shoulder height.
Carrying on Stairs:
Tallest and strongest person should be at bottom of load.
Use your stomach muscles to help support and protect your back.
Stairs must be free of debris, adequately lit, have smooth treads, and be equipped with a guardrail that meets
Regulatory requirements.
102
EllisDon Safety
MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE CONT’D
Balance:
Avoid one handed carrying.
Try to distribute weight evenly on each side of your body.
Hold free arm straight out or on your hip to provide counter balance when carrying loads with one hand such as
with a single pail.
Mechanical Help:
Use a cart or dolly for transporting tools and equipment wherever possible.
Stack materials on pallets wherever possible.
Wheelbarrows with dual wheels help create better balance and easier going over soft ground.
Adjustable lift tables, rolling frame scaffolds, pulleys, gin wheels, genie lifts, winches, chain falls, cable pulls, and
simple levers all can help immensely to relieve the strain on workers when lifting and positioning equipment and
materials.
Never exceed the maximum weight capacity of any mechanical device.
Material Storage/Handling:
Materials must be stored on site in a manner that does not endanger workers.
Do not pile, stack or otherwise store materials so that they can tip or collapse.
Materials must be stored away from overhead powerlines.
Material storage must not block emergency exits, stairways and passageways.
Material storage areas must be well lit and signage posted warning workers of hazardous areas.
Pick up any materials or equipment that may create a tripping hazard.
Loose material must be prevented from blowing off buildings in high wind conditions.
No material must be allowed to fall from one level of the project to another.
Use a chute or garbage skiff to lower rubbish from one level to another.
Do not throw material or tools from one level to another.
If guardrails must be removed to land materials, workers must be protected by an approved fall arrest or travel
restraint system and securely replace guardrails before leaving the area.
Materials must be stored at least 6 feet from the edge of roofs, floors, open stairways, excavations or any other area
where they might fall from one level to another.
Bundled material i.e. pipe should be arranged so that it can’t roll out and create hazards.
Flammable liquid dispensing and receiving containers should be grounded to prevent the build up of static
electricity.
All flammable liquids must be stored in CSA/ANSI approved containers.
Keep flammable liquids separate from compressed gas cylinders and store both outside in well ventilated
containment areas.
Compressed gas cylinders must be stored upright, secured in place at all times.
103
MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE CONT’D
Keep flammable liquid and compressed gas storage away from public access, vehicular traffic, and combustible
material.
Fire extinguishers must be provided at flammable liquid and compressed gas storage areas, and wherever these
materials are used on the project.
Hazardous material must be stored according to instructions on Material Safety Data Sheets – this includes
Flammables and Compressed Gases.
No material containing hazardous ingredients will be off loaded on site unless it has proper WHMIS 2015 labels on
containers/packaging and is accompanied by a Material Safety Data Sheet.
Traffic control procedures must be implemented for the off loading of trucks on site.
Specific lay-down areas should be designated prior to materials arriving on site and shipment arrival information
forwarded to supervisory personnel for coordination purposes.
If materials are off loaded with a crane proper hoisting and rigging procedures must be adhered to. Do not set up
hoisting activities too close to energized powerlines.
Mobile material handling equipment must be kept in good working order and proof of training for the operation of
such equipment available for inspection.
Materials such as concrete blocks must be securely palletized and stacked so that they do not endanger workers.
Stacking of bags and sacks in open areas should be limited to 10 units high and cross – piled for stability.
Damaged bags or other containers of material must be cleaned up immediately and not allowed to entrain into the
work area.
A spill kit must be available for the cleaning up of hazardous materials.
On site fuel tanks must be equipped with a spill containment pan.
Hazardous waste or containment materials containing hazardous waste must be removed from site according to
Regulatory requirements and all appropriate documentation (i.e. bills of lading), kept on site available for
inspection.
104
EllisDon Safety
MATERIAL LANDING PLATFORMS:
1. Task:
Installation and use of material landing platforms on project. Platforms may be located at various locations, multiple
levels, etc. Main use is the loading and unloading of materials for the construction of a building.
2. Hazards
Fall hazards, struck by, rigging failure, pinch points, weather conditions – wind, snow or ice, collapse – overloading
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, regulatory requirements, worker training,
competent supervision and inspection, engineered drawings.
Landing platforms shall be designed by a Professional Engineer. Drawings shall be available for review at each
project they are in use – responsibility of the General Contractor to have available. Platform Construction
Site Specific Engineered Drawings shall be generated by a Professional Engineer for location that platforms shall be
placed on a building. If necessary multiple drawings shall be generated for different configurations that may exist
on a project i.e. suspended slab vs. slab on metal deck. Drawings shall bear Engineered Stamp, name of the
Professional Engineer and the date the drawings were stamped. Drawings shall be posted by the General
Contractor. Under no circumstances is the platform to be altered or modified without notification of the Engineer
and associated documentation
Competent worker shall be appointed by the Professional Engineer to conduct installation inspections (1st
installation and going forth, at minimum, daily and weekly inspections. All Inspections shall be documented and
recorded on site for review by Safety Department (Coordinators and Regional Managers) and local Safety
Enforcement Agencies (i.e. Ministry of Labour, OH&S, etc.).
Inspection shall ensure landing platforms are constructed and installed as per the Engineered Drawings; ensure all
components are in place, secured, etc. Any issues shall be addressed to the Site Superintendent and shall be
tagged – NOT TO BE USED (EllisDon Danger Do Not Use Tag), until items are corrected and re-inspection has been
completed.
Landing Platform shall have the maximum weight posted on the platform to advise workers of its limits. Under no
circumstances is a platform to be overloaded for any duration.
No materials shall be stored on the platform for any duration. Purpose of the platform is to bring materials on or off
the platform. Extended storage may affect the structural integrity of the platform or surface it rests on. Contractor
responsible for the materials being stored on the platform will be contacted to remove immediately.
Workers are required to wear and use fall protection at all times when on the platform (travel restraint and if
necessary fall arrest). Workers are required to connect to anchor point off the platform – DO NOT CONNECT TO
PLATFORM in the event of failure). Workers shall have required training for fall protection. All fall protection
equipment shall be supplied by Contractor/Employer using the platform.
Contractor shall conduct a review of materials, crate, boxes, etc. prior to start to ensure they do not exceed
maximum weight allowance and space on the platform. Weight may be determined by use of tower crane, mobile
crane or fork lift; operator shall be notified of maximum capacity of platforms prior to start. Under no circumstance
shall the platform be over loaded for any duration.
Safety chains at front rear of platform shall be connected when platform is not in use. Chains may only be removed,
front and back, when workers are wearing and using fall protection. Chains are not to be considered guardrails.
Platforms are not designed for any impact load, drop or swing of the lift. Any damage shall be immediately
reported to General Contractor so they it can be properly reviewed and the issue corrected. Platform shall be
tagged or signed for NO USE during the period of repair.
105
MATERIAL LANDING PLATFORMS: CONT’D
Site Contractors using the platforms shall develop Site Specific Procedure and workers shall be trained on the
procedure prior to use. Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA) shall be completed prior to use and be specific for the use
of platform (materials being loaded or unloaded off platform). Workers must be on platform to receive any and all
loads.
No materials or workers shall be on the platform during relocation.
Upon relocation of platform, must have safety devices in place to eliminate fall hazards (guardrails and or barriers
with signs warning of potential fall hazards).
During material landing all hoisting and rigging, crane, forklift, etc. procedures shall be in place and any and all
safety requirements shall be met.
Platforms shall be maintained during winter months (snow removed and sand placed down if ice).
Access on and off the platform shall be maintained. No material shall block access to platforms.
106
EllisDon Safety
MOBILE EQUIPMENT
1. Task
Safe operation of mobile equipment on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Electrical, (contact with powerlines), personal injury (struck by/crushed by injuries), inhalation of airborne dust and
vehicle exhaust, roll over, slipping of machine.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Vehicle inspection and maintenance by competent qualified worker, site traffic
planning, CSA/ANSI approved PPE, audible back-up alarms, trained traffic control personnel.
Equipment must be inspected by the operator prior to start up and at regular intervals according to the
manufacturer’s specifications. The surrounding area must also be inspected for potential hazards prior to start-up.
The operator of powered mobile equipment must report to the employer any conditions affecting the safe
operation of the equipment, operate the equipment safely and maintain full control of the equipment at all times.
Proper access and egress must be available and maintained in good condition.
All operators must be competent and trained in the operation of the equipment to be operated.
Use 3-point contact when climbing on or off construction equipment. Clean mud/snow/ice off boots before
climbing onto machine to avoid slipping.
All equipment must have brakes and a seat or other place for operator.
All mirrors should be clean and free of cracks or other damage.
All equipment must be equipped with an audible alarm that signals when the equipment is being operated in
reverse.
All personnel in the area of the equipment shall wear a retro-reflective fluorescent garment.
The operator’s cab must be clean of debris.
When a machine is left unattended, it shall have its brakes applied and buckets, forks, blades, etc. shall be lowered
to the ground.
A signaler shall be used when required i.e. operator’s view obstructed, backing up, overhead powerlines, or heavy
worker or pedestrian traffic.
Ensure exhaust from equipment is not gathering in areas such as trenches or excavations.
If using mobile equipment indoors, the area must be adequately ventilated.
Proper PPE must be worn, i.e. hearing protection.
The immediate area must be kept free of clutter.
Proper warning signs are required i.e. Danger Due to Moving Equipment.
Ensure all warning labels and tags are legible.
Ensure manufacturer's manual is in the vehicle.
Seatbelts and/or other safety equipment must be in good working order and used at all times when operating or
riding in equipment.
Caution is to be used when operating on uneven ground.
Do not lift loads if vehicle is not level.
107
NIGHT SHIFT SAFETY
1. Task
Safe work practices for night shift operations on construction projects.
2. Hazards
Poor lighting conditions, lack of communication-lack of contact with supervisory and support staff.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Emergency planning and orientation of workers, adequate temporary lighting,
competent supervision, hazard identification and controls – i.e. fall protection and fall rescue planning.
Ensure a competent supervisor is present.
Know the project emergency response plan and contact numbers.
Designate someone to meet emergency crews should they be required.
Have a fully stocked first aid kit and eye wash station available.
Have an adequate amount of qualified first aiders on shift.
Orientate all workers on the emergency response plan and scope of work, including communication.
Ensure all workers are competent in the tasks they are to perform.
Familiarize yourself with the work area preferably during day light hours.
Ensure all guard rails and floor openings are in place and secured (floor openings must be identified).
Inspect lighting, temporary light may not be sufficient, task lighting may be required.
Ensure all access/egress areas, walkways and stairwells are well illuminated.
Do not wander outside of your work area. Use only the authorized access/egress and travel areas.
When working in vehicular traffic areas, ensure warning signs are visible and clean, illuminated traffic signs are
functioning and barriers are in place.
Ensure all workers are wearing reflective clothing.
Ensure housekeeping is ongoing and all debris is removed from the project on a regular basis.
When craning materials, ensure pick up and delivery points and route of travel are well illuminated (never crane
loads over workers).
108
EllisDon Safety
NOISE IN CONSTRUCTION
1. Task
To control workers exposure to noise on construction sites, (to acceptable levels).
2. Hazards
Acute and cumulative damage to hearing, exposure to safety hazards due to lack of hearing, (not hearing warning
signals).
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Separation of workers from source of noise, CSA/ANSI approved PPE, muffling of
equipment, workplace sound level monitoring. Adequate signage at entry points to noisy areas.
Establish if a noise assessment is needed within areas of the job site. If people have difficulty speaking to each
other over approximately 2 metres then a noise assessment is needed.
The assessment must be performed by a competent person who understands applicable OHSA and ANSI guidelines
for noise exposure in the workplace and updated as conditions change.
Initial estimated assessment of noise produced on a site from tools and equipment can be made available by using
manufacturer’s data or by way of testing equipment.
Manufacturer’s data on emitted tool or machinery noise (in decibels db) can usually provide a quick resolution on
the type of hearing protection needed for workers.
On multi contractor sites, various employers will need to agree who should co-ordinate compliance with
regulations.
Noise levels above 85 db(A) over an 8-hour work period is potentially damaging. As noise increases damage to the
ear increases.
Sound intensity doubles by every 3db. For every 3db increase in sound potential auditory damage doubles.
Maximum Permitted Daily Work

Hours(hr) Without Hearing Protection Decibels Increasing by 3(db)
8 85
4 88
2 91
1 94
1/2 97
1/4 100
Noise scale based on hours worked as decibels increase from the 85db Cap
** At 85db an 8 hour work shift is permitted without hearing protection. As the decibels increase from
the 85 db cap, work duration is decreased as indicated above
Ear muffs or ear plugs must be worn by workers exposed to noise above 85db.
Disposable ear plugs should not be reused after being removed from the ear during coffee and lunch breaks.
Reusable ear plugs should be cleaned prior to insertion - wash hands.
For exposure levels over 105db(A), two forms of protection are required (earmuffs and earplugs).
If possible, controlling noise at the source is the best form of general protection.
Adhere to all applicable legislated requirements including municipal noise by-laws.
109
NOISE IN CONSTRUCTION CONT’D
Around noisy tools and equipment, post signs indicating that hearing protection must be worn.
Plan sites so that noisy operations are located away from personnel not directly involved.
If possible, schedule noisy operations before or after hours to minimize exposure to other personnel.
Use quiet work practices such as using rubber mallets to erect and dismantle formwork.
Use quiet construction equipment such as silenced compressors, and muffled combustion processes.
Create a noise perimeter zone where only designated workers are allowed to enter.
When orientating new employees and subcontractors, include information on noise levels, noise controls, and the
selection, care, and use of personal hearing protectors.
Provide training in why and how to prevent hearing loss.
Use administrative and engineering controls to reduce potential exposure.
Place barriers around noisy equipment that remains stationary i.e. air compressors, and diesel generators.
Perform inspections/maintenance on equipment to ensure machinery is in good working order, and ensure regular
maintenance on mufflers and silencers.
Average db(A) For General Construction Activities

Construction Trade Average db (A)
Carpentry 88
Formwork 94
Masonry 91
Iron Worker 106
Sheet metal 96
Heavy Equipment Operator 92
Boilermaker 107
Typical Noise Levels Associated With Construction Sites

Decibel-dB(A) Equipment
111 Pile Driver
110 Air Arcing Gouging
108 Impact Wrench
107 Bulldozer-No Muffle
102-104 Air Grinder
102 Crane-Uninsulated Cab
101-103 Bulldozer-No Cab
97 Chipping Concrete
96 Circular Saw & Hammering
96 Jack Hammer
96 Quick-Cut Saw
95 Masonry Saw
94 Compactor-No Cab
90 Crane-Insulated Cab
87 Loader/Backhoe-Insulated Cab
86 Grinder
85-90 Welding Machine
85 Bulldozer-Insulated Cab
60-70 Speaking Voice
** Hearing protection recommended above 85db(A)

** Double protection recommended above 105db(A)
110
EllisDon Safety
OVERHEAD POWERLINES
1. Task
Operation of construction equipment a safe distance from energized powerlines.
2. Hazards
Electrocution from accidental contact.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regulatory requirements, insulating lines, lock-out procedures.
Any work undertaken in proximity to an overhead powerline must be performed in accordance with
a Job Hazard Analysis specific to the work being undertaken.
Locate all underground and overhead services before starting work. Determine voltage of utilities.
Have powerlines moved, insulated or de-energized where necessary.
Post warning signs at the hazard.
Maintain minimum allowable distances.
Avoid storing material or equipment under powerlines.
Use a signaler when operating any machinery near overhead powerlines.
Have a response plan in place in the event contact is made with powerlines.
Where voltage is unknown, contact local utility office. If uncertain, assume it is over 750 volts.
Always watch for overhead wires when moving material, ladders, rolling scaffold or elevating work platforms.
Beware of wind swaying powerlines, hoist lines or loads.
Beware of additional line “sag” in hot weather conditions
Do not park construction vehicles under high tension powerlines.
Alberta
0 – 750 volts insulated or polyethylene covered 300 millimetres
conductors (1)
0-750 volts Bare, uninsulated 1.0m 3ft 3in
Above 750 volts Insulated conductors (1) (2) 1.0m 3ft 3in
750 volts - 40 kilovolts 3.0m 10ft
69 kilovolts, 72 kilovolts 3.5m 12ft
500 kilovolts 7.0m 23ft
111
OVERHEAD POWERLINES CONT’D
Ontario
Nominal Phase-to-Phase Voltage Rating Minimum Distance
750 – 150 000 volts 3.0m 10ft
More than 150 000 - 250 000 volts 4.5m 15ft
More than 250 000 volts 6.0m 20ft
Atlantic
Phase to Phase Voltage of Energized Electrical
Electrical Utility Line or Utility Line Equipment Distance
Up to 750 volts 900 mm
750 – 100,000 volts 3.6 m
100,001 – 250,000 volts 5.2 m
250,001 – 345,000 volts 6.1 m
Manitoba
750 volts - 75 kV 3.0m 10ft
75 kV - 250 kV 4.5m 15ft
250 kV - 500 kV 6.0m 20ft
British Columbia
Newfoundland
112
EllisDon Safety
OVERHEAD PROTECTION AT MAN/MATERIAL HOISTS
1. Task
Construction and maintenance of overhead protection at man/material hoists
2. Hazards
Falling debris, fall hazards (overhead protection installed at a minimum of 2.4 metres), working off ladders, material
handling, electrical hazards (power tools)
3. Controls
PSA (pre-job safety assessment), CSA/ANSI approved equipment, installation by trained competent worker(s),
engineering, GFCI’s, final inspection by competent person
Man/Material hoists are one of the most essential pieces of equipment on most low to high rise buildings under
construction, as they transfer both the skilled trades and materials on site to all floors. When installed on a project,
they are second in importance only to tower cranes.
Whether it’s a high rise or low rise building, at many times throughout the day, there is a large concentration of
trades waiting at the base of the hoist. High rise buildings may even have several hoists running on site, but this is
usually dependent on the size of the project, and/or construction schedule that has been agreed to. Regardless of
the amount of hoists running, there has to be proper overhead protection in place for these trades waiting below.
There has been a guideline created and endorsed between the Ministry of Labour, TSSA (Technical Standards and
Safety Authority) and IHSA (Infrastructure Health and Safety Association) regarding the minimum requirements
pertaining to the construction of overhead protection at Man/Material Hoists.
The TSSA is the governing body who has to approve and commission hoists for use on construction projects, and
the Ministry of Labour is the entity in place that inspects construction projects from the federal level for safety. As a
result, these two parties are working together in this initiative to ensure the proper safeguards are sufficient, and in
place.
The following information is from the guideline that has to be in place as a minimum. Each project is unique, and
as a result ED has often gone beyond this minimum standard, but this is being provided as a guide.
To protect workers as they enter and exit personnel hoist cars, overhead protection must:
1. Have an unobstructed height of not less than 2.4 metres;
2. Have an unobstructed depth projecting out from the hoist not less than the depth of the loading platform and
sufficient to cover the maximum anticipated number of workers waiting for the hoist;
3. Have an unobstructed width at least equal to the width of the personnel-hoist-car enclosure or the loading
platform, whichever is greater;
4. Have continuous coverage from the loading platform to the worker waiting area, if any, including access stairs or
ramps to the waiting area or loading platform;
5. Be capable of supporting any load likely to be applied to it and capable of supporting a load of at least 2.4
kilonewtons per square metre without exceeding the allowable unit stress for the material used.
Signs need to be posted in conspicuous areas clearly indicating where workers are required to wait, and
additionally for warning of the hazards that exist outside of the designated waiting area. The size of the signs must
comply with appropriate governing regulations.
All skilled trades and site personnel waiting for the hoist are required to wait under the designated overhead
protection area.
The overhead protection will be signed off on by a competent person after constructed, and will be repaired and re-
inspected if struck by any significant material or debris.
113
POWDER ACTUATED TOOLS
1. Task
Correct and safe use of powder actuated tools
2. Hazards
Injuries to eyes and other body parts, flying debris, premature discharge of explosive cartridges.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Adequate training complete with documentation, adequate use of PPE, manufacturer’s
specifications and guidelines.
Only trained, competent and authorized persons familiar with the regulations governing the use of the tool, shall
use it. All training must be documented.
Use the Canadian Standards Association Standard series Z166-M85 "Safety Code for Powder-Actuated Tools" as a
guide for safe operation and maintenance of the tool.
Wear safety glasses or a face shield and adequate hearing protection when operating this type of tool.
Wear appropriate respiratory protection if using lead shot.
Clean and maintain tools according to the manufacturers' instructions.
Check tools before use to ensure that they are in good working order.
Tag defective tools "Out of service" and remove from service until properly repaired.
Store tools and cartridges in a locked container when they are not in use. Ensure that the tool is unloaded before
storing it.
Use the tool at right angles to the work surface.
Check the chamber to see that the barrel is clean and free from any obstruction, before using the tool.
Use only the projectiles (fasteners, nails, studs, etc.) and cartridges recommended by the tool manufacturer.
Ensure that the base material has no holes or openings and is of sufficient consistency to prevent a projectile from
passing completely through.
Do not load a tool until immediately before use.
Check that the colour of the cartridge is appropriate for work being done. Charge cartridges are colour-coded to
show their strength.
All spent or misfired shot in a shall be disposed of as per manufacturer’s specifications and classified as Hazardous
Waste for disposal purposes.
Provide adequate ventilation in confined spaces where powder-actuated tools are used.
Hold the tool in the firing position for at least 5 seconds after firing. If a cartridge misfires, keep the tool pointed in
a direction that will not cause injury to you or others and unload the cartridge with extreme caution. Place the
misfired cartridge into a bucket of water.
Use caution when using tools near live electrical circuits. Ensure that the nails (etc.) do not enter live circuits buried
or hidden in the base material.
Keep cartridges in a lock up when not in use.
Do not attempt to force a cartridge into a tool.
Do not carry cartridges loose or in a pocket, carry them in the manufacturer's package.
Thoroughly wash hands and face after using the tool and prior to eating, smoking or drinking to remove residue
created by the ignition of cartridges.
114
EllisDon Safety
POWER ELEVATED WORK PLATFORMS (PEWP’S)
1. Task
Safe operation of PEWP’s on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, crushed by – pinched by hazard, vehicle exhaust hazard. (See Exhausting of Vehicles)
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Worker training, CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE’s. (full body harness and
shock absorbing lanyard attached to platform), manufacturer’s specifications, guardrails.
Select the proper platform for the task i.e. on slab or rough terrain.
Selection factors include lifting capacity, surface conditions, platform size and configuration. Mobility, material to
be lifted, access, terrain or building obstruction. Request from suppliers platforms with tie off points on the floor.
Workers in elevated work platforms must wear full body harness with shock absorbing lanyard while on the
platform at all times. Workers must be tied off to an adequate anchor point supplied by the manufacturer.
Power elevated work platforms are to be used in accordance with the operator’s manual. Ensure inspections and
maintenance are performed and recorded as indicated in the manufacturer’s manual located in a protective sleeve
on all equipment. Manual must be located on the equipment that is being used.
Operators must be trained, tested and competent in the operation and inspection of the equipment. Training must
be given for each different power elevated work platform. Proof of training required.
Never alter the equipment without the manufacturer’s written approval.
Assess work area for overhead, ground or other hazards. i.e. structures, services (OH power lines), material,
equipment adjacent to or within work area. Spotter(s) must be present to assist operator with potential blind spots /
visual obstructions.
When possible, have the power lines de-energized or insulated.
Inspect terrain or slab for potholes, slopes or floor openings. Cover and barricade appropriately.
Unattended equipment must be locked to prevent unauthorized use.
Never leave the platform in a raised position or with a live load unattended.
Keep platform load below maximum rated working load (preferably 2/3 of rated load).
Ensure all controls are labeled with action and direction.
Keep guardrails in good condition.
Never remove guardrails when platform is raised.
Ensure chain or gate at opening is secure before operating.
Do not jam controls in direction of movement, use a gradual movement. Avoid uneven or jerky movement when
operating the controls, coming in contact with the work surface may cause the equipment to move backwards
causing tipping.
Deploy stabilizers or outriggers as per the manufacturers instruction.
Position boom (snorkel) in direction of travel.
Keep workers away from machine and out from under boom, platform and bucket, (where possible caution off
area).
Never walk the boom (snorkel), get off the platform or leave the bucket.
115
POWER ELEVATED WORK PLATFORMS (PEWP’S) CONT’D
Never try to move, push, lift or free the machine by telescoping the boom (snorkel).
Ensure extension cords are long enough to reach the expected platform height.
Ensure extension cords do not become tangled or severed in the scissor mechanism.
Tag and remove defective equipment from service immediately.
No worker shall stand on the guardrail.
The use of any device to achieve more height or exit the unit while it is in an elevated position must be supported
by an alternative method or variance that affords equal or greater protection for the health and safety of the
workers. (Must be reviewed by the job site Safety Committee).
Never climb out of the basket when elevated.
Never use a stepstool, ladder, bucket or plank inside a basket, always keep feet firmly on the floor of the basket.
Fall protection must be used unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer’s specifications.
If hoisting a Power Elevated Work Platform:

Fully lower and retract the boom. Fully lower the jib. Remove all loose items on the machine.
Use the turntable rotation lock to secure the turntable. (Note: this item may or may not be applicable to each
machine. It is the operator’s job to verify this prior to lifting. Also applies to swampers. Machine manual will
indicate the location.) Failure to use this lock allows for a potential change of gravity which may cause the lift to
overturn in mid-air.
Determine the centre of gravity for your machine (using the instructions in the manual).
Attach the rigging only to the designated lifting points on the machine. There are four (4) lifting points on the
chassis.
Adjust the rigging to prevent damage to the machine and to keep the machine level.
116
EllisDon Safety
PROPANE HANDLING
1. Task
Working safely with propane tanks and cylinders.
2. Hazards
Fire hazard, explosion hazard, burn injuries, and frostbite.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, fire extinguisher, worker training (propane
handling in construction), emergency planning, and competent supervision.
Receiving Cylinders at the Project:

Examine all propane cylinders received at the project are in date and in good condition. Reject any/all cylinders that are
found with any of the following conditions:
The cylinder has dents, gouges, damaged foot rings, collars or leaks.
The cylinder re-qualification date has lapsed. Cylinders are required to be re-qualified and marked at ten year
intervals starting with the date of manufacture.
All cylinders must have a protective collar or cap in place and the valve shall be closed during transportation
and storage.
The cylinder has a leaking or damaged service valve
Missing TDG and/or WHMIS 2015 labels.
Cylinder Storage at the Project:

If a cylinder is not connected to a construction heater, propane torch or other appliance at the construction site, it must be
stored outdoors.
A cylinder may be on a roof for work undertaken on the roof during the current or the following shift but not exceeding
1000 lbs (450 kg) in total capacity. (CSA Standard B149.2-10 Clause 6.5.3.8)
When storing cylinders at the construction site, ensure they are not exposed to the following conditions:
Open flame or other sources of ignition.
Vehicular or mobile equipment movement. If required, cylinders must be protected by barriers or equivalent.
Stored such that the pressure relief valve discharge is not less than 3 meters (10 feet) on the horizontal plane
from any building opening that is below the level of the relief discharge or the air intake of any appliance or air
moving equipment.
Tampering or damage.
Cylinders should be stored such that propane cylinders are separated from other compressed gases and flammable and
combustible liquids in accordance with the following:
At least 1 metre (3 feet) from other flammable compressed gas containers.
At least 6 metres (20 feet) from containers or dispensers for flammable and combustible liquids, or oxidizing, corrosive
or toxic gases.
A storage compound can be constructed using traditional construction fence panels. Empty cylinders should be stored on
one side and full cylinders on the other. Do not mix cylinders. The compound must not be located any closer than 7.5
meters (25 feet) to any building or adjoining property line with the distance increasing to 15 meters (50 feet) if determined
the amount to be stored will exceed 2270 KG or 5000 LBS.
117
PROPANE HANDLING CONT’D
All sides of the storage compound shall prominently display “NO SMOKING” signs.
Propane cylinders shall not be stored or subjected to temperatures above 52’C (125’F)
Cylinders Installed Indoors:

When cylinders are installed indoors, they must be located in the same room as the construction heater.
Cylinders must be secured by tying them upright to a secure structure. It is also acceptable to tie three together to
secure them upright.
Keep the cylinder at least 3 meters (10 feet) away from the construction heater.
Never point a heater towards a cylinder.
A cylinder may be used indoors (in the construction , repair, or improvements of a building or structure, including
its fixtures and equipment) provided:
• A pressure regulator is employed and directly connected to the appliance or cylinder valve, or located
on a manifold which is connected to the cylinder valve;
• Total capacity of cylinders connected together indoors shall not exceed 135 KG (300 LBS). Manifolds of
cylinders located 15 meters (50 feet) apart are permitted if located on the same floor area;
• It is equipped with an excess flow valve as an internal component of the cylinder service valve or
located in the outlet connection of the cylinder or service valve.
• Cylinder or regulating equipment are not subjected to damage or exposed to temperatures in excess of
52’C (125’F);and
• The cylinder is secured in an upright position.
When repair work is being carried out in an occupied building that is not under construction, any cylinder used
must be under the supervision of the operator at all times.
A cylinder in use inside a building must not be located near an exit, stairway or area intended for the safe
evacuation of people.
Connection and disconnection of cylinders is to be done in a well ventilated area with no source of ignition within 3
meters (10 feet) from the point of connection.
If the cylinder valve does not have a hand wheel attached, a wrench for turning the valve stem must be readily
available. On multiple cylinder installations, a single wrench per installation is sufficient.
Cylinders Installed Outdoors:

Cylinders installed outdoors must be set on a firm, level base.
Cylinders must be installed such that the pressure relief valve discharge is not less than 1 meter (3 feet) on the
horizontal plane from any building opening that is below the level of the relief discharge.
Cylinders must be installed such that the pressure relief valve discharge is not less than 3 meters (10 feet) on the
horizontal plane from any air intake of any appliance or air moving equipment.
Cylinders must be installed not less than 3 meters (10 feet) on the horizontal plane from any source of ignition.
118
EllisDon Safety
PROPANE HANDLING CONT’D
Cylinders must not be installed below grade. This requirement does not prohibit an installation in a compartment or
recess below grade level, such as a niche in a slope or terrace wall that is used for no other purpose provided that:
• The cylinder and regulating equipment are not in contact with the ground;
• The compartment or recess is drained and ventilated horizontally outdoors from its lowest level; and
• The discharge outlet is from any pressure relief valve is located at least 1 meter (3 feet) on the
horizontal plane from any building opening that is below the level of such discharge.
When damage to a cylinder from vehicular traffic is possible, protection in the form of posts, steel guardrails or
jersey barriers must be used.
A maximum of three (3) cylinders manifolded together to form a system may be located within 3 meters (10 feet) of
a common wall of a building. No more than one such manifolded system may be located against the common wall
of a building unless separated by a distance of 3 meters (10 feet).
A maximum of four tanks, each less than 125 USWG (475 L), that are manifolded together to form a system may be
located within 3 meters (10 feet) of a common wall of a building. No more than one such manifolded system may
be located against the common wall of a building unless separated by a distance of 3 meters (10 feet).
Cylinder Use :
The following operational guidelines will help solve the most common problems encountered when using a propane
cylinder to supply fuel to a construction heater or hand held torch.
When connections are made, slowly open the cylinder service valve and check for leaks.
If a leak is detected, shut off the cylinder service valve and make necessary repairs prior to using the cylinder.
Opening the cylinder service valve too quickly will cause the excess flow valve to close. Excess flow valves are
designed to shut off the fuel flow should the regulator be accidentally broken off.
To open a closed excess flow valve, shut off the cylinder service valve, wait a couple of minutes for the excess flow
valve to reopen and then open the cylinder service valve slowly.
The cylinder service valve should always be opened to its full open position. DO NOT FORCE OPEN BEYOND
THIS POINT.
Watch for a drop in pressure or reduced flame efficiency. This could indicate an insufficient supply of fuel. Additional
cylinders may have to manifolded together to provide a sufficient supply of fuel (see vapourization).
Vapourization:
If the supply pressure to a construction heater or hand held torch is inadequate it may be that the cylinder cannot produce
enough propane vapour to meet the demand.
The amount of propane vapour a cylinder can supply depends on the amount of propane liquid in contact with the cylinder
shell and the temperature of the air around the cylinder. Typically, a 100lb. cylinder can supply approximately 50,000 BTUH
at 0’C (32’F). A total of three 100lb. cylinders will be required to provide 150,000 BTUH at the same temperature.
Frost on the cylinder(s) and components (cylinder valve/regulator) is a clear sign that the cylinder(s) is having difficulty
keeping up with the demand. The solution could be as simple as adding another cylinder or exchanging a partially filled
cylinder with a full one, because as the propane liquid reduces so does the cylinder’s ability to produce vapour.
119
RADIATION AND X-RAYS
1. Task
To control exposure to radiation and X-rays on construction projects.
2. Hazards
Sunburn, premature aging of skin, eye damage, and possible skin cancer due to effects of overexposure to ultraviolet
radiation (from sunlight, sunlamps and welding equipment). Cancer and genetic damage caused by overexposure to
ionizing radiation i.e. X-rays. The inhalation of Radon gas released during mining or tunneling activities also presents
potentially serious health risks including cancer.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). OHSA, (Regulation Respecting X-ray Safety), Healing Arts Radiation Protection Act, (X-
ray Safety Code), Atomic Energy Control Act, Atomic Energy Control Regulation, (Federal Law), worker/supervisor
competency, CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, signage and barriers, protective clothing, sunscreen.
Radiation is the emission or transmission of energy as waves or moving particles. Although we are not often aware
of it, radiation is absorbed by the body, where it can affect the tissue and cells and lead to a variety of health
problems.
Radiation can be divided into two main types: ionizing and non-ionizing. Ionizing radiation is at the high frequency
end of the electromagnetic spectrum which means that it has the shortest wavelengths. Ionizing radiation is
considered the most harmful to humans.
Ionizing radiation is produced by the natural decay of radioactive elements such as uranium. X-ray machines
produce ionizing radiation.
Non–ionizing radiation is at the low end of the electromagnetic frequency spectrum. Ultraviolet radiation or UV rays
are examples of non-ionizing radiation. The sun, welding arcs, and sun lamps are sources of ultraviolet radiation.
Signage must be conspicuously posted to make workers and members of the public aware of the presence of X-
rays, warning them to keep clear.
Operators of portable X-ray devices must be competent.
Labels must be affixed to the control panels of X-ray producing devices identifying them as a source of X-rays and
prohibiting unauthorized use.
Isolate areas where radiation producing equipment is in use, i.e. welding shields, barriers and signage around areas
where portable X-ray machines are in use.
Caution off the immediate area on the floor below where portable X-ray equipment is being used to examine floor
slabs.
Caution off the area on the opposite side of walls where portable X-ray equipment is being used to examine cast in
place concrete walls.
Operators of portable X-ray equipment must maintain visual surveillance in the immediate area where X-rays are
produced to ensure that workers keep clear.
When possible conduct x-ray operations on off shifts to minimize potential exposure to other workers.
Personal dosimetry for X-ray workers and employer record keeping as prescribed by Regulatory requirements.
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment must be used as prescribed by Regulatory requirements to
protect workers eyes from welding arcs.
Full T-shirt and long pants, safety glasses and hard hats help reduce exposure to UV rays. Sunscreen and lip balm
with a sun protection factor, (SPF), of 15 or higher should be applied to areas of exposed skin 30 minutes before
venturing out and reapplied generously every two to four hours thereafter.
120
REBAR AND OTHER PROTRUDING PROTECTION
1. Task
To protect workers from injury due to contact with exposed ends of reinforcing rods, electrical conduit, threaded rod,
etc.
2. Hazards
Cut by, impaled by, tripped by hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Physical protection of all exposed ends of reinforcing rods.
All protruding Dowels and Rebar shall have protection AT ALL TIMES, to protect the worker from impalement,
puncture to the body, and serious cuts.
Critical injuries can result from falling on unprotected rebar.
Note: Orange rebar caps are not legal for impalement protection in most jurisdictions. They are good for protecting
against cuts and scrapes when working amongst rebar but should not be relied on when working above exposed
rebar verticals.
Rebar shall have protection in the form of:
a) 2x4, cut to length, as required as a top capping.
b) Two pieces of plywood or 2x4 cut to length and nailed securely to top capping.
c) Wood capping assembly is to be wired securely to rebar dowels, or use Carnie caps.
d) Candy Cane rebar to be utilized when possible.
Once the rebar protection is made, it shall be installed on the rebar, and secured with wire, or other suitable
material so that it cannot be knocked off.
Rebar protection that has been removed for other work to proceed shall be replaced immediately. Upon
completion of that other work, if rebar/dowels are still a hazard at the completion of the work. DO NOT LEAVE
REBAR UNPROTECTED!
Rebar that is low to the ground, or bent over at 90 degrees shall be painted with orange paint or identified with red
flagging tape. If this is in a common pathway then it shall be securely covered with a wooden ramp.
Rebar or Dowels sticking out from walls in a horizontal position shall have protection at all times.
Workers working installing rebar for vertical columns, should ensure that rebar below them has protection installed.
Any and all efforts are to be made to have rebar pre-bent where it will be installed in an area that creates a
protruding hazard.
121
EllisDon Safety
REFUELLING
1. Task
Refuelling
2. Hazards
Fire; explosion; chemical contact; environmental contamination.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA).
Refuelling will only be carried out by trained personnel. A spill contingency plan will be in place and emergency
spill equipment will be maintained on site. Staff will be trained in how to deal with spills and proper disposal
techniques.
Refuelling or maintenance will not be permitted within 30m of any drainage ditch or any other watercourse. Refer
to Site Specific Environmental Protection Plan for more details.
All machinery fuel tanks will not be filled to full capacity so as to minimize the potential for overflow due to
overfilling or expansion of product under high temperature conditions. Any overflow shall be collected and
disposed of properly using appropriate spill containment equipment.
Containers must be properly grounded. Do not fill portable gas containers that are in the backs of trucks.
MSDS information for the handling, storage, use, spill, clean-up and disposal of fuels must be followed at all times.
Safety glasses and other PPE prescribed in the MSDS to be worn.
Open containers must not be left near running equipment. Reseal container after each use. Only store fuel in
approved containers and as per regulations.
Refuelling is not to be performed near an ignition source, ie. fire, sparks. Smoking is not permitted in proximity to
stored fuel, or refueling areas. Engines should be shut down or turned off during refueling operations on
equipment. Fire extinguisher of appropriate size and rating shall be kept in proximity to refueling areas. No use of
cell phones while refueling.
All fuel tanks must be located within adequate spill containment drip pans.
Fuel containers must be marked as to their contents.
122
RIGGING (EQUIPMENT INSPECTION)
1. Task
To inspect rigging equipment for defects and excessive wear.
2. Hazards
Failure of rigging components during a lift-resultant personal injury and property damage.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regular inspection by a qualified competent worker, annual inspection as required by
legislation (Nova Scotia/New Brunswick), CSA/ANSI approved equipment ASME (American Society of Mechanical
Engineers) Standards must be met for above the hook and below the hook rigging equipment.
Inspection
Use this checklist to inspect rigging components regularly and before each lift.
Manilla Rope
Manilla rope is not recommended for construction use and is illegal for lifelines and lanyards.
Dusty residue when twisted open Wear from inside out. Overloading.
If extensive, replace rope.
Broken strands fraying Replace rope.
spongy texture
Wet - Reduce strength.
Frozen Thaw and dry at room temperature.
Mildew, dry rot - Replace rope.
Dry and brittle - Do not oil. Wash with cold water and hang in
coils to dry.
Polypropylene and Nylon Rope

Chalky exterior appearance Overexposed to sunlight (UV) rays. Possibly left
unprotected outside. Do not use. Discard.
Dusty residue when twisted open Worn from inside out. If extensive, replace.
Frayed exterior - Abraded by sharp edges. Strength could be reduced.
Broken strands - Destroy and discard.
Cold or frozen - Thaw, dry at room temperature before use.
Size reduction - Usually indicates overloading and excessive wear.
Use caution. Reduce capacity accordingly.
123
EllisDon Safety
RIGGING (EQUIPMENT INSPECTION) CONT’D
Wire Rope
Rusty, lack of lubrication - Apply light, clean oil. Do not use engine oil.
Excessive outside wear - Used over rough surfaces, with misaligned or wrong
sheave sizes. Reduce load capacity according to wear.
If outside diameter wire is more than 1/3 worn away,
the rope must be replaced.
Broken wires - Up to six allowed in one rope lay or three in one strand
in one rope lay with no more than one at an attached
fitting. Otherwise, destroy and replace rope.
Crushed, jammed, or flattened strands Replace rope.
Bulges in rope - Replace, especially non-rotating types.
Gaps between strands - Replace rope.
Core protrusion - Replace rope.
Heat damage, torch burns or Replace Rope.
electric arc strikes -
Frozen rope - Do not use. Avoid sudden loading of cold rope.

Kinks bird-caging - Replace rope. Destroy defective rope.
Replace rope if there are

• 6 or more broken wires in one lay
• 3 or more broken wires in one strand in one lay
• 3 or more broken wires in one lay in standing ropes
Core protrusion as a result of torsional

unbalanced created by shock loading.
Estimate rope’s condition at section

showing maximum deterioration
Protrusion of IWRC resulting from
shock loading.
Multi-strand rope “bird cages” due to

Worn torsional unbalance. Typical of build-up
Section seen at anchorage end of multi-fall crane
application.
A “ bird cage” caused by sudden release

Enlarged of tension and rebound of rope from
View of overloaded condition. These strands and
Single wires will not return to their original
Strand positions.
Where the surface wires are worn by

1/3 or more of their diameter, the
rope must be replaced.
124
Polypropylene and Nylon Web Slings

Chalky exterior appearance - Overexposed to sunlight (UV) rays.
Should be checked by manufacturer.
Frayed exterior - Could have been shock-loaded or abraded. Inspect
very carefully for signs of damage.
Breaks, tears or patches - Destroy. Do not use.
Frozen - Thaw and dry at room temperature before use.
Oil contaminated - Destroy.
Capacity label - Gives capacity of sling when new.
Wire Rope Slings

Broken wires - Up to six allowed in one rope lay or three in one strand
in one rope lay with no more than one at an attached
fitting. Otherwise, destroy and replace rope.
Kinks, bird caging - Replace and destroy.
Crushed and jammed strands - Replace and destroy.
Core protrusion - Replace and destroy.
Bulges in rope - Replace and destroy.
Gaps between strands - Replace and destroy.
Wire rope clips - Check proper installation and tightness before each lift.
Remember, wire rope stretches when loaded, which may
cause clips to loosen.
Attached fittings - Check for broken wires. Replace and destroy if one or
more are broken.
Frozen - Do not use. Avoid sudden loading of cold ropes to
prevent failure.
Sharp bends - Avoid sharp corners. Use pads such as old carpet, rubber
hose, or soft wood to prevent damage.
Chain Slings
Capacity safety tag - Use only alloy steel for overhead lifting.
Elongated or stretched links - Remove from service and return to manufacturer
for repair.
Failure to hang straight - Remove from service and return to manufacturer
for repair.
Bent, twisted, or cracked links - Remove from service and return to manufacturer for
repair.
Excessive wear at link connection - Remove from service and return to manufacturer.
Chain repairs are best left to the manufacturer. Chain beyond repair should be permanently
removed from service.
125
EllisDon Safety
Hardware
Know what hardware to use, how to use it, and how its safe working loads (SWL) compare with the rope or chain used
with it.
All fittings must be of adequate strength for the application. Only forged alloy steel load-rated hardware should be used
for overhead lifting. Load-rated hardware is stamped with its SWL.
Inspect hardware regularly and before each lift. Telltale signs include:
• wear Check for wear
• cracks and deformation
Check for cracks
• severe corrosion and twisting Check for signs
• deformation/bends of opening up
• mismatched parts
Check for wear
• obvious damage and cracks
126
SCAFFOLDS/INSPECTION
1. Task
To prevent injury caused by erecting and dismantling, accessing and working from, or due to the collapse of scaffolding.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, pinched by – crushed by injuries, electrocution.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, Regulatory requirements, worker training,
competent supervision and inspection, engineered drawings, scaffold inspection tags.
Choose correct scaffold system for the job – evaluate the following: weight of workers, tools, materials and
equipment, site conditions, configuration of structure to be worked on, height the scaffold must reach, type of work
to be done from the scaffold, duration of work to be done from scaffold, experience of supervisor and crew,
pedestrian traffic in area where scaffold is to be erected, public walk way protection required in area of scaffold
erection, weather conditions, ladders and other means of access to work platforms.
No scaffold should be loaded in excess of its rated capacity. Workers permitted on or required to work from
scaffolding must be informed of its rated capacity. A scaffold should not be subjected to loads greater than 1/4 of
the load for which it was designed (Alberta).
Minimum component requirements, such as: mudsills for scaffold erected on soil, base plates, screw jacks, castors
for rolling scaffolds, vertical and horizontal bracing, fully decked working platforms, frame connectors such as
pigtails and banana clips, guardrails and toe boards, ladders, (built in or portable), tie-in components, outriggers for
rolling scaffold.
Erection and dismantling of all scaffolds should be done by competent workers under the direction of competent
supervision.
All scaffold components must be inspected for damage prior to assembly – damaged components must be
replaced immediately and the damaged components removed from site.
During erection and dismantling all workers must wear a full body harness with a shock-absorbing lanyard attached
to the scaffold or an independent anchorage by means of an anchorage connecting device.
Where soil supports the load of a scaffold, (without excessive settlement), mudsills or footings must be used.
All components must be installed as scaffold is erected – do not wait until scaffold is up to install connecting pins –
install them as you go.
Erect scaffold systems according to manufacturer’s instructions.
All scaffolding must be adequately braced in the horizontal and vertical planes.
Scaffolds over 2.4 metres (8 feet) high must have fully decked in work platforms, protected by a guardrail complete
with a toeboard.
Work platforms (scaffolds) higher than legislative / owner / site specific requirements must be equipped with
guardrails on all sides unless the work platform is adjacent to a structure that provides protection equivalent to
guardrails and the open space between the platform and the structure is 10” (25 cm) or less.
Sawn lumber scaffold planks must be rough sawn No. 1 grade SPF, at least 48 mm x 248 mm (2” x 10”), free of
noticeable defects such as loose knots, splits and rot.
Frame scaffolds must be tied in to the structure at every 3rd. frame vertically and every second frame horizontally.
Tube and clamp scaffolds must be tied in to the structure at every second node vertically and every third standard
horizontally.
Connecting pins must be used on towers and rolling scaffolds of two or more frames in height.
Scaffold planks must be cleated or secured to the scaffold to prevent them from sliding. They must overhang
supports no more than 300 mm (12”) and no less than 150 mm (6”).
127
EllisDon Safety
SCAFFOLDS/INSPECTION CONT’D
Pre-fab. platforms must be in good condition and be secured to the frames to prevent sliding and up lift.
Employers must ensure that a copy of the manufacturer’s specifications for commercially manufactured scaffolds is
readily available on site. Drawings certified by a professional engineer of any alterations to scaffolding must be
readily available on site.
Working platforms must be protected by proper guardrails in accordance with Regulatory standards.
Scaffolds must be erected level and plumb.
Scaffolds over 15 metres in height (50 ft.) (tube and clamp 10 metres (30 ft) must be erected in accordance with an
engineered drawing and that drawing must be kept on site-available for inspection.
All scaffolds must be kept a safe distance from overhead electrical lines. Check path of travel for rolling scaffolds
and keep clear of energized lines.
All personnel on rolling scaffold over 2.4 metres (8 ft) must be tied off to an independent anchorage if they are to
remain on the scaffold when it is moved.
Castors on rolling scaffolds (including baker scaffolds) must be securely connected to the frames and be equipped
with functioning brakes.
Scaffolds mounted on wheels or castors must be equipped with braking devices and must have such devices in a
locked position when a worker is on the scaffold (includes baker scaffolds). Castors on rolling scaffolds must be a
minimum of 5” in diameter and have a rubber or similar resilient tire.
Portable access ladders must be properly sloped and tied off to the scaffold and extend 3’ beyond the level they are
accessing. Access and egress to work platforms shall be by portable ladder as described or by interior
hatch/ladderway, or by stepstool, if less than 48” (1.2m) high. Climbing on frame on the outside of the scaffold is
not allowed.
When erecting and dismantling scaffolds make sure that you are aware of pinch points and be extra careful
attempting to dislodge jammed components. When handing components to another worker be sure they have a
solid grip on the part and are supporting it securely before letting go. Get help with heavy frames and planks.
When loading a scaffold do so in a uniform manner – do not overload work platforms.
Openings in scaffold platforms must be protected by a secure cover that completely covers the opening and is built
to withstand at least 50 lb./sq.ft. live load.
Do not carry materials up ladders to scaffold platforms. Hoist them up with a rope or gin wheel from a secure place
behind a guardrail or when you are protected from falling by an approved fall arrest system.
All scaffolds must be inspected and tagged by a competent trained person at least every 21 calendar days.
All scaffolds must have a daily visual inspection for damage, loose or deteriorating parts, etc.
DON’T GUESS! DO IT RIGHT!

Remember your safety points
Do not use bent, damaged or

mismatched components.
128
SILICA EXPOSURE
1. Task
Prevention of worker exposure to Crystalline Silica.
2. Hazard
Health effects include serious and incurable diseases of the lungs such as; silicosis, lung cancer, chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease, emphysema, and pulmonary tuberculosis. Silica is the name given to a group of minerals made from
silicon and oxygen. Silica mineral deposits contain both crystalline and amorphous silica, with quartz being the most
common of the crystalline type. Inhalation of respirable crystalline silica dust particles is the main cause of disease
related to silica.
3. Controls
Hazard Assessment, silica substitutes (especially in sandblasting operations), local ventilation, wet processes, enclosures
around work processes, hepa filters on vacuums, PPE applicable to the task, dust control additives, protective clothing,
alternate equipment (dustless grinders), hygiene practices, alternate shift work, separation of work areas and adequate
warning signs.
Review local Regulatory Requirements regarding the use of crystalline silica prior to using it in sandblasting operations.
Refer to the Silica Exposure Control Plans and supporting documents (ie. Safe Work Practices and Procedures, Hazard
Assessment, etc.) found in the Worksafe Library which are required to be completed for each project.
Silica dust is produced during construction related activities such as bricklaying, stone setting, demolition, and
repair of concrete materials. It is also produced during rock drilling, dry sweeping, abrasive blasting, quarrying and
mining.
Workers must not be exposed to Occupational Exposure Limits of more than 0.05 milligrams (Ontario) 0.025
milligrams (Alberta/BC) per cubic metre of airborne, respirable, Crystalline Silica particulate, (quartz).
Abrasive blasting reduces silica sand to respirable sized particulates.
Wherever possible use silica substitutes.
Establish Code of Practice for silica operations.
Ensure workers undergo required health assessments, (paid for by the employer).
Establish respiratory protection program for proper selection and use of respirators.
Ensure protective clothing and respirators are supplied and used.
Minimize the release of crystalline silica, keep worker exposure as low as possible – never exceed OEL.
Clean up accumulations of particulate crystalline silica in the workplace.
Decontamination of workers, equipment, and materials must not release airborne crystalline silica particulate.
Prevent contamination of workers street clothes. Workers must decontaminate themselves prior to leaving
restricted work areas.
Post and maintain crystalline silica hazard warning signs at access to established restricted work areas.
129
EllisDon Safety
SNOW AND ICE REMOVAL PROGRAM
1. Task
Adequately maintaining all construction access ways, parking lots, and stairs on site in ice/snow conditions.
2. Hazards
Personal Injury, Property Damage.
3. Controls
The following plan will be utilized and activated by site Superintendents and Safety Coordinators during the winter
months to minimize the risk of slips on snow and ice on our job sites:
EllisDon has contracted XYZ Construction or our own forces to remove snow from the roadways and parking lots of
this project.
EllisDon Superintendent will initiate the call to the applicable snow removal team upon the need to have snow
removed. This will be done on an as needed basis.
EllisDon will use the existing labour force to clear sidewalk pathways to the main entrances of the building. The
labour force will also maintain the entrances, ramps, and stairs to the project trailers operated by EllisDon.
During normal working hours the labour force will be utilized to maintain snow and ice removal. Sand will be
spread in all areas where it is not practical to remove or chip ice away. Sanding will also be maintained on snowy
days to all common routes of entry to the buildings.
In the event of an evening/after hours snow fall, EllisDon Superintendent will have labour forces called in early to
remove snow prior to normal operating hours of construction. The labour forces will clear Main Building access
routes, ramps, and stairs to all EllisDon project trailers.
Please refer to site map for clarity of all common routes which will be maintained during the winter months. All
groups working outside of these areas will be required to clear their own work area prior to commencing work. This
should be clearly outlined in the work group’s daily task card.
For all other snow and ice related inquiries, please speak with site Superintendent.
Reference: EllisDon Safety Portal - Tool & Templates - Snow & Ice Removal program sample
130
STILTS IN CONSTRUCTION
1. Task
Safe use of stilts on construction projects.
2. Hazards
Slips, trips and falls hazards, strain/sprain injuries (musculoskeletal injuries).
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), toolbox talks, physical conditioning, worker training, CSA approved equipment,
Regulatory Requirements, Manufacturer’s Guidelines and Specifications.
Stilts may only be used on construction projects in regions where local regulatory requirements permit (BC, Alberta,
Saskatchewan).
Use only commercially manufactured stilts.
Inspect stilts before use for defects and damage. Remove any defective or damaged stilts from service and replace.
Clear debris and slippery materials away from work area where stilts are to be used prior to work commencing.
Do not use stilts on an unstable surface, (ie boxes, carts, mobile equipment) to extend reach.
Stilts cannot be used on a scaffold, Power Elevated Work Platform (PEWP) or to climb up or down stairs.
Stilts are to be stored, serviced and maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
If stilts are to be used in a work area requiring a guardrail system; the guardrail system is to be modified by adding
an additional top rail at least 76 cm above the existing top rail and another intermediate rail is to be installed
between the additional top rail and the existing top rail.
131
EllisDon Safety
SUSPENDED WORK PLATFORM
1. Task
Safe use of suspended work platforms on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, crushed by, struck by, electrical hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE’s, worker training, manufacturer’s
specifications and guidelines, Regulatory requirements. Inspection by competent trained worker. Reference should be
made to Provincial Regulations when Boatswain Chair is in use.
Non-conventional Suspended Work Platforms (including multi-point suspension systems) should be reviewed by a
professional engineer in order to comply with standards, and regulations.
Suspended platforms must be inspected before each day’s use by a competent worker and at least once a week by
the supervisor or a competent person appointed by the supervisor.
All tiered work platforms and set-ups where the suspended platform weighs more than 1157lbs (525 kilograms)
which will include platform, all components and man and material weights must be designed by a professional
engineer.
Copies of the designed drawings are required to be kept on the project.
A professional engineer must inspect the equipment before use and confirm in writing that it has been erected in
accordance with the drawings.
The hoisting device should be equipped with a height stop mechanism that will stop the hoist from reaching the
top of the cable and hitting the connection to the outrigger beam.
Where possible access to and egress from the platform will not be from the top level of the structure-must be at
bottom.
Typical platforms have a 500lb to 750lb rating. Platforms must be capable of supporting all loads to which it is likely
to be subjected without exceeding the manufacturer’s rated working load.
Only work platforms rated for 750lbs should be used on construction projects.
All platforms should have adequately sized, securely attached stirrups, securely attached top-rail, mid-rail, toe-
board, and a skid-resistant platform surface.
Front-rails must be used where the work platform will be more than 75mm (3inches) from the building facade.
To ensure the work platform remains close to the facade during work, it should be secured to the building
whenever possible.
Wire mesh fastened to work platform rails from the top-rail to the toe-board should be free of holes and defects.
This will prevent debris and tools from falling off the platform.
Wire rope stabilizers and guides attached to stirrups should be used to prevent platform sway.
The work platform should be equipped with guide rollers attached to the front of the platform to provide clearance
around small obstacles.
Handrails and stirrups should be inspected regularly.
Any repairs needed on a platform must be performed by a competent person.
Outrigger beams must be able to withstand at least four times (ten times - ON) the maximum load applied without
exceeding unit stress.
Outrigger beams must be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s or supplier’s table of counterweights and
allowable projections.
132
SUSPENDED WORK PLATFORM CONT’D
Always match suspension equipment to building conditions.

Legible instructions for use of counterweights must be affixed to the outrigger beam.
All sectional outrigger beams must have a means of preventing pins from loosening and falling out.
Only manufactured counterweights compatible with the outrigger beam can be used. The counterweights must
have a means of being secured in place on the beam.
Suspension lines on climbing equipment should be wire rope of the size, type, and construction grade
recommended by the manufacturer of the climbing unit.
The minimum size of steel wire rope to be used for climbing devices on suspended access equipment is 7.8 mm
(5/16inch) diameter.
Solid wire rope is never to be replaced with fibre core wire rope for use with traction climbers.
Wire rope must be free of kinks, birdcaging, excessive wear, broken wires, flat spots or other defects.
Wire ropes used as static lines or tiebacks for outrigger beams must be properly secured to adequate anchorage.
Cable clips used with wire rope tiebacks or static lines must be the right size and number.
All wire ropes used with suspended access equipment must have a safety factor of 10 against failure.
Wire rope suspension lines supporting a stage used for electric welding must be protected from the danger of
welding current passing through them by using insulation.
Rigging hardware for use with suspended access equipment should be capable of supporting at least 10 times the
maximum load to which it may be subjected. This applies to all hooks, shackles, rings, bolts, slings, chains, wire
rope and splices.
The capacities of each hook should be stamped on the device for reference.
Stages should be equipped with a secondary safety system consisting of a wire rope grabbing device.
Vertical lifelines consisting of 5/8-inch polypropylene rope must be used for each worker’s protection.
Each worker must have a separate vertical lifeline.
Lifelines are not to be connected to the same anchor point as outrigger beam tiebacks.
Individual lifelines must be long enough to reach the ground or working level.
Inspection is required of each lifeline before each time it is to be used.
Lifelines must be protected from abrasion and cuts when they extend over a wall, roof, or structural framing.
Full body harnesses equipped with a shock absorbing lanyard must be used for all applications involving
suspended access equipment.
Separate means of support must be available for workers on the equipment. Individual fall arrest support is needed
for each worker on the stage.
Fibre rope lifelines are not to be used where caustic or acidic solutions will be used. Lifelines must be protected
from any substance that will chemically or physically degrade the material.
Shock-absorbing lanyards must always be used with wire rope lifelines to keep fall arrest loads below accepted
limits.
Rope grabs must be CSA/ANSI approved and be connected to the vertical lifeline with the indicating arrow pointing
up towards the anchor point.
133
EllisDon Safety
TEMPORARY HEAT
1. Task
To provide temporary heat for construction areas and curing concrete. This procedure is to be used in conjunction with
the Propane Handling Safe Work Procedure when it is the main source of fuel for combustion.
2. Hazards
Fire, burn injuries, atmospheric hazards, explosion hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA), CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, fire extinguisher, worker training (propane
handling in construction), emergency planning, air sampling, MSDS and competent supervision.
When installing and using construction heaters, keep the following in mind:
Read and follow the construction heater manufacturer’s installation and operating manual.
A construction heater must be installed on a solid, level, noncombustible base and located so as to minimize the
danger of mechanical damage and upset.
Regularly inspect the burner, burner controls, regulator and hose for defects. Have any damaged components
removed from service and/or replaced.
Any repairs must be performed by a qualified installer.
Make sure all hose and valve connections are clean and free from damage.
Use proper fitting wrenches to make connections.
A hose used to connect a construction heater to the propane supply must be at least 4.6 metres (15 feet) and not
more than 24 metres (75 feet) in total length and must be protected from damage. Do not let equipment run or
drive over hoses. Make sure the hose is placed so workers do not trip on it.
Have fire extinguisher (minimum 4A40BC) or other fire fighting apparatus available. Workers must be trained in the
use of the fire fighting apparatus being used.
Never attempt to tie down, defeat or bypass the flame safe guard system on a construction heater. If the system is
defective, or if the heater fails to stay lit when you release the push button safety valve, set the heater aside and
have it inspected/repaired by a qualified installer.
If the heater is inadequate to do the job, obtain additional heaters or replace it with a larger unit if available:
• Shut off the fuel supply at the cylinder service valve;
• Determine if any propane has escaped, check low lying areas for odour;
• Do not smoke or turn on light switches if you smell propane odourant; and
• Test the space with a detection device. If escaped propane is detected or even suspected, ventilate and
purge the area thoroughly before attempting to re-light the construction heater.
The use of a construction heater is prohibited where a hazard may be created. Keep in mind that some adhesives
and other materials used and dust created around the construction site can be very flammable. Do not install a
heater in an area where flammable materials are in use or being created.
A construction heater that has been exposed to fire, explosion or other damage cannot be installed or reconnected
to a propane tank or cylinder, without approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
Combustible material such as straw, canvas, wood, polyethylene tarps and debris must be kept clear of a
construction heater in accordance with the clearances listed on the heater’s instructions.
134
TEMPORARY HEAT CONT’D
You can only install construction heaters in buildings under construction, repair or improvement. You cannot install
them in any inhabited dwelling unit or inhabited sections of a building.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the person renting the construction heater to ensure that the construction heater is
approved and in safe operating condition at the time of delivery. It is also their responsibility to ensure you have
been trained in the safe installation and use of the construction heater and its components, before operating and/or
using it.
Types of Construction heaters:

Direct Fired:
All of the products of combustion enter the space occupied by the heater. The construction heater does not have a heat
exchanger. These units have an open ended barrel type combustion chamber with an open flame or utilize a radiant heat
type burner.
Direct Fired construction heaters come in various sizes depending on the input required to heat the space under
construction. The construction heater may or may not be equipped with an electric fan to assist in supplying combustion air
and circulating heat throughout the structure being heated.
Indirect Fired:
This type of construction heater has a heat exchanger and is vented outdoors so that all of the products of combustion are
directed to the outdoors and not into the space occupied by the construction heater.
Air is blown across the heat exchanger where it is heated and then distributed by an electrically driven fan throughout the
structure being heated. Heating ducts may or may not be connected to the unit.
You must follow the manufacturer’s installation instructions when venting indirect fired construction heaters to the
outdoors. Use the specific venting materials and installation configurations recommended by the manufacturer.
135
TEMPORARY LIGHTING
1. Task
To provide adequate temporary lighting on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Electric shock or electrocution, personal injury hazard, trip/fall hazard.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Installation of adequate temporary lighting, CSA/ANSI approved equipment,
Regulatory requirements, trained competent workers.
Ensure all work areas and means of access and egress are adequately lit. No dark corners.
A qualified electrician must hard wire the circuits directly into distribution panel.
A mechanical protection device (cage) must enclose light bulbs used in temporary lighting.
A lighting level of five foot candles is recommended i.e. 150 watt bulbs suspended 2.4 meters (8 feet) high and 7.5
meters (25 feet) apart or suspended 3 meters (10 feet) high and 6 meters (20 feet) apart.
Replace missing or burned out bulbs promptly.
Before replacing a broken bulb the power supply must be disconnected.
Gloves must be worn when changing bulbs.
Branch lighting circuits that feed temporary lighting will be kept separate for power circuits except for a common
supply.
Branch lighting circuits must be protected by a 15 amp breaker or fuse.
Be careful not to bump stringers with ladders, lengths of pipe, scaffold frames, or other objects.
All temporary and task lighting must be kept clear of water.
Protect cords from traffic and sharp edges. Consider running cords through overhead locations. If wires are to be
hung, use non-conductive material to hang them.
Ensure designated contractor parking areas are adequately lit.
136
TIGER TORCHES
1. Task
Safe operation of “tiger” torches on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Fire hazard, explosion hazard, burn injuries.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE’s, fire extinguisher, worker training (propane
handling in construction), competent supervision, emergency planning.
Wear proper personal protective equipment, including hard hats, safety boots, eye protection, and gloves. Clothing
must be flame-resistant (cotton or wool-no synthetics).
Hot work permits must be acquired and a fire watch equipped with a fire extinguisher in place during and a
minimum of 1 hour after torch down roofing operations with a thorough check of all adjacent and lower levels
where combustibles are present.
Check work areas for combustible material, and remove what is not needed.
Inspect torches before use. All equipment must be in good working order, with fittings, hoses, and head secure and
cylinder valves clean.
Check connections with “SNOOP” leak detector liquid.
Do not use leaking propane equipment. If a leak occurs during operation, stop immediately.
When torch is stored indoors, allow to cool and store equipment in protective cases.
Unless operating the torch, stay at least two or three metres away from the flame.
Be aware of gas and electrical lines. If a potential gas or electrical threat is present perform a utility locate. Turn off,
de-energize/put in place adequate protection.
When shutting off the torch, close the propane cylinder valve first. Let the remaining gas in the hose and torch
burn off, and then close the torch valve.
Ensure workers have been adequately trained in the assembly and general maintenance of the system. Training
must include proper storage, handling, and use of propane.
Workers must designate a person responsible in the event of a fire.
Ensure all workers know the escape route.
Have at least one fully charged 4A40BC fire extinguisher readily accessible (within 6 metres (20 feet) of each worker
using a torch).
Never leave torches ignited and unattended. Tiger torches cannot be left burning unless the operator is actually
holding it or it is equipped with a thermal coupling.
Make sure compressed gas cylinders are securely braced upright or tied in order to prevent movement.
Use only approved high pressure hoses to connect torches to regulators.
Whenever possible, always keep body upwind of fumes. Prevent clothing from becoming saturated with
combustible gas.
Light all flames with an approved ignitor. Using matches or butane lighters to light torches is dangerous.
Do not smoke near propane tanks and equipment. If fuel were to leak from the unit, smoking could provide ignition
and cause a fire or an explosion.
Workers are not permitted to connect, disconnect, or activate torches unless they have written evidence that they
have been trained to the required standard.
137
EllisDon Safety
TRACTOR TRAILER TRUCK INSPECTION
1. Task
Safe operation of tractor trailer trucks on construction sites.
2. Hazard
Vehicular accidents and subsequent personal injury and property damage.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Pre-operational inspection, Regulatory requirements – (Ministry of Transport), regular
maintenance program.
This Safe Work Practice applies to any truck, truck/trailer combination exceeding 4,500 kg GVW.
Prior to use, the vehicle must be inspected using the accompanying checklist if the vehicle has not been inspected
within the previous 24 hours.
An inspection is valid for a period of 24 hours. Any number of drivers may operate the vehicle within the 24 hour
period on the original inspection.
A person other than the driver may conduct the inspection and complete the report.
An inspection report must be completed for a truck and/or any towed trailer, regardless of the distance to be
traveled.
When a report is required, the report is to be filled out and signed at the completion of the trip inspection, carried
in or on the vehicle available for review.
Any safety defects found must be recorded on the inspection report, if there are no defects the report must so
indicate. In addition to any defects noted during the inspection, a driver must, at the end of the trip or 24 hour
period, record on the report any defects observed while in charge of the vehicle.
The driver must report safety-related defects to the operator before operating the vehicle.
A person repairing defects shall record on the inspection report the date on which the repair is completed, or the
fact that no repair is required, and shall sign the report.
Completed inspection reports are forwarded to the operator as soon as possible.
Record Retention:
A report listing no defects is kept for three months.
A report that lists defects, repairs or indications that repairs were not required becomes a “record” of defects and
repairs and is kept for two years with other vehicle maintenance documents.
Maintenance records are kept for a period of two years or 6 months after the vehicle ceases to be the operator’s
responsibility.
Records and reports are kept at the operator’s principal place of business.
Description of inspection items included on the checklist:

Outside Inspection:
All lights and reflectors (equipped and functioning as required under the Highway Traffic Act and regulations).
Wheels and fasteners (for wheel or rim cracks, defective lock rings, loose or missing fasteners).
Tires (for tread depth, flat or noticeable leak, any visible bumps or bulges, mixture of bias and radial tires on the
same axle, contact with any part of the vehicle or other tire).
Fuel system (for visible leak at any point, tank filler caps shall not be missing, the fuel tank shall be securely
mounted).
138
TRACTOR TRAILER TRUCK INSPECTION CONT’D
Exhaust system (for audible leaks, missing or loose components, secure mountings).
Fifth wheel (for loose, missing or ineffective fasteners, missing broken or deformed parts in the locking mechanism,
operating handle being in closed or locked position when in use).
Suspension, springs, air bags and controlling attachments (for any cracked, broken, loose or missing axle
positioning or fastening parts, broken or missing spring leaves, broken coil springs, deflated air suspension due to
system failure).
Towing and coupling devices (for missing or unattached safety devices not capable of secure attachment, wear
kinks or broken cable strands, improper repairs).
Load security (for compliance with the requirements of Ontario Regulation 363/04).
Load covering (for compliance with the requirements of Ontario Regulation 577/90).
Air brake adjustment and connections (for absence of braking action on each wheel, missing, broken or loose
mechanical components where readily visible, audible air leaks and brake readjustment limits).
Hydraulic brake fluid (for visible leakage).
Mirrors (as required under the Highway Traffic Act and regulations, for condition and adjustments).
Classification signage for materials being transported (as required under the Highway Traffic Act).
Inside Inspection:
Steering wheel (for excessive play, looseness).
Brake pedal (reserve and fade).
Brake booster (operation).
Brake failure warning light (functions as intended).
Brake air pressure or vacuum gauge (functions).
Warning signal, low pressure or low vacuum.
Windshield washer and wipers (function as intended).
Windshield and windows (afford the driver a clear view).
Mirrors (adjustment and condition).
Defroster and heaters (function as intended).
Horn (functions as intended).
Driver’s seat belt and seat security (function as intended).
Parking brake (adequate to hold vehicle).
Spill Kit.
Emergency equipment (as required under any Act or Regulation applying to that class of vehicle).
NOTE: Vehicles in this class are also required to have annual Safety Inspections performed by a garage licensed
by the Ministry of Transport to inspect the type of vehicle requiring inspection. When the vehicle passes
inspection the garage will place a sticker on the vehicle and provide a vehicle inspection certificate. This
certificate is to be carried in the vehicle when traveling outside Ontario. The inspection is valid in any Province or
State for 12 months after the month of inspection.
139
EllisDon Safety
TRACTOR TRAILER TRUCK INSPECTION
MAKE OF MOTOR VEHICLE DATE OF INSPECTION

MOTOR VEHICLE NUMBER PLATE OR UNIT NO. TIME OF INSPECTION
TRAILER 1 NUMBER PLATE OR UNIT NO.
TRAILER 2 NUMBER PLATE OR UNIT NO.
NAME OF PERSON WHO INSPECTED VEHICLE
SIGNATURE OF PERSON WHO INSPECTED VEHICLE
OUTSIDE INSPECTION INSIDE INSPECTION
ITEM DEFECT YES/NO ITEM DEFECT YES/NO
Lights and reflectors Steering wheel
Wheels and fasteners Brake pedal reserve and fade
Tires Brake booster operation
Fuel system Brake failure warning light
Exhaust system Brake air pressure or vacuum gauge
Fifth wheel Warning signal, low pressure
Suspension, springs, air bags, or low vacuum
controlling attachments Windshield washer and wipers
Towing and coupling devices Windshield and windows
Load security Mirrors
Load covering Defroster and heaters
Air brake adjustment and connections Horn
Hydraulic brake fluid Driver's seatbelt and seat security
Mirrors Parking brake
Classification Signs Emergency equipment/Spill Kit
Driver: safety defects found? NO YES (describe)
Driver: observations while operating
Repair person: repairs required? NO YES

Defects repaired
Repair person: date and sign Date Signature
140
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Please see Forms Section – Traffic Protection/Control Plan

1. Task
Flagging traffic safely, keeping traffic flowing smoothly in construction areas.
2. Hazards
Severe injury or death caused by being struck by moving vehicles, property damage due to vehicular accidents.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved PPE, Regulatory requirements, adequately trained traffic control
personnel, traffic control plan, proper traffic control signage, signals, barricades, and barriers.
All flag persons must be adequately trained, documentation must be provided to EllisDon site Safety Coordinator at
time of orientation.
A traffic control plan must be developed to control traffic during prolonged interruptions.
The use of adequate signage, barricades, barriers and signals as per local legislative requirements must be
incorporated in the traffic control plan.
Before setting up the flag station, the flag person must assess the area to ensure there are no dangers. The flag
person MUST have an adequate means of escape.
Flag persons must be clearly distinguishable to drivers, both public and construction drivers. Flag persons must
wear retro-reflective fluorescent garments. At night, flag persons must have adequate lighting to make themselves
seen to drivers, flashlights are acceptable if no other source of light is available.
Flag persons must have adequate size STOP/SLOW paddle signs (as per provincial regulations) with them at all
times.
Flag persons must stand at an appropriate distance from equipment crossing in order to give construction vehicles
enough room to stop and give the general public enough warning that there is construction traffic.
The SLOW sign must be raised if approaching public traffic is encountered. The STOP sign will be shown to the
public if construction traffic is present. Signs must be held so that oncoming drivers can see them clearly.
Flag persons must be ALERT at all times, they must be AWARE of their surroundings, they must be able to recognize
potential hazards and deal with them immediately.
If there is more than one (1) flag person, they must be in constant communication. This is either by visual or by
two-way radio. Radio conversation must be kept professional. If there is more than 1 flag person, there must be
ONE designated leader.
Flag persons MUST not leave their positions until an adequate replacement is available, i.e. lunch or bathroom
breaks.
Any and all confrontations with drivers MUST be documented and reported. Try, if possible, to get the drivers
license plate number, make and model of car and color of car. Report these confrontations to your supervisor who
then may contact the police.
Traffic control persons are responsible for traffic control only, not backing vehicles onto projects. This task must be
performed by a second person.
Traffic control persons must not stand directly in the traffic lane – stand to the side, ie. curb and direct traffic.
141
EllisDon Safety
TRAILER HITCHES
1. Task
Safe coupling of a trailer, or equipment for towing.
2. Hazards
Separation between towing vehicle and trailer, jackknife, flat tire driving at higher speeds, overloading weight of trailer,
safety chain not properly connected, vehicular accident with resultant personal injuries and property damage.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Engineering, legislative, administrative. CSA/ANSI approved equipment,
manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines for use.
Ensure all workers involved in the coupling and hauling of trailers are competent persons.
Match the maximum trailer weight allowed for tow vehicle to the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of the trailer.
Owner’s manuals including the GVWR of the trailer must be with the operator at all times.
Always make sure tires are properly inflated when towing, improperly inflated tires will wear faster and could lead
to trailer sway.
Check coupler for fatigue, damage, cracks or missing parts before towing.
Test lock mechanism for complete and correct latching so the trailer will not come unhooked.
Ensure the hitch ball size matches the coupler size for the trailer, and the GVWR of the hitch ball exceeds the GVWR
of the trailer.
Most trailers being towed require two safety chains.
Chains must be crossed, and short enough to support trailer tongue above ground or road surface if it becomes
separated from the tow vehicle.
Safety chains must be of a sufficient size/grade to handle weight of trailer and load.
Hooks on chains must be rated and have a safety latch. S-hooks which are popular in the United States are illegal in
Canada.
Using a nut and bolt to connect chain back to itself is also illegal.
5th wheel trailers do not need safety chains, however gooseneck trailers that connect with a ball do need at least
one chain, which must be sufficient to handle entire weight of the trailer.
Brake light and turn signals must be operational.
Trailer must be licensed if operating on public thoroughfares.
Long loads must be flagged.
Observe load restrictions on public thoroughfares.
Oversized loads must have the appropriate permits/police escort.
Inspect wiring on a regular basis to ensure it is not dangling and causing sandblasting effect.
If trailer is equipped with electric brakes, perform an electric brake test.
142
TRAVEL RESTRAINT
1. Task
Use of a Travel Restraint System to prevent a worker from accessing a fall hazard.
2. Hazards
Fall hazard, trip hazard, material/equipment hazard (struck by, cut by), heat/cold stress.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved fall protection equipment and other PPE, fall protection plan and
legislated worker training, long pants and full T-shirt, sunscreen, cold weather gear.
All fall protection equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and all workers must be trained in accordance with
Regulatory and EllisDon safety policy requirements.
The direct connection of an adequately anchored lifeline to the D-ring of a worker’s full body harness must be
arranged to stop the worker from accessing the fall hazard.
Ensure the lifeline maintains its required length and tautness and change pivot points. Do not let out more lifeline.
Assess anchorage for stability, strength (at least 2 kilonewtons or 450 lbs. x safety factor of 2 or 900 lbs.), location,
suitability of material.
When using a rope grab ensure arrow indicator is pointing towards anchor point.
When using a rope grab a positive stop must be used, (such as a knot in the lifeline), to prevent the worker from
accessing the fall hazard at the extremity of the travel restraint area.
Keep anchor point perpendicular or 90 degrees to worker. Diagonal lines add distance, possibly extending travel
distance too far, allowing access to fall hazard.
Protect lanyards and lifelines from cutting, chaffing, and abrading. They must also be protected from extreme
temperatures, flames, corrosive material, and other hazards that may damage them.
A competent worker shall inspect the travel restraint system before each use.
CSA/ANSI approved PPE must be used as prescribed, i.e. hard hat, safety boots, protective eyewear, gloves, long
pants and full T-shirt, sunscreen cold weather gear.
Care must be taken when handling fall protection equipment such as ropes and lanyards equipped with safety
hooks not to swing them and strike yourself or other workers.
Anchor point requirements for travel restraint are far less than for fall arrest. Do not use travel restraint systems for
fall arrest unless the anchorage and all other components have been designed and inspected for that purpose.
Arrange and caution off lines to prevent trip hazards.
If working close to an open edge, keep tools and material away from the edge so they do not get knocked off.
Keep waste material and clutter organized to reduce the amount of trip hazards in the work area.
143
EllisDon Safety
UNEXPECTED DISCOVERY OF DESIGNATED SUBSTANCE
1. Task
To control the unexpected discovery of a designated substance and prevent harmful exposure to workers and the
environment.
2. Hazards
Exposure to designated substances, other workplace hazards, i.e. fall hazards, equipment/material handling hazards,
electrical hazards, confined space hazards, heat/cold stress.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Designated Substance Regulatory requirements, i.e. OHSA (Ontario) Regulation
respecting Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations – R.R.O.1990 Reg. 278, Regulation
respecting Lead (Ontario), R.R.O. Reg.843 and amendments and other Designated Substance Regulations, Worker
training – WHMIS 2015, Asbestos Training for Maintenance Workers, CSA/ANSI approved PPE and required training, i.e.
respirator care/maintenance/fit testing, Hygiene practices, Confined Space procedures, written site specific safe work
procedure, Records of exposure as prescribed by Regulatory requirements, Infection control barriers and procedures,
Designated Substance Reports from clients/ building owners, Competent supervision.
Obtain and study designated substance reports prior to starting work. Distribute information to sub–trades and all
workers likely to come into contact with designated substances on project.
Obtain and study WHMIS 2015 material safety data sheets. Transmit information to workers and document.
Train workers in recognition of designated substances and likely locations, i.e. pipe insulation, debris on top of
ceiling tiles, old plasterwork, contaminated soil, areas where spray sound or fire-proofing has been applied, lead
sheeting in hospital x-ray rooms, existing lead paint, dry-fall paint containing benzene, etc.
Train workers in use of Personal Protective Equipment – i.e. respirator selection, fit testing, and maintenance.
Use all CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment as prescribed.
Provide adequate wash up facilities.
Do not disturb suspect material when discovered.
Inform Site Superintendent, EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator.
Maintain good hygiene practices i.e. do not eat smoke or drink in the work area.
Caution off area and put up appropriate signage i.e. “Caution Asbestos”.
Install and maintain infection control barriers in occupied areas, i.e. hospitals.
If composition of suspect material is unknown, arrange for testing by competent analyst.
Inform the owner, M.O.L. or other Regulatory agencies as required.
Arrange for removal of substance as per Regulatory requirements prior to proceeding with regular work, i.e. type 1,
2, or 3 removal.
Complete any record keeping required, i.e. Asbestos Work Report Forms or Lead Exposure Records and submit them
to appropriate Agencies.
If material is disturbed and exposure is above allowable levels get medical attention immediately.
Detain and control person(s) exposed to prevent transfer of designated substance to other locations/workers.
Implement exposure control plan.
144
VEHICLE INSPECTION
1. Task
Safe operation of light duty trucks on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Vehicle failure due to unsafe vehicle condition.
3. Control
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regular inspection to identify substandard conditions.
This Practice applies to any truck, truck/trailer combination not exceeding 4,500 kg GVW.
Prior to use, the vehicle must be inspected using the accompanying checklist if the vehicle has not been inspected
within the previous 7 days.
An inspection is valid for a period of 7 days. Any number of drivers may operate the vehicle within the 7 day period
on the original inspection.
A person other than the driver may conduct the inspection and complete the report.
An inspection report must be completed for any truck and/or any towed trailer, regardless of the distance to be
traveled.
Any safety defects found must be recorded on the inspection report, if there are no defects the report must so
indicate. In addition to any defects noted during the inspection, a driver must, at the end of the 7 day period,
record on the report any defects observed while in charge of the vehicle.
The driver must report safety-related defects to the fleet operator or superintendent before operating the
vehicle.The vehicle should not be used and will be put into service for repair.
A person repairing defects shall record on the inspection report the date on which the repair is completed, or the
fact that no repair is required, and shall sign the report.
Completed inspection reports are forwarded to the operator as soon as possible.
Record Retention:
A report listing no defects is kept for three months.
A report that lists defects, repairs or indications that repairs were not required becomes a “record” of defects and
repairs and is kept for two years with other vehicle maintenance documents.
Maintenance records are kept for a period of two years or 6 months after the vehicle ceases to be the operator’s
responsibility.
Records and reports are kept at the respective project office.
Description of inspection items included on the checklist:
Outside Inspection:
All lights (functioning properly, including beacon where applicable).
Wheels and fasteners (for wheel or rim cracks, loose or missing fasteners).
Tires (for tread depth, flat or noticeable leak, any visible bumps or bulges, mixture of bias and radial tires on the
same axle, contact with any part of the vehicle or other tire). Inspect tires for foreign objects, nails, screws, etc.
Fuel system (for visible leak at any point, tank filler caps shall not be missing).
145
VEHICLE INSPECTION CONT’D
Exhaust system (for audible leaks, smells or fumes, missing or loose components, secure mountings).
Suspension, springs (for any cracked, broken, loose or missing axle positioning or fastening parts, broken or missing
spring leaves, broken coil springs).
Towing and coupling devices (for missing or unattached safety devices not capable of secure attachment, wear,
kinks or broken cable strands, improper repairs).
Hydraulic brake fluid (for visible leakage).
Transmission (for visible leakage) or clutch slipping.
Mirrors.
Fluid levels (within operating range, condition).
Battery connections (secure, clean).
Cargo box and tailgate in good condition.
Inside Inspection:
Back up alarm.
Steering wheel (for excessive play, looseness).
Brake pedal (reserve and fade).
Brake failure warning light (functions as intended).
Windshield washer and wipers (function as intended).
Windshield and windows (afford the driver a clear view).
Mirrors (adjustment and condition).
Defroster and heaters (function as intended).
Horn (functions as intended).
Driver’s seat belt and seat security (function as intended).
Parking brake (adequate to hold vehicle).
Emergency equipment (jacks, first aid kit, portable fire extinguisher, traffic cones or triangle marker).
Reference: Vehicle Inspection Report – see Forms Section - Canadian Safety Manual
Reference: Vehicle Inspection Report (Weekly) – see EllisDon Safety Portal - Tool & Templates
Reference: Defensive Driving Techniques – see Safe Work Practice – Safe Work Practices & Procedures Manual
146
EllisDon Safety
VENTILATION
1. Task
To provide adequate breathable air to work environments.
2. Hazards
Accumulation of hazardous gas, vapour, fume, particulate, or bio-hazardous material, oxygen deficient or enriched
atmospheres, explosive atmosphere.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Regulatory Requirements, EllisDon Safety Policy, Written Site Specific Safe Work
Procedures, WHMIS 2015, CSA/ANSI approved equipment and PPE, Confined Space Procedures, Worker Training, i.e.
Propane Handling for Construction, Competent Supervision.
Establish presence of atmosphere compromising agents or conditions, i.e. hazardous gas, vapour, fume, particulate or
bio-hazardous material, oxygen deficiency, or oxygen enrichment.
No internal combustion engine shall be operated in an excavation, building or other enclosed structure unless there is
adequate supply of air for combustion and the exhaust gases and fumes from the engine are adequately discharged
directly outside the excavation, building or other enclosed structure to a point sufficiently remote to prevent the
return of the gases or fumes or there is adequate natural or mechanical ventilation to ensure that exhaust gases and
fumes from the engine will not accumulate in the excavation, building or other enclosed structure. NOTE – this does
not apply to internal combustion engines operated in a tunnel.
An excavation, building or other enclosed structure in which an internal combustion engine is being operated shall be
tested for airborne concentrations of carbon monoxide to ensure that the concentrations do not exceed the
Use CSA/ANSI approved testing apparatus that has been calibrated to manufacturer’s specifications in accordance
with applicable legislated requirements.
Consult Regulation respecting Control of Exposure to Biological or Chemical Agents R.R.O. 1990 Reg.833 and
amendments (Ontario), or ACGIH Threshold Limit Values for chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological
Exposure Indices, and applicable Regulations Respecting Designated Substances, i.e. Asbestos, to establish acceptable
exposure limits (Alberta - refer to Schedule 1 OH&S Code).
Establish if local, i.e. ‘smoke eater’ or general (dilution) ventilation, i.e. complete air exchange, would be best suited for
situation.
Local exhausts work well with chemical hazards and welding fumes.
General or dilution type systems work well with solvents and other explosive gases or vapours.
General exhaust systems should remove contaminated air and replace with fresh air supply in sufficient quantities to
maintain acceptable exposure values.
Consult Guidelines for the use of Propane in Construction, (for every 1000 BTUs one square inch of ventilation i.e.
open to outside fresh air must be provided).
If suspect atmosphere is within explosive range use explosion proof equipment to ventilate.
Ventilation equipment may have to be equipped with Hepa filters before exhausting into atmosphere.
Do not exhaust near existing air intake ducts.
Do not exhaust into occupied space or work areas.
Remember to consider natural ventilation characteristics, i.e. warm air rises and cooler air settles at lower levels, when
designing ventilation.
Consult MSDS sheets for all materials that might compromise the breathable air in the work place.
Be aware of the density of vapours and gases. Do they settle in low lying areas such as trenches and basements or do
they rise to collect at ceiling height or in roof spaces and the top of shafts?
If on a project where potential hazardous gases can accumulate, it may be recommended to test low lying areas on a
project at the start of the work day and as necessary throughout the project to ensure that controls implemented are
effective and respiratory protection is adequate.
Establish and implement written Site Specific Work Procedures for workers to follow, control or eliminate hazards
affecting quality of atmosphere within workspace.
147
EllisDon Safety
WARM-UP EXERCISES
1. Task
To decrease frequency of strain and sprain injuries.
2. Hazards
Sprain – strain type injuries.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). Warm-up exercises.
Participants should only perform these exercises if they are fit to do so.
Do not participate if you have any doubts or concerns about your ability to do so.
Do not participate if you have a medical condition or injury that would be aggravated or cause pain.
Leader of session should familiarize themselves with the exercises before starting.
Demonstrate each exercise and have the group perform them after each demonstration.
Exercising before work can help prevent back, neck and shoulder injuries.
Exercising warms muscles up. A warm muscle is less likely to tear than a cold one.
Participants should stop performing the exercises immediately if they have sudden pain or excessive shortness of
breath. Notify first aid personnel immediately.
CHEST STRETCH UPPER BACK STRETCH

t 4UBOEUBMM GFFUTMJHIUMZXJEFSUIBOTIPVMEFS t 4UBOEUBMM GFFUTMJHIUMZXJEFSUIBOTIPVMEFS
XJEUIBQBSU LOFFTTMJHIUMZCFOU XJEUIBQBSU LOFFTTMJHIUMZCFOU
t )PMEBSNTPVUUPUIFTJEFQBSBMMFMXJUIUIF t *OUFSMPDLöOHFSTBOEQVTIIBOETBTGBSBXBZ
HSPVOEBOEXJUIUIFQBMNTPGZPVSIBOE GSPNZPVSDIFTUBTQPTTJCMF BMMPXJOHVQQFS
GBDJOHGPSXBSE CBDLUPSFMBY
t 4USFUDIBSNTCBDLBTGBSBTQPTTJCMF t )PMEGPSTFDPOET SFUVSOUPTUBSUJOHQPTJ-
t )PMEGPSTFDPOET SFUVSOUPTUBSUJOH UJPOBOESFQFBU
QPTJUJPOBOESFQFBU
148
WARM-UP EXERCISES CONT’D
SHOULDER STRETCH SHOULDER & TRICEP STRETCH

t 4UBOEUBMM GFFUTMJHIUMZXJEFSUIBOTIPVMEFS
t 4UBOEUBMM GFFUTMJHIUMZXJEFSUIBOTIPVMEFS

XJEUIBQBSU LOFFTTMJHIUMZCFOU
XJEUIBQBSU LOFFTTMJHIUMZCFOU

t 1MBDFZPVSSJHIUBSNQBSBMMFMXJUIUIFHSPVOE
t 1MBDFCPUIIBOETBCPWFZPVSIFBEBOEUIFO

BDSPTTUIFGSPOUPGZPVSDIFTU
TMJEFCPUIPGZPVSIBOETEPXOUIFNJEEMFPG

t #FOEUIFMFGUBSNVQBOEVTFUIFMFGUGPSFBSN
ZPVSTQJOF
UPFBTFUIFSJHIUBSNDMPTFSUPZPVSDIFTU t )PMEGPSTFDPOET SFUVSOUPTUBSUJOHQPTJ-
t )PMEGPSTFDPOETBOESFQFBUXJUIPUIFSBSN UJPOBOESFQFBU
t 3FUVSOUPTUBSUJOHQPTJUJPOBOESFQFBU
HIP, CALF & THIGH STRETCH FWD &TRANSVERSE NECK BEND
t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUBQQSPYJNBUFMZTIPVMEFS t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUBQQSPYJNBUFMZTIPVMEFS
XJEUIBQBSUoUVSOBOEGBDFUIFSJHIU XJEUIBQBSU
t #FOEUIFSJHIUMFHTPUIBUUIFSJHIUUIJHIJT t "MMPXZPVSOFDLUPGBMMGPSXBSEBOEUSZUP
QBSBMMFMXJUIUIFHSPVOEBOEUIFSJHIUMPXFS
UPVDIZPVSDIJOUPZPVSDIFTUBOEIPMEGPS

MFHJTWFSUJDBM
TFDPOET
t (SBEVBMMZMPXFSCPEZoLFFQZPVSCBDL
t 5VSOIFBEEPXOUPUIFSJHIUBOEUSZUPUPVDI

TUSBJHIUBOEVTFBSNTUPCBMBODF
ZPVSDIJOUPZPVSTIPVMEFSBOEIPMEGPS

t )PMEGPSTFDPOETBOESFQFBUPOMFGUTJEF TFDPOET

t 3FQFBUXJUIMFGUTJEFBOEIPMEGPSTFDPOET


149

FORWARD BEND & HOLD HAMSTRING STRETCH
t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUUPHFUIFSBOEMFHT
t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSSJHIUGPPUQPTJUJPOFE

TUSBJHIU
BCPVUwJOGSPOUPGZPVSMFGU
t 4MPXMZCFOEGPSXBSEGSPNUIFIJQTBOESFBDI
t ,FFQZPVSSJHIUMFHTUSBJHIUBOETMJHIUMZCFOE

GPSZPVSUPFT POMZCFOEBTGBSBTZPVBSFDPN-
ZPVSMFGUMFHXJUIDIJOVQ

GPSUBCMFXJUIoUPVDIJOHUPFTJT/05OFDFTTBSZ

t #FOEBUUIFXBJTUBOESFBDIUPXBSETZPVS
t )PMEGPSTFDPOET SFUVSOUPTUBSUJOH
SJHIUGPPU

QPTJUJPOBOESFQFBU
t )PMEGPSTFDPOETBOESFQFBUXJUIMFGUMFH

BACKBEND SHOULDER ROLLS
t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUBQQSPYJNBUFMZTIPVMEFS
t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUBQQSPYJNBUFMZTIPVMEFS

XJEUIBQBSUBOEIBOETPOIJQT
XJEUIBQBSU

t -PPLJOHTUSBJHIUBIFBE TMPXMZCFOECBDLXBSE
t )PMEBSNTPVUUPUIFTJEFQBSBMMFMXJUIUIF

/05&ZPVTIPVMEGFFMUFOTJPO*GZPVGFFM
HSPVOEBOEXJUIUIFQBMNTPGZPVSIBOEGBDJOH

QBJO TUPQJNNFEJBUFMZ
GPSXBSE

t )PMEGPSTFDPOETBOEEPOPUIPMEZPVSCSFBUI
t 3PUBUFBSNTJOBDJSDVMBSNPUJPOCBDLXBSET

GPSBDPVOUPG

t 3FQFBUNPUJPOGPSXBSETGPSBDPVOUPG
150


GROIN STRETCH SIDEBEND
t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUBQQSPYJNBUFMZTIPVMEFS t 4UBOEUBMMXJUIZPVSGFFUBQQSPYJNBUFMZTIPVMEFS
XJEUIBQBSU XJEUIBQBSUBOEBSNTUPUIFTJEF
t 4JEFTUFQBOECFOESJHIULOFFXJUIMFGUMFH t &YUFOEMFGUBSNTUSBJHIUVQBOETMPXMZMFBO
TUSBJHIUPVUUPUIFTJEF UPXBSETUIFPQQPTJUFTJEF
t 'FFMTUSFUDIJOMFGUHSPJO /05&ZPVTIPVMEGFFM t ,FFQGFFUøBUPOUIFHSPVOE
UFOTJPO*GZPVGFFMQBJO TUPQJNNFEJBUFMZ
t )PMEGPSTFDPOETBOESFQFBUXJUIPQQPTJUFTJEF
t )PMEGPSTFDPOETBOESFQFBUXJUIPQQPTJUFTJEF t 3FUVSOUPTUBSUJOHQPTJUJPOBOESFQFBU

151
152
WELDING, CUTTING AND OPEN FLAME
1. Task
Safe welding operations on construction sites.
2. Hazards
Eye damage due to welding “flashes” and radiation, fire hazard, electrocution, equipment-material handling hazards,
explosive hazards, inhalation hazards, skin exposure hazards.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA /ANSI approved equipment and PPE’s, worker training, fire extinguisher, hot work
permits and fire watch, Regulatory requirements.
Eye protection is needed, make sure welding goggles or face shield have at least No. 4 filter lens.
A means of fire protection/prevention is required around hot work that involves open flame.
An extinguisher is to be in place at EACH location where welding, cutting and open flame activities are taking place
4A40BC fire extinguisher must be readily accessible, charged and fully certified before use.
Compressed gas cylinders must remain in an upright position and secured in place against movement.
Valve protection caps must be in place when cylinders are not in use.
Inspection of equipment is necessary, joints and fittings should be soap tested to check for possible leaks
throughout the system.
Electrodes and grounding cables used during the arc welding process are not to be stored adjacent to compressed
gas cylinders.
Welding hoses must be free of cracks and signs of defect.
Required PPE: Welding gloves, helmet, leather apron, welding chaps, and steel toed boots with leather lace guards
to prevent weld burns. Do not wear clothing made of synthetic fibres while welding.
Never use oil on welding equipment. Oil and grease may ignite spontaneously when in contact with oxygen.
Open cylinder valve correctly. Open valves on acetylene cylinder no more than three-fourths (3/4) of a turn so it
can be closed quickly in case of emergency.
Do not saturate your clothing with oxygen or acetylene. Before lighting the flame keep the tip pointed away from
body.
Light all flames with an approved ignitor. Using matches to light torch brings fingers too close to the tip.
Set the operating pressure carefully. Never use at a pressure over 15 psi. Follow the manufacturer's
recommendations for the correct operating pressures.
Do not smoke near welding equipment. If fuel were to leak from the unit, smoking could provide ignition and
cause a fire or an explosion.
Make sure that reverse flow-check valves and flash arresters are installed on the oxygen and acetylene lines and a
back flow prevention device is installed at either torch end or regulator end.
Do not weld or cut any containers that have held or hold flammable materials.
Cutting torches should be equipped with reverse flow check valves and flame arrestors to prevent flashback and
explosion. These valves must be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Follow CSA Standards for Safety in Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes (W117.2-06 or newer version).
153
EllisDon Safety
WELDING, CUTTING AND OPEN FLAME CONT’D
All welding and allied process equipment must be erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used, handled,
stored, stopped, inspected, serviced, tested, cleaned, adjusted, carried, maintained, repaired, and dismantled
according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
Appropriate respiratory protection should be used during welding and flame cutting.
Open flame welding/cutting should only be performed in areas that are free of combustible materials.
Always ensure that adequate ventilation is supplied since hazardous fumes can be created during welding, cutting
or burning. Smoke eaters must be used in enclosed areas.
Where other workers may also be exposed to the hazards created by welding, cutting and burning, they must be
alerted to these hazards and protected from them by the use of screens.
A welder should never work alone. A fire or spark watch should be maintained. Check cables and hoses to protect
them from slag or sparks.
Never weld or cut lines, drums, tanks, etc. that have been in service without making sure that all precautions have
been carried out and permits obtained.
Never enter, weld or cut in a confined space without proper gas tests and required safety lookout.
When working overhead, use fire resistant materials (blankets, tarps) to control or contain slag and sparks. Secure
area below work.
154
WORKING ALONE
1. Task
Ensuring the safety of workers who are required to work alone.
Examples:
Staying late to complete a job that must be done before the next day's work.
Performing work in a space that is only large enough for one worker.
Installations or repairs in small washrooms/storage rooms/electrical rooms, etc.
Servicing roof mounted equipment.
Cleaning up after other workers have left.
2. Hazards
A worker who is injured, trapped or becomes unconscious may not receive assistance within an acceptable time frame.
Other hazards which are specific to the space or related to the nature of the work.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA).
Check local regulations to determine if specific legal requirements exist.
• Supervision must prepare a written safe work plan, including:
- Potential hazards in the area/hazard controls
- Means of communication such as two-way radio contact or cellular phone
- Identity of contact person and telephone number, or radio frequency
- Frequency of contact/use of contact log for verification of contact and time of contact
- Response plan where contact is lost (if work is after hours, ensure that an emergency response plan is in place
when not all site response facilities are available)
- Test contact/communication method to make sure it works
- Ensure worker and contact person have a clear understanding of what is required and what to do in case of
emergency - review and sign-off on written safe work plan
Determine if the space is a “confined space”, workers may not work alone in a confined space, refer to the
“CONFINED SPACE” work procedure.
Risk evaluation - “high(er) risk” activities should never be assigned to solitary workers. Some examples of “higher
risk” activities are: working at heights, working with electricity, working with hazardous materials or substances,
working with hazardous equipment (eg chainsaw), working with pressurized materials. Schedule higher risk
activities during “normal” working hours, or when other workers are present
Avoid having “lone workers” where possible. Plan work so that other workers are in the area.
Review visitation procedure to be set-up if effective electronic communication is impractical.
Workers required to work alone must hold current valid First Aid Certificate.
155
EllisDon Safety
WORKING IN POOR WEATHER CONDITIONS
1. Task
Working safely in various kinds of poor weather conditions.
2. Hazards
Fog - (visibility), cold - (frostbite, hypothermia, slip hazard, material handling hazard), rain - (flood hazard, drowning
hazard, electrocution, slip hazard, material handling hazard), lightning - (electrocution, fire hazard), wind - (hoisting
hazard, eye hazards from wind blown particles, material handling hazard, structural and scaffold collapse) heat - (heat
stroke, heat cramps, heat exhaustion), vehicular hazards – (reduced braking and steering capacity, poor visibility)
Sunburn.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA /ANSI approved PPE, appropriate clothing, snow, ice, and water removal
equipment, temporary heating, weather reports, GFCIs, emergency planning, worker training, competent supervision.
Always plan ahead for working in poor weather.
Analyze the tasks that will be performed, and plan accordingly.
Consult weather forecasts prior to mobilizing workforce and equipment.
Winter protection structures and temporary heating must be planned and implemented to control extreme
conditions when possible.
To help prevent heat stress disorders, use fans and other means to increase airflow in work areas.
Give workers frequent breaks in a cool, shaded area, away from heat sources.
Make cool, clean, potable water and drinking cups available to workers.
Make allowances for workers who must wear personal protective clothing and equipment that retains heat, and is
bulky and awkward.
On extremely windy days, craning and hoisting operations should cease and be rescheduled.
Materials and equipment must be secured to ensure that they are not picked up or moved by high winds, causing
personal injury or property damage.
Work scheduled to be performed at heights from power elevated work platforms or suspended access equipment,
(swingstages), should be rescheduled.
All exposed skin should be protected when working in cold conditions.
Exposed skin and eyes should be protected when working in bright sunshine when UV rays are in high
concentrations. Apply sunscreen as needed.
Frostbite occurs after relatively short exposure to temperatures of 0 degrees Celsius and less.
Snow and ice must be removed from work surfaces in order to prevent falls and slip hazards.
Heavy accumulations of snow are capable of collapsing roofs and other structures, and must be removed.
GFCI’s must be used with power tools when working outside in order to help prevent electrocution.
Work surfaces can become slippery when wet, caution must be exercised accordingly, and water removed from
work surfaces.
Accumulations of rain can cause soil to become unstable causing the collapse of trenches and excavations.
156
WORKING IN POOR WEATHER CONDITIONS CONT’D
Rainfall may swell drainage ditches, creeks, rivers, sewers, and other bodies of water, creating flooding and
drowning hazards.
Fast moving floodwater can cause damage and eventual collapse of structures and scaffolding.
Sumps and other below grade structures may become drowning hazards if filled with water due to heavy rainfall.
Lightning poses an electrocution and fire hazard. No worker should be present on any roof during lightning activity,
and no worker should be working in an open area with any kind of material or equipment that conducts electricity.
Cranes must be shut down when lightning activity is present or is moving close to the area of operation.
Standing water needs to be removed, especially since it is an ideal breeding ground for mosquitoes. Some
municipalities have issued by-laws regarding the removal of standing water. If standing water cannot be removed
quickly, bleach can be used temporarily.
When a heavy fog condition exists, all major hoisting operations, work in heavy traffic areas, work that is done at
heights, and vehicular operation on site should be postponed until the fog clears and visibility is restored.
Reference: Safe Work Practices - Heat Stress, Cold Stress, Lightning and Material Containment (Wind) on Elevated
Structures
157
EllisDon Safety
WORKING OVER AND AROUND WATER
1. Task
Working safely around or over water.
2. Hazards
Hypothermia, drowning.
3. Controls
Pre-Job Safety Assessment (PSA). CSA/ANSI approved PPE, worker training, Regulatory requirements, rescue procedures,
competent supervision.
Guardrails must be provided where practical to protect a worker from falling into open water.
Where guardrails are not practical a travel restraint system, a fall arrest system, or a safety net, must be used to
prevent a worker from falling into open water.
Ramps must be constructed at least 48 cm (18“) wide, not sloped more than 1 in 3. Where slope exceeds 1 in 8 must
be equipped with cleats measuring 19 x 38 mm (1’x2’) spaced at regular intervals not more than 50 cm (20”) apart,
and provided with a guardrail if the ramp is used for equipment such as wheelbarrows and a worker may fall into
water or a distance of 1.2m (4’) or more.
Rafts, scows, and similar vessels are considered work platforms when used for construction purposes and as such
must have guardrails installed along all open edges.
If guardrails are to be removed workers must be protected by a travel restraint or fall arrest system that meets
Workers on floating platforms must wear approved lifejackets (Transport Canada).
Positioning and securing of vessels used as work platforms must be by competent personnel.
Appropriate rescue measures must be developed and in place and communicated to all workers.
Fall arrest systems must be in accordance with Regulatory requirements.
Safety nets must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and in compliance with
Safety nets must be installed in accordance with an engineered drawing and that drawing kept on the project for
inspection.
Inspection of the safety net installation must be by the engineer or his designate.
Lifejackets must be worn by workers exposed to the danger of drowning in water deep enough for the lifejacket to
be effective.
If transporting workers to and from the worksite by boat the boat must be equipped with one lifejacket for each
person on board.
Where workers are exposed to the risk of drowning, two or more workers must be available for a rescue operation.
A boat must also be available and equipped with at least the following minimum equipment: a ring buoy attached
to at least 15 m (50 ‘) of polypropylene rope at least 9.5 mm (3/8”) in diameter, a boat hook, and one lifejacket for
each person in the rescue crew.
Where a manually operated boat is not suitable, i.e. where the water is likely to be rough or swift, the rescue boat
must be power driven.
158
WORKING OVER AND AROUND WATER CONT’D
Start and check the engine daily.

The rescue boat must be kept on or near the project, ready for use.
Where there is a current in the water a single length of line must be extended across the water downstream from all
work locations and be fitted with buoys or similar objects to keep a person afloat. The line must be securely
fastened to adequate anchorage at each end.
An alarm system must be installed and maintained to alert workers to the need for an emergency rescue.
Boats and other floating vessels must conform to the Canada Shipping Act-Regulation for Small Vessels.
Canadian Coast Guard’s “Safe Boating Guide” gives Regulatory requirements regarding equipment and lighting
required by small vessels.
Passenger capacity should conform to the guide set out by Transport Canada.
Task and site specific procedures are recommended for working in and around water.
159
EllisDon Safety
SAFETY PROCEDURES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description PAGES
Fall Protection 162-164

Synthetic Vitreous Fibres (Man Made Mineral Fibre (MMMF)) 165-181
Confined Spaces In Construction 189-209
Blood-borne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan 210-213
Lead Exposure 214-215
Respiratory Protection for the Construction Industry 218-235
Asbestos Controls for Construction Renovation Demolition 236-303
Mould Growth Prevention and Remediation 305-307
Mould 308-312
Mould Prevention From Outside Sources 313
Cryptococcus Neoformans - Bird Manure 314
Constructing, Placing, Pouring – Column Forms 315-316
Constructing, Placing, Pouring – Wall Forms 317-318
Stripping Column and Wall Forms 319-320
Assembling, Placing/Setting Flyforms for Suspended Slabs 321-322
Pouring Concrete on Flyform Decks for Suspended Slabs 323-324
Stripping Flyforms 325-326
Stripping Hand Set Suspended Slab Formwork 327-328
Formwork Inspection Checklist Introduction (British Columbia) 329
Operation of a Mobile Crane on a Project 330-331
Tower Crane/Mobile Equipment Overlap Permit 332-333
Operation of a Mobile Crane Within the Swing Zone of a Tower Crane on a Project 334
Operation of Tower Crane(s) on a Project 335-340
Critical Lift Checklist 341-345
Live Wire Work 346
Live Wire Procedure for Working on or near energized electrical equipment 347-349
Live Wire Procedure for Working near Overhead Power Lines 350-352
Request for Live Wire Work Permit 353-354
Man/Material Hoist 355
Man/Material Hoist Rescue 356
160
EllisDon Safety 161
FALL PROTECTION
Where workers are exposed to fall hazards, their exposure to the hazard must be controlled by the preventative use of an
approved guardrail as per legislated requirements. Where the use of a guardrail is not practical, or when guardrails are being
installed, or during temporary removal of guardrails, workers’ exposure to fall hazards must be controlled by the use of one
of the following methods:
travel restraint
fall arrest
fall restriction
safety nets
Consult applicable Provincial Regulations when assessing fall hazards and determining appropriate control methods.
Fall hazards include, but are not necessarily restricted to:
Falling more than 2.4 metres (8 ft)
Falling more than 1.2 metres (4 ft.) if the work area is used as a path for a wheelbarrow or similar equipment.
Falling into operating machinery.
Falling into water or another liquid.
Falling into or onto a hazardous substance or object.
Falling through an opening on a work surface.
Access to the open edge of a work surface, including a floor (including the floor of a mezzanine or balcony), the surface
of a bridge, a roof while formwork is in place, a scaffold (or other work platform, runway, or ramp) where the worker is
exposed to a fall of 2.4 metres (8 ft.) or more.
Workers who may use a fall protection system must be given adequate oral and written instruction in its use as per
legislated requirements. Records of training must be kept available for inspection, (may vary according to Provincial
Regulations). All fall protection equipment must be CSA approved and inspected by a competent worker before being used.
Some Provincial Regulations (Ontario) require that all components of fall protection systems be designed by a professional
engineer. All components of fall protection systems must be arranged in such a way that protects them from cutting,
chafing, extreme temperatures, flame, abrasive or corrosive materials or other hazards that may damage them. If a
component of a fall protection system is found to be defective, it must be taken out of service immediately.
Travel Restraint
Travel restraint is a preventative system that stops a worker from accessing the fall hazard. The direct connection of an
adequately anchored lanyard or lifeline to the rear D-ring of a worker's harness must be arranged so as to stop the worker
from accessing the fall hazard. Remember that when deployed, shock absorbing lanyards can extend the travel distance of
the worker - possibly too far! Travel restraint is a "leash" or "tethering" arrangement that allows the worker to get to an
unprotected edge but no further. It is not designed to arrest a worker’s fall. Travel restraint systems are usually composed of:
a full body harness, lanyard, lifeline, rope grab, adequate anchorage (at least 2 kilonewtons or 450 lbs.), and an anchorage
connecting device. Although some jurisdictions allow safety belts for use in travel restraint systems, it is EllisDon's policy that
only full body harnesses be used as the body wear portion of all fall protection systems.
It is also recommended that the minimum anchorage requirement of 2 kilonewtons (450lbs.) be multiplied by a safety
factor of x2, which equals 4 kilonewtons or 900 lbs. Anchorages used for travel restraint purposes are not necessarily
adequate for fall arrest purposes - do not assume that they are! Anchorages should be arranged so that they are square or
perpendicular to the worker so that travel distance remains constant. A competent person must check travel restraint
systems before each use.
162
FALL PROTECTION CONT’D
Rope lifelines must be 16 mm (5/8") diameter synthetic fibre rope or wire rope at least 8 mm (5/16") or 9.5 mm (3/8'') in
diameter. If a rope grab is used in a travel restraint system it must be compatible with the type of lifeline used, and a positive
stop should be incorporated in the line to restrict the worker’s travel distance.
Fall Arrest
Fall arrest systems are protective and 'passive’ in that they only come into use in the event of a fall. A full body harness when
worn properly, distributes the fall arrest forces generated in a fall event throughout the body, thus reducing the severity of
injury incurred if a worker falls. A shock absorbing lanyard attached to the rear D-ring of the harness and attached to an
approved anchorage by means of an anchorage connecting device ensures that the fall arrest force exerted on the worker is
kept under the legislated maximum of 8 kilonewtons or 1800 lbs. The rear D-ring is the only acceptable attachment point on
the full body harness for fall arrest use.
Anchorages for fall arrest purposes must be able to support a static load of 3,600 lbs (16 Kilonewtons) (5,000 lbs) (22
Kilonewtons) NS/NB). Anchorage connecting devices must be used to make connection to the anchor point. Lanyards must
not be tied back on themselves unless they are specifically designed for the purpose (tie-back lanyards have heavy duty
locking snap hooks and heavy duty webbing to withstand the forces exerted in all directions. Regular locking snap hooks
could fail if loaded across the gate of the hook. Anchor points must be perpendicular to the worker in order to eliminate
'swing-fall' or 'pendulum-effect' hazard. The anchorage must also be arranged so that the worker does not strike a level or
object below or experience "bottoming-out" effect if the minimum fall clearance distance is not met. Minimum fall clearance
= average height of worker + lanyard length + maximum potential shock absorber extension + safety factor of 3 ft.
Free fall is the distance a worker falls before fall arrest equipment activates and begins the deceleration or braking and
stopping process. Fall arrest forces increase with the amount of free fall therefore it is necessary to keep free fall distance to
a minimum. Some jurisdictions are legislated in this respect and it is always advisable to keep the free fall distance to less
than 2 metres or 6 ft. To reduce free fall, anchor points should be above the rear D-ring on the full body harness. Free fall can
be calculated by adding the length of the lanyard to the D-ring height (from work surface to between worker’s shoulder
blades) and subtracting the anchor point height above the work surface.
There are three types of lifelines that are used in fall arrest systems. They are: vertical, horizontal, and self-retracting. Rope
lifelines must be 16 mm (5/8") diameter, wire rope must be 9.5 mm (3/8'') or 8 mm (5/16'') diameter. Only one worker at a
time may use a vertical lifeline and they must be arranged so that they are directly above the worker, long enough to allow
safe attachment and detachment, are not allowed to become entangled with other lines or equipment, are weighted or
attached at the bottom, equipped with a positive stop, and are chosen for suitability of material, construction, and diameter
to match environmental conditions and other fall arrest devices. Lifelines must be attached securely to an approved
anchorage by means of an anchorage connecting device. Most jurisdictions require that horizontal lifelines are designed by
and used in accordance with the design of a professional engineer. Rope grabs must be installed on the lifeline with the
arrow or other indicator pointing up towards the anchorage. Self-retracting lifelines must be used in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications and must be inspected daily. All components of fall protection systems must be CSA approved
and inspected by a competent worker before use.
Fall Restriction
Fall restriction systems are typically found in industrial settings or on communication towers. They are built-in systems
usually comprised of a full body harness, with a front D-ring, a connecting device, (usually a rope grab and carabiner), and
an attachment point, typically a permanently mounted vertical lifeline.
163
EllisDon Safety
FALL PROTECTION CONT’D
Fall restriction systems must be arranged so that they restrict a workers free fall to 0.6 metres (2') or less. As with other fall
protection systems, fall restriction systems must be inspected by a competent worker before each use
If a worker using a fall restriction system falls more than 0.6 metres (2’) then the system must be taken out of service until all
components of the system are certified by the manufacturer as being safe for use.
Safety Nets
Safety nets must be designed, tested, and installed in accordance with ANSI Standard 10.11-1989, Personnel and Debris Nets
for Construction and Demolition Operations. The safety net must be installed by a competent worker. A professional
engineer or a competent person under the engineer's supervision shall inspect and test the installation of the safety net
before it is put in service. The engineer shall document the inspection and testing of the safety net and shall sign and seal
the document. A copy of the document shall be kept at the project while the safety net is in service.
Work Positioning
A work positioning or personal positioning system, holds a worker in place while allowing a hands-free work environment.
Work positioning systems such as rebar chain assemblies are not primarily safety systems and should not be used to replace
fall arrest systems. A back-up fall arrest system must be used where a worker using a positioning system exceeds legislated
height requirements for fall protection.
Fall Protection and Rescue Planning

In order for fall prevention to be effective, a written fall protection plan must be developed by each employer on a project
whose workers are exposed to fall hazards. The plan should identify all fall hazards and explain the methods and equipment
chosen to deal with them. Workers must be given written and oral instruction on how to use the fall protection systems
chosen. If new workers are brought into the workplace then they must receive the same training. When new procedures are
introduced, all workers who are expected to use them must be given verbal and written instruction by a competent person.
All required documentation, such as engineer's drawings and procedures and manufacturer's instructions and specifications,
must be part of the fall protection plan.
A rescue plan is an essential part of the fall protection plan. Before any use of a fall arrest system or a safety net by a worker
at a project, the worker's employer shall develop written procedures for rescuing the worker after his or her fall has been
arrested. Minimizing the time between a fall occurrence and medical attention of the worker is vitally important.
Rescue procedures can include such simple components as co-workers providing a ladder to bring a fallen worker to safety.
Elevating work platforms can be used to rescue a worker. Higher elevation rescues will require more detailed planning.
Designated fall rescue equipment and a trained rescue team are part of this plan. A rescue plan should not depend
exclusively on the local fire department. If rescue plans include off-site emergency services such as the fire department then
co-ordination and site familiarization with these agencies will be required as well as periodic updates as site conditions
change. Emergency plans must be communicated to all workers and equipment and training must be provided.
See Forms Section (Canadian Safety Manual) - Fall Protection Plan forms
See Safe Work Practices Manual – Fall Protection and Rescue Plan (How to Develop a Plan)
164
SYNTHETIC VITREOUS FIBRES (MAN MADE MINERAL FIBRES (MMMF))
Introduction
Synthetic vitreous fibres (SVF)—also known as man-made mineral fibres (MMMF), synthetic mineral fibres (SMF), and man-
made vitreous fibres (MMVF)—have been used extensively in the construction industry as insulating and fire protection
material. This data sheet summarizes the potential risks associated with SVF and recommends precautions for protecting
those who work with SVF. Part One deals with glass wool (also known as fibre glass) and mineral wool (also known as rock
and slag wool). The guidance given here is considered good practice and can help employers and supervisors meet the
general duty requirement to provide a safe working environment under Ontario’s Occupational Health and Safety Act. This
data sheet does not address new biosoluble high-temperature non-RCF products. Because of the different conditions and
products found on construction sites, the measures provided here may not be applicable in all situations.
Types and Uses of SVF

SVF has been commercially manufactured and marketed for the last 60 years. In construction, the main types are mineral
wool, glass wool, and RCF (see chart below). Mineral wool can be further subdivided into rock wool and slag wool.
Synthetic
vitreous fibre
Mineral wool Glass wool or Refractory Biosoluble high-

fibre glass ceramic fibre temperature
(RCF) replacements
Slag wool Rock wool
Glass and mineral wools are used in a range of thermal and sound insulation applications in homes and commercial
buildings. RCF and high-temperature non-RCF are used mainly for specialized applications involving very high temperatures.
The table below outlines the main uses of SVF in the construction industry.
165
EllisDon Safety
SYNTHETIC VITREOUS FIBRES (MAN MADE MINERAL FIBRES (MMMF)) CONT’D
Main Types Description Uses Uses Common Application

of SVF
Glass wool or Glass wool Thermal and sound • Insulation batts
fibre glass Fibrous product formed insulation in • Duct insulation
by either blowing or residential, • Preformed pipe insulation
spinning a molten mass commercial and • Board products and exterior
of glass industrial situations. It insulation finishing system
is also used in many (EIFS)
construction products. • Loose fill or blown-in
insulation
• Sprayed-on insulation
Mineral wool Slag wool Thermal, acoustic, and • Ceiling tiles, ceiling, wall, or
Produced from a fire protection duct insulation
molten mass of slag (a • Preformed pipe sections over
metal processing steam pipes or boilers
byproduct) • Sprayed fire protection
• Board insulation
• Loose fill
Rock wool Thermal, acoustic, and • Ceiling tiles, ceiling, wall, or

Produced from a fire protection duct insulation
molten mass of rock • Preformed pipe sections over
steam pipes or boilers
• Sprayed fire protection
• Board insulation
• Loose fill
Refractory Made from molten High-temperature • Blankets

ceramic fibre kaolin clays or mixtures insulation for • Modules
(RCF) of silica, alumina, and • power stations • Boards
other metal oxides • furnace linings • Bulk
• gas turbines • Paper/felt
• kilns
Biosoluble high- Made from a mixture of High-temperature • Blankets

temperature calcium magnesium insulation for • Modules
alternative to silicate • power stations • Boards
RCF* • furnace linings • Bulk
• gas turbines • Paper/felt
• kilns
• fire protection
*Although this data sheet does not address the new biosoluble high-temperature alternatives to RCF products, many of the
controls outlined for mineral and glass wools (Part One) represent good hygiene practices and can be applied to these
alternatives. Special care is needed when removing all vitreous (glassy) fibres that have endured prolonged heating at
temperatures above 900ºC because they may contain crystalline silica as cristobalite
166
PART ONE
Glass and Mineral Wool
Are glass and mineral wool a concern?
Handling, cutting, blowing or sawing glass wool and mineral wool without dust control can release fibres into the air. Short-
term health effects include sneezing, coughing, and temporary irritation of skin, eyes, and nose. Higher exposure may cause
difficulty breathing, congestion, and chest tightness.
Short-Term Effects
Workers handling glass and mineral wool can experience temporary irritation of the skin, eyes, nose, and throat. The most
common effect is temporary skin irritation caused by fibres penetrating the skin’s outer layers.
Long-Term Effects
To date there has been no consistent epidemiological evidence that workers exposed to glass wool or mineral wool are at an
increased risk of developing any chronic respiratory disease.
Carcinogenic Classification
With regard to their carcinogenicity, insulation wools have been evaluated by two independent organizations:
• International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) – an agency of the World Health Organization
• American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) – an independent professional organization.
Evaluation by International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC)
Glass wool, rock wool, and slag wool are considered not classifiable as to carcinogenicity to humans (Group 3) by the
International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). IARC found
1) no evidence of increased risks of lung cancer or mesothelioma from occupational exposures during the manufacture of
mineral fibres
2) inadequate evidence overall of any cancer risk.
Classification by the ACGIH
Glass wool, rock wool, and slag wool have been classified by ACGIH as a confirmed animal carcinogen with unknown
relevance to humans (A3).
Summary of glass and mineral fibre carcinogenic classification

IARC ACGIH
Glass wool Not classifiable as to Animal carcinogen
carcinogenicity to humans with unknown relevance to humans
Rock/Slag Wool Not classifiable as to Animal carcinogen
carcinogenicity to humans with unknown relevance to humans
167
EllisDon Safety
General Duties and Responsibilities – Glass and Mineral Wool Operations
Manufacturers
For their suppliers and users, manufacturers should prepare and distribute labels and material safety data sheets (MSDSs)
that meet Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) requirements.
Manufacturers of glass and mineral wool have a Product Stewardship Program (PSP) in place to help customers evaluate,
control, and reduce workplace exposures to glass and mineral wool. Program recommendations are intended to help ensure
the proper handling, manufacture, storage, use, and disposal of glass and mineral wool products.
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA)
NAIMA members manufacture fibreglass, slag wool, and rock wool insulation products. One of NAIMA’s roles is to promote
the safe use of these materials.
In May 1999, NAIMA began implementing a comprehensive voluntary work practice partnership with the U.S. Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The initiative, known as the Health and Safety Partnership Program, promotes the
safe handling and use of insulation materials and incorporates education and training on the manufacture, fabrication,
installation, and removal of fibreglass, rock wool, and slag wool insulation products.
For more information, contact
NAIMA
Phone: (703) 684-0084, Fax: (703) 684-0427
E-mail: insulation@naima.org
Website: www.naima.org
Suppliers
Suppliers should:
ensure that SDS are transmitted to their customers and that glass and mineral wool products are properly labelled;
pass on to their users any health and safety instructions or guidance given to them by the manufacturer.
Employers
Employers must:
comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act by ensuring that all workers and supervisors receive adequate
instruction and training on the safeguards necessary when exposed, or potentially exposed, to glass and mineral wool;
select for use products or work practices that minimize the generation of fibres wherever possible (for example, use
preformed products that require minimal cutting and handling or that are fully encapsulated);
provide the necessary personal protective equipment and offer washing facilities with clean water, soap, and individual
towels for workers exposed to glass and mineral wool;
ensure that appropriate housekeeping, removal, and disposal procedures are in place to minimize the generation of
fibres and dust;
follow manufacturers’ instructions that exceed the requirements outlined in this data sheet.
168
Contractors
The general contractor is obligated to inform other trades of the potential hazards of all controlled products present at the
construction site, including, where applicable, those associated with glass and mineral wool.
Workers
Workers must:
carry out their work with insulation wools in accordance with the instructions and training they have received;
wear the personal protective equipment (PPE) provided by the employer.
General Measures of Prevention and Protection – Glass and Mineral

Wool Operations
Dust and Fibre Control
Exposure to dust and fibre can be minimized by:
keeping the material in its packaging as long as practical;
lightly misting glass and mineral wool with water during product removal and disposal.
Work Practices
In order to minimize the number of workers exposed to glass and mineral wool, take the following precautions:
Insulating materials must not be permitted to fall freely from one level to another during removal operations.
If cutting or trimming is required, use hand tools or power tools equipped with effective dust collection systems
whenever possible. Power tools without effective dust collection systems generate significantly more airborne dust.
Do not use compressed air to clean up or blow dust off clothing. This practice increases fibres in the air.
Personal Protective Equipment

Employers should ensure that workers required to wear personal protective equipment (PPE) are fully informed of the
requirements and the reasons for doing so and are given adequate training in selecting, wearing, maintaining, and storing
the equipment.
Respiratory Protection
Respiratory protection is usually recommended only when other control methods such as substitution, isolation, enclosure,
work practices, ventilation, and wetting do not eliminate or sufficiently reduce the exposure.
Respiratory protective equipment should be carefully chosen to ensure that it offers adequate protection. The right style of
respirator to wear is an air-purifying respirator. As the name indicates, these devices purify the air drawn through them. They
filter out dust and fibres but do not supply fresh air.
169
EllisDon Safety
Please note that these are recommendations only. The type of respiratory protection required will vary depending on the
dust levels generated during different applications. If use of a respirator is not indicated, but if a worker prefers to use one
anyway, then a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator should be provided and worn by the worker.
Respiratory protective equipment must be approved by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH). Paper masks or surgical masks without a NIOSH approval number must NOT be used because they do little to
protect the worker.
Workers must be fit-tested to ensure that any tight-fitting respirator makes a proper seal with the face.
Fit-testing and training must be done by a competent person familiar with respirator selection, care, and use.
Facial hair, even stubble, will allow some dust to bypass the respirator and be inhaled. Therefore workers wearing
respirators that require a facial seal must be clean-shaven where the facepiece contacts the skin.
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) standard CSA Z94.4-02 Selection, Care and Use of Respirators provides further
guidance on the basic elements of a respiratory protection program.
Eye Protection
Appropriate eye protection, such as dust-resistant safety goggles or safety glasses with side shields, should be worn in dusty
environments. Because of the risk of eye irritation, contact lenses are not recommended for work around fibres unless the
eyes are suitably protected.
Protective Clothing
Protective clothing requirements will vary according to the specific operation. The following precautions are generally
recommended for mineral wool and glass wool:
Wear loose-fitting, full-body clothing. Tight cuffs or collars should be avoided as they can cause irritation by rubbing
fibres into the skin.
Wear cotton gloves to prevent skin contact.
Before leaving the workplace, remove protective clothing contaminated with mineral wool to reduce the risk of
contaminating vehicles and exposing your family to the hazard.
Wash clothing that has been worn while handling or using mineral wool separately from other household laundry. This
will prevent fibres from being transferred to other clothes.
Never use compressed air to remove fibres adhering to clothes. Use a high efficiency particulate aerosol (HEPA) vacuum
instead. Compressed air can be delivered at pressures up to 1050 kPa (150 psi)— sufficient to blow fibres and particles
into your eyes or abrade your skin. Though rare, it is also possible for compressed air to enter broken skin and create an
air bubble in the bloodstream. This condition, known as an embolism, can cause coma, paralysis, or death.
The use of protective clothing can aggravate heat stress, especially in summer. Therefore choose clothing that minimizes
heat stress and discomfort.
Housekeeping and Cleaning
Scrap glass and mineral wool and visible dust should be removed at the end of each shift or at the end of each
operation by wet sweeping.
Leaf blowers, compressed air, or dry sweeping should not be used for clean-up; these methods only blow the fibres back
into the air and deposit them elsewhere.
Waste materials should be placed in covered, sealed waste disposal containers to avoid dust generation.
Waste glass and mineral wool must be disposed of in accordance with Ministry of Environment regulations.
170
Hygiene
Workers experiencing skin irritation from glass wool or mineral wool should first rinse their skin with warm water and
then gently wash with soap.
Eating, smoking, or drinking in areas where there is risk of contamination by glass and mineral wool should be
prohibited. Breaks for food and drinks should be taken in a separate, designated ‘clean’ area. Coveralls and gloves should
be removed and hands washed before eating.
Specific Measures of Prevention and Protection –

Glass and Mineral Wool Operations
On behalf of Ontario construction, CSAO has conducted exposure monitoring, reviewed scientific literature, and consulted
with NAIMA to determine potential exposure levels for a given task and the need for respiratory protection. Appendix B
shows fibre levels that can be encountered during various operations.
Workers’ exposure during glass and mineral wool operations can vary greatly from day to day within a workplace and from
workplace to workplace due to differences in work practices and environmental conditions. Procedures are therefore needed
for specific glass and mineral wool operations in order to ensure that workers are not overexposed.
Exposure monitoring by the employer should not be necessary when the general and specific preventive measures set out
in this data sheet are followed. If employers choose not to follow these measures, they may need to perform air sampling in
order to determine possible exposure levels. Unless approximate fibre concentrations during various operations are known,
it will not be possible to determine what respiratory precautions are necessary.
In addition to the specific procedures outlined below, the procedures under "General Measures of Prevention and Protection
– Glass and Mineral Wool Operations" should be followed.
Nozzle Type
Research shows that two types of nozzles (combination air/water and multi water-point) were more effective than the
conventional single water-point in reducing dust and fibre levels. It is therefore recommended that combined air/water or
multi water-point nozzles be used whenever possible.
Fireproofing Spray Application

Spraying machines should be properly maintained and set to deliver the correct proportions of spray insulation
materials and water.
It is recommended that the operator of the spraying machine wear a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator, dust-
resistant safety goggles, and disposable coveralls with hood.
It is recommended that the worker loading the hopper wear a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator and dust-
resistant safety goggles.
Caution tape and warning signs restricting access to the spray area should be posted before the start of spraying. The
signs should convey the following warning:
171
EllisDon Safety
CAUTION — Fireproof Spraying in Progress

Access restricted to authorized personnel. Respiratory protection must be worn.
Workers not involved in the spraying operation should not be allowed in the restricted area.
For new construction, fastening devices such as hangers should be completely installed before spraying begins.
Ductwork, piping, and other obstructions should not be installed before spraying.
During renovations, openings such as ventilation duct openings that could permit the spread of fireproofing materials
should be temporarily sealed before spraying starts.
Construction equipment and materials in the spray area should be removed before spraying or be covered with plastic.
If the spray area is not enclosed by walls, plastic sheeting should be used to prevent the spread of dust and fibres.
Once spraying is completed, all fireproofing that has fallen on the floor and any overspray material should be cleaned
up by wet sweeping or HEPA vacuuming.
Trades Working around Sprayed Fireproofing

If other trades are required to disturb or remove fireproofing in order to weld, perform cutouts, run wires, or make
attachments, the following precautions should be taken.
Carefully and thoroughly mist the fireproofing with water before removing it.
Position a collection bag under the area being scraped to collect falling material.
Immediately clean up any material falling to the floor.
Wear safety glasses with side shields.
If a worker prefers to use a respirator when one is not required, a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator should be
provided and worn.
Caution: Electricians, sprinkler-fitters, sheetmetal workers, and other trades may be exposed to glass and mineral wool
fibres when they unintentionally disturb material during overhead work. For instance, impact drills can generate vibration
which may cause fireproofing material to vibrate loose. Precautions should be taken before such work, and cleanup
measures taken afterwards, to minimize exposures.
Batt and Blanket Insulation

Tearing the product by hand should be avoided because this generates airborne fibres. Batt insulation should be cut
with a sharp knife.
For batt insulation, a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator and dust-resistant safety goggles are recommended.
Blown Insulation in Attics

In general, blown glass fibre products without binder are likely to generate higher dust concentrations than products
with binder.
Installers blowing insulation into the attic should wear a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator, dust-resistant
safety goggles, and disposable coveralls.
It is recommended that feed operators use a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator, dust resistant safety goggles,
and disposable coveralls.
Remember – the smaller the attic space the higher the risk of exposure.
172
During residential applications (especially renovations), prevent fibres from entering the living space by using a plastic
dropsheet under the access hatch. Additionally, any openings in the ceiling that would allow insulation to fall through
into the living space should be covered.
After installation, the area under the access hatch should be cleaned.
Pipe, Duct, and Boiler Insulation
It is recommended that pipe insulators use a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator and dust-resistant safety
goggles.
If pipe jacketing is to be installed, it should be applied as soon after the insulation as possible in order to minimize
unnecessary abrasion and fibre release.
When a newly insulated boiler is first started up, the binders used in the manufacturing of glass and mineral wool can
decompose when the boiler temperature rises above 175°C. This "off-gassing" may occur over the first 3 to 4 days of
operation, depending on boiler temperature.
o The vapour, smoke, and gases given off as the binder decomposes at start-up should be vented to the outside.
o Workers not directly involved in the application should be kept out of the work area or allowed in only as briefly as
possible.
o If the area cannot be vented, workers should wear a respirator appropriate for the decomposition products, which
should be listed in the material safety data sheet for the insulation wool.
Although very rare at boiler start-up, there is a potential for flash fire due to excessive oil in the new insulation. Fire-
extinguishing equipment should therefore be available.
Insulation Ceiling Tiles
Ceiling tiles should be cut and trimmed with a razor knife or keyhole saw.
Tile scraps should not be allowed to accumulate. Clean up as often as necessary to keep the area clear.
It is recommended that workers installing ceiling tiles use a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator and safety
glasses with side shields.
Prior to opening the package containing the ceiling tiles, review the material safety data sheets for the presence of
carcinogens in the product. Should carcinogens be present, cutting of the tiles must be in a secured area (plastic
hoarding). Cutting should be mechanical with the cutting device having a dust collection system containing hepa filters.
Removal, Maintenance, and Demolition
The potential for generating fibres and dust during removal, maintenance, and demolition involving glass and mineral wool
can be significant.
Where practicable, the insulation should be lightly misted with water before and during removal.
The work area should be isolated by safety tape and warning signs.
In most situations, a NIOSH-approved N95 air-purifying respirator, dust-resistant safety goggles, and disposable coveralls
will provide adequate protection. However, if the activity generates substantial amounts of dust, a more protective
respirator may be necessary. For example, major demolition may require a full-facepiece respirator or a supplied-air
respirator instead of a half-facepiece air-purifying respirator.
All waste material should be placed in covered, sealed waste disposal containers as it is removed. If the material is wet, it
should be placed in waterproof containers.
Material to be removed should be handled carefully and not thrown about. Rough handling will release dust and fibres
into the air.
Before maintenance or removal, ventilation duct openings and other openings that could permit the spread of fibres
should be temporarily sealed.
Work areas should be kept clean and scrap material removed as often as necessary to keep the area clean.
173
EllisDon Safety
Glass Fibre and Mineral Wool

Summary of PPE Requirements
Type of work Recommended Protective Gloves Eye protection

respirator type clothing
Fireproofing spray application

Sprayer N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Dust-resistant safety goggles
respirator coveralls
Feeder N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Dust-resistant safety goggles
Trades working around or disturbing sprayed fireproofing material

Drywaller/bricklayer/ N95 air-purifying Loose-fitting, Optional Safety glasses with side shields
sheetmetal worker/ respirator optional full-body
electrician/pipefitter clothing
Blown insulation in attics

Installer N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Dust-resistant safety goggles
Feeder N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Dust-resistant safety goggles
Pipe, duct, and boiler Insulation

Insulating pipes N95 air-purifying Loose-fitting, Cotton Safety glasses with side shields
respirator full-body
clothing
Insulation wool ceiling tiles

Installing ceiling tiles N95 air-purifying Loose-fitting, Cotton Safety glasses with side shields
respirator full-body
clothing
Removal, maintenance, and demolition

Removal and storage N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Safety glasses with side shields
of batt insulation respirator coveralls
Removal, storage, N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Safety glasses with side shields
and clean-up of respirator coveralls
ceiling tiles
Demolition N95 air-purifying Disposable Cotton Dust-resistant safety goggles
174
APPENDIX B
Air Sampling Data
In Ontario, there are no occupational exposure limits for SVF that apply to construction projects.
However, the Regulation respecting Control of Exposure to Biological or Chemical Agents
(Ontario Regulation 833/90), which applies to workplaces other than construction projects, can
be used for guidance.
Regulation 833/90 sets exposure limits. The "Time-Weighted Average Exposure Value" (TWAEV)
is the maximum average concentration of a substance to which a worker may be exposed for an
eight-hour period or forty-hour week. The current TWAEV for glass wool, rock wool, and slag
wool is 1 fibre/cubic centimetre (1 f/cc). Regulation 833/90 does not specify a TWAEV for RCF.
RCF therefore falls into the category of "synthetic vitreous fibres not otherwise classified," for
which the exposure limit is 1 f/cc. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists (ACGIH) recommends an exposure limit value (TLV®) of 1 f/cc for glass wool, rock
wool, and slag wool and 0.2 f/cc for RCF. The Refractory Ceramic Fibers Coalition (RCFC)
recommends an exposure guideline of 0.5 f/cc for RCF.*
To help contractors and workers determine the level of potential exposure to SVF, both NAIMA and
RCFC have established extensive databases containing information about exposure levels categorized
by product type and specific work task. These databases are managed and maintained by independent
research institutions. To contact NAIMA and RCFC, see pages 4 and 12 in this data sheet.
Notes for air sampling data on the following pages
1. The exposure results are reported as f/cc (fibres/cubic centimetre).

What is 1 f/cc?
• Picture a sugar cube
• Then picture a fibre within that sugar cube

• That’s 1 f/cc.
• Now think of a room full of sugar cubes with a fibre in each of them.
• Of course, some areas will have no fibres while other areas will have more than one
fibre. It’s the average that is of concern.
• A 500 ft3 room with a concentration of 1 f/cc will contain over 14 million fibres.
2. Results are reported as "personal samples" except where stated as "area samples."
3. "Personal sample" refers to an air sample taken in the breathing zone of the worker.
4. "Area sample" refers to a sample taken in a fixed area of the workplace.
5. Sampling results are based on tasks and reflect exposures over the time the worker was actually
engaged in SVF-related activity. Therefore exposures are presented as task length averages and
not as 8-hour time weighted averages.
* Exposure limits are based on eight-hour work shifts. However, extended work shifts of 10 or 12 hours are not uncommon
in construction. Extended work shifts increase the employee’s exposure time while decreasing the non-exposure time (time
away from the workplace). The Regulation respecting Control of Exposure to Biological or Chemical Agents (Ontario
Regulation 833/90) provides guidance on how workers’ exposure should be calculated for shifts greater than eight hours.
EllisDon Safety 175

APPENDIX B
The tables below show fibre levels that can be encountered during various SVF activities.
Air sampling data for glass wool and mineral wool workplace exposures
For sampling results below the limit of detection (BOD), BOD values were used for calculation purposes.
Functional Number Geometric Arithmetic Arithmetic
Job Specific Job Primary of Obser- Minimum Maximum Median Mean Mean Standard Data
Category Tasks Function SVF Form vations (f/cc) (f/cc) (f/cc) (f/cc) (f/cc) Deviation Source
Spraying Sprayer Mineral 22 0.260 1.081 0.515 0.539 0.57 0.199 CSAO
wool
Helper/ Mineral 18 0.040 0.510 0.186 0.186 0.231 0.126 CSAO

Feeder wool
Spray area Mineral 12 0.010 0.590 0.120 0.093 0.172 0.174 CSAO
wool
Trade area Mineral 8 0.004 0.070 0.015 0.018 0.027 0.024 CSAO
wool
Installing Installer Glass 5 BDL 0.170 0.086 0.079 0.108 0.060 CSAO
batt wool
Installing Installer Glass 3 BDL — — — — — CSAO

vapour wool
Installation barrier
Installing Installer Glass 2 0.036 0.102 0.069 0.061 0.069 0.047 CSAO
batt and wool
vapour
barrier
Area Trade Glass 1 BDL — — — — — CSAO

sample area wool
during batt
installation
Blowing Installer Glass wool 5 0.463 0.954 0.624 0.645 0.664 0.184 CSAO
with binder
Feeder Glass wool 6 0.04 0.19 0.06 — 0.09 0.06 NAIMA

with binder
Pipe Cutting, Mineral 10 0.0127 0.636 0.219 0.246 0.283 0.176 CSAO
handling, wool
and
installing
Handling Mineral 2 0.22 0.24 0.231 0.231 0.231 0.016 CSAO

wool
2
EllisDon Safety
176
APPENDIX B
Installation Pipe Installing Mineral 2 0.18 0.59 0.385 0.325 0.385 0.385 CSAO
wool
Duct wrap Installer Glass — — — — — 0.350 — NAIMA

wool
Ceiling Installer Glass 33 0.020 0.820 0.170 0.230 0.210 NAIMA

tiles wool
Hanging Plumber Mineral 1 — 0.008 — — — — McMaster

conduit wool University
Electrician Mineral 1 — 0.019 — — — — McMaster

wool University
Installing Sheet Mineral 1 — 0.084 — — — — McMaster

duct metal wool University
worker
Drilling Electrician Mineral 1 0.696 0.966 0.966 McMaster

Trades and hand wool University
working tools
around
insulation Installing Electrician Mineral 1 — 0.031 — — — — McMaster
electrical wool University
terminals
Roughing Electrician Mineral 1 — 0.057 — — — — McMaster

in for wool University
electrical
Installing Electrician Mineral 1 — 0.034 — — — — McMaster

hangers wool University
Troweling Bricklayer Mineral 2 0.008 0.150 0.079 0.035 0.079 0.100 McMaster
with wool University
spraying
in the area
Installing Pipefitter Mineral 1 0.033 0.033 0.033 — — — McMaster

pipes wool University
Secondary Multiple 2 0.02 0.02 — — 0.02 — McMaster

exposure - trades in University
working the area
overhead
Secondary Area 1 — 0.67 — — — — McMaster

exposure - University
working
on ground
EllisDon Safety 177

APPENDIX B
Sweeping Labourer Mineral 3 0.056 0.350 0.222 0.163 0.209 0.147 McMaster
overspray wool University
Clean up (material
damp)
Removal Labourer Mineral 4 0.129 0.175 0.148 0.149 0.150 0.020 CSAO
of batt wool
insulation
Storage Labourer Mineral 6 0.050 0.125 0.086 0.087 0.091 0.027 CSAO
of batt wool
insulation
Removal Labourer Mineral 3 0.401 1.250 0.682 0.699 0.778 0.433 CSAO
of ceiling wool
Removal
tiles
Area Mineral 3 0.317 1.255 0.404 0.544 0.659 0.518 CSAO
wool
Storing of Labourer Mineral 3 0.253 0.932 0.292 0.410 0.492 0.381 CSAO
ceiling tiles wool
Clean-up Labourer Mineral 1 — 1.745 — — — — CSAO

(dry) wool
Area Mineral 1 — 0.494 — — — — CSAO

wool
Demolition Labourer Mixture 2 BDL 0.58 — — 0.29 — CSAO

structures
Demolition Area of Area Mixture 3 0.45 0.82 0.66 — 0.64 — —

demolition
machines
Demolishing Area Mixture 4 0.04 0.48 0.19 — 0.22 — —
EllisDon Safety 178

APPENDIX B
Air sampling data for RCF workplace exposures
Functional Geometric Arithmetic Arithmetic

Job Specific Primary Number of Minimum Maximum Median Mean Mean Standard Data
Category Tasks RCF Form Observations (f/cc) (f/cc) (f/cc) (f/cc) (f/cc) Deviation Source
Apply Specialty 19 0.032 1.980 0.250 0.233 0.425 0.493 RCFC

cement, Product
topcoat
Installation Blanket 173 0.003 6.166 0.193 0.146 0.332 0.650 RCFC
no cutting
or tamping
Board 32 0.006 2.549 0.535 0.411 0.666 0.570 RCFC
Modules 172 0.006 3.850 0.316 0.282 0.555 0.695 RCFC
Installation Installation Modules & 84 0.009 3.200 0.241 0.253 0.577 0.693 RCFC
some blanket
cutting or
tamping
Blanket 60 0.012 2.300 0.416 0.336 0.604 0.577 RCFC
Blanket 5 0.262 0.650 0.398 0.392 0.416 0.162 CSAO
Board 17 0.007 1.420 0.620 0.240 0.546 0.443 RCFC
Modules 21 0.020 2.154 0.525 0.420 0.748 0.649 RCFC
Modules & 16 0.047 2.166 0.430 0.318 0.490 0.504 RCFC

blanket
Cutting in Block 1 — 1.640 — — — — CSAO

a semi-
enclosed
area
Installing Block 1 — 0.367 — — — — CSAO

in a semi-
enclosed
area
EllisDon Safety 179

APPENDIX B

Installation Helper in Block 1 — 0.589 — — — — CSAO
a semi-
enclosed
area
Super- Block 1 — 0.283 — — — — CSAO
visor in a
semi-
enclosed
area
Kiln car, Blanket 91 0.020 1.550 0.193 0.190 0.309 0.308 RCFC
mold
wrap,
small jobs
Duct Blanket 25 0.004 0.891 0.113 0.082 0.187 0.232 RCFC

insulation
Cutting Blanket - 1 — 0.704 — — — — CSAO

fully encap-
sulated
RCF duct
wrap
Taping Blanket - 1 — 0.406 — — — — CSAO

fully encap-
sulated
RCF duct
wrap
Installing Blanket - 2 0.471 1.09 0.7805 0.71651239 0.7805 0.438 CSAO

fully encap-
sulated
RCF duct
wrap
Removal Major Blanket 80 0.020 10.383 0.711 0.681 1.507 2.005 RCFC
furnace
removals
Board 18 0.124 11.000 1.385 1.126 1.851 2.426 RCFC
Modules 66 0.004 53.616 1.300 1.446 5.350 9.554 RCFC
Modules & 34 0.013 11.000 3.046 1.369 3.153 2.642 RCFC

blanket
Major Blanket 1 2.234 2.234 2.234 RCFC

furnace
removals
with water
lance
EllisDon Safety 180

APPENDIX B

Removal Major Modules 8 0.185 4.475 1.781 1.240 1.842 1.457 RCFC
furnace
removals
with water
lance Modules 3 0.820 1.550 1.530 1.248 1.300 0.416 RCFC
& blanket
Minor Blanket 26 0.023 0.610 0.287 0.176 0.256 0.178 RCFC

furnace
removals
Modules 15 0.021 2.932 0.550 0.552 0.943 0.903 RCFC
Kiln car Blanket 13 0.001 11.564 0.280 0.160 1.229 3.137 RCFC
removals
Modules 14 0.033 1.900 0.226 0.262 0.500 0.573 RCFC
Mold Blanket 33 0.004 2.106 0.560 0.395 0.713 0.582 RCFC

knock-
out
RCFC data set used: Combined U.S. and European workplace monitoring database
through 2002, with a minimum of 10 observations per subset (except water lance
removal).
EllisDon Safety 181

CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description PAGES

Confined Spaces in Construction 188
Confined Space Program 188
Recognizing a Confined Space 188
Hazard Assessment 189
Physical Hazards 190
Atmospheric Hazards 191
Flammable, Combustible, or Explosive Atmospheres 191
Oxygen-Enriched and Oxygen-Deficient Atmospheres 192
Atmospheric Contaminants 192
Flammable Products 193
Accumulation of Contaminants Below Grade 193
Accumulation of Contaminants in Areas Not Classified as Confined Spaces 194
Plan for Controlling Hazards 195
Worker Training 203
Entry Permits 203
Record Keeping 204
Confined Space Decision Tree 205-206
Sample: Confined Space Entry Permit 207-209
182
CONFINED SPACE (ONTARIO REQUIREMENTS)
CONSULT APPLICABLE PROVINCIAL REGULATIONS

PRIOR TO DEVELOPING SITE SPECIFIC CONFINED
SPACE PROCEDURES (CODE OF PRACTICE – AB)
Definitions
Confined space — “confined space” means a fully or partially enclosed space
a) that is not both designed and constructed for continuous human
occupancy, and
b) in which atmospheric hazards may occur because of its construction,
location, or contents or because of work that is done in it.
Confined spaces may include vaults, chambers, vessels, and tanks. Structures
designed and constructed for human occupancy such as houses and
apartment buildings are not deemed confined spaces, though they may
contain such spaces.
Atmospheric levels — the following are acceptable in Ontario:
concentration of any explosive or flammable gas or vapour less than
• 25% of its lower explosive limit for inspection activities
• 10% of its lower explosive limit for cold work
• 5% of its lower explosive limit for hot work
oxygen content at least 19.5% but not more than 23% by volume
concentration of atmospheric contaminants not to exceed what is reasonable for the protection of workers.
Atmospheric hazards — the following are considered hazardous:
any accumulation of flammable, combustible, or explosive agents
oxygen level below 19.5% or greater than 23% by volume
accumulation of atmospheric contaminants, including gases, vapours, fumes, dusts, or mists, which can
a) result in acute health effects that pose an immediate threat to life, or
b) interfere with a person’s ability to escape unaided from the confined space.
183
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACE (ONTARIO REQUIREMENTS) CONT’D
Program
Before workers enter a confined space, their employer must have a
written program in place. The program can apply to one or more
confined spaces, but must include methods for
recognizing each confined space
assessing hazards to which workers may be exposed—assessment
developing hazard controls—plan
training workers.
In addition, the program must include an entry permit system setting
out work procedures in the confined space.
Employers must give a copy of the program to the constructor of a
project. The constructor in turn must give copies to the project’s joint
health and safety committee (JHSC) or health and safety representative,
if any. The constructor must also make a copy of the program available
to any other employer of workers who perform work to which the
program relates. If there is no JHSC or health and safety representative,
the constructor must make a copy of the program available to every worker to which the program relates.
For confined spaces of similar construction and presenting the same hazards, a single assessment and plan can be used. But
the individual confined spaces must be identified in each assessment and plan.
The plan is the program element with the most requirements—eleven in all:
a) duties of workers
b) constructor’s coordination document when workers from more than one employer will work in the confined space
c) on-site rescue procedures
d) rescue equipment (inspected by competent worker) and methods of communication
e) protective clothing and personal protective equipment
f ) isolation of energy and control of material movement
g) attendants
h) adequate means of access and egress
i) atmospheric testing by a competent worker
j) adequate procedures for working in the presence of explosive or flammable substances, and
k) ventilation and purging.
Eight of these items entail further requirements.
Regarding item g), for example, the employer must ensure that an attendant is assigned and stationed outside or near the
entrance to the confined space. The attendant must be in constant communication with all workers in the space and be
able to summon an adequate rescue response in an emergency.
Regarding item j), workers may enter a confined space where flammable, combustible, or explosive agents have
accumulated, provided that
184
CONFINED SPACE (ONTARIO REQUIREMENTS) CONT’D
only inspection work is performed and the concentration of explosive or flammable gas or vapour is less than 25% of its
lower explosive limit
only cold work is performed and the concentration of explosive or flammable gas or vapour is less than 10% of its lower
explosive limit
hot work is performed only when
• the concentration of explosive or flammable gas or vapour is less than 5% of its lower explosive limit
• oxygen content is not greater than 23%
• the atmosphere is monitored continuously
• the entry permit covers hot work and corresponding controls
• an appropriate alarm system and exit procedure are in place.
Alternatively, work may be carried out in a confined space if the atmosphere is rendered inert by an inert gas, is
continuously monitored to ensure that it remains inert, and workers in the space use adequate respiratory equipment and
are equipped to allow persons outside the space to locate and rescue them.
Training
Employers must provide every worker who enters a confined space with adequate training in accordance to their plan.
Furthermore, the training must include hazard recognition and safe work practices.
Employers must maintain a written record of who provided and who received the training as well as the date it was
delivered. The record of training can be incorporated in the entry permit.
Entry permits
Many requirements under the program—such as assessment, plan, and inspection of rescue equipment—can be
incorporated in the entry permit.
As a minimum, the entry permit must include
location of confined space
description of work to be performed
description of hazards and control measures
time period for which the permit applies
name of the attendant assigned
record of each worker’s entries and exits
list of equipment required for entry and rescue
verification that entry and rescue equipment is in good working order
results of atmospheric testing
provisions and controls for hot work, where applicable.
Before any worker enters a confined space, a competent person must verify that the entry permit complies with the plan.
The entry permit must be readily available to every person who enters the confined space or performs related work.
Record keeping
For inspection at the project, employers must keep every plan, assessment, coordination document, record of training, entry
permit, record of inspection, and record of tests.
185
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
PURPOSE
To ensure that all feasible precautions and required safeguards are met to prevent exposures to toxic gases, oxygen
deficiency, flammable atmospheres, and accidents related to entering confined spaces.
POLICY
Before any employee enters a confined space they shall be trained in confined space entry procedures, conducting pre and
continual atmospheric testing, and recognition, evaluation and control of suspected or known hazards associated within a
confined space.
DEFINITIONS
Confined Space:
Confined space means a fully or partially enclosed space that is not both designed and constructed for continuous human
occupancy, and in which atmospheric hazards may occur because of its construction, location, or contents or because of
work that is done in it. Confined spaces may include vaults, chambers, vessels, and tanks. Structures designed and
constructed for human occupancy such as houses and apartment buildings are not deemed confined spaces, though they
may contain such spaces.
Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere:

An atmosphere that contains less than 19.5% oxygen.
Toxic Atmosphere:
An atmosphere that has contained liquids, vapours, gases or solids of toxic, corrosive or irritant nature (or if the confined
space has been fumigated). Greater than TLV level of specific toxic substance.
Flammable (Explosive) Atmosphere:

An atmosphere that has contained flammable liquids, vapours or gases greater than 10% of the LEL.
Competent Person:
A competent person is one who, by reason of training or experience, is familiar with the operation to be performed.
TLV:
Threshold Limit Value of toxic, corrosive or irritant contaminants.
LFL:
Lower Flammable Limits (may also be seen as LEL or Lower Explosive Limit) of flammable liquids, gases and volatile solids.
PPM:
Parts per million of substances.
Entry Permit:
Document placed at the opening to a confined space outlining location, equipment monitor readings, person entering,
standby person, times and date of operation and type of work going on in the confined space.
Attendant:
A person that is trained in the procedures of confined space entry, and assigned to remain on the outside of the confined
space to be in communication with those working inside. This person must not leave his/her post at any time unless relieved
by a competent person.
186
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY CONT’D
PROCEDURE
PRE-ENTRY
The supervisor in charge of the job shall review the procedures for entering a confined space with each crew member
entering a confined space and any problems shall be referred to project supervision.
Supervisor shall secure entry permit and fill out the top portion at the project office.
Supervisor shall secure an atmosphere monitor at the project office.
All pre-work procedures shall be completed before work commences within the confined space. Pre-work procedures
include but are not limited to:
Job Safety Analysis
Proper ventilation
Attendant - first aid/CPR trained
Adequate lighting/emergency lighting (if required low voltage)
Life line
Communications
Personal protective equipment
Fire extinguisher
Lock out/tag out of equipment (if required)
After all pre-work has been completed, the supervisor shall do atmospheric testing of the confined space. Where known or
suspected hazards may exist, the person conducting the atmospheric testing will wear suitable respiratory protection if they
must enter the confined space to conduct testing. Atmospheric testing results shall be recorded on the permit and the
permit shall be signed by the supervisor.
All persons entering the confined space and the standby person shall sign on the permit.
(See Forms Section (Canadian Safety Manual) - Confined Space Entry Permit)
187
EllisDon Safety
CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION
33 CONFINED SPACES
Coordination
When workers of more than one employer perform
Complies with all applicable regulations. work in the same confined space the constructor
must prepare a coordination document to ensure
Before letting a worker enter a confined space, the that the various employers perform their duties in a
employer must develop a written confined space program way that protects the health and safety of all
meeting the requirements of the Confined Space workers. A copy of the coordination document must
Regulations. be provided to
each employer of workers who perform work in
the same confined space
CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM the project's joint health and safety committee or
Among the first requirements for employers developing a health and safety representative.
confined space program is the need to assess which
workers will be entering the confined space and therefore
which workers will need a copy of the confined space
RECOGNIZING A CONFINED
program. SPACE
Employers must provide a copy of the program to the A confined space is defined as a place
constructor of a project. In turn, the constructor must
provide a copy of the program to the project's joint health a) that is partially or fully enclosed
and safety committee or health and safety representative, b) that is not both designed and constructed for
if any. A copy must also be available to other employers to continuous human occupancy, and
which the program relates and every worker if there is no
project joint health and safety committee or health and c) where atmospheric hazards may occur because of
safety representative. its construction, location, or contents, or because of
If workers from more than one employer will be entering work that is done in it.
the confined space, the constructor must prepare a All three criteria have to be met before a space is defined
confined space coordination program. A copy of the as a confined space. Here is more information on each of
confined space coordination document must be provided the criteria.
to each employer who is performing work in the confined
space and to the project's joint health and safety
Partially or fully enclosed
committee or the health and safety representative.
Because air cannot move freely in and out of a partially or
The confined space program can apply to one or more fully enclosed space, there is a potential for a hazardous
confined spaces. atmosphere to be generated inside. This is especially true for
spaces such as vaults, tanks, pits, trenches, or manholes.
Program elements must include
a method of recognizing each confined space Not designed and constructed for continuous human
occupancy
a method for assessing the hazards to which workers
may be exposed Confined spaces are not designed or constructed for
people to work in them on an ongoing basis. They are
a method for developing plans for controlling the usually designed and constructed to store material,
hazards transport products, or enclose a process. But occasionally,
some work must be done inside the space.
a method for training workers
Atmospheric hazards
an entry permit system setting out measures and
procedures to be followed when working in a confined A hazardous atmosphere is one which contains any of the
following:
space.
an accumulation of flammable, combustible, or
explosive agents
less than 19.5% or more than 23% oxygen, or

an accumulation of atmospheric contaminants that
could result in acute (short-term) health effects which
a) pose an immediate threat to life, or
b) interfere with a person's ability to escape unaided
from a confined space.
188
HAZARD ASSESSMENT The employer must review the assessment as often as

necessary to make sure that the plans remain adequate.
Before each time that a worker enters a confined space, a For example, if the potential chemical hazard changes
competent worker must perform a written hazard due to a change in process or equipment use, then the
assessment. The name of the competent worker must assessment must be changed.
appear on the assessment and the employer must keep a
record of the competent worker's qualifications. An assessment is generally required for each confined
space. But if there are two or more similar confined
The hazard assessment must take into account spaces containing the same hazards then you need only
a single assessment document.
a) the hazards that may exist in the confined space
b) the hazards that may develop while work is performed To perform a hazard assessment, you need to anticipate
potential hazards. Often, the hazards of working in
inside the confined space
confined spaces are not recognized until it's too late.
c) general safety hazards in the confined space.
For example:
The competent worker must sign and date the
assessment and give it to the employer. A mixing tank was inadvertently started while a
worker was inside.
If requested, the employer must give copies of the
assessment and competent worker's qualifications to A worker was killed by carbon monoxide gas from a
the project's joint health and safety committee, or gasoline-powered pump used to drain a pit.
the health and safety representative, or Because construction projects are not limited to new
buildings, confined spaces may be encountered in a
every worker involved in the confined space entry if variety of places. The following table describes typical
the project has no joint health and safety committee confined spaces and the most common hazards found
or health and safety representative. there.
Hazards in confined spaces can be divided into two

distinct categories: physical hazards and atmospheric
COMPETENT WORKER
hazards.
in relation to specific work, means a worker who
a) is qualified because of knowledge, training and
experience to perform the work
b) is familiar with the Occupational Health and
Safety Act and the provisions of the regulations
that apply to the work, and
c) has knowledge of all potential or actual danger
to health and safety in the work.
If control measures (such as continuous mechanical ventilation) are used to ensure that the concentrations of an
atmospheric hazard are controlled or maintained at an appropriate level (but not eliminated) then the space would
still be considered a confined space. If, however, measures are implemented to eliminate the possibility that any
atmospheric hazards may occur in a space, then the confined space provisions no longer need to apply.
Eliminating the possibility that an atmospheric hazard will occur is different from controlling the hazard. If workers
must enter the confined space to eliminate the hazards (by steam-cleaning or vacuuming, for example), then the
confined spaces provisions apply.
EVERY CONFINED SPACE MUST BE THOROUGHLY ASSESSED AND EVALUATED BY A COMPETENT

WORKER TO DETERMINE WHETHER IT IS POSSIBLE TO ELIMINATE THE ATMOSPHERIC HAZARD
COMPLETELY.
Even if a space is not defined as a confined space under the regulations, the employer must take every precaution
reasonable in the circumstances to protect workers entering the space.
189
EllisDon Safety
PHYSICAL HAZARDS
Physical hazards often present a greater danger inside an
enclosed space than they do outside.
Examples:
Noise and vibration

An enclosed environment can amplify noise. Excessive
noise can damage hearing and prevent communication. It
can affect workers' ability to hear alarms, warning shouts,
or orders to evacuate.
Temperature extremes
Ask plant personnel if workers could encounter dangerous
temperatures. For example, heat stress can be a hazard
when working around boilers, hot pipe or tanks, or
structures heated by the sun. Protective clothing can also
add to heat stress.
Cramped work spaces
Cramped work spaces restrict movement and can make
using tools and equipment difficult and dangerous.
Poor access or exit
Confined space openings are generally small and not
well-located. This can make entry and exit difficult and can
interfere with rescue.
Rotating or moving equipment
Before entry, identify any moving or rotating equipment
(such as conveyors, mixers, augers, etc.) which could
become activated by stored pressure, accidental contact,
Examples of confined spaces Common hazar ds
Chemical and petrochemical projects Toxic and explosive gases, vapours and fumes; physical
Tanks, vessels, storage tanks, underground tanks, pipes, hazards of cramped entry and exit, narrow passages,
sumps, pits, any area where a worker cannot readily and chemical spills.
escape from a toxic or explosive atmosphere; any area
where toxic, explosive, or oxygen deficient atmospheres
may be encountered.
Sewage handling systems Toxic and/or explosive atmospheres such as hydrogen

Settling tanks, sewers, manholes, pumping areas, septic sulphide and methane; oxygen deficiencies.
tanks, digesters.
Water treatment plants Oxygen deficiency, chlorine gases, ozone; also possibly
Settling tanks, holding tanks, equipment and wells below methane and hydrogen sulphide produced by decaying
floor level. debris removed from lake and river water.
Heavy industrial projects The hazards will depend on processes and materials
Sumps, pits, roasters, digesters, mixers, bins, flues, involved but may include methane, hydrogen sulphide,
ducts, conveyors, elevators, bag houses. oxygen deficiency, flammable agents, electrical hazards,
moving parts, and engulfment due to free-flowing
materials.
General construction Toxic materials such as carbon monoxide from temporary

Vaults, caissons. heaters in low-lying areas; refrigerants; high-voltage
transmission equipment; physical hazards involving poor
lighting and cramped working conditions.
190
or gravity action. Check with plant personnel on lockout
and tagging procedures, and review drawings, plans, and
specifications.
Electrical hazards
Any exposed conductors or energized equipment should
be identified before entry. The presence of water in
confined spaces may pose an additional electrocution
hazard where electrical circuits, equipment, and tools are
used.
Engulfment due to uncontrolled movement of
liquids and solids
Liquids, sludge, fine solids, and other material may not be
completely removed from confined spaces and may
present an engulfment or drowning hazard. Use
inspection ports and dipsticks, and check with plant
personnel to evaluate such hazards.
Slick or wet surfaces

You can be severely injured from a slip or fall on icy, oily,
wet, or moist surfaces.
Lighting
Confined spaces generally have poor lighting. You often
need temporary lighting. In potentially explosive
atmospheres, use lighting designed for such situations.
ATMOSPHERIC HAZARDS
Confined spaces can present three kinds of atmospheric
hazards:
“Fire and Explosion Hazard” of a material’s MSDS for fire-
flammable, combustible, or explosive atmosphere
and explosion-related information.
oxygen-enriched or oxygen-deficient atmosphere The LEL is the lowest, and the UEL the highest
concentration of gas or vapour that will support
atmospheric contaminants.
combustion. For example, gasoline has an LEL of 1.4%
The hazardous atmosphere may be due to existing and a UEL of 7.6%. Below 1.4% there is not enough fuel
conditions (e.g., residue in a tank,) or it may be created by to burn, while above 7.6% there is too much fuel and not
the work being done inside the confined space (e.g., enough oxygen to burn. (See figure above.)
welding or using solvents). In some cases, removing
sludge or scale can release trapped pockets of gas or The most common explosive gas likely to be encountered
vapour and create a hazardous atmosphere. Moreover, in sewers and other underground structures is methane-or
dangerous atmospheres often exist together. For instance, “natural gas”-produced by decaying garbage and sewage.
flammable, combustible or explosive atmospheres may Other explosive gases and vapours may be present in
also be toxic or cause an oxygen deficiency. confined spaces depending on previous contents or
accidental spills and leaks (e.g., leaking fuel-storage tanks
FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE, OR near service stations).
EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES Explosive ranges for common gases and vapours are
listed in Table 1. These values must be considered when
Flammable atmospheres are generally caused by
selecting and operating gas-testing equipment.
evaporation of flammable liquids (e.g., gasoline)
Combustible atmospheres can arise in grain elevators,
by-products of chemical reactions (e.g., feed mills, and some industrial settings such as bag
houses, because of the large quantities of dust generated.
decomposition of organic matter to form methane).
The most common combustible dust is grain or flour dust-
Explosive atmospheres are those in which a flammable there have been several explosions in grain elevators. You
gas or vapour is present in quantities between the Lower need to address this issue whenever you're working in
Explosive Limit (LEL) and the Upper Explosive Limit these settings.
(UEL). These limits define the “Explosive Range” which
varies from one substance to another. Refer to the section
191
EllisDon Safety
Table 1 Table 2
Explosive Range for Effects of oxygen
common gases and vapours deficiency
Gas/vapour Lower Upper Oxygen
Explosive Explosive Effect
concentration
Limit (%) Limi t ( %)
19.5% Minimum for safe entry
Acetone 2.6 12.8
Loss of judgment and
Less than 18%
Ammonia 16.0 25.0 coordination
Less than 15% Loss of consciousness

Benzene 1.3 7.1
Sudden collapse and loss of
Less than 12%
Ethyl Alcohol 3.3 19.0 consciousness
Gasoline 1.4 7.6
Hexane 1.1 7.5 Never use pure oxygen to ventilate a confined

space. Use clean air.
Hydrogen
4.0 44.0
Sulphide
ATMOSPHERIC CONTAMINANTS
Methane 5.0 15.0 Because confined spaces are poorly ventilated,
atmospheric contaminants can build up to hazardous
Methyl Alcohol 7.3 36.0 levels very quickly. For construction in an industrial setting,
the type of airborne hazard that may be encountered
Propane 2.4 9.5 depends on
products stored in the confined space

Toluene 1.2 7.1
the type of work tasks performed in the confined
Xylene 1.1 7.0 space
work or processes being performed near the confined
space.
OXYGEN-ENRICHED AND OXYGEN- The most common atmospheric contaminants in
DEFICIENT ATMOSPHERES construction include hydrogen sulphide, carbon monoxide,
sulphur dioxide, chlorine, and ammonia.
Normal outside air contains about 21% oxygen. If the
concentration of oxygen exceeds 23% it is considered Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) is a gas generated by the
“enriched”. The primary concern with oxygen-enriched decomposition of garbage and sewage. H2S can be found
atmospheres is the increased flammability of materials. in sewers, sewage treatment plants, refineries, and pulp
Things that would only smoulder in normal air will burn mills. It is also found in many oil refineries since most
vigorously in oxygen-enriched atmospheres. crude oil in Canada has some H2S dissolved in it. H2S is
very toxic. A single breath at a concentration of about
Oxygen-enriched atmospheres are fairly rare in 500-700 ppm (parts per million) can be instantly fatal. At
construction. They are usually associated with pure very low concentrations, H2S has the characteristic odour
oxygen escaping from leaking or ruptured oxyacetylene of rotten eggs. However, at about 100 ppm it can deaden
hoses or, on projects in industrial plants, from an oxygen your sense of smell and create the false impression that
line in an industrial or manufacturing process. no hazard exists.
Oxygen-deficient atmospheres, on the other hand, are Carbon Monoxide (CO) is a very common toxic gas. It
fairly common. They may result from work being done has no odour or taste and is clear and colourless. Carbon
(such as welding), bacterial action (which consumes monoxide poisoning can be very subtle and may cause
oxygen), or from chemical reactions (such as rusting). drowsiness and collapse followed by death. The major
Oxygen may also be displaced by another gas or vapour sources of CO in construction include the internal
(e.g., carbon dioxide or nitrogen used to purge tanks, combustion engines powering saws, scissor lifts, power
pipe, and vessels). Table 2 lists the effects of oxygen trowellers, generators, and forklift trucks. Even these
deficiency. relatively small engines produce high levels of CO.
192
Heating in confined areas, particularly with propane,
presents special hazards and requires special safeguards. Blocked
Propane is heavier than air and can collect in low-lying opening
areas such as trenches, basements, and shaft bottoms.
Propane can also be absorbed into clothing. Workers
must therefore use extreme caution in the event of
leakage or flame-out.
Direct-fired heaters release combustion emissions directly

into the air where people work. Although carbon monoxide
(CO) is the main concern, carbon dioxide (CO2) and
nitrogen oxides may also be a problem.
Adequate ventilation is absolutely essential when

you cannot avoid using combustion engines in Do not restrict ventilation
confined spaces. by blocking openings
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) is a very irritating and corrosive

Traditionally, explosive blasting has been used for
gas with a strong sulphur-like odour which can be found in
demolition or breaking up rock. Blasting in a confined
pulp-and-paper mills and oil refineries.
space can produce high levels of carbon monoxide. You
must use mechanical ventilation and perform air tests Chlorine (Cl2) is another irritating and highly corrosive
before workers re-enter the blast area to ensure that the gas with a bleach-like odour used as a disinfectant in
carbon monoxide levels are within acceptable levels. water and sewage treatment plants and a wide variety of
other industrial settings.
CO in Ammonia (NH3) is a fairly common chemical used as a
atmosphere refrigerant and in making fertilizer, synthetic fibres,
Signs and Symptoms plastics, and dyes.
(parts per
million) Hundreds of other toxic materials may be encountered in
factories, chemical plants, and similar industrial settings.
10 No symptoms The best way to obtain information regarding the
presence or absence of toxic materials is to discuss the
TWAEV (Time-Weighted Average proposed work with the client and ask for the information.
Exposure Value): The maximum
average amount a worker is
25
allowed to be continuously FLAMMABLE PRODUCTS
exposed to for a work day or
When using flammable materials in a confined space,
work week.
take these precautions:
Blood vessels widen, shortness Provide adequate ventilation.
70 of breath, tightness across the
forehead Control sparks (use non-sparking tools) and control
other potential ignition sources
STEV (Short-Term Exposure
Value): The maximum amount a Extinguish all pilot lights.
100
worker is allowed to be exposed to Use specially protected lighting.
for a 15-minute period.
Have fire extinguishers handy.
Shortness of breath, headache
120 Contact cement is an example of a product with fire or
with throbbing in temples
explosion potential when used in a small area with poor
ventilation. Workers have been killed from explosion and
Headache, irritability, tiredness,
fire when they finished work and switched off the light in a
220 impaired judgment, impaired
room where solvent vapours from contact cement or
vision, dizziness
adhesives had accumulated.
Headache, confusion, fainting,
350–520
collapse ACCUMULATION OF CONTAMINANTS
Unconsciousness, spasms,
BELOW GRADE
800–1220 respiratory failure, death if Trenches, manholes, and low-lying areas may become
exposure continues hazardous from leaking gases heavier than air-such as
propane-or from gasses such as carbon monoxide
More than 2000 Rapidly fatal seeping through the soil and into the confined space.
193
EllisDon Safety
Case study
A construction crew finished installing a 12-foot-deep
manhole without incident. After the crew left the
area, 265 pounds of nitroglycerin-based explosive in
20 boreholes, each 18 feet deep, were detonated
40-60 feet from the manhole. A worker who entered
the manhole 45 minutes after the explosion
collapsed within minutes, and two coworkers
descended into the manhole to rescue him. One
rescuer retrieved the unconscious worker before
collapsing on the surface, and the other rescuer died
in the manhole.
An investigation determined that carbon monoxide

Workers should be aware of this hazard. At the first sign
released from the explosion had migrated through
of discomfort or disorientation they should leave the area
the soil into the manhole. Carbon monoxide
until it has been ventilated.
concentrations at the bottom of the manhole two
days after the incident were 1,905 ppm (parts per Workers feeling light-headed or experiencing headaches
million). This concentration was well above 1,200 may be inhaling these pollutants. Drowsiness or
ppm, the concentration classified as Immediately disorientation can lead to falls. Again, leave the area until
Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH). Tests following it has been ventilated.
ventilation of the manhole showed that high levels of
carbon monoxide reappeared as a result of Underground mines, tunnels, and shafts
continued migration from the surrounding soil.
Subsequent monitoring of the manhole showed a These spaces are intended for people to carry out work in
decline in carbon monoxide levels over the next 8 them-this work is covered by specific regulation. They may
days. present physical or atmospheric hazards. Many utilities
are routed through tunnels or underground shafts where
hazardous atmospheres may collect from containers or
operations above, or be created by utility leaks (such as
ACCUMULATION OF CONTAMINANTS IN gas and oil).
AREAS NOT CLASSIFIED AS CONFINED
Work in shafts must be carefully planned. Because the
SPACES work may be of short duration and require only a
A variety of spaces can become hazardous because of temporary platform, these jobs are often not given proper
the products being used or the work being done in them. attention.
These areas can be deadly even if they are not classified
In addition to the areas already described, beware of
as confined spaces and even if the confined space
apparently harmless areas such as basements, halls, and
provisions of the Construction Regulation do not apply.
small rooms that can become dangerous when a lack of
ventilation
Skylights, domes, and ceilings and
hazardous
Work is sometimes required within newly installed
materials or
skylights where lighter-than-air gases and fumes may
operations
accumulate.
combine to
create
atmospheric
hazards.
If a worker can be injured by inhaling a hazardous

gas, vapour, dust, or fume or there is an explosion
hazard then you must provide adequate ventilation
by natural or mechanical means. If this is not
possible then you must provide respiratory
protection equipment suitable for the hazard.
194
PLAN FOR CONTROLLING We address each of these 11 mandatory requirements
below.
HAZARDS
Once the hazards have been identified in the assessment,
1) DUTIES OF WORKERS
a competent person must develop a plan to eliminate or a) Do not enter or re-enter (if the confined space has
control the hazards. been left unoccupied and unattended) the confined
space unless testing has been performed.
b) Know the hazards that may be faced upon entry.
COMPETENT PERSON Know the route of exposure (e.g., inhalation or skin
means a person who absorption), signs and symptoms, and long-term
effects of exposure.
a) is qualified because of knowledge, training and
c) Know how to use the equipment (including personal
experience to organize the work and its protective equipment and tools) properly.
performance
d) Maintain communication with the attendant so that the
b) is familiar with the Occupational Health and attendant can monitor your safety and be able to alert
Safety Act and the regulations that apply to the workers to evacuate the confined space.
work, and e) Alert the attendant whenever:
c) has knowledge of any potential or actual danger – you recognize any warning sign or symptom of
exposure
to health and safety in the workplace.
– you see a dangerous condition
– an alarm is activated.
The primary objective of the plan is to eliminate the
hazard before entry. If this is not possible, then controls, f) Get out of the permit space immediately whenever
measures, and procedures must be put in place to ensure – a warning system indicating a ventilation failure is
that workers are not in danger. activated
If confined spaces are of similar construction and present – the attendant gives an evacuation order
the same hazards, a single plan can be used. Still, the
– a worker recognizes any signs or symptoms of
individual confined spaces must be identified in both the
exposure
hazard assessment and the plan.
– a person inside detects a dangerous condition
The Plan is the program element with the most regulatory
requirements attached to it. The regulation outlines 11 – an evacuation alarm is activated.
mandatory requirements that must be contained in the
plan: 2) COORDINATION
1) Duties of workers When workers of more than one employer perform work in
the same confined space, the constructor must coordinate
2) Coordination document (prepared by the constructor) entry operations. The constructor must prepare a
if workers of more than one contractor enter the same coordination document to ensure that the various
confined space employers perform their duties in a way that protects the
health and safety of all workers entering the confined
3) On-site rescue procedures space.
4) Rescue equipment (inspected by a competent worker)
A copy of the coordination document must be provided to
and methods of communication each employer of workers who perform work in the
5) Protective clothing and protective equipment confined space and the project's joint health and safety
committee or health and safety representative.
6) Isolation of energy and control of material movement
7) Attendants
Each employer is responsible for the health and
8) Adequate means of access and egress (entry and safety of their own workers and for ensuring
exit) compliance with the regulation.
9) Atmospheric testing (conducted by a competent
worker)
10) Adequate procedures for working in the presence of
explosive or flammable substances
11) Ventilation and purging.
195
EllisDon Safety
3) RESCUE PROCEDURES Remember, rushing into a confined space to help
The confined space plan must include written procedures your buddy who is laying on the ground will likely
for safe onsite rescue that can be implemented result in your own death. Rescuers are no good to the
immediately in case of an emergency. An adequate victim if they also become victims. Many cases of
number of people must be available to carry out the multiple fatalities involve would-be rescuers overcome
rescue procedures immediately. They must be trained in because of inadequate preparation.
a) the onsite rescue procedures

b) first aid and cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
c) how to use the rescue equipment necessary to carry
out the rescue.
Dialing 911 is not a sufficient rescue response.
4) RESCUE EQUIPMENT
The rescue equipment must be readily available,
appropriate for the confined space, and inspected by a
competent worker. The competent worker must keep a
written record of the inspection. Examples of rescue
equipment include harnesses and lifelines, hoist/retrieval 5) PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND
systems, respirators, and other personal protective PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
equipment. Protective clothing and equipment suitable for one
material may not be suitable for others. For example,
NOTE: You must consider the size of the confined space's
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic is resistant to most acids,
opening when choosing rescue equipment. There is no
but it can be softened or penetrated by many common
point planning for a rescuer to wear a SCBA (self-
solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene.
contained breathing apparatus) unit if it doesn't fit through
the opening. For this reason, a knowledgeable person should assess
the protective clothing and equipment needed (e.g.,
All too often, inadequate or incorrect emergency rescue
gloves, boots, chemical suits, fire resistant coveralls-as
response results in multiple fatalities. Here are two
well as hearing, respiratory, eye, and face protection).
examples:
Don't forget that if workers need personal protective
A worker collapsed shortly after entering a degasser equipment, they must be trained in its use.
tank. His coworker went in after him and collapsed as Respiratory protective equipment should be used
well. where ventilation is impractical or inadequate. Certain
A contractor went to test acid-tainted water and was basic rules apply to the equipment.
discovered by a worker floating in a well of the above-
First of all, you need to select the proper type of
ground pump house. The worker went to his rescue
respirator. Oxygen-deficient atmospheres require
after calling 911 but was himself overcome. Two
supplied-air respirators—either airline types with
paramedics responding to the call were also struck
emergency reserves or SCBA (self-contained breathing
down. All four victims died. apparatus) as in the figures on the next page.
Even with the best planned and executed entry there is a
chance of a sudden change in conditions. The change
could be due to factors recognized earlier but for which no SCBA note: Because the amount of air supply in
“absolute” protection exists, such as the failure of a standard SCBA cylinders is rated for a specific time
respirator, the introduction of a new hazard, or collapse period, it is very important to plan your tasks,
from heart attack or illness. In such cases you need a especially rescues operations, accordingly. Heavy
rescue plan that has been practiced and works. work and stress will increase breathing rates and
workers will use up the air in less than the rated
time. An alarm sounds when the air supply is low.
In toxic atmospheres, you must use supplied-air

respirators if the concentration of the gas or vapour
exceeds the level considered to be Immediately
Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH), or if the concentration
is unknown.
196
For pneumatic or hydraulic equipment, isolate the power
source and depressurize the supply lines. Depressurize
any components that may still be pressurized after the
supply lines have been bled-hydraulic cylinders for
example. You must disconnect and drain pipes carrying
solids or liquids to or from a confined space, or insert
blank flanges.
When the level of toxic gas or vapour is above the

exposure limit but below the IDLH level, air-purifying
respirators approved by the National Institute of
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) may be used
provided the exposure conditions do not exceed the unit's
limitations. Someone who is competent in respirator If the pipe cannot be blanked off or disconnected, the
selection must determine the appropriate type of valve may be closed, chained, locked and tagged,
respirator. provided that
Workers required to wear respirators must be instructed this type of
how to properly fit and maintain them. For more control—
information on respiratory protection, refer to the chapter and its
on Respiratory Protection in this manual, or the Canadian importance—
Standards $VVRFLDWLRQ·s standard Z94.4-02, Selection, have been
Use, and Care of Respirators. explained to all
workers in the
area. Simply
Do not use single-strap dust masks and surgical closing valves
masks—they are not approved by the National is not
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health generally
(NIOSH). NIOSH is a U.S.-based organization that acceptable.
approves respirators. Workers must be supplied with
You may need blocking to prevent movement caused by
NIOSH-approved respirators only. All NIOSH-
gravity for some equipment (e.g., conveyors).
approved respirators have an approval number
(always starting with the letters TC) on them. Electrical equipment in the
space should be
Make sure your respirator has all the proper parts. disconnected, tagged and
Since each manufacturer uses different designs, locked out, and grounded
parts are not interchangeable between brands. Make when it's practical to do so.
sure you use the correct parts (cartridges, air
cylinders, etc.) for your brand of respirator. Never In the case of live electrical
use cartridges or air cylinders from another work in a confined space,
manufacturer. They will not fit correctly and will you need to pay special
endanger the life of the worker or rescuer. attention to standard
procedures. A minor
mistake in a manhole can
6) ISOLATION OF ENERGY AND lead to disaster.
CONTROL OF MATERIAL MOVEMENT Cramped working
conditions can make
Equipment that moves in any way (even rotation) must be
accidental contact with an
isolated by
energized conductor more
disconnecting the equipment from its power source likely, so you may need non-conductive equipment.
and de-energizing the equipment, or
You may need gloves, mats, and other insulating
lockout and tagging. Only workers trained in lockout
equipment depending upon the type of work. Capacitors
and tagging should perform such operations. Lockout
or other components which can store a charge should be
and tagging should be done even if you use the first discharged and/or grounded.
option (disconnect and de-energize) to isolate the
energy.
197
EllisDon Safety
7) ATTENDANT 9) ATMOSPHERIC TESTING
An attendant must be present whenever a worker enters a If the hazard assessment determines that there is an
confined space. The attendant is not allowed to enter the atmospheric hazard in the confined space, you must
confined space, unless he or she is replaced by another perform atmospheric testing.
attendant in accordance with the plan.
1) The employer must appoint a competent worker to
The attendant must perform adequate tests safely before and during the
time a worker is in a confined space to ensure that
remain alert outside and near to the entrance acceptable atmospheric levels are maintained. The
be in constant communication (visual or speech) with competent worker who will perform the tests must
all workers in the confined space receive training in the operation, calibration, and
monitor the safety of workers inside the confined maintenance of the instruments. Most manufacturers
space can provide necessary training.
provide assistance as necessary 2) If the confined space has been left unoccupied and
unattended, you must perform the testing again.
be provided with a device for summoning help in case
of emergency, and 3) The competent worker performing the tests must use
properly calibrated and maintained instruments
initiate an adequate rescue procedure in case of an appropriate for the hazards in the confined space.
emergency.
4) Results of every sample of a test must be recorded
on the entry permit. If continuous monitoring is
The attendant is not allowed to enter the confined performed, test results must be recorded at adequate
space to perform a rescue even after help has intervals.
arrived unless he or she is replaced by another
attendant in accordance with the plan.
Gas detection instruments
Gas detection instruments can take many forms-

8) ENTRY AND EXIT (ACCESS AND “personal” or “area,” single-gas or multiple-gas detectors,
detectors with dedicated sensors or those with
EGRESS) interchangeable sensors.
The means of entry and exit can be evaluated before
entry by checking drawings, by prior knowledge, or simply
by inspection from outside the space.
Confined space openings are generally small and not well
located. These small openings must be considered in the
Gas detection
rescue plan since they restrict the movement of workers
instruments
and equipment in and out of confined spaces.
Entry and exit for top-side openings may require ladders.
Ladders must be well secured. Performing an emergency
rescue on workers trapped in such areas requires careful
planning and practice.
Personal Area
monitor monitor
Single gas Multi-gas

monitor monitor
Defined Interchangeable
sensors sensors
198
If a monitor is worn
by the worker it is WARNING: Combustible gas detectors should not
referred to as be used to assess toxic atmospheres. Most
“personal combustible gas detectors do not respond to low
monitoring.” concentrations of gases. For example, H2S is
Personal monitoring flammable from 4.3% to 44%. But it is Immediately
gives information Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) at 100 parts per
about the million (0.01%) and would not be detected at this
concentration of concentration by most combustible gas detectors.
hazardous Most other toxic gases that are also flammable are
substances dangerous in concentrations well below the LEL.
surrounding the worker. It is particularly useful when the
worker is moving from place to place within the confined
space.
You must calibrate, maintain, and use the equipment
Area sampling is done before entry or re-entry. As much in accordance with the manufacturer's
of the confined space area as possible should be tested, recommendations.
including the bottom, mid level, top, and corners.
If the meter is not properly calibrated, you cannot rely
Single-gas detectors measure only one gas while multi- upon its results. Deaths can occur if the instrument
gas monitors are available with several toxic sensor underestimates the atmospheric conditions.
options and have the flexibility of measuring many gases
simultaneously. Most multi-
gas monitors include an Most confined-space
oxygen sensor, a instrument
flammable/combustible gas manufacturers now
sensor, and one or two offer "docking"
sensors for detecting stations that can
specific toxic gases. Newer automatically
single and multi-gas calibrate instruments
instruments offer the and print a record of
flexibility of interchangeable calibration. The
sensors. You can change the stations also recharge
sensors to suit the and store the
application in hand. For example, a single-gas detector instruments.
used to check hydrogen sulphide levels can be used to
monitor carbon monoxide concentrations after you change
the sensor.
Key steps to follow when you suspect a

dangerous atmosphere
Select the appropriate type of calibrated instruments
for the hazards identified in the assessment.
You must understand the characteristics of the work area
in order to choose the right instruments. Different types of
confined spaces present different kinds of toxic gas
hazards. There are hundreds of different toxics gases or
vapours. You need a familiarity with the characteristics of
the confined space in order to narrow down the
possibilities and choose equipment.
You must use a calibrated monitor that is capable of

measuring the hazardous atmosphere found in the
confined space. For example, if a propane heater is being
used inside a confined space, then you need calibrated
monitors capable of measuring oxygen levels, carbon
monoxide, and combustible gases.
199
EllisDon Safety
Perform the tests safely. almost any other combustible gas. These devices give a
Entry into a confined space must be prohibited before the result expressed as a percentage of the lower explosive
appropriate tests are performed. Atmospheres should be limit (LEL) for the calibration gas used.
evaluated remotely (from outside the confined space) The next thing to check for is the presence of toxic gases
before each entry. If possible, an extendable probe should and vapour using a calibrated instrument.
be inserted through an inspection port or other opening
before removing large doors or covers. If you're using a multi-gas monitor capable of measuring
oxygen, combustibles, and toxic gases simultaneously
Make sure that as much of the space as possible is then the order of testing is not as critical.
tested, including the bottom, mid-level, top, and corners,
so that you don't miss layers or pockets of bad air. (See All three types of dangerous atmospheres must be
figure below). There are some gases that are lighter or evaluated before entry. Users of gas detectors must be
heavier than air. Lighter gases, such as methane, will competent workers. They must also receive training in the
accumulate at the top, while gases heavier than air will operation, calibration, and maintenance of the devices.
sink to floor level. Gases that are the same weight as air, Most manufacturers can provide necessary training.
such as carbon monoxide, will be found throughout a
confined space.
Always test for the three dangerous atmospheres:
too much or too little oxygen

combustible or explosive gases or vapours
toxic gases or vapours.
You may need to monitor the atmosphere

continuously.
Continuous monitoring in a confined space is required

while hot work is being performed in a potentially
flammable or explosive atmosphere or where the
flammable or explosive atmosphere has been rendered
inert by adding an inert gas. It should also be considered
when conditions in the confined space change rapidly.
If continuous monitoring is performed then test results
must be recorded at regular intervals.
Most confined space instruments have data-logging

capabilities. Data-logging is useful for compliance and
record-keeping purposes. If an accident or unusual event
happens, data-logging may be useful for demonstrating
due diligence.
Interpret the results.
There may be other gases present in the confined space

that interfere with the reading for the gas you are trying to
measure. Such gases are referred to as “interfering
gases.” They can lead to misinterpretation of the
monitoring results.
Check for oxygen content, combustible or explosive Know the limitations of your specific equipment.
gases and vapours, and toxic gases and vapours in Consult the manufacturer's instructions for proper
that order if you use more than one meter. use.
First, check for oxygen content. Checking oxygen first is Temperature, humidity, and interfering gases can all
important because you may need adequate oxygen to get affect the performance of gas monitors.
a valid result from other tests.
If the oxygen level is adequate, test for explosive If the atmosphere meets acceptable exposure limits (see
atmospheres. Several different calibration gases are next page) the confined space may be entered. If the
available. Methane is used most frequently since it is a atmosphere does not meet acceptable limits, you need to
common gas found in many places. But you can get implement controls before anyone can enter.
devices calibrated for propane, hexane, heptane, or
200
Acceptable atmospheric levels
10) COMBUSTIBLE, EXPLOSIVE, OR
FLAMMABLE ATMOSPHERES
< 25% of its lower explosive limit:
No worker is allowed to enter a confined space if airborne
inspection work can be performed.
combustible dust or mist is present in a concentration
< 10% of its lower explosive limit: sufficient for explosion. If an explosive or flammable
cold work can be performed. (Cold atmosphere is detected, you can perform only certain
Explosive or work is work which does not involve types of work. The conditions for each type of work are
flammable gas – welding and cutting specified below the following definitions.
or vapour – the use of tools or equipment
which can produce a spark
– other sources of ignition.) Hot work means activities that could produce a
source of ignition such as a spark or open flame.
< 5% of its lower explosive limit: hot Examples of hot work include welding, cutting,
work can be performed. grinding, and using non-explosion-proof electrical
equipment.
At least 19.5% but not more than
Oxygen content Cold work means activities that cannot produce a
23% by volume.
source of ignition.
Exposures to atmospheric
contaminants must not exceed
any applicable limit set out in a) Between 0% and 5% of the LEL, you can perform hot
Regulation 833 (section 1 (d) of work. The following conditions must also be met:
Confined Spaces O. Reg. 632/05)
Exposure to The oxygen content must be maintained below
atmospheric The exposure limits in the 23%
contaminants regulation on Control of Exposure
The atmosphere must be continuoously
to Biological or Chemical Agents
(Ontario Regulation 833) and the monitored.
Designated Substance Regulations* The entry permit must include adequate
are generally considered
provisions for hot work, and it must specify the
reasonable for protecting workers.
appropriate measures to be taken.
An alarm and exit procedure must be in place to
– In the case of a workplace that is not a project, the exposure to
atmospheric contaminants must not exceed any applicable limit set provide adequate warning and allow safe escape
out in Regulation 833 or Ontario Regulation 490/09 (Designated
Substances)
if the atmospheric concentration exceeds 5% of
the LEL or if the oxygen content exceeds 23%.
b) Between 0% and 10% of the LEL, you can perform

If measurements are within acceptable exposure limits but
are approaching hazardous levels, the competent worker's cold work.
decision to proceed should be based on an assessment c) Between 0% and 25% of the LEL, you can perform
of the source of the problem, the likelihood of change, and inspection work.
the conditions at the scene. In doubtful cases, it is best to
implement the appropriate controls discussed in the Alternatively, work may be carried out in the confined
following section. space if the combustible, explosive or flammable
atmosphere is rendered inert by an inert gas (such as
Recording the results. nitrogen, argon, helium, or carbon dioxide).
The test results must be recorded on the work entry
permit. The records must be kept by the constructor or
employer for at least one year after the project is finished. Inerting is the process of replacing the potentially
combustible atmosphere in a confined space with a
noncombustible gas such as nitrogen, argon, helium,
or carbon dioxide.
Never trust your senses to determine whether
the atmosphere in a confined space is safe.
You cannot see or smell many toxic gases and The atmosphere must be monitored continuously to
vapours. ensure it remains inert. The worker in the confined space
You cannot determine by your senses the level must use adequate respiratory equipment as well as
of oxygen present. adequate equipment to help people outside the confined
space locate and rescue the worker if a problem occurs.
Know which gases or vapours may be present in
the confined space and test for them.
201
EllisDon Safety
The inert gas will replace all of the oxygen as well
as the combustible gases in the confined space.
Workers entering the confined space should use
NIOSH-approved air-supplied respirators. After
work is completed, the confined space must be
properly ventilated, and a competent worker must
test the confined space to see if it is safe.
11. VENTILATION / PURGING

This is the most effective method of control. The space
can be purged of dangerous atmospheres by blowing
enough fresh air in, and/or by removing (or suction-
venting) the bad air and allowing clean air in. Studies have
shown that the best results are obtained by blowing fresh A typical manhole 10 feet deep and 5 feet wide contains
air into a space close to the bottom. Check the efficiency 196 cubic feet. Blowing in 750 cubic feet per minute
of ventilation by re-testing the atmosphere with the gas should provide an air change every 15 seconds and easily
detection equipment before entry. dilute or displace most dangerous atmospheres.
When ventilation is used to improve the air in a confined Fans capable of moving 5,000 cubic feet per minute are
space, ensure that the toxic or flammable gases or available for use in larger tanks and vessels.
vapours removed from the space do not pose a risk to
other workers. “Exhaust air” should not be discharged into This type of ventilation may not be adequate in situations
another work area. where additional toxic or explosive gases or vapours may
be generated (e.g., during cleaning and resurfacing tanks
or by disturbing sludge and scale).
If you use mechanical ventilation to maintain In the case of welding or other work which generates a
acceptable atmospheric levels by providing a localized source of toxic gas, fume, or vapour, an exhaust
continuous supply of fresh air, you must have a ventilator can be used to draw out and discharge the
warning system (i.e., an alarm) and exit procedure in hazard in an open area. (See figure below.)
case there is a ventilation failure. The alarm should
be activated by a pressure switch at the fan rather Options must be evaluated by someone who understands
than by electrical failure. This ensures that the alarm the risks of the work being done.
is activated if the fan belt fails.
In cases where the

concentration of
explosive gas or vapour
is higher than the UEL,
ventilation will bring the
concentration down into
the “Explosive Range.”
This is one reason why
you should use only
“explosion-proof” fans.
These may be specially
designed fans powered
by electricity or
compressed air. Some
pneumatic air movers
may also be suitable.
For manholes, you can

use portable fans. These
usually provide around
750-1,000 cubic feet of
air per minute.
202
WORKER TRAINING At the very least, the entry permit must include
Workers must be trained before they enter a confined the location and description of the confined space
space. The training must include a description of the work
recognizing the hazards (including potential hazards) a description of the hazards and the corresponding
in the confined space
controls
safe work practices, including the use of all equipment
such as ventilation equipment, air monitors, and the time period for which the entry permit applies
personal protective equipment. the name of the attendant
It is strongly recommended that a record of each worker who enters and leaves
the employer use an evaluation procedure (a test) to a list of the equipment required for entry and rescue,
ensure that workers have acquired the knowledge and verification that the equipment is in good working
necessary to safely perform their duties order
inexperienced workers team up with experienced the results of the atmospheric testing
workers. additional procedures and control measures if hot
You must review the content of the training at least work is to be done.
annually, and whenever there is a change in
circumstances such as a change in an industrial process. The entry permit may also include
If the review indicates that the training is not adequate,
you must provide additional training. a record of the hazard assessment
You must keep a record of the names of trainers, trainees, the hazard control plan
as well as the date of training. If the project's joint health the training records.
and safety committee or health and safety representative
wants a copy of the record, you must provide one. See four pages ahead for a sample of an entry permit
form.
ENTRY PERMITS Unauthorized entry
Permits are valuable tools for planning, evaluating, and
The constructor must ensure that each entrance to
controlling confined space entries.
the confined space is secured against unauthorized
entry and/or has adequate barricades or signs
warning against unauthorized entry.
A permit involves a formal system of procedures and is

issued by the employer before any worker enters the
confined space. A competent person must verify that the
permit issued complies with the plan before every shift.
The duration of an entry permit must not exceed the time
required to complete the task. Entry permits should be
understood by everyone involved in the job and must be
readily available to every person entering the confined
space.
203
EllisDon Safety
RECORD KEEPING
The employers must keep records of every
plan
assessment
coordination document
training
entry permit
record of rescue equipment inspection
record of tests.
The records must be kept for at least one year after the
project is finished, and they must be available for
inspection.
See next few pages for

— a decision tree for confined space entry
— a sample confined space entry permit.
204
DECISION TREE FOR CONFINED SPACES
Entrance permitted provided all applicable regulations are
followed. For example, if a worker may be injured by
To next page
Is the location a No inhaling a hazardous gas, vapour, dust, or fume, or there is
confinedspace? an explosion hazard, then adequate ventilation must be
Yes provided by natural or mechanical means. If this is not
practicable then respiratory protective equipment suitable
Is there more than one for the hazard must be provided.
No employer involved in
the entry? A copy of the co-ordination document must be
Yes provided to each employer who performs work in the
same confined space and to the project’s joint health
Constructor must prepare a and safety committee (JHSC) or health and safety
coordinationdocument representative (HSR), if any.
The constructor, in turn, must provide a copy to:

The employer The employer must give a • the project’s JHSC or HSR
must prepare a copy to the constructor. and make copies available to:
written program • other employers involved
• workers involved if there is no project JHSC or HSR.
Employer must ensure On request, a copy must be given to the project

that a competent worker JHSC or HSR, or workers if no project JHSC or
prepares a written assessment HSR exists.
A competent person must Workers must be trainedto perform work in

prepare a written plan. accordance with the plan.
The entry permit must be The entry permit must be

The employer must issue an entry verified before each shift available to every person
permitbefore any worker enters the by a competent person. entering the confined space.
confined space.
Before any worker enters the confined space written Rescue equipment must be inspected by a
proceduresand rescue equipmentmust be in place. competent worker.
The employer must ensure that workers entering the confined space are
provided with adequate protective clothing and PPE.
The employer must ensure that workers are protected against

• the release of hazardous substances
• contact with electrical energy
• contact with moving parts
• hazards associated with free-flowing material.
Before a worker enters a confined space, an attendantmust be

• assigned
• stationed outside and near the entrance
• in constant contact with the workers inside
• provided with a device for summoning an adequate rescue response.
The constructor must ensure that the confined space is secured against unauthorized entry.
Before a worker enters a confined space, a competent worker must perform atmospheric testing.
Do tests indicate a hazardous atmosphere? No Entrance permitted.

Yes
205
EllisDon Safety
From previous page Yes
The hazardous atmosphere contains or is likely The hazardous atmosphere contains or likely to contain an
to contain an explosive, flammable, or Or atmosphere where the oxygen content is less than 19.5% or greater
combustible dust, mist, gas or vapour. than 23%; or there is an accumulation of gases, vapours, fumes
dust, or mist that can cause an immediate threat to life or prevent
unaided escape out of the confined space.
There is an airborne concentration of The hazardous atmosphere Can the hazardous atmosphere be purged
dust or mist which is sufficient for Or and vented?
contains an explosive or
explosion.
flammable gas or vapour. Yes
If mechanical ventilation is required,

Can all of the following conditions you need a warning system and exit
be met? No procedure in case of ventilation
failure.
• The hazardous atmosphere
can be rendered inert by
adding an inert gas and it can
be continuously monitored to
ensure it remains inert. Entrance permitted only if Entrance permitted.
• The workers can use adequate Entrance • workers use adequate
Yes
respiratory protective permitted. respiratory protective
equipment. equipment
• Adequate rescue equipment • adequate rescue
can be provided so that the equipment is provided so
person outside can locate and that the person outside
rescue the worker. can locate and rescue the
• Other equipment can be worker
provided as necessary to • other equipment is
ensure the worker’s safety. provided as is necessary
to ensure the worker’s
safety.
No
No worker is allowed to enter or remain in a

confined space if there is an airborne concentration
of dust or mist sufficient for explosion.
No worker is allowed to enter or remain in the confined space unless, for each of the following types of work, certain conditions are met
while performing the work.
For hot work For cold work For inspection work
Is the concentration of flammable or explosive gas Is the concentration of Is the concentration of

less than 5% of its Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) and flammable gas or vapour less flammable gas or vapour
the oxygen content less than 23%?
than 10% of its LEL? less than 25% of its LEL?
Yes No No Yes No Yes
Entrance permitted only if Entrance permitted Entrance permitted

Entrance permitted only if • the hazardous atmosphere is only if a worker can only if a worker can
rendered inert by adding an perform cold work perform inspection
• the atmospheric
inert gas and it can be that does not work that does not
concentration is monitored
continuously monitored to create a source of create a source of
continuously
• the entry permit provides ensure it remains inert ignition. ignition.
for control measures for hot work • the workers use adequate
• an alarm system and exit respiratory protective
procedures are provided. equipment
• adequate rescue equipment is
provided so that the person
outside can locate and rescue
the worker
• other equipment is provided
as is necessary to ensure the
worker’s safety.
206

Employer name ____________________________ Project name __________________________________
Date ______________________________________ Permit end time ________________________________
Assessment performed by __________________ Permit start time ________________________________
Location of confined space (or spaces if they are similar)
Description of confined space (or spaces if they are similar)
Description of work to be performed
Monitoring equipment
Air testing equipment Serial # Last calibrated
Air quality results

Location: Location: Location:
Test # Test # Test #

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Time of test
Oxygen, %
Combustibles, %
Atmospheric
hazard:
Atmospheric
hazard:
Atmospheric
hazard:
Other:
Tester’s name ______________________________ Signature ______________________________________
207
EllisDon Safety
Controls
Atmospheric hazards Hazard controls Personal protective

(existing or introduced) equipment (type)
Flammable Purge using mechanical Respirator ____________________

Toxic ventilation equipped with Gloves ________________________
Corrosive warning device in case of Boots ________________________
failure.
Oxygen deficient Coveralls ______________________
Oxygen enriched Natural ventilation Eye protection__________________
Other:__________ (re-test / air quality) Other: ________________________
Continuous monitoring
Other:________________
Physical hazards Hazard controls Personal protective equipment (type)
Hot temperature Ventilation Hearing protection

Cold De-energize, lockout Anti-vibration gloves
Noise Blank, disconnect Other gloves: ____________
Electricity GFCI cords Goggles
Vibration Lighting Fall protection
Slippery surface Other:_________________ Other:___________________
Lighting
Work at height
Moving machinery
Influx of liquid
Influx of gas
Hazard above
Other:____________
Attendant
Attendant’s name __________________________ Signature ______________________________________
Communications
Method of communication with workers Method of communication to summon rescue
__________________________________________ ____________________________________________
208
On-site rescue
Adequate number of trained persons are available to implement rescue procedures
Appropriate rescue Appropriate rescue equipment has been inspected and is

equipment is readily in good working order:
available to be used
for a rescue
List of equipment required for entry Respirator Coveralls
Tripod Harness Winch/cable Other:_________________________________________
Training
Names of Has confined Trained in the Time of entry Time of exit

workers approved space entry plan
for entry training
Hot work (complete if hot work will be conducted)

Will space be rendered inert by adding inert gas? Yes No
If “yes,” ensure
space is monitored continuously to ensure it remains inert
worker(s) entering use adequate respiratory equipment – list equipment:_____________________
there is adequate equipment to allow persons outside to locate and rescue worker – list
equipment: __________________________________________________________________________
there is other equipment necessary to ensure safety of worker – list equipment: ______________
____________________________________________________________________________________
If “no,” ensure
Flammable gas is O2 content is Atmosphere will Alarm and exit procedures are in
maintained below 5% of maintained be monitored place should the LEL exceed 5%
its LEL by purging and below 23% continuously or the O2 exceed 23%
continuous ventilation
Supervisor’s name __________________________ Signature ______________________________________
209
EllisDon Safety
BLOOD-BORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN
This exposure plan is established to protect occupationally exposed employees from hazards of blood-borne pathogens, in
particular Hepatitis B Virus and HIV.
The Safety Department is responsible for the establishment, implementation and maintenance of all aspects of this
Exposure Control Program. These procedures will be reviewed and updated in accordance with the applicable regulations.
A. DEFINITIONS
Blood:
Human blood, human blood components and products made from human blood.
Blood-borne Pathogens:
Pathogenic micro-organisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include,
but are not limited to Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).
Contaminated:
The presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood, or other potentially infectious materials on an item or
surface.
Decontamination:
Use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate or destroy blood-borne pathogens on a surface or item to the point
where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling,
use or disposal.
Exposure Incident:
A specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact skin or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially
infectious materials that results from the performance of an employee’s duties.
B. EXPOSURE DETERMINATION
Designated first aid responders are the affected employees who are considered exposed, or will potentially be exposed to
blood and/or other potentially infectious materials. Trauma counselling will be available for individuals who believe they
have been exposed to potentially infectious material.
C. EXPOSURE CONTROL
(1) Universal precautions must be observed to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. All
employees that perform first aid/CPR should use the proper personal protective equipment.
(2) Hand washing facilities will be provided at each job site. This may consist of, running water and soap or antiseptic hand
cleanser or towelette. Employees must wash hands and any other skin immediately following contact of such body areas
with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
(3) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:
(a) Disposable rubber gloves shall be worn when the employee may have contact with blood.
(b) Pocket masks or mouthpieces will be used while performing CPR.
(c) Avoid sharing PPE which may have been exposed to blood products without proper cleaning and disinfecting.
(4) HOUSEKEEPING:
(a) All equipment and working surfaces must be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other
potentially infectious materials. The decontamination shall occur as soon as feasible, using an appropriate
disinfectant (Bleach-Water 1:10 concentration).
(b) All contaminated materials (ie. gloves, pocket masks or clothing) shall be collected and sealed in a plastic bag
marked Biohazard for proper disposal, as per regional legislation.
210
BLOOD-BORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN CONT’D
D. POST EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP

Following report of an exposure incident, the exposed employee will be provided a confidential medical evaluation and
follow-up including:
(1) Documentation of the route of exposure, and the circumstances of the exposure incident.
(2) Identification and documentation of the source individual.
(3) Source individual’s blood will be tested for HBV/HIV antigens as soon as feasible after exposure.
(4) Exposed individual will be advised of source individual’s test results and informed of applicable laws and regulations
concerning disclosure of identity and infectious status of the source individual.
(5) Trauma counselling will be available if necessary.
E. AWARENESS
(1) Employees will be made aware of potential hazards:
(a) A review of the local legislative requirements of the Blood-borne Pathogens Program and company Exposure
Control Plan.
(b) A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of blood-borne diseases.
(c) An explanation of the modes of transmission of blood-borne pathogens.
(d) An explanation of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure including appropriate
work practices, and personal protective equipment.
(e) An explanation of the procedures to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting the
incident and the medical follow-up that will be made available.
F. RECORD KEEPING
(1) Medical Records - an accurate record for each employee with occupational exposure will be kept in a confidential file.
(2) Training Records - training records will include the dates, content, names of those attending and the name of the person
conducting the training.
211
EllisDon Safety
EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN
POST EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP

SOURCE INDIVIDUAL CONSENT FORM
Date of Exposure:
Exposed Employee Name(s):
SIN:
SIN:
SIN:
SIN:
Source Individual Name (if known):
Relation to Company:
CONSENT FROM SOURCE INDIVIDUAL:
Legally required consent cannot be obtained because source:
Refused n Unavailable n Unknown n Deceased n Not legally competent to sign n
Other (please specify):
I consent to be tested for (specify) n HBV n HIV (or authorize release of records that indicate my status
on the condition(s) checked to the company’s designated provider only. I am aware that the results of the
test(s) will be made available to the exposed employee(s) named above. However, this consent to test is valid
only if the exposed employees are informed by the designated medical power of the applicable laws and
regulations concerning the disclosure of my identity and infectious state.
Source Individual Signature Date

DIRECTIONS FOR EMPLOYER MAIN OFFICE
Send a copy of this form to the designated medical provider if an occupational exposure is reported,
along with copies of:
n Relevant employee accident reports n Supervisor’s Accident Report
Original of this form must be filed in the exposed employee’s confidential claim/incident file.
212
EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN CONT’D
EXPOSURE CONTROL FORM

Employee Name and Title Date
OUTLINE
If possible provide copies of/and or verbally explain to the employee the following:
An explanation of the modes of transportation of blood-borne pathogens.

An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that
may involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials.
An explanation of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure
including appropriate work practices, and personal protective equipment.
Information of the types, proper uses, location, removal, handling, decontamination, and
disposal of personal protective equipment.
An explanation of the basis for selection of personal protective equipment.
Information on the hepatitis B vaccine, including information on its efficiency, safety, method of
administration, the benefits of being vaccinated and that the vaccine will be offered free of
charge.
Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving
blood or other potentially infectious materials.
An explanation of the procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method
of reporting and medical follow-up that will be made available.
Information on the post exposure evaluation and the follow-up that will be made available.
An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the trainer.
X
Trainer’s Qualifications Employee Signature
DIRECTIONS TO EMPLOYER
n Copy to employee
n Copy to file at job site
n Original to main office Date:
213
EllisDon Safety
LEAD EXPOSURE
Both federal and provincial health administrations identify lead as a hazardous substance that through exposure, may cause
a worker harm.
Harmful exposure to lead can cause illness including kidney and brain damage.
Lead enters the body in one of two ways – inhalation or ingestion. Inorganic lead is not significantly absorbed through
intact skin.
Lead may be ingested by putting contaminated items from the work area into one’s mouth (pens, pencils, biting nails, eating
or drinking food/drinks stored in work area).
Special attention to the disposal/safe storage of lead contaminated clothing and objects is especially important when taking
into consideration the possibility of lead exposure to children/pregnant women after leaving the workplace. Children have a
tendency to put foreign objects in their mouths thus it is important to keep lead contaminated objects away from them.
Where respiratory protection is required please refer to the Respiratory Protection Guidelines.
Exposure to lead in construction can occur through these types of operations:
Demolition.
Alteration, renovation or repair of structures that contain lead.
Removal of paint by mechanical or chemical stripping.
Removal or repair of piping; lead pipe, solder, etc.
A Hazard Assessment must be conducted to determine if the work has the potential to expose workers to lead.
Employers must ensure that a worker’s exposure to lead is kept as low as reasonably achievable and not to exceed 0.05
mg/cubic metres over an 8 hour time period. Atmospheric testing should be assessed before a worker is exposed and
workers must be informed of the testing results.
Installation and application of lead containing products, including sheet lead.
In the event of an uncontrolled release of lead in the workplace, a code of practice (Alberta) will document the
measures to be taken specifying the PPE to be used by workers who may be exposed, decontamination procedures,
emergency procedures including contact names and phone numbers, waste handling, and follow-up monitoring
requirements.
The lead exposure program covers elements such as Exposure Limits and Assessment of Exposure.
The appropriate bulk samples and airborne samples must be taken to evaluate the worker exposure and also to ensure that
the appropriate respiratory protective devices are used by the workers if engineering practices or a similar alternative is not
available. When obtaining bulk samples of lead paint, samples of the building material the lead paint is covering should also
be taken, as the lead will leach into the material. This may occur in plaster, wood, etc.
Contact with lead in quantities sufficient to pose a hazard to a worker is not common in construction unless extensive
renovation of an older building or bridge is undertaken.
In the event that lead quantities exceed the permissible exposure limit (PEL), then a series of procedures must be
implemented:
The employer will maintain a work practice to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL. This may include
engineering practices or respirators.
There must be a written compliance program.
Workers must be fully trained in the safe work procedure.
Workers receive or have access to the written procedure at all times.
Where respirators are used that workers are medically fit to use them for prolonged periods and that they receive
training as to the care and fit of the respirators.
214
LEAD EXPOSURE CONT’D
Where the skin or eyes are exposed that appropriate protective clothing be provided to the worker for their protection.
That disposal or cleaning of the protective clothing is in accordance with local legislative requirements.
That housekeeping is done in accordance with the code.
That workers do not smoke or eat in the contaminated work area.
That change areas are provided for the storage of protective clothing.
That hand washing or shower facilities are provided to ensure workers do not contaminate non-work clothes.
That a medical surveillance program be initiated and monitored as required. Blood testing will be offered to the
worker at the employer’s expense. Worker has a right to refuse blood test and must submit refusal in writing (Alberta
Reg. 43(4)).
That appropriate records be maintained of worker exposure, medical surveillance,respiratory devices used, dates of
exposures, etc. as required.
That workers have access to the applicable lead standard.
215
EllisDon Safety
EllisDon Safety 216
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY)
- TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description PAGES
Introduction 218
Respiratory Hazards 218
Respiratory Protective Equipment 218
Protection Factors 221
Respirator Selection 221
Fit Testing and Seal Checks 223
Respirator Maintenance 225
Approvals and Standards 225
Review 226
Respirator Selection Guide for Common Construction Activities 228
PROTECTION
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
15 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION jobs under way. For example, both mist and vapours may
be present from paint spraying or both gases and fumes
Introduction from welding.
In the course of their work, construction personnel are Health Effects
often exposed to respiratory hazards in the form of
dangerous dusts, gases, fumes, mists, and vapours. Respiratory hazards can be divided into the following
classes based on the type of effects they cause.
In some cases careful selection of materials and work
practices can virtually eliminate respiratory hazards. Irritants are materials that irritate the eyes, nose, throat,
Where that is not possible, the next best choice is or lungs. This group includes fibreglass dust, hydrogen
engineering controls such as fume exhaust systems that chloride gas, ozone, and many solvent vapours. With
deal with the hazard at the source. some materials (e.g., cadmium fume produced by welding
or oxyacetylene cutting of metals coated with cadmium)
Respirators are the least preferred method of protection the irritation leads to a pneumonia-like condition called
from respiratory hazards because they pulmonary edema. This effect may not be apparent
• do not deal with the hazard at the source until several hours after exposure has stopped.
• can be unreliable if not properly fitted and maintained Asphyxiants are substances which result in inadequate
• may be uncomfortable to wear. oxygen in the body. They can be classified as either
In spite of these drawbacks, in many construction simple asphyxiants or chemical asphyxiants.
operations respiratory protective equipment is the only Simple asphyxiants are other gases or vapours which
practical control. cause oxygen to be displaced, creating an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere. Oxygen content of 18% may lead
Respiratory Hazards to some fatigue during exertion. Oxygen concentrations
Respiratory hazards may be present as lower than 15% can cause loss of consciousness and
may be fatal. For example, nitrogen used to purge tanks
• gases can displace oxygen, resulting in unconsciousness and
• vapours even death for those who enter. Oxygen may also be
• fumes
consumed by chemical or biological activity such as
• mist
rusting or bacteria digesting sewage.
• dusts.
Chemical asphyxiants interfere with the body’s ability to
Gases — consist of individual molecules of substances,
transport or use oxygen. Two examples are carbon
and at room temperature and pressure, they are always
monoxide and hydrogen sulphide.
in the gaseous state. Common toxic gases found in
construction are carbon monoxide from engine exhaust Central nervous system depressants interfere with
and hydrogen sulphide produced by decaying matter nerve function and cause symptoms such as headache,
found in sewers and other places. drowsiness, nausea, and fatigue. Most solvents are
central nervous system depressants.
Vapours — are similar to gases except that they are
formed by the evaporation of liquids (e.g., water vapour). Fibrotic materials cause “fibrosis” or scarring of lung
Common vapours found in construction are produced by tissue in the air sacs. Common fibrotic materials found in
solvents such as xylene, toluene, and mineral spirits used construction include asbestos and silica.
in paints, coatings, and degreasers. Carcinogens cause or promote cancer in specific body
Fumes — are quite different from gases or vapours, organs. Asbestos is the most common carcinogen in
although the terms are often used interchangeably. construction.
Technically, fumes consist of small particles formed by the Nuisance dusts do not cause significant effects unless
condensation of materials which have been subjected to exposure is of high concentration and/or long duration.
high temperatures. Welding fume is the most common Excessive exposure to these substances can be adverse in
type of fume in construction. Other examples include pitch itself or can aggravate existing conditions such as
fume from coal tar used in built-up roofing and fume from emphysema, asthma, or bronchitis. Examples include
diesel engines. plaster dust, cellulose from some insulation, and limestone
Mists — are small droplets of liquid suspended in air. The dust.
spraying of paint, form oils, and other materials generates
mists of varying composition.
Respiratory Protective Equipment
A wide variety of equipment can be used to protect
Dusts — are particles which are usually many times
workers from respiratory hazards. Devices range from
larger than fume particles. Dusts are generated by
simple, inexpensive dust masks to sophisticated self-
crushing, grinding, sanding, or cutting and by work such
contained breathing apparatus. Generally, the equipment
as demolition. Two kinds of hazardous dust common in
can be divided into two distinct classes — air-purifying
construction are fibrous dust from insulation materials
respirators and supplied-air respirators.
(such as asbestos, mineral wool, and glass fibre) and
non-fibrous silica dust from sandblasting, concrete cutting, Air-Purifying Respirators
or rock drilling.
As their name indicates, these devices purify the air
In construction settings, respiratory hazards may be drawn through them. There are two main types of air-
compounded, depending on the number and variety of purifying respirators:
15 – 1
218
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION CONT’D
1) Non-powered • particulate filters
Air is drawn through the air-purifying filter by the • gas/vapour cartridge filters
wearer breathing in and creating a negative pressure • combination particulate/gas/vapour filters. See Figure 27.
in the facepiece. Non-powered respirators depend
entirely on the wearer breathing in (inhaling) and Particulate Filter
breathing out (exhaling) to deliver an adequate supply This type removes solid particles such as dusts, fumes, or
of purified breathing air. mists and operates like the air filter in a car engine. The
2) Powered devices may be filtering facepiece respirators or respirators
These respirators have a blower that blows purified air with replaceable filters. Different grades of filters are
into the facepiece. (Figure 31). available, depending on the size of particles to be removed.
Air-purifying respirators have limitations and should not be When particulate filters fill up with dust or fume, they
used where become harder to breathe through but are more efficient,
• there is insufficient oxygen since air is being filtered through the layer of trapped
• very high concentrations of contaminant are present particles as well as the filter itself.
• the contaminant cannot be detected by odour or taste While particulate filters can provide good protection
at safe levels. against particles such as dusts, mists, or fumes, they
cannot filter out gases or vapours because of the very
Warning: Air-purifying respirators simply remove small size of gas and vapour molecules.
certain airborne hazards. They do not increase or Particulate filters for non-powered air-purifying respirators
replenish the oxygen content of the air and should are divided into three levels of filter efficiency: 95%, 99%,
never be worn in atmospheres containing less than and 99.97%. These numbers refer to the percentage of
19.5% oxygen. particles the filter can remove, based on the particle size
most difficult to trap. Filters rated to these efficiencies
Although many different filters have been designed for outperform the dust/mist and dust/fume/mist filters of the
specific hazards, there are three basic types used with past. For workers removing asbestos insulation or lead
air-purifying respirators: paint, for instance, the 99.97% efficiency cartridge would
be the best choice. This is known as the 100 efficiency
Figure 27 class, previously identified as the HEPA filter.
Oil has been found to ruin the filtering ability of some filter
material. Oil coats the filter fibres, preventing the electrostatic
charge on the fibres from attracting and removing
particulates. Therefore, to ensure that a suitable filter is being
used, particulate filters have an N, R, or P designation:
N – Not resistant to oil
R – Resistant to oil
P – oil-Proof.
Particulate Filter
The N series of filters is suitable for airborne particles
such as wood dust, when there are no oil-based particles
also in the air. For example, an N series filter would be
recommended during the removal of old lead paint.
However, when spraying form oil or putting down hot
asphalt—operations that involve airborne oil particles—the
correct filter would have an R or P designation.
The R series—resistant to oil—should only be used for a
single shift when solvent or oil mist is present in the air.
This filter resists oil but may lose its filtering ability when
Gas/Vapour Cartridge Filter in contact with oil over a long time.
When using P series filters, check the manufacturer’s
instructions to determine how long the filter can be used
when airborne oil particles are present. P series filters were
originally thought to be oil-proof but tests show there may
be some loss of filtering ability with long-term oil exposure.
Warning: N, R, and P series filters by themselves do
not provide protection against organic vapours.
Combination Particulate/Gas/Vapour Cartridge Filter

Filter Types
219
EllisDon Safety
TORY PROTECTION
Gas/Vapour Cartridge Filter moisture in compressed air, at a given pressure, will
condense out as droplets or “dew.” It must be kept at least
This type uses substances which absorb or neutralize
5°C below the lowest expected ambient temperature.
gases and vapours. Unlike particulate filters, gas/vapour
cartridge filters become less efficient the longer they are For example, if you are working where the temperature is
used. They act like sponges and, when full, allow gas or -10°C, the dew point should be at least -15°C. Water
vapour to pass through without being absorbed. This is vapour can be removed from compressed air with a drying
called “breakthrough.” system or water-absorbing materials.
Common gas/vapour cartridge filters include the following: Types of Supplied-Air Respirators
• “Organic Vapour Cartridges” usually contain activated The three basic types of supplied-air respirators are
charcoal to remove vapours such as toluene, xylene, airline unit, ambient air blower, and self-contained
and mineral spirits found in paints, adhesives, and breathing apparatus (SCBA).
cleaners.
The airline unit depends on a hose connecting the
• “Acid Gas Cartridges” contain materials which absorb
respirator to cylinders of compressed breathing air. An
acids and may be used for protection against limited
abrasive-blaster’s hood is one example (Figure 28).
concentrations of hydrogen chloride, sulphur dioxide,
and chlorine. The ambient air blower draws air through an inlet hose
• “Ammonia Cartridges” contain an absorbent designed (positioned where the air is clean) and pumps the air
specifically to remove only ammonia gases. under fairly low pressure to the worker’s hood, helmet, or
facepiece.
Note
The self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) uses a
For respirators equipped with gas or vapour cylinder of air carried by the wearer (Figure 29). SCBAs are
cartridges to be used safely, the contaminant must awkward, heavy, and require frequent cylinder changes.
have good warning properties (odour, taste, or
Combination airline/SCBA units are available for work in
breathing irritation) that let the user know the
confined spaces and other high-risk assignments where
cartridge is no longer working. When the user senses
reserve protection is required (Figure 30).
contaminant starting to penetrate the cartridge, it’s
time to change the cartridge. With these devices or with simple airline units, the
wearer’s mobility is understandably restricted by the
When users depend on odour as a warning, the
trailing hose and the length of line available. In addition,
odour threshold of the contaminant must be below its
airlines may get crimped or may snag on equipment.
exposure limit.
If an atmosphere is immediately dangerous to life or
Certain cartridges are available with an end-of-
health, a combination airline/SCBA unit is required.
service-life indicator. These cartridges have been
developed for a few contaminants with poor warning Both airline and SCBA units are more expensive than air-
properties such as carbon monoxide. The end-of- purifying systems, but they generally provide much
service-life indicator changes colour to warn the user greater protection.
to change the cartridge.
Modes of Operation
Cartridges must not be used for contaminants with
Respirators can operate in the following modes:
poor warning properties unless the respirator
manufacturer can offer cartridges with end-of-service- • “negative pressure” or “demand”
life indicators. • “constant-flow”
• “positive pressure” or “pressure-demand.”
Combination Particulate/Gas/Vapour
Cartridge with Filter Negative Pressure or Demand Mode
This type removes particulate matter, vapours, and gases Air is delivered only when the wearer inhales. Pressure
from the air. It is used where more than one type of inside the facepiece is then lower than pressure outside
hazard is present or may develop. the facepiece. This allows air to pass through the filters in
the case of air-purifying respirators, or actuates a valve
Supplied-Air Respirators that allows air into the facepiece in the case of supplied-
Supplied-air respirators provide clean breathing air from air respirators. Because contaminated air may leak inward
an uncontaminated source, usually a special compressor around the facepiece, these devices have limited use in
located in a clean environment, or from cylinders high exposure conditions.
containing compressed breathing air. The quality of the air Constant-Flow Mode
supplied should meet the requirements of CSA Standard
Z180.1, Compressed Breathing Air and Systems. As the name implies, these devices deliver a constant
flow of air to the wearer. Powered air-purifying respirators
The moisture content of supplied air should be limited to (PAPRs) use a battery-powered fan to draw air through
prevent fogging, corrosion, and freezing of regulators and the filter and then blow it into the facepiece (Figure 31).
valves and to prolong the service life of filters used to Constant-flow supplied-air respirators such as
remove other contaminants. sandblasters’ hoods use a simple valve to control the flow
The “pressure dew point” is important in relation to of “clean” air from the compressor. Minimum flow rates of
moisture. The term refers to the temperature at which 170 litres per minute (6 cubic ft/min) for loose-fitting hoods
220
or helmets and 115 litres per minute (4 cubic ft/min) for the exposure limit (0.1 fibre/cm3). If the concentration of
tight-fitting facepieces must be maintained to minimize asbestos becomes greater than 1 fibre/cm3 during the
inward leakage of contaminated air and still provide course of work, a respirator with a greater protection
adequate breathing air. factor must be used.
Positive Pressure or Pressure-Demand Mode The Canadian Standards Association (CSA), the US
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Since the previous modes may permit significant inward
(NIOSH), and the American National Standards Institute
leakage, a system which maintains a positive pressure
(ANSI) have each published slightly different protection
inside the facepiece at all times, as well as supplying
factors. In this manual, NIOSH-assigned protection factors
more air as demanded, was developed.
are used.
If leakage occurs, the high pressure inside the facepiece
The degree of protection depends on the type of
directs the leakage away from the facepiece rather than
respirator, style of facepiece, and principle of operation.
allowing it in.
Generally, supplied-air respirators provide better
This class of device is only available with supplied-air
protection than air-purifying respirators; full-face masks
respirators.
provide better protection than half-face masks; and
Styles of Facepieces positive-pressure devices provide more protection than
In addition to the type of respirator and mode of operation, negative-pressure types.
the style of facepiece is used to classify respirators. Table 7 lists protection factors for the respirators described
Different styles are available (Figure 32). so far. The information can be used to select the most
appropriate device for any given situation.
Protection Factors
The protection factors listed in Table 7 were determined
The protection factor (PF) is a measure of the by testing a wide variety of devices worn by a large
effectiveness of a respirator. PFs are determined by number of people and represent the average degree of
dividing the concentration of a contaminant outside the protection achieved. Protection factors for individual
respirator by the concentration inside the respirator. PFs wearers may differ significantly from the values listed.
are used in the selection process to determine the
maximum use concentration (MUC) for the respirator. The Respirator Selection
MUC is determined by multiplying the legislated or
In order to select the proper respirator for a particular job,
recommended exposure limit by the PF.
it is necessary to know and understand
For example, the exposure limit for chrysotile asbestos in
• the characteristics of the contaminant(s)
Ontario is 0.1 fibre/cm3 of air. If we are using a half-mask
• the anticipated exposure conditions
respirator with N100 filters (PF=10), the MUC is 1
• the performance limitations of the equipment
fibre/cm3. This is obtained by multiplying the PF (10) by
• any legislation that applies.
Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30
Type CE abrasive-blast supplied-air respirators are

the only respirators suitable for abrasive-blast
(sandblasting) operations. As a minimum, NIOSH
recommends a type CE, positive pressure, with tight-
fitting half-mask facepiece respirator. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
Abrasive–Blaster’s Supplied-Air Hood (SCBA) Combination Airline/SCBA Unit
221
EllisDon Safety
b) Type of work to be done (e.g.,
Figure 31 painting, welding).
c) Description of worksite conditions
(e.g., inside a tank, outdoors).
d) Exposure concentration, if known
(e.g., 150 ppm of toluene).
e) Whether the material will be
heated, sprayed, etc.
f) Other materials being used in the
vicinity.
The respiratory protection
specialist will evaluate this
information and compare it with
the following additional data:
g) The permissible exposure limit of
the dust, gas, or vapour, often
referred to as the TLV® or
Threshold Limit Value*. These
values are used in conjunction
A powered air-purifying respirator with the protection factors listed in
(PAPR) blows a continuous supply Table 1 to determine the
of filtered air over the face. When maximum use concentration.
working conditions are hot and *TLV is a term copyrighted by the American
humid, it provides more comfort Conference of Governmental Industrial
than non-powered air-purifying Hygienists.
respirators. h) The physical properties of the
Remember: PAPRs are air-purifying contaminant:
and should never be used under • Vapour Pressure — The
oxygen-deficient conditions.
maximum amount of vapour
which can be generated under
given conditions.
Battery Pack, Blower and Filter Housing • Warning Properties (e.g.,
irritation, odour, taste) — If the
material has poor warning
Powered Air-Purifying Respirators (PAPRs) properties (for example, when
the lowest concentration that
can be detected by odour is
It is also important to realize that facial hair and deep greater than the permissible exposure
facial scars can interfere with the seal between respirator concentration), air-purifying respirators are usually
and face. Respirators should only be selected by not permitted.
someone who understands all of these factors. • Types of Effects — With cancer-causing materials
Before using or handling a controlled product, consult the a higher degree of protection is usually specified.
material safety data sheet (MSDS). The MSDS will identify • Performance of Filters — With some gases and
any respiratory protection required. Under the Workplace vapours the filter can become overloaded in just a
Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), MSDSs few minutes. Therefore, knowledge of the filtering
must be available to users of control-led products. The MSDS material and its performance against specific
should specify the type of respirator to be worn. gases and vapours is necessary.
i) The concentration considered to be Immediately
The chart at the end of this section is a guide to respirator Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH). IDLH
selection. It is intended as a guide only and may not be atmospheres pose an immediate threat to life or
applicable to every case. health or the threat of a serious but delayed effect on
For activities not listed, information regarding type of health (e.g., radioactive dust exposures). One
work, nature of material(s) involved, and working example of an IDLH situation is the repair of a
conditions is required and expert advice should be chlorine leak where a worker could be overcome by
obtained. the gas very quickly. IDLH atmospheres should only
be entered by persons wearing SCBA or SCBA/airline
If there is any doubt about the correct type of protection respirators as shown in Figures 29 and 30.
for a specific material and operation, consult the j) Possibility of skin absorption. With some chemicals
manufacturer of the product, a supplier or manufacturer of the amount of material which can be absorbed
respirators, or CSAO. When seeking information on the through the skin is of equal or greater concern than
type of respirator for use in specific situations, provide as the amount of gas or vapour which can be inhaled.
much of the following information as possible: For these situations supplied-air protective suits may
a) Name and form of the material (oil or non-oil). If the be necessary.
form is unknown, consider it an oil.
222
Figure 32
Filtering Half-Facepieces
Most of these devices are designed to
be worn only once. They fit over the
mouth and nose, rest on the chin, and
are held in place by two straps. Some
of the more sophisticated versions with
adjustable straps and exhalation valves
can be worn more than once, provided
they are not damaged.
Filtering Facepiece
for Particulates
Full-Face Mask
This style covers the entire face
and consists of a moulded
Filtering Facepiece rubber or plastic frame and a
with Exhalation Valves clear visor. Since it fits against
the relatively smooth rim of the
face, it provides more protection
than other face masks. Full-face
masks can be used with air-
purifying, powered air-purifying,
and supplied-air respirators.
Hoods and Helmets

Unlike the previous styles, these
devices do not rely on tight seals Facepiece
to prevent inward leakage of
Strap
contaminated air. Instead they Replaceable
depend on the continuous flow of Filter/
large volumes of air. Hoods and Cartridge
helmets can be used
with powered air-purifying
and supplied-air systems.
Exhalation Valve
Inhalation Valve
Half-Face Mask
This style is widely used as an air-purifying respirator with one
or more filters or cartridges attached to the facepiece. The
k) Eye irritation — some contaminants will cause eye silicone, thermoplastic, or rubber facepiece covers the mouth
irritation, making it difficult to see. For these and nose, cups under the chin, and is usually held in place by
two straps. It generally provides better protection than quarter-
contaminants, a full-face mask must be worn. face masks because the chin cup affords a more secure fit.
As shown by points a) to k), many factors must be
considered to ensure that the proper respirator is selected
for a specific situation.
Fit Testing and Seal Checks
Note Once a respirator has been selected, the next critical step
Facial hair and eye protection can adversely affect the is ensuring that it fits properly. One size does not fit all.
respirator seal. Facial hair between the face and a With every respirator except hoods or helmets, a tight seal
tight-fitting respirator can cause a great deal of is required between facepiece and face.
leakage and reduce the effectiveness of protection
With negative-pressure respirators (e.g., non-powered air-
significantly. Respirator wearers should be clean-
purifying respirators and demand supplied-air respirators)
shaven to achieve the best possible seal. Where eye
gaps in the seal will permit contaminated air to enter the
protection with temple bars or straps passing between
breathing zone.
face and respirator is necessary, consider wearing a
full-face mask. With positive-pressure respirators (e.g., powered air-
purifying respirators and pressure-demand supplied-air
respirators) a lot of air will be wasted through outward
15 – 6
223
EllisDon Safety
TORY PROTECTION
Table 7: Protection Factors (according to NIOSH)
Facepiece Cartridge Protection
Type of Respirator Facepiece Style Hazard Form
Pressure Type Factor
Air-purifying Filtering half-facepiece N N/A Particle 10 ‡

Half-face mask N 1 Particle, gas, vapour 10 ‡
Full-face mask N 1 Particle 10
Full-face mask N 2 Particle 50
Full-face mask N 3 Gas, vapour 50 ‡
Powered air-purifying Loose hood helmet C 1 Particle, gas, vapour 25 ‡

Tight-fitting facepiece C 3 Gas, vapour 50 ‡
Tight-fitting facepiece C 2 Particle 50
Airline Half-face mask N N/A Particle, gas, vapour 10

Half-face mask P N/A Particle, gas, vapour 1,000
Full-face mask N N/A Particle, gas, vapour 50
Full-face mask P N/A Particle, gas, vapour 2,000
Hood or helmet C N/A Particle, gas, vapour 25
SCBA * Half-face mask P N/A Particle, gas, vapour 1,000

SCBA * Full-face mask N N/A Particle, gas, vapour 50
SCBA * Full-face mask P N/A Particle, gas, vapour 10,000
* SCBA or airline with emergency air bottle adequate for N Negative 1 Any appropriate NIOSH-approved
escape from the hazardous environment C Constant flow 2 High efficiency particulate aerosol (HEPA)
‡ Protection factor may be limited by the cartridge. Check P Positive 3 Appropriate NIOSH-approved gas or vapour
with manufacturer. N/A Not applicable
leakage and the degree of protection provided to the

wearer could be reduced. Also, “venturi effects” may allow
air to escape in one area and draw contaminated air into
the facepiece around the escaping air.
For these and other reasons, the fit of respirators must be
carefully tested. Generally there are two types of fit testing
— qualitative and quantitative.
Qualitative Fit Tests
1) Irritant Smoke Test — The wearer puts on the
respirator with “high efficiency or fume filters” in place.
A cloud of irritant smoke is created around the
wearer. If leakage is detected the respirator should be
adjusted.
Caution: Most of the smoke clouds used in this test
are very irritating to the eyes, nose, and throat.
Workers are advised to keep their eyes closed during
the test and to back out of the smoke as soon as they
notice any leakage or irritation. 3) Saccharin Test — This test is similar to the iso amyl
acetate test except that it uses saccharin as the test
2) Iso Amyl Acetate (Banana Oil) Test — The wearer material and a dust/mist or high efficiency respirator. If
puts on the respirator with “organic vapour” cartridge the sweet taste or smell of saccharin is detected, the
filters in place. A cotton swab dipped in iso amyl fit must be adjusted.
acetate solution is passed along the outline of the 4) Bitrex Solution Aerosol Test — In this test the
facepiece (iso amyl acetate smells like very ripe wearer puts on the respirator with any particulate
bananas). If the wearer smells the solution, the filter. A hood or test enclosure is put over the wearer’s
respirator should be adjusted. head and shoulders. Bitrex is then sprayed into the
Note: Some people cannot smell iso amyl acetate. hood or enclosure. Bitrex is a very bitter solution and
Before starting the test, check to ensure that the can easily be detected if it leaks through the face
person can detect the odour. Use two small jars, one seal. If the wearer cannot taste the Bitrex, then the
containing water, the other containing the test respirator fits properly.
solution. Ask the person whether one smells different
and what it smells like.
224
Quantitative Fit Tests sanitizers/disinfectants).
7) Check all supply hoses, valves, and regulators on
In these tests the wearer puts on a special respirator which
supplied-air respirators as specified by the manufacturer.
has a probe mounted inside the facepiece. The wearer then
8) SCBA units and high-pressure cylinders of
goes into a test chamber or booth which contains a known
compressed breathing air should be used and
concentration of a specific gas, vapour, or aerosol. The
maintained in accordance with current Canadian
amount of leakage is determined by sampling the air inside
Standards Association Z180.1 Compressed Breathing
the facepiece through the probe. This method is not well
Air and Systems, and Z94.4 Selection, Care and Use
suited for use on most construction projects.
of Respirators.
User Seal Checks 9) Compressors and filtration systems used with
Every time you put a respirator on, check the seal using the supplied-air respirators must be maintained in
negative-pressure and positive-pressure method. accordance with the manufacturers’
recommendations.
1) Negative Pressure Test — The wearer puts on the 10) Consult manufacturer for information on respirator
respirator and adjusts it so that it feels relatively cartridge change-out.
comfortable. Then the air inlets are blocked off with the
hands or a plastic cover, and the wearer inhales gently Approvals and Standards
(Figure 33). If the respirator is properly fitted, it should
collapse slightly and not permit any air into the facepiece. The most commonly referenced standards for respiratory
If leakage is detected, the mask should be readjusted protection in North America are the test criteria used by the
and the test repeated until the fit is satisfactory. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH).
2) Positive Pressure Test — The wearer puts on the NIOSH is a U.S. government agency which tests and
respirator and adjusts it so that it feels relatively approves respiratory protective equipment as one of its major
comfortable. Then the exhaust port of the respirator is activities and publishes a list of approved devices annually.
covered and the wearer tries to exhale gently (Figure
The Construction Safety Association of Ontario
34). The facepiece should puff away from the wearer,
recommends that only NIOSH-approved equipment be
but no leakage should occur.
used for protection against respiratory hazards.
Figure 33 Figure 34 Unapproved devices should be evaluated carefully by a
Cover inlets Cover competent respiratory protection specialist before use.
and try to exhalation
inhale. valve and try The Canadian Standards Association has issued two
to exhale.
standards pertaining to respiratory protection which
should be reviewed by the person responsible for the
respirator program:
• Z180.1 Compressed Breathing Air and Systems lists
the criteria for air purity and delivery systems
• Z94.4 Selection, Care and Use of Respirators offers
Positive-Pressure Seal Check recommendations on these three aspects of the subject.
Negative-Pressure Seal Check
These standards are copyrighted by CSA. Copies can be
purchased from
Respirator Maintenance
Canadian Standards Association
Like any equipment, respirators require maintenance. The
178 Rexdale Boulevard
following instructions cover the major points.
Rexdale, Ontario
1) Filters should be changed as follows: M9W 1R3
• Dust/mist/fume filters should be changed when (416) 747-4000 www.csa.ca
there is noticeable resistance to normal breathing.
• Chemical cartridge respirators should be changed
when the gas or vapour can be tasted or smelled.
• Any filter should be changed at the interval
specified by the manufacturer or when damaged
in any way.
2) Inhalation and exhalation valves should be checked
before the respirator is used.
3) Damaged facepiece, straps, filters, valves, or other parts
should be replaced with “original equipment” parts.
4) Facepieces should be washed with mild soapy water as
often as necessary to keep them clean and wearable.
5) Respirators should be assigned to the exclusive use
of individual workers.
6) Where a respirator must be assigned to more than
one worker, it should be disinfected after each use
(check with the manufacturer regarding acceptable
225
EllisDon Safety
Review
The following section lists common claims about respirators and explains why the statements are true or false. The
information provides a convenient review of major points in this chapter.
1) All respirators are the same. (False) Most respirators, especially air-purifying types, are limited to
certain types of hazards. For instance, dust masks may be
suitable for dusts, but do not provide protection against
gases and vapours.
2) One size fits all. (False) Most manufacturers offer three sizes of facepieces (small,
medium and large) to ensure a proper fit. In some cases, no
size from one manufacturer may fit an individual and a
different brand may be necessary.
3) Respirators make breathing (True) With air-purifying respirators the air is being
more difficult. inhaled through a filter so some additional effort is required.
With most pressure/demand supplied-air respirators
additional effort is required to activate the inhalation and
exhalation valves.
4) Air-purifying respirators supply (False) These devices simply filter out specific gases,
oxygen. vapours, dust, mists, or fumes, but do not increase the
oxygen content of the air.
5) Most respirators require (True) With the exception of disposable and single-use
maintenance. respirators, some maintenance is required.
6) Any source of compressed air (False) Compressed breathing air must be “clean” and
will be adequate for supplied-air free from carbon monoxide, oil mist, and other
respirators. contaminants.
7) Protection factors are the same (False) The protection factors listed in Table 7
for everyone. are averages obtained by testing a large number or wearers.
Individual protection factors can be considerably different
from those listed.
8) Respirators are the best way to (False) Good ventilation is the best way of controlling
control respiratory hazards. respiratory hazards, though it is not always practical in many
construction applications.
9) The moisture content of (True) If the moisture content of the air in a pressurized
compressed air is important. breathing air system is too high, the regulators can freeze
shut and cut off the supply of air. Moisture can also cause
deterioration of storage cylinders.
10) Parts can be interchanged from (False) Using improperly fitted or matched components
one manufacturer to another. voids the NIOSH approval and can cause failure of the
respirator posing serious risk to the wearer.
11) Fitting of respirators is not (False) No matter how effective its protection against
important. specific hazards, the respirator must be properly fitted to
prevent inward leakage of contaminated air. The only
exceptions are hoods and helmets, and even these depend
on fit to a certain degree.
12) Self-Contained Breathing (True) They also have disadvantages which make
Apparatus (SCBA) and air-line their use impractical in some situations.
respirators provide the best protection.
13) Respirators should be checked (True) Damaged straps, missing or ill-fitting valves, and
each time they are used. other problems can make the device useless.
14) Only one respiratory hazard is (False) Often there are two or more hazards present.
present in a particular job. For instance, spray painting produces mists and vapours
while welding can produce fume and gases.
15) Respirators can be fitted with (True) Many manufacturers offer filters which will
filters suitable for more than one remove selected dusts, fumes, gases, and
hazard. vapours all at the same time.
16) Single-use dust masks should (True) These inexpensive respirators are meant to be put on once
not be worn more than once. only. They may not provide adequate protection once the
straps have been stretched.
226
17) Respirators provide absolute (False) Every respirator has limitations which the wearer
protection. must understand. Protection is ensured not only by the
respirator but also by its proper use.
18) Respirators are simple to select (False) In many cases even the respiratory protection
for any job. specialists have problems in selecting the right device.
19) Respirators interfere with eye (True) Protective goggles and glasses may not fit properly with
protection. many respirators. Full-face masks may be necessary.
20) NIOSH approvals are important. (True) NIOSH approvals indicate that the device has passed a set
of minimum design and performance standards. Unapproved
respirators may provide similar protection but this can only
be evaluated by expert review of the manufacturer’s claims.
21) Beards and mustaches do not (False) With the exception of hoods and some helmets,
affect respiratory protection. beards and mustaches cause a great deal of leakage and
reduce the effectiveness of respirators significantly.
Respirator wearers should be clean shaven to obtain the
best possible protection.
Summary
Respiratory protective equipment can prevent illness, disease, and death from breathing hazards. But the equipment
must be properly selected, fitted, worn, and maintained to ensure maximum protection.
The Construction Safety Association of Ontario can provide assistance in selecting respiratory protection and training
workers in its use, care, and maintenance. For additional information, contact CSAO.
227
EllisDon Safety
Respirator Selection Guide for

Common Construction Activities
Air-purifying Supplied-air
Half facepiece Full facepiece Powered NIOSH SCBA or

Air-Purifying type CE SCBA +
Filtering facepiece Elastomeric facepiece Respirator pressure air-line,
(PAPR), demand full
tight- facepiece
fitting Full- and
facepiece positive-
pressure demand
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
Filter efficiency and type 95 100 95 100 organic organic 100 organic 100
vapour
vapour vapour vapour
Assigned-protection factor*
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 50 helmet/hood=25/1000+
1000 10,000
(NIOSH 1987) full facepiece=1000
Asbestos:
A sbestos: see A
Asbestos
sbestos chapter in this manual.
Lead
Optional
Application of lead-containing
coatings with a brush or roller
N, R, or P
Spray application of lead-containing

Hood or
coatings
helmet
Removal of lead-containing coatings

or materials by scraping or sanding
N, R, or P
using non-powered hand tools

Optional
or materials using non-powered hand
tools—other than manual scraping
or sanding N, R, or P
Removal of lead-containing coatings Optional

with a chemical gel or paste and
fibrous laminated cloth wrap N, R, or P

or materials using a power tool
without a dust collection system Full
equipped with a HEPA filter facepiece
(airborne dust t 0.05 mg/m3)
Continued
Continued on next page . . .
N = Not resistant to oil R = Oil-resistant P = Oil-proof OV = Organic vapour cartridge

4 JOEJDBUFTTVJUBCMFQSPUFDUJPO*GPJMNJTUJTQSFTFOU VTF3PS1mMUFST
"TTJHOFEQSPUFDUJPOGBDUPS5IFQSPUFDUJPOGBDUPSBTTJHOFECZ/*04) UIF64/BUJPOBM*OTUJUVUFGPS0DDVQBUJPOBM4BGFUZBOE)FBMUI*UTB
NFBTVSFPGUIFFGGFDUJWFOFTTPGBUZQFPGSFTQJSBUPSBOETVJUBCMFmMUFS)JHIFSOVNCFSTNFBOHSFBUFSQSPUFDUJPO:PVNBZVTFBSFTQJSBUPS
with a greater assigned-protection factor than the one recommended for your task. Never use a respirator with a smaller protection factor.
†The employer must have evidence provided by the respirator manufacturer that testing of these respirators demonstrates performance at a
level of protection of 1000 or greater to receive an APF of 1000. Without such information, all other PAPRs and SARs with helmets/hoods are to
CFUSFBUFEBTMPPTFmUUJOHGBDFQJFDFSFTQJSBUPST BOESFDFJWFBO"1'PG
15 – 11
228
Respirator Selection Guide for Common Construction Activities
Half facepiece Full facepiece Powered SCBA or

Air-Purifying NIOSH SCBA +
Filtering facepiece Elastomeric facepiece Respirator type CE air-line,
(PAPR), pressure full
tight- demand facepiece
fitting and
Full- positive-
facepiece demand
pressure
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
vapour
Assigned-protection factor* 50 50 helmet/hood=25/1000+
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1000 10,000
Lead cont’d

or materials using a power tool with
Optional
a dust collection system equipped
with a HEPA filter
(airborne dust must be controlled to N, R, or P
0.05 mg/m3)
Type CE
blasting;
Abrasive blasting of lead-containing positive
coatings or materials pressure;
tight-fitting
half-
facepiece
Dry removal of lead-containing

mortar using an electric or pneumatic Tight-
fitting full
cutting device
facepiece
Welding or high-temperature cutting

of lead-containing coatings or Tight-
materials indoors or in a confined fitting full
space facepiece
Welding or high-temperature
cutting of lead-containing coatings
or materials outdoors—long-term Tight-
fitting full
operations or if material not pre-
facepiece
stripped
Welding or high-temperature cutting

of previously stripped lead-containing
coatings or materials outdoors—short N, R, or P
term only
Burning of a surface containing lead Tight-

fitting full
facepiece
Optional
Soldering
N, R, or P
Optional
Installation or removal of lead-
containing sheet metal
N, R, or P
Installation or removal of lead- Optional

containing packing, babbit, or similar
material N, R, or P
Continued
C ontinued on next page . . .
15 – 12
229
EllisDon Safety

(PAPR), demand full
tight- facepiece
fitting Full- and
facepiece positive-
pressure demand
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
Filter efficiency and type 95 100 95 100 organic organic 100 organic
vapour
Assigned-protection factor* helmet/hood=25/1000+
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 50 full facepiece=1000 1000 10,000
(NIOSH 1987)
Lead cont’d
Demolition or cleanup of a facility

where lead-containing products were Tight-
fitting full
manufactured
facepiece
Manual demolition of lead-painted

plaster walls or building components
N, R, or P
using a sledgehammer or similar tool
Removal of lead-containing dust Pressure

using an air-mist extraction system demand;
full
facepiece
Removal or repair of a ventilation

system used for controlling lead Tight-
fitting full
exxposure
facepiece
An operation that may expose a

worker to lead dust, fume, or mist, Tight-
that is not a Type 1, Type 2, or Type fitting full
3b operation facepiece
Painting
Painting
Spraying latex paint N, R, or P N, R, or P N, R, or P

(small- (small- (large-
scale) scale) scale)
Alkyds, enamels, and sealers: brush

and roller application indoors but
R or P
well-ventilated
Alkyds and enamels: spray painting in

well-ventilated area R or P
Alkyds and enamels: painting in a

confined space
Epoxy or polyurethane spray
painting
Spraying lead paint

N, R, or P
Spraying stucco
R or P

o
230

(PAPR), demand full
tight- facepiece
fitting Half- and
facepiece positive-
pressure demand
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
vapour
Assigned-protection factor* 50 helmet/hood=25/1000+
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 1000 10,000
Roofing
Removal of roofing material (built-up

roofing, no asbestos) R or P R or P
Heat welding roofing membrane

N, R, or P N, R, or P
Adhesive welding roofing

membrane N, R, or P
Roofing kettle operators (asphalt)

N, R, or P +OV
Silica
Silica
Breaking concrete outdoors

Crushing rock and gravel

Blasting rock
Abrasive blasting—either t1% silica

in the abrasive blasting media or t
1% silica in the target material being
blasted
Drywall sanding
For short-term N, R, or P N, R, or P
Machine mixing concrete or mortar

applications,
Drilling holes in concrete or rock that
is not part of a tunnelling
operation or road construction a filtering
Milling of asphalt from concrete
highway pavement N, R, or P N, R, or P
facepiece
Charging mixers and hoppers with
silica sand (sand consisting of at
least 95% silica) or silica flour (finely respirator
ground sand consisting of at least
95% silica)
Any other operation at a project may be
that requires the handling of silica-
containing material in a way that a
appropriate N, R, or P N, R, or P
worker may be exposed to
airborne silica
Continued
Continued on next page . . .
o
231
EllisDon Safety

(PAPR), demand full
tight- facepiece
fitting Full- and
facepiece positive-
pressure demand
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
vapour
Assigned-protection factor* 50 helmet/hood=25/1000+
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 1000 10,000
Silica
S ilica cont’d
For short-term
Entry—for less than 15 minutes— applications,
into a dry mortar-removal or a filtering
abrasive-blasting area for facepiece
inspection or sampling where respirator N, R, or P N, R, or P
airborne dust is visible may be
appropriate
Entry into an area where abrasive

blasting is being carried out for more
than 15 minutes N, R, or P
Dry method dust clean-up from

abrasive blasting operations For short-term applications N, R, or P
Removal of silica-containing
refractory materials with a
N, R, or P
jackhammer
Drilling holes in concrete or rock as

part of a tunnelling operation or road or applications involving tools
construction N, R, or P
Using a power tool to cut, grind, or

polish concrete, masonry, terrazzo, or
N, R, or P
refractory materials
Using a power tool to remove or equipment with adequate controls

silica-containing materials N, R, or P
Using a power tool indoors to chip or

break and remove concrete, masonry,
stone, terrazzo, or N, R, or P
refractory materials
(local exhaust ventilation or water),
Tunnelling (operation of tunnel boring
machine, tunnel drilling, tunnel mesh
N, R, or P
insulation)
Tuckpointing and surface grinding

N, R, or P
a half-facepiece respirator may be
Dry-mortar removal with an appropriate
electric or pneumatic cutting device N, R, or P
Using compressed air outdoors to

remove silica dust N, R, or P

15 – 15
232

(PAPR), demand full
tight- facepiece
fitting Full- and
facepiece positive
pressure demand
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
vapour
Assigned-protection factor* helmet/hood=25/1000+
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 50 1000 10,000
Synthetic
Synthetic Vitreous Fibres (Man-made mineral fibres)
Installation, removal, or blowing

cellulose, fiberglass, mineral wool, or
calcium silicate N, R, or P N, R, or P N, R, or P N, R, or P
Installation of refractory ceramic

fibres (silica may be present) N, R, or P
Removal of refractory ceramic fibres

(silica may be present) N, R, or P
Other
Other dust and fibre exposure
Removal of roofing material (built-up

roofing, no asbestos) R or P R or P R or P
For short-term applications or

applications involving tools or
Dry method dust clean-up from equipment with adequate controls
abrasive blasting operations (local exhaust ventilation or water) N, R, or P
a half-facepiece respirator
may be appropriate.
Wood dust, including pressure-

treated wood dust N, R, or P N, R, or P
Vinyl or laminate floor sanding

233
o
EllisDon Safety
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION CONT’D RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

(PAPR), demand full
tight- facepiece
fitting Full- and
facepiece positive-
pressure demand
demand
95+ 100+ 100+

Organic
vapour
Assigned-protection factor* 50
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 helmet/hood=25/1000+ 1000 10,000
Welding and flame-cutting
Any welding in confined spaces when

the atmosphere is not
monitored
Aluminum**
Mild steel
Stainless steel
Galvanized or plated metals

Lead-painted steel: flame cutting or

welding, short-term, not repeated,
material stripped before work N, R, or P N, R, or P
Welding or high-temperature
cutting of lead-containing coatings or
materials indoors or in a N, R, or P
confined space
Miscellaneous
Epoxy adhesive (large-scale use)
Solvents, adhesives, and epoxy (small

scale) R or P
Caulking compounds, solvent-based,

large-scale use R or P
Form oil spraying

R or P
Paving
R or P
** Protection from ozone may be required in some circumstances. Contact the respirator manufacturer.
These recommendations will provide adequate protection in most circumstances. Factors such as ventilation, duration of exposure, and user
DIBSBDUFSJTUJDTDBOBGGFDUIPXXFMMBSFTQJSBUPSQSPUFDUTZPV*GVOTVSFBCPVUUIFSFTQJSBUPSSFRVJSFEGPSBUBTL DPOUBDUUIFNBOVGBDUVSFSPS*)4"
BU XXXJITBDB
o
234
Addendum
Alberta OHS Code requires that if it is determined that breathing conditions at a work site are or may become immediately
dangerous to life or health (IDLH), the employer must ensure that a worker wears self–contained breathing apparatus or an
air line respirator that: a) is of a type that will maintain positive pressure in the face piece, b) has a capacity of at least 30
minutes unless the employer’s hazard assessment indicates the need for a greater capacity, c) provide full face protection in
situations where contaminants may irritate or damage the eyes, d) in the case of an air line respirator, is fitted with an
auxiliary supply of respirable air of sufficient quantity to enable the worker to escape from the area in an emergency, and e)
in the case of a self-contained breathing apparatus, has an alarm warning of low pressure.
235
EllisDon Safety
ASBESTOS:
ASBESTOS CONTROLS FOR CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, DEMOLITION (ONTARIO)
CONTROLS FOR CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION,
AND DEMOLITION
CONTENTS 4 IDENTIFYING ASBESTOS-CONTAINING

(Numbers refer to sections in this manual, not pages) MATERIAL (ACM)
4.1 The age of the building or equipment
1 INTRODUCTION
4.2 The type of construction
1.1 Types of asbestos
4.3 The nature of the equipment
1.2 History
4.4 The appearance of the material
2 HEALTH EFFECTS OF ASBESTOS
5 OVERVIEW OF THE NON-ASBESTOS
2.1 Disease statistics LEGISLATION AND POLICIES THAT APPLY
2.2 Pre-employment medical examination TO ASBESTOS WORK IN ONTARIO
5.1 Occupational Health and Safety Act
3 LOCATIONS OF ASBESTOS (OHSA)
3.1 Typical locations – friable materials 5.1.1 Specific non-asbestos regulations
3.1.1 Sprayed-on fireproofing made under the OHSA
3.1.2 Pipe and boiler insulation 5.1.1.1 Construction Regulation (Ontario

Regulation 213/91)
3.1.3 Loose fill insulation
5.1.1.2 WHMIS (Workplace Hazardous
3.1.4 Vermiculite Materials Information System)
3.2 Typical locations – non-friable materials 5.1.1.3 Critical Injury Definition
3.2.1 Asbestos cement products Regulation
3.2.2 Acoustical plaster 5.2 Workplace Safety and Insurance Act
3.2.3 Acoustical tiles 5.3 Environmental Protection Act
3.2.4 Vinyl asbestos products 5.4 Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act
3.2.5 Roofing felts/shingles 5.5 Company policies
3.2.6 Asphalt/asbestos limpet spray 6 OVERVIEW OF THE ASBESTOS

3.2.7 Drywall joint-filling compound LEGISLATION THAT APPLIES TO
ASBESTOS WORK IN ONTARIO
3.2.8 Coatings and mastics 6.1 Application
3.2.9 Gaskets and packings 6.2 Restriction of sprayed material and
3.2.10 Refractory brick thermal insulation
3.3 Summary: Typical locations 6.3 Classification of Type 1, Type 2, and

Type 3 operations
Contents continued on the next page
236
ASBESTOS CONTROLS FOR CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, DEMOLITION (ONTARIO) CONT’D
6.4 Demolition, alteration, and repair— 7.8 Atmospheric hazards

Owner’s report
7.9 Carbon monoxide
6.5 Training and certification requirements
7.10 Noise
6.5.1 General asbestos awareness
training requirement 8 IDENTIFY EMERGENCY RESPONSE
6.5.2 Certification requirements for PROCEDURES
Type 3 operations
9 TYPE 1 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS
6.5.2.1 Steps to get certified 9.1 What are Type 1 operations?
6.5.2.2 Exemption from exams 9.2 Controls for Type 1 operations
6.6 Notifying the Ministry of Labour (MOL)
10 TYPE 2 OPERATIONS
6.6.1 Informing the Ministry of Labour
of Type 3 operations and Type 2 10.1 What are Type 2 operations?
glove-bag operations 10.2 Controls for Type 2 operations
6.6.2 Discovery of material that may be 10.3 Glove Bag Operations
asbestos
6.7 Enclosures 11 TYPE 3 OPERATIONS
6.8 Clearance air sampling 11.1 What are Type 3 operations?
6.9 Asbestos work report 11.2 Controls for Type 3 operations
6.10 Asbestos work registry 11.3 Worker protection
6.11 Use of equivalent measure or procedure 11.3.1 Protective clothing
6.12 Enforcement of OHSA and its regulations 11.3.2 Respiratory protection
6.12.1 Powers of the Ministry of Labour 11.3.3 Types of respirators

Inspectors. 11.3.3.1 Air-supplying respirators
11.3.3.1.1 Modes of
7 NON-ASBESTOS HAZARDS ASSOCIATED
operation
WITH ASBESTOS OPERATIONS
7.1 Electrical hazards 11.3.3.1.1.1 Negative-
pressure
7.1.1 Electrical power distribution (demand) mode
7.1.2 Temporary power distribution 11.3.3.1.1.2 Continuous-flow
systems mode
7.1.3 Electrical cords and tools 11.3.3.1.1.3 Positive-
7.2 Slips, trips, and falls pressure or
pressure-
7.3 Ladders and scaffolds demand mode
7.4 Heat stress 11.3.3.2 Air-purifying respirators
7.5 Cold stress 11.3.3.2.1 Non-powered
air-purifying
7.6 Mechanical hazards
respirators
7.7 Explosive atmospheres
237
EllisDon Safety
11.3.3.2.2 Powered air- 12 ASBESTOS WASTE MANAGEMENT

purifying
respirators APPENDIX A:
(PAPR) Respirator chart
11.3.4 Proper fit APPENDIX B:
11.3.4.1 Fit testing Reference chart for asbestos operations
11.3.4.2 Seal checking APPENDIX C:

Clearance air testing
11.3.5 Inspection and maintenance
11.3.6 Cleaning and sanitizing APPENDIX D:
Inspecting respirators
11.3.7 Storage
11.3.8 Limitations of respirators APPENDIX E:
Cleaning and storage of respirators
11.3.8.1 Some major limitations
of air-purifying APPENDIX F:
respirators Putting on and seal checking respirators
11.3.8.2 Some major limitations
APPENDIX G:
of powered air-purifying
Fit testing respirators
respirators (PAPR)
11.3.8.3 Some major limitations APPENDIX H:
of supplied-air Respirator policy
respirators
APPENDIX I:
11.4 Site preparation—indoor projects HEPA filters
11.5 Entry/decontamination facility
APPENDIX J:
11.5.1 Procedures for entry and Negative air units and HEPA filters:
decontamination troubleshooting
APPENDIX K:
ASBESTOS Control Procedures for Construction,
11.5.1.1 Entry
Renovation and Demolition in Alberta

11.5.1.2 Decontamination
11.6 Removal
11.7 Clean-up and storage
11.8 Visual inspection
11.9 Lockdown/gluedown
11.10 Clearance air testing
11.11 Teardown
11.12 Disposal of asbestos-containing material
11.13 Outdoor operations
11.14 Demolition
11.15 Disturbing non-friable asbestos with
power tools not equipped with HEPA
filters
238
1 INTRODUCTION Some studies show that fibres such as amosite
and crocidolite (amphiboles) stay in the lungs
“Asbestos” refers to a group of naturally
longer than chrysotile fibres (serpentine). This
occurring minerals once used widely in the
tendency may account for the greater toxicity
construction industry.
(harmfulness) of amphibole fibres.
1.2 History
Major use of asbestos products in construction
began in the 1930s and escalated during the
post-war building boom. During the 1950s and
up to 1970 approximately 30 to 80 thousand
tons were used annually in Canada.
Its strength, insulation properties, ability to In the early 1970s, the use of such products in
withstand high temperatures, and resistance to Canada declined sharply because of increasing
many chemicals made asbestos useful in concern over the health effects of asbestos. In
hundreds of applications in the construction the mid-1970s specific prohibition and the
industry. availability of safer substitutes put an end to the
use of many asbestos products. But the early
1.1 Types of asbestos widespread use of asbestos has left a potentially
dangerous legacy. The thousands of tons of
There are two general categories of asbestos:
asbestos installed over the past eighty years can
serpentine (long and flexible fibres) and
pose serious risk to workers in the renovation,
amphibole (brittle and sharp fibres). There are
maintenance, repair, and demolition sectors of
six types of asbestos generally recognized:
the construction industry.
• chrysotile (serpentine)
2 HEALTH EFFECTS OF ASBESTOS
• crocidolite
}
Asbestos fibres don’t break in half across their
• amosite diameter (width), but rather split into thinner
• actinolite amphibole and thinner needle-like fibres along their length.
• anthophyllite
• tremolite
Chrysotile asbestos is characterized by long
wavy fibres that are white or off-white. Amosite
is often called “brown” asbestos and has much
straighter, shorter and sharper fibres than
chrysotile. Crocidolite is referred to as “blue”
asbestos and has long straight fibres much like
amosite.
Asbestos fibres
Chrysotile is by far the most common type of An asbestos fibre can remain airborne for a long
asbestos found in Ontario. Within the amphibole time and can easily become airborne again after
family, only amosite and crocidolite have had it has settled if there is any air movement.
significant commercial use.
239
EllisDon Safety
Asbestos fibres usually need to be less than 3 development of disease can range from 15 to
micrometres in diameter before they can be 55 years. This is known as the latency period.
inhaled deep into the lungs. (A micrometre is The asbestos-related diseases workers get today
one millionth of a metre, which is one are the result of exposures during the 1960s,
thousandth of a millimetre, and its abbreviation 1970s, and 1980s.
is µm.) The fibres can remain in the lungs for
Mesothelioma is a rare and fatal cancer of the
many years—even decades.
lining of the chest and/or abdomen. While this
The average diameter of an airborne asbestos disease is seldom observed in the general
fibre ranges from 0.11 to 0.24 µm, depending on population, it appears frequently in workers
the type of asbestos and are invisible to the eye. exposed to asbestos.
You can see fibres that are greater than 100 µm
Because of past exposures, mesothelioma is
in diameter. Human hair is approximately
the #1 cause of occupation-related death in
100 µm in diameter—more than 300 times
thicker than asbestos fibre. construction.
Inhalation of the airborne asbestos fibres that Lung cancer appears quite frequently in
you cannot see is what causes asbestos-related people exposed to asbestos dust. While science
diseases. and medicine have not yet been able to explain
precisely why or how asbestos causes lung
Inhaling asbestos fibres has been shown to cancer, it is clear that exposure to asbestos dust
cause the following diseases: can increase the risk of this disease. Studies
• Mesothelioma have shown that the risk to asbestos workers is
roughly five times greater than for people who
• Lung cancer
are not exposed to asbestos.
• Asbestosis
Cigarette smoking, another cause of lung cancer,
• Other illnesses. multiplies the risk. Cigarette smoking and
A person exposed to asbestos may feel no ill asbestos combine to produce a synergistic effect.
effects at the time of exposure. The time period Research has shown that the risk of developing
between exposure to asbestos fibres and the lung cancer was fifty times higher for asbestos
workers who smoked than for workers who
neither smoked nor worked with asbestos.
Asbestosis is a disease of the lungs caused by
scar tissue forming around very small asbestos
fibres deposited deep in the lungs. As the
amount of scar tissue increases, the ability of
lungs to expand and contract decreases, causing
shortness of breath and a heavier workload on
the heart. Ultimately, asbestosis can be fatal.
Other illnesses – There is some evidence of
an increased risk of cancers of the
gastrointestinal tract and larynx. However, the
link between asbestos exposure and the
development of these illnesses is not as clear as
with lung cancer or mesothelioma.
240
The diseases described above do not respond much more durable because they are held
well to current medical treatment and, as a together by a binder such as cement, vinyl, or
result, are often fatal. asphalt. These products are termed “non-friable.”
Asbestos may cause skin irritation and a wart- FRIABLE means easily crumbled into dust
like condition which can be prevented by
NON-FRIABLE means difficult to crumble
wearing normal clothing. Asbestos does not
into dust.
cause skin cancer.
Significant exposure to asbestos puts you at risk 3.1 Typical locations – friable materials
for developing pleural plaques (scarring of the 3.1.1 Sprayed-on fireproofing
pleura—the lining of the lung). Pleural plaques
This material was widely used to fireproof steel
are an indicator of previous exposure to
structures. It can be found on beams, columns,
asbestos and can make breathing difficult. Some
trusses, joists, and steel pan floors. Sprayed
researchers believe that there is evidence that
material was also used as a decorative finish
workers with pleural plaques are at risk of
and as acoustical insulation on ceilings. The
developing other asbestos-related diseases such
material can be loose, fluffy, and lumpy in
as lung cancer or mesothelioma. If you develop
texture or, if more gypsum or cement was used,
pleural plaques you should inform your
it may be quite hard and durable.
physician about your exposure to asbestos.
2.1 Disease statistics

From 1997 to 2006, Ontario’s Workplace Safety
and Insurance Board (WSIB) approved 300
occupational disease fatality claims – the vast
majority of them (approximately 85%) due to
asbestos exposure. Trades at particular risk
include plumbers/pipe fitters, insulators,
labourers, and electricians.
2.2 Pre-employment medical examination

Before starting as an asbestos worker, it is
recommended that the prospective worker go Sprayed-on fireproofing
through a pre-employment medical examination.
3.1.2 Pipe and boiler insulation
The examination is to see if the worker has a
pre-existing respiratory disease (such as asthma Much of the insulation on older heating systems
or evidence of impaired lung function) that may and industrial processes was asbestos. Some
prevent the worker from using respiratory types were pre-formed blocks or sections while
protection. others (commonly called “air cell” insulation)
were corrugated and resemble cardboard. Often
3 LOCATIONS OF ASBESTOS these materials are covered by painted canvas
or sheet material.
Two classes of asbestos products were widely
used. The first includes materials easily crumbled Site-mixed asbestos cement was often used to
or loose in composition such as spray- insulate valves and elbows on piping and on the
fireproofing. These are referred to as “friable.” rounded ends of boilers and pressure vessels.
The second type includes materials that are
241
EllisDon Safety
Boiler
Loose fill insulation
3.1.4 Vermiculite
Vermiculite is a mineral. It has been used in
insulation and many commercial and consumer
products for well over 50 years. Vermiculite
itself is not asbestos and has not been shown to
pose a health problem. Vermiculite, however,
can be contaminated with asbestos since
mineral deposits of the two substances can
occur together
Pipe and boiler insulation underground. For
example,
vermiculite ore
from the Libby
Mine in Montana
from the 1920s to
1990 was
contaminated with
asbestos. Insulation
made from this
vermiculite was
sold in Canada
Vermiculite
Air cell insulation during that time
under various trade names such as “Zonolite.”
3.1.3 Loose fill insulation
Not all vermiculite contains asbestos fibres. It is
This application was relatively rare and usually
recommended that buildings with vermiculite-
limited to tank insulation where the asbestos is
based insulation be tested to determine if
held in place by light gauge wire mesh and
asbestos is present. If you don’t test the
then covered with sheet metal.
material, assume that it contains some asbestos.
242
3.2 Typical locations – non-friable

materials
Note: Certain conditions (such as chemical
exposure, thermal degradation, and water
damage) may cause non-friable asbestos-
containing material to deteriorate and become
friable.
3.2.1 Asbestos cement products

This type of material contains cement to bind
the asbestos fibres together and was used in
pipe form for sewers and water supply. In sheet Acoustical tile
form it was used for roofing and siding, as well
as some types of firewall construction—for 3.2.4 Vinyl asbestos products
example, behind stoves and fireplaces and in These products were widely used in flooring as
high-rise construction. both tiles and sheets. The vinyl served to lock
in the asbestos fibres.
Asbestos concrete
3.2.2 Acoustical plaster
Acoustical plaster may be friable – it depends
on the exact mixture. This material was mixed
on site and applied like conventional plaster. It Vinyl asbestos flooring
was used in schools, auditoriums, hospitals, and
commercial buildings where acoustical
3.2.5 Roofing felts/shingles
properties were required.
Some roofing felts used in built-up asphalt or
3.2.3 Acoustical tiles pitch roofing contained asbestos. Asphalt or
Some of the older acoustical tiles may contain pitch was used to saturate the felts and bind the
significant amounts of asbestos. Some tiles were fibres in place.
stapled or glued in place whereas others were
3.2.6 Asphalt/asbestos limpet spray
suspended on T-bar. Some tiles can be
considered friable because they can be This black tarry mixture was sprayed onto tanks
crumbled by hand pressure. They are generally and other equipment primarily in petrochemical
considered to be non-friable, however, since plants and heavy industry. The application was
they are usually intact when they’re handled. very similar to sprayed-on fireproofing except
243
EllisDon Safety
that asphalt was used as the binder. In some

applications a surface coat of asphalt was used
to cover asbestos insulation on tanks, hoppers,
and other storage or process equipment.
Asbestos was added to asphalt and used for
road construction.
a b
3.2.7 Drywall joint-
filling compound
Early drywall joint-filling
compounds contained
significant amounts of
asbestos fibre. This particular
use was specifically
prohibited in 1980 by the c d
Hazardous Products Act. Gaskets and packings
Still, it may be found in
buildings constructed several previously used in the construction of structures
Drywall joint-
years afterwards. required to withstand high temperatures such as
filling compound
in boiler rooms and furnace rooms.
3.2.8 Coatings and mastics
Since asbestos was relatively inexpensive and 3.3 Summary: Typical locations
withstood weathering, it was widely used as a Table 1 summarizes where asbestos products
filler in many coatings and mastic products such have been generally used. The images on the
as roofing cement, caulking materials, and following pages indicate typical locations of
flooring adhesives. asbestos materials in various types of
3.2.9 Gaskets and packings construction.
Several different types of gasket material
contained asbestos. One common type was
TABLE 1 — ASBESTOS PRODUCTS IN CONSTRUCTION
a rubber/vinyl/asbestos mixture which
Commercial/
could be cut to size or came in standard Product Residential Institutional Industrial
sizes and patterns. Woven or pressed Sprayed-On Fireproofing XX*
asbestos material was also widely used on Pipe and Boiler Insulation X X XX
doors and other openings on boilers, Loose Fill Insulation X X
furnaces, and kilns (see image a). A third Vermiculite Insulation X
type consisted of a metal outer ring and an Asbestos Cement Products X X X
asbestos inner ring (see image b) and was Acoustical Plaster X X
used on high pressure steam lines and Acoustical Tiles X XX
similar processes (see image c). A fourth Vinyl Asbestos Tiles X X
type was often used as packing for pumps Gaskets X XX
and valves (see image d). Roofing Felts X X X
Asphalt/Asbestos Limpet Spray X
3.2.10 Refractory brick Drywall Joint-Filling Compound X X
High temperature refractory brick and Coatings and Mastics X X X
mortar containing asbestos material were *Extensive use
244
245
EllisDon Safety
246
247
EllisDon Safety
4 IDENTIFYING ASBESTOS- 4.3 The nature of the equipment

CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM) Asbestos insulation materials were used on
Although the only true method of identifying equipment exposed to extreme conditions such
asbestos is by microscopic analysis of samples, as high temperatures and corrosive
several rules of thumb indicate whether it’s environments. As a result, asbestos can be
likely that asbestos is present. anticipated on high pressure steam lines, “hot”
process piping, and refractory linings in
4.1 The age of the building or equipment furnaces and kilns.
Asbestos pipe and boiler insulation was used Asbestos cement sheeting was often used in
extensively in all sectors of the industry until the industrial settings for roofing, siding, and splash
1970s, when substitutes such as fibreglass, protection from corrosive material.
mineral wool, rock wool, and refractory ceramic
fibre became more economical and less 4.4 The appearance of the material
hazardous. Buildings and installations dating While mineral wool, calcium silicate, and
from before that period may contain asbestos in asbestos are quite similar in appearance, other
different forms. materials such as fibreglass are noticeably
Since the late 1970s, many owners of processes different. This fact can be used to eliminate
have upgraded their insulation. The original certain materials from consideration and
asbestos insulation may have been covered by analysis.
some other material (e.g., fiberglass or refractory In the case of pipe insulation, the corrugated
ceramic fibre) and a surface inspection may not type of material commonly called “air-cell”
reveal any underlying asbestos. insulation was almost exclusively made with a
In the case of fireproofing, 1974 marks the last significant amount of asbestos.
major use of asbestos for this application. The factors in section 4.1 and 4.4 (above), along
with a review of original plans and
4.2 The type of construction specifications, can be used by the client or the
Structural steel frame buildings require client’s representative in conducting an
fireproofing to protect the integrity of the inspection and preparing the required report.
structure until occupants can be evacuated. This Any suspect materials which cannot be
resulted in widespread use of sprayed-on or determined to be asbestos or are not treated as
trowelled-on fireproof coatings, most of which asbestos-containing material (ACM) must be
contained chrysotile asbestos. sampled and microscopically analyzed (U.S. EPA
Test method EPA/600/R-93/116) to determine:
Reinforced concrete structures do not normally
require additional fireproofing since the • whether the material is ACM
concrete protects the reinforcing steel which
• the type of asbestos
provides the critical structural support. However,
composite steel pan/concrete floor construction • the percentage of asbestos present.
was often fireproofed with asbestos.
In low-rise residential construction, the use of
friable asbestos material is usually limited to
pipe and boiler insulation as described above.
248
5 OVERVIEW OF THE NON-ASBESTOS • provide material safety data sheets

LEGISLATION AND POLICIES THAT (MSDSs) for the products,
APPLY TO ASBESTOS WORK IN • ensure that controlled products have
ONTARIO WHMIS labels applied to the containers,
• ensure that workers receive WHMIS
5.1 Occupational Health and Safety Act training.
(OHSA)
5.1.1.3 Critical Injury Definition
The Occupational Health and Safety Act
Regulation (Regulation 834)
1. sets out the rights and duties of all parties For the purposes of the Occupational Health
in the workplace. Its main purpose is to and Safety Act and the regulations, “critically
protect workers against health and safety injured” means an injury of a serious nature
hazards on the job. that,
2. establishes procedures for dealing with • places life in jeopardy;
workplace hazards, and it provides for
enforcement of the law where compliance • produces unconsciousness;
has not been achieved voluntarily through • results in substantial loss of blood;
the internal responsibility system.
• involves the fracture of a leg or arm but
5.1.1 Specific non-asbestos regulations not a finger or toe;
made under the OHSA
• involves the amputation of a leg, arm,
5.1.1.1 Construction Regulation hand or foot but not a finger or toe;
(Ontario Regulation 213/91)
• consists of burns to a major portion of the
Asbestos removal falls under the Construction body; or
Regulation which regulates health and safety
issues such as: • causes the loss of sight in an eye.
• housekeeping All critical injuries must be reported to the

Ministry of Labour (MOL) for further
• electrical hazards investigation.
• fire safety
5.2 Workplace Safety and Insurance Act
• ladders
Through the Workplace Safety and Insurance
• scaffolds and work platforms Act, the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
(WSIB) oversees the compensation of those
• elevating work platforms
injured or made ill due to work-related causes.
• confined spaces The WSIB provides disability benefits, monitors
the quality of health care, and assists in early,
• demolition.
safe return to work for workers who were
5.1.1.2 WHMIS (Workplace Hazardous injured on the job or who developed an
Materials Information System) occupational disease.
WHMIS applies to all work sites where The Workplace Safety and Insurance Act also
controlled products are used. Under the WHMIS outlines first aid requirements for companies.
regulation, employers must
249
EllisDon Safety
5.3 Environmental Protection Act ACM (asbestos-containing material) is

defined as material containing 0.5% or more
The disposal of asbestos is strictly regulated by
asbestos.
the Environmental Protection Act. Asbestos waste
must be disposed of at a landfill specifically 6.1 Application
approved and equipped to handle asbestos waste.
The regulation applies to all work on ACM, or
5.4 Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act work which is likely to disturb ACM, with the
major exception being residential buildings
The transportation of asbestos-containing waste
containing four dwelling units or less, where
from the site of the asbestos abatement project
one of the units is occupied by the owner or
to the landfill is regulated by the Transport of
the owner’s family. However, Section 30 of the
Dangerous Goods (TDG) Regulation and
Occupational Health and Safety Act states that
requires that
homeowners are required to inform contractors
• any person transporting or handling about the presence of asbestos in their homes
dangerous goods has a TDG certificate so that they can protect workers.
• the contractor transporting asbestos waste 6.2 Restriction of sprayed material and
must have correct thermal insulation
TDG placarding on vehicles Spraying material containing more than 0.1%
manifest asbestos or the use of thermal insulation
containing more than 0.1% asbestos is
• friable asbestos waste is transported only prohibited.
in vehicles equipped with emergency spill
clean-up equipment. 6.3 Classification of Type 1, Type 2, and
Type 3 operations
5.5 Company policies
The Ministry of Labour uses the following five
Companies may establish additional safe work factors to categorize the asbestos-related activity
practices and procedures (policies) that go beyond into one of three types: Type 1, Type 2, or Type
the requirement set out in the OHSA and its 3. Think of Types 1, 2, and 3 as describing low-,
regulations. Company supervisors are responsible medium-, and high-risk work.
for ensuring compliance and enforcement of these
work practices and procedures. 1) Nature of material
6 OVERVIEW OF THE ASBESTOS FRIABLE versus NON-FRIABLE

LEGISLATION THAT APPLIES TO Friable means easy-to-crumble with hand
ASBESTOS WORK IN ONTARIO pressure into dust.
Ontario Regulation 278/05 (Designated Non-friable means difficult-to-crumble with

Substance—Asbestos on Construction Projects hand pressure into dust.
and in Buildings and Repair Operations) under • Friable products such as fireproofing and
the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) thermal insulation can release fibres very
outlines safe work measures and procedures easily, whereas non-friable products will
and respiratory protection for workers who may generally release fibres only when they are
encounter asbestos-containing material (ACM) in
the course of their work. cut
250
shaped The classification and control procedures for

carrying out Type 1, 2, and 3 operations are
otherwise worked with power tools
outlined in sections 9, 10, and 11 of this
deliberately crumbled or pulverized. manual.
• Compared to chrysotile, amphiboles such 6.4 Demolition, alteration, and
as amosite are not as easily controlled by repair–Owner’s report
water and thus tend to generate more dust
during removal. For any demolition, alteration, or repair projects
the owner must complete a report indicating
• Some studies show that amphibole fibres whether any material that is likely to be handled,
(crocidolite, amosite, tremolite) stay in the dealt with, disturbed, or removed is
lungs longer than serpentine (chrysotile)
fibres. This tendency may account for the • friable or non-friable asbestos-containing
greater toxicity (harmfulness) of amphibole material (ACM), or
fibres. • to be treated as ACM, and, in the case of
2) Nature of activity sprayed-on friable material, treated as
though it contained a type of asbestos
This can greatly affect the degree of hazard. For other than chrysotile.
example, cutting asbestos cement products with
a power tool creates much more dust than The report (including drawings, plans, and
scribing and breaking. specifications as appropriate) must show the
location of the ACM and must be provided to all
3) Application of water contractors bidding on the job and must be
Using water to prevent the creation and spread reviewed before contract arrangements are
of dust is a practical control in many cases. It is finalized.
not practical, however, in areas where wetting
would create a hazard or cause damage. In such 6.5 Training and certification requirements
circumstances, dry removal is allowed. 6.5.1 General asbestos awareness
4) Size of the project or duration of training requirement
exposur e Anybody who works in a Type 1, Type 2, or
Asbestos diseases are dose-related: the greater Type 3 asbestos operation must be trained by a
the exposure in duration and/or intensity, the competent person on the following:
greater the risk. Short exposures to any given • the hazards of asbestos exposure
amount of asbestos will usually be less
significant than longer exposures. • the purpose, inspection, maintenance, use,
fitting, cleaning, disinfecting, and
5) Risk to bystanders limitations of respirators
The hazards of exposure must be considered for • personal hygiene and correct procedures
both workers and other people not directly for work with asbestos
involved in the asbestos project. For instance,
handling asbestos outdoors or pre-demolition • how to use, clean, and dispose of
does not pose the same risk to bystanders as protective clothing.
handling it in an occupied building where the This requirement includes workers such as
dust may recirculate. electricians, plumbers and pipe fitters, gas fitters,
251
EllisDon Safety
painters, drywallers, demolition workers, heating 6.5.2.1 Steps to get certified

and ventilation workers, and computer installers 1. One of the following groups must register
performing work in the area of a Type 1, Type you for an in-school training program
2, or Type 3 operation, but not involved in an approved by the Ministry of Training,
actual removal operation. Colleges, and Universities (MTCU):
Workers performing Type 3 operations and • employers engaged in Type 3 asbestos
supervisors in these operations must also be work
certified to do so, as described below.
• joint local union/employer training
6.5.2 Certification requirements for committees.
Type 3 operations Note: The employer must apply to the
As of November 1, 2007, workers and MTCU for “signing authority” before it can
supervisors must be certified before they can enroll you in an approved training program.
do Type-3 asbestos work or supervise Type-3
2. Take the training that you need.
work. Certification is not required for
3. Once you have completed the in-school
• workers in Type 1 or Type 2 operations part, you are eligible to write the asbestos
• workers entering Type 1, 2, or 3 work abatement worker or supervisor test. Each
areas to perform work not related to the test is administered by the MTCU (not the
asbestos removal operation. training provider) and consists of 40
multiple-choice questions.
The workers that do not require certification
4. If you pass the test, the “signing authority”
are, however, required to have asbestos
(the employer) sends the required
awareness training.
paperwork to the MTCU. This confirms that
There are two asbestos abatement certification you have successfully completed the in-
programs: one for workers (Asbestos Abatement school training program and have passed the
Worker) and one for supervisors (Asbestos test. The MTCU will then issue you a
Abatement Supervisor). Before becoming a Certificate of Completion.
certified asbestos abatement supervisor you
must 6.5.2.2 Exemption from exams
Until November 1, 2008, experienced Type 3
• be certified as an asbestos abatement workers and supervisors can take the tests
worker without having to take the in-school training
• have taken a 16-hour training course on programs. If you fail the test, however, you will
being a supervisor in construction be required to take an in-school training
program approved by the MTCU.
• take the Asbestos Abatement Supervisor
program and pass the test. Experienced workers and supervisors from
outside Ontario can take the tests without
Workers and supervisors must have their
having to take the in-school training. If they fail
original certification cards available at the work
the test, however, they will be required to take
site when they are working. Ministry of Labour
an in-school training program approved by the
Inspectors may ask a worker to produce their
MTCU.
original card plus appropriate identification.
252
You are considered experienced if you have at insulation is to be removed using a glove bag.
least 1,000 hours of experience performing Type 3 The written notice must include
work before November 1, 2007. You must prove
• the name and address of the person giving
this with an Asbestos Work Report Form 1 (or
the notice
equivalent document for those from outside
Ontario) or a letter on official company letterhead. • the name and address of the owner of the
place where the work will be done
6.6 Notifying the Ministry of Labour (MOL)
• the exact address and location where the
6.6.1 Informing the Ministry of Labour work will be done
of Type 3 operations and Type 2
• a description of the work that will be done
glove-bag operations
You must notify the Ministry of Labour (MOL), • the starting date and expected duration of
orally and in writing, before beginning a Type 3 the work
operation, or before beginning a Type 2 • the name and address of the supervisor in
operation in which one square metre or more of charge of the work.
TORONTO-BASED ENERGY COMPANY FINED FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY VIOLATIONS

SARNIA, Ont. - A Toronto-based energy company that operates an ethanol refinery in Sarnia, was
fined $125,000 for two violations of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, and a London, Ont.-
based insulation contractor, was fined $50,000 for one violation, both on May 14, 2007, in
connection with asbestos infractions.
Between March 9 and 12, 2005, workers removed insulation and other materials from heat
exchangers and from a “stripper change drum” (large chemical vessel). On the morning of March
11, 2005, a concern was raised that material on the stripper change drum contained asbestos. The
constructor of the insulation-removal project sent the materials for testing to a facility in London and
received confirmation at 4 p.m. from that facility that the materials contained asbestos. The energy
company failed to notify the Ministry of Labour of the asbestos, both orally and by submitting a
required written report in a timely fashion. Both the energy company and the insulation contractor,
which employed the workers who were removing the materials, also failed to ensure workers wore
appropriate personal protective equipment when removing the materials both after the suspected
asbestos was discovered and after it was confirmed.
The energy company pleaded guilty, as a constructor, to:
1. failing to ensure friable material discovered during the work, that was not referred to in a
previously-prepared asbestos report, was reported to the Ministry of Labour, both orally and in
a written report, as required by Section 7(6) of the Regulations for Asbestos on Construction
Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations. This was contrary to Section 23(1) of the act;
and
2. failing to ensure workers were provided with protective equipment that included a supplied-
air, positive-pressure full-face-piece respirator for a Type 3 asbestos removal, as required by
Section 14(5)(viii) of the Regulations for Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings
and Repair Operations. This was contrary to Section 23(1)(b) of the act.
The Justice of the Peace fined the company $25,000 on the first count and $100,000 on the second count.
253
EllisDon Safety
6.6.2 Discovery of material that may be person working in a Type 2 or Type 3

asbestos operation. The employer must do this at least
If during work, suspicious material that was not once a year and immediately on termination of
referred to in the asbestos report (see section a worker’s employment.
6.4) is discovered, then the constructor must 6.10 Asbestos work registry
immediately report the discovery to the Ministry
of Labour, both orally and in a written report. The Ministry of Labour maintains an Asbestos
The owner, contractors and the joint health and Workers Register based on asbestos work report
safety committee must also be informed both forms. Workers listed in the Register may be
orally and in writing by the constructor. asked by the Ministry’s Provincial Physician or
their own physicians to voluntarily have a
No work is allowed until the material is tested medical examination to determine if they are
for the presence of asbestos unless the material suffering from a condition resulting from
is treated as ACM and, in the case of sprayed-on asbestos exposure.
friable material, as though it contained a type of
asbestos other than chrysotile. 6.11 Use of equivalent measure or
procedure
6.7 Enclosures
If you wish to use other equivalent methods or
Where there is a significant risk of procedures than those required by Ontario
contamination (certain Type 2 and Type 3 Regulation 278/05, you must submit a proposal
operations) there is a requirement to enclose the in writing to the joint health and safety
work area. The purpose of the enclosure is to committee or the health and safety
contain ACM within the enclosure, thus representative. The equivalent method must
preventing exposure of people outside of the provide protection equal to the protection
containment area. Additionally, by enclosing the provided in the regulation. Workers must be
work area you prevent unauthorized access to trained on the equivalent measure or procedure.
the work area.
For indoor Type 3 operations the enclosure
must be kept under negative pressure Poor work practices
(0.02 inches of water).
Poor work practices such as not wetting
For more information about enclosures, see ACM, or dry sweeping of waste ACM, can
sections 10.2, 11.4, and 11.5 in this manual. lead to high fibre levels. By not following
proper work practices you will not only
6.8 Clearance air sampling endanger yourselves but also your family,
For certain Type 3 operations, once asbestos co-workers, and building occupants.
removal has been completed a visual inspection
and clearance air testing must be performed
(see sections 11.8, 11.10, and Appendix C in this 6.12 Enforcement of OHSA and its
manual for more details). regulations
6.9 Asbestos work report The Ministry of Labour Inspectors are
responsible for enforcing the provisions of the
The employer must complete and submit to the OHSA and the regulations made under it.
Ministry of Labour an asbestos work report form
(available from the Ministry of Labour) for each
254
6.12.1 Powers of the Ministry of Labour lighting purposes or the operation of tools
Inspectors. or equipment.
An inspector can visit a site at any time and • Every precaution must be taken to avoid
exercise fairly broad powers to inspect, test, electrical shock. Use ground fault circuit
look at documents/records, take photographs, protection.
ask questions, and give orders. If the inspector
• Ensure that all permanent circuits are
approaches a worker or supervisor directly, the
provided with a grounding system. This
worker must answer questions and cooperate.
can be determined with a portable ground
The supervisor must be informed of any orders
tester.
given or recommendations made.
• Ensure that electrical outlets are tightly
7 NON-ASBESTOS HAZARDS sealed and taped to avoid water spray.
ASSOCIATED WITH ASBESTOS • Determine what equipment must remain
OPERATIONS energized during the abatement process.
7.1 Electrical hazards • Insulate or guard energized equipment and

wiring from employee contact and other
Due to the presence of water used in asbestos
conductive objects.
abatement procedures, one of the most dangerous
hazards is contact with electricity. The employer • Avoid damaging permanent building wiring
must develop and implement specific safety during the work.
procedures for preventing electric shock and burn.
7.1.2 Temporary power distribution
Sometimes, work on energized equipment is systems
unavoidable, such as when transformers or
• All temporary circuits provided by the
control boxes must remain energized during the
abatement contractor must be provided
abatement project. In such circumstances, dry
with a grounding system and protected by
removal is allowed provided that the
ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs).
appropriated precautions are taken.
• Avoid stringing temporary wiring across
7.1.1 Electrical power distribution floors and through door openings.
• Ensure all electrical panels, exposed
• Elevated wiring should not be fastened
electrical conductors, or equipment (such
with staples, nails, or wire.
as transformers, switches, capacitors) are
locked out and tagged before any work • Use care not to damage the wiring insulation
begins. All wiring should be treated as during installation or abatement work.
energized unless tested and proven to be
• Temporary lights are to be installed
de-energized.
according to the Ontario Electrical Code.
• If power cannot be disconnected, all You must use inline or circuit breaker/
exposed electrical equipment must be receptacle type GFCIs at all times.
covered to prevent moisture from entering
GFCI – A Ground Fault Circuit
into the equipment.
Interrupter provides additional
• Electrical power connections to permanent protection from shocks by shutting off
fixtures must be disconnected but the current to equipment when the
temporary connections may be made for GFCI senses an electrical fault.
255
EllisDon Safety
7.1.3 Electrical cords and tools Wherever there is a danger of falling from a
• Provide heavy-duty extension cords with a height, you must install guardrails or use
ground conductor. appropriate fall protection equipment. Workers
must receive fall protection training in
• Ensure that cords are not damaged, accordance with the Construction Regulation.
contain no splices, and that grounding pins
on the male plugs are intact. Unguarded openings in the work area must be
adequately protected by installing a secure
• Position extension cords to eliminate
temporary cover or by guardrails with toe boards.
tripping hazards and to protect them from
Covers must be capable of supporting all vertical
being damaged by moving scaffolds.
loads imposed upon them. A large conspicuous
• Provide electrical tools which are either sign should warn people about the opening.
grounded or double-insulated.
Running and horseplay in work areas is
• Use shatterproof, guarded bulbs and heavy prohibited.
duty wiring for temporary lighting.
7.3 Ladders and scaffolds
• Where plugs enter receptacles, ensure that
the connection is protected and secured in Asbestos abatement work often requires
place. working at heights, leading to the use of ladders
and scaffolds. Improper use or inadequate
• Provide mechanical protection to protect
maintenance of this equipment can cause injury.
all temporary power cords.
• Inspect ladders regularly for damage.
• Before using them, inspect all power tools
Repair or replace them when damaged.
for damaged components and power cord
connections. • Workers must be instructed on how to use
ladders correctly.
7.2 Slips, trips, and falls
• Maintain 3-point contact.
Using water to control the spread of asbestos
fibres can make polyethylene sheeting very • Ladders must not be used as a work
slippery. Rubber boots with non-skid soles are platform or walk board.
recommended. Post signs in conspicuous • Stepladders should be used only when
locations warning workers of the slip hazard. they are completely open.
Poor lighting makes it difficult to see and can • If extension ladders are used, the base
lead to trips and falls. Lighting needs to be location should be 1 m away from the
sufficiently bright to minimize shadow and to point below the upper contact point for
illuminate objects on the work surface. every 3 or 4 m of elevation. (One metre
Poor housekeeping is a cause of trips and falls. out for every three or four metres up.)
ACM or other rubbish—such as ceiling tile, t-bar, Many projects require the use of scaffolds.
metal hangers, wood, nails and screws, and Correct set-up, regular inspection, and basic
drywall—should be bagged as often as necessary
maintenance are essential. If a scaffold is rented,
to keep the work area free of slipping and
the contractor should inspect all components
tripping hazards.
before accepting them. Scaffolding must be
Electrical cords, vacuum hoses, and water hoses erected and dismantled properly. To reduce the
should be organized and moved away from risk of a mobile scaffold tipping over, the height
where workers could trip over them. must not exceed three times the smallest
256
dimension of its base. The wheels of the • Heat cramps: painful muscle cramps.
scaffold must operate properly. The scaffold
• Heat exhaustion: high body
platforms must be fully planked or “decked.”
temperature; weakness or feeling faint;
Guardrails should always be installed on
headache, confusion or irrational
scaffolds to prevent falls. Toe boards should be
behaviour; nausea or vomiting.
installed to prevent tools and other objects from
dropping on workers below. The scaffold must • Heat stroke: no sweating (hot, dry skin),
not be overloaded. The rolling scaffold must not high body temperature, confusion, or
be moved with workers on it unless the workers convulsions. Get immediate medical help.
are each tied off to a separate fixed anchor.
Controls for heat stress hazards:
7.4 Heat stress • Provide cool drinking water near workers
Heat-related disorders are common in asbestos and remind them to drink a cup every
abatement work. Heat stress takes place when 1/2 hour.
your body’s cooling system is overwhelmed and • Increase the frequency and length of rest
your temperature starts to increase. Heat stress breaks.
can be a hazard when working around boilers,
hot pipe, tanks or furnaces, or structures heated • Cool break areas should be provided if
by the sun. possible.
Heat stress can occur when heat combines with • Caution workers about working in direct
other factors such as sunlight.
• protective clothing that restricts the • Train workers to recognize the signs and
evaporation of sweat symptoms of heat stress. Start a “buddy
system” because it’s unlikely that people
• hard physical work will notice their own symptoms.
• high humidity • Allow workers time to get acclimatized.
• dehydration (loss of fluids) Note: Employers have a duty under Section
• certain medical conditions 25 (2) (h) of the Occupational Health and
Safety Act to take every precaution reasonable
• lack of acclimatization: in the circumstances to protect the worker. This
When exposed to heat for a number of includes developing policies and procedures for
consecutive days, the body will adapt hot environments. For more information, see the
and become more efficient in dealing chapter on Heat Stress in CSAO’s Construction
with heat. This is called acclimatization. Health and Safety Manual.
Acclimatization usually takes six to 7.5 Cold stress

seven days but may be lost in as little as
Exposure to the cold can be an important
three days away from work. People
consideration for workers if work must be done
returning to work after a holiday or a
outdoors in the winter or indoors if a building’s
long weekend must understand this —
heating system must be shut down. Exposure to
and so should their supervisors.
the cold can cause frostbite or hypothermia. For
Heat stress can lead to illness or even death. work performed continuously in the cold, allow
rest and warm-up breaks. Heated shelters such
257
EllisDon Safety
as trailers should be available nearby. For more CO poisoning can be very subtle and may cause
information, see the chapter on Cold Stress in drowsiness and collapse followed by death.
CSAO’s Construction Health and Safety Manual.
The major sources of CO include the internal
7.6 Mechanical hazards combustion engines powering saws, scissor lifts,
generators, compressors, and forklift trucks.
A work site hazard assessment should be Another source of CO can be the internal
conducted to identify mechanical hazards that combustion engine powering the compressor
can cause injury. Injury can occur when a which supplies air to your respiratory protective
worker’s body comes in-between a component equipment.
of a moving object and a stationary object. Any
mechanically-operated part of a machine to Adequate ventilation is absolutely essential
which a worker has access must be guarded or when you cannot avoid using combustion
fenced so that it will not endanger a worker. engines indoors or in confined spaces.
Guards prevent contact between the worker and
that part of the machine which may present a
hazard.
Workers must wear properly fitting hand, arm,
leg, or body protective equipment, appropriate to
the work being done and the hazards involved.
Hard hats, eye protection, and safety boots, as
appropriate, must be worn at all times when Combustion engines produce carbon monoxide
there is potential for workers to be exposed to
falling objects, debris entering the eyes, or 7.10 Noise
materials falling on feet. Power tools or compressors can generate high
7.7 Explosive atmospheres levels of noise. Workers exposed to high noise
levels must be given adequate hearing
Before spraying highly flammable liquids such protection and trained on how to use it.
as spray glue, eliminate sources of ignition such
as static electricity, unprotected electrical 8 IDENTIFY EMERGENCY RESPONSE
equipment, cigarettes, and open flames. PROCEDURES
7.8 Atmospheric hazards Potential emergency situations that can be
encountered in an asbestos Type 3 operation
Chemicals used during asbestos abatement such
include
as spray glue, lock down sealants, and propane
may build up and lead to adverse health effects. • fire and smoke
Ensure that the material safety data sheets
• hazardous material release (e.g., spills, gas,
(MSDSs) are available at the workplace, and
liquids, vapour)
provide information about protective measures
to be followed. • an electrical failure resulting in a loss of
negative air pressure
7.9 Carbon monoxide
• respirator failure
Carbon monoxide (CO) has no odour or taste
and is clear and colourless. • a critical injury that requires immediate
attention.
258
An emergency plan must be in place for each removed from an ill or injured worker since
individual jobsite and workers must be informed breathing through a respirator can place extra
of the procedures to follow. Workers must be stress on the heart.
trained on how to respond in the event of an
The ill or injured worker should be removed
emergency.
from the contaminated area to the clean room
There must be a means of communication unless the worker has sustained a head, neck,
between workers inside the enclosure and or back injury. Moving the worker minimizes
persons outside the enclosure (e.g., two-way exposing emergency response personnel and
radios, cell phones, etc.) The method of their equipment to asbestos. Non-injured
communication must be determined by the workers responding to the ill or injured worker
employer and set out in the emergency plan. must decide if there is time to decontaminate
Before any Type-3 work begins, workers must the worker. When first aid, ambulance, or
know the location of emergency equipment emergency personnel have to enter the
including fire extinguishers, first aid kits, spill kits, contaminated area they must be
and jobsite fire alarms. They must also know the
• warned of the hazard
emergency exit routes (clearly marked), where to
find the map to the nearest hospital, the • provided with appropriate personal
emergency phone numbers, and the material protective equipment
safety data sheets. Workers must also know who
• told how to use the protective equipment
the health and safety representative and first aid
attendants are. • told about the limitations of the protective
equipment.
Emergency exit
A serious injury or life-threatening hazard is a
more immediate health concern than short-term
asbestos exposure. Therefore standard protective
measures may be temporarily suspended if they
would result in an immediate threat to life. If
performing CPR, the respirator should be
259
EllisDon Safety
9 TYPE 1 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS limits. This is why the use of respirators is

optional for Type 1 work.
9.1 What are Type 1 operations?
Type 1 operations include the following: 9.2 Controls for Type 1 operations
1. Installing or removing less than 7.5 square 1. Eating, drinking, smoking, and chewing
metres of ceiling tile containing asbestos gum are prohibited.
(81 square feet, or ten 4-foot x 2-foot 2. If a worker requests a respirator and
ceiling tiles) without it being broken, cut, protective clothing for Type 1 operations,
drilled, abraded, ground, sanded, or the employer must provide them. The
vibrated. respirators must be the proper type (see
2. Installing or removing non-friable asbestos- respirator chart, Appendix A) with filters
containing material, other than ceiling tiles, suitable for asbestos. Once workers
without it being broken, cut, drilled, request respirators, they must wear them.
abraded, ground, sanded, or vibrated. Protective clothing must be impervious to
asbestos fibres. Once workers request
3. Breaking, cutting, drilling, abrading, protective clothing, they must wear it.
grinding, sanding, or vibrating non-friable
Refer to section 11.3 of this manual for
asbestos-containing material if a) you wet
more information on the use, care, and
the material, and b) you use only non-
disposal of respirators and protective
powered hand-held tools.
equipment.
Protective clothing is used for two reasons:
• to prevent transfer of dust and waste
into clean areas
• to guard unprotected workers, their
families, and the public from secondary
exposures to asbestos.
Members of asbestos workers’ families
have developed illnesses from the dust
brought home in work clothes. (See article
4. Removing less than one square metre of on the next page.)
drywall where asbestos joint-filling 3. Before beginning work, visible dust must
compound was used. be removed by wiping with a damp cloth
or by vacuuming with a special HEPA*-
DRYWALL JOINT-FILLING COMPOUND filtered vacuum.
Early drywall joint-filling compounds
* HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate
contained significant amounts of asbestos
Aerosol) vacuums are specially designed
fibre. This particular use was specifically to trap very small particles. They catch
prohibited in 1980. Still, it may be found in at least 99.97% of all particles 0.3
buildings constructed several years microns or larger. See “HEPA Filters,”
afterwards. Appendix I.
If these operations are done properly, it is Continued after the article on the next page.
unlikely that exposure will exceed acceptable
260
SUFFERING FROM A FATHER’S JOB

MARTIN MITTELSTAEDT
GLOBE AND MAIL, April 2006
[What follows is a partial excerpt from the article.]
CAMPBELLFORD, ONT. — The expression “like father, like son,” has tragic poignancy for Tom
O’Donnell.
His father died nine years ago at age 76 from lung cancer caused by asbestos.
The cause of death was not entirely surprising. He had worked for nearly 25 years at a now
defunct Johns-Manville plant in eastern Toronto that was called a “world-class occupational health
disaster” by a 1980s royal commission investigating the plant’s use of asbestos.
Now the son, who is only 48, is dying of mesothelioma, a painful cancer whose only known cause
is contact with asbestos.
Mr. O’Donnell’s diagnosis might seem unusual, given that he never worked with the substance. But
he is not the only one in his family to have been afflicted since his father died. An older sister and
older brother succumbed to the same cancer, which affects the lining of the chest wall, in their 50s.
Medical authorities suspect Mr. O’Donnell and his siblings are victims of a seemingly innocuous
asbestos exposure: traces of asbestos dust carried unknowingly home on their father’s work clothes.
Those traces, a testament to the killing power of the mineral, provided enough of a dose to place
his children in mortal peril decades later.
Mr. O’Donnell said his father was a loving man for whom “the kids came first” and he remembers
him with fondness as “such a nice guy all around. There is not a bad thing you could say about
that guy.”
His father had no inkling that the asbestos he worked with was hazardous, and that unknowingly
he had started a nightmare for his six children.
“He’s up there,” Mr. O’Donnell said, referring to heaven, “thinking all this work he did and raising
the kids and we’re dying because of what was on his clothes.”
Cases such as Mr. O’Donnell’s, once thought to be extremely rare, are starting to crop up more
frequently in Canada. There are enough cases that they have been given the formal name of
“bystanders,” people who never worked with asbestos yet are at risk of its illnesses.
They are falling ill now because they were exposed during the 1960s and 1970s — the peak years
in Canada of asbestos use — as children and spouses of asbestos workers. Because certain cancers
have a decades-long latency period, the bystanders are only now starting to be seen in significant
numbers.
The bystander cases hold a special cruelty. Many of those exposed to asbestos as children are
dying young, robbed of far more years than were their fathers, who were exposed as adults and
had a crack at reaching old age because of the latency period.
261
EllisDon Safety
Vacuum with HEPA filter
4. Never use compressed air to clean

asbestos dust off surfaces. This just blows
the fibres into the air.
5. When you wish to cut, shape, or drill the
non-friable materials as mentioned in
Section 9.1 #3 (above), you must wet the
work (water plus wetting agent—see box
below) and use only hand tools such as
nibblers, rasps, files, shears, knives, hand
drills, or hand saws. Using hand tools may
create some dust, but wetting the material
will prevent the dust particles from
becoming airborne.
WETTING AGENT
Water alone is not sufficient to control dust
and fibres. You must add a “wetting agent” 7. All asbestos dust and waste must be
to reduce the water’s surface tension. This cleaned up regularly and frequently
increases the water’s ability to penetrate (before it dries out) using a HEPA vacuum
material and get into nooks and crannies. or by damp-mopping or wet-sweeping.
To make this “amended water,” you can use 8. Before leaving the work area, workers
ordinary dishwashing detergent: 1 cup must damp-wipe or HEPA-vacuum their
detergent for every 20 litres of water. protective clothing to remove any surface
The US Environmental Protection Agency contamination. Workers must damp-wipe
(EPA), in its Guidance for Controlling their respirators before taking them off.
Asbestos-Containing Materials in Buildings, 9. Asbestos waste and disposable coveralls
EPA-560/5-85-024 (Purple Book), recommends must be placed in dust-tight containers and
the use of a 50:50 mixture of polyoxyethylene labeled with warning signs (see sections
ester and polyoxyethylene ether. 11.7, 11.12, and 12 for more information
6. You must use a dropsheet (typically 6-mil on clean-up and disposal).
polyethylene) below the work area to help 10. You must never reuse dropsheets. After
control dust. the work is done, dropsheets must be
262
wetted or damp-wiped and then folded or removing some fireproofing to fasten a

so that any residual dust or scrap is new pipe hanger.
contained inside the folds. Dispose of
3. Enclosing friable asbestos insulation to
dropsheets as asbestos waste.
prevent further damage or deterioration.
11. Barriers and portable enclosures that are
4. Applying tape, sealant, or other covering
rigid and will be reused must be cleaned
(by means other than spraying) to pipe or
by damp-wiping or HEPA-vacuuming.
boiler insulation.
Barriers and enclosures that are not rigid
or cannot be cleaned must not be 5. Installing or removing more than
reused. 7.5 square metres of ceiling tile containing
asbestos, without it being broken, cut,
12. Containers must be cleaned by damp
drilled, abraded, ground, sanded, or
wiping or HEPA-vacuuming before being
vibrated.
removed from the work area.
6. Breaking, cutting, drilling, abrading,
13. You must dispose of waste at a landfill
grinding, sanding, or vibrating non-friable
site that will accept asbestos (see
asbestos-containing material if the material
sections 11.12 and 12).
is not wetted and the work is done only
14. A washbasin, soap, water, and towels— with non-powered hand-held tools.
or a similarly-equipped clean-up
7. Removing one square metre or more of
facility—must be provided for workers so
drywall where the joint-filling compound
that they can wash their hands and faces
contains asbestos.
upon leaving the work area. Workers
must also wash before eating, drinking, 8. Working on non-friable asbestos with
smoking, or any such activities. This will power tools that are attached to dust
help reduce secondary exposure to collecting devices equipped with HEPA
asbestos. filters. If you need to power-grind or
machine the asbestos product and your
10 TYPE 2 OPERATIONS tools are not equipped with HEPA-filtered
dust collectors, refer to Section 11.15.
Exposure to asbestos is likely in Type 2
operations. You need controls to protect
workers and others nearby. Type 2 operations
include the following:
1. Removing all or part of a false ceiling in
buildings containing sprayed asbestos
fireproofing if it is likely that asbestos
fibres are resting on top of the ceiling. This
is likely when fireproofing is deteriorating
or damaged.
2. Removing or disturbing less than 1 square
metre of friable asbestos materials—for
example, repairing an insulated pipe joint
263
EllisDon Safety
To prevent electric shock, any power tools Wherever possible, the respirators should
used around water must be equipped with a be assigned to individual workers for their
ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) and exclusive use. Otherwise, the respirators
be maintained properly. GFCIs constantly must be properly cleaned and disinfected
monitor for any current leaking to ground. If before being used by someone else.
leaking current is detected, the GFCI
immediately switches off power to that
more information on the use, care, and
circuit to prevent a lethal dose of electricity.
disposal of respirators and protective
9. Using a glove bag to remove asbestos- equipment.
containing insulation. 2. Workers must wear protective clothing
10. Cleaning or removing filters used in air- impervious to asbestos with tight-fitting
handling equipment in a building with cuffs at the wrists, ankles, and neck, as
sprayed asbestos fireproofing. well as a hood or head cover. This usually
means one-piece disposable coveralls—
11. Any other operation that is not Type 1 or
ones which are easy to clean of surface
Type 3, but one that may cause exposure
contamination before you throw them
to asbestos.
10.2 Controls for Type 2 operations

1. Workers involved in Type 2 operations
must wear a NIOSH-approved respirator as
identified in the respirator chart, Appendix
A. The employer must provide workers
with training on the individual respirators
they will be using. The training must cover
• selection of respirator
• fitting Laceless, pull-on
Protective clothing rubber boots
• inspection
away. Torn or damaged clothing must be
• use
repaired or replaced. We recommend you
• care and maintenance use laceless, pull-on rubber boots. They
• cleaning and disinfecting can be washed off later or disposed of as
contaminated waste.
• limitations of the respirator.
The equipment must be maintained more information on the use, care, and
according to the employer’s written disposal of protective equipment.
procedures and must be consistent with
the manufacturer’s instructions. The Protective clothing is required for two
manufacturer can provide cleaning and reasons:
disinfecting products which will not a) to prevent transfer of dust and waste
damage the respirators. Any damaged or into clean areas
worn parts must be replaced before a
worker uses the equipment. b) to guard unprotected workers, their
families, and the public from secondary
264
exposures to asbestos. Members of

asbestos workers’ families have
developed illnesses from the dust
brought home in work clothes.
(See article in section 9.2.)
3. Only those workers wearing the required
respirators and protective clothing are
permitted in the work area.
4. You must never eat, drink, smoke, or chew
gum in the work area.
5. Never use compressed air to remove
asbestos dust from a surface.
6. You must wet asbestos-containing material
before you remove it to lessen the chance
of creating dust—unless wetting would
cause a hazard or damage.
7. You must add a wetting agent to the water.
See section 9.2 number 5. Warning sign
8. Any dust on exposed surfaces must be
cleaned by damp-wiping or HEPA 9. Warning signs are required for all Type 2
vacuuming before starting work which activities.
may disturb the dust. 10. For ceiling removal (to gain access to a
work area) and for removal of less than
265
EllisDon Safety
1 square metre of friable asbestos- their hands and faces before leaving the
containing material indoors, an enclosure work area. Workers must also wash
must be erected around the area to before eating, drinking, smoking, or any
prevent the spread of asbestos dust. If such activities.
your enclosure is opaque, it must have a
transparent window to allow observation 10.3 Glove Bag Operations
of the work. The ventilation system must All the procedures that apply to Type 2
be disabled and sealed off if the inlets or operations also apply to glove bag operations.
exhausts are within the enclosed area. In addition, you must do the following.
For other Type 2 operations, 6-mil
polyethylene dropsheets should be 1. Separate the work area from the rest of the
adequate. workplace by walls, barricades, fencing, or
other suitable means.
11. You must put waste asbestos, disposable
clothing, the enclosure and barrier 2. Disable the mechanical ventilation system
materials (such as polyethylene sheeting), serving the work area and seal all
and any other contaminated items into openings or voids, including ventilation
dust-tight containers labeled with warning ducts and windows to and from the work
signs. The containers must be damp- area.
wiped or HEPA-vacuumed to remove any 3. Place polyethylene dropsheets below the
surface contamination before you take work area.
the containers out of the work area. Refer
to Sections 11.7, 11.12, and 12 in this 4. The glove bag must be strong and large
manual for information on clean-up and enough to hold the material you’re
waste disposal. removing.
12. Any dust or waste must be cleaned up by

damp-wiping or HEPA-vacuuming before
it can dry out and pose a hazard. You
must never reuse dropsheets. Dropsheets
and enclosures must be decontaminated
and wetted before disposal.
13. After the work is completed, barriers and
portable enclosures that are rigid and that
will be reused must be cleaned by damp
wiping or HEPA-vacuuming. Barriers and
portable enclosures must not be reused
unless they are rigid and can be cleaned.
14. Before leaving the work area, workers
must damp-wipe or HEPA-vacuum their
protective clothing to remove any surface
contamination. Workers must damp-wipe
their respirators before taking them off.
15. A washbasin, water, soap, and towels
must be provided for workers to wash
266
5. You must not use a glove bag if you can’t installations with asbestos refractory
make a proper seal because of the materials.
condition of the insulation, the temperature
5. Disturbing non-friable asbestos material in
of the surface, or the type of jacketing.
any way with power tools not attached to
6. Check the glove bag for damage or dust collectors equipped with HEPA
defects. vacuums.
7. Be careful not to puncture the glove bag. 6. Repair, alteration, or demolition of
buildings which are or were used to
8. When you’ve finished removing the
manufacture asbestos products unless the
asbestos,
asbestos was cleaned up and removed
• damp-wipe and HEPA-vacuum the tools before March 16, 1986.
• wet down the inside walls of the glove 11.2 Controls for Type 3 operations
bag
Type 3 operations require the most precautions
• thoroughly wet the material inside the because they can release substantial amounts of
glove bag asbestos dust. Controls for Type 3 operations
• wipe down the pipe (or whatever the include requirements for
asbestos was removed from) and seal it • worker protection including protective
with a suitable encapsulant clothing, respiratory protection, and
• evacuate air from the bag using a HEPA- decontamination facilities
vacuum and place the glove bag, with • site preparation including enclosure and
the waste inside, in a suitable dust-tight isolation of the work area and negative air
container units
• clean up the work area by damp-wiping • removal, clean-up, and disposal of waste
or HEPA-vacuuming. including dust-suppression techniques.
The following sections provide details.
11 TYPE 3 OPERATIONS
11.3 Worker protection
11.3.1 Protective Clothing
Type 3 operations include the following:
Protective clothing is required for two reasons:
1. Removing or disturbing more than 1
square metre of friable asbestos-containing a) to prevent transfer of dust and waste into
material. clean areas
2. Spraying a sealant onto friable asbestos b) to guard unprotected workers, their

material. families, and the public from secondary
exposures to asbestos.
3. Cleaning or removing air-handling
equipment in buildings with sprayed Members of asbestos workers’ families have
asbestos fireproofing. developed illnesses from the dust brought home
in work clothes. (See article in section 9.2.)
4. Repair, alteration, or demolition of kilns,
metallurgical furnaces, and other Continued on the next page.
267
EllisDon Safety
Protective clothing must IT CAN GET HOT IN THERE!

• fit the worker Protective clothing can contribute to a
worker’s heat stress, especially in summer.
• not readily retain asbestos dust or allow it See the chapter on Heat Stress in CSAO’s
to penetrate. Although it is not a regulatory Construction Health and Safety Manual.
requirement, we recommend one-piece
disposable coveralls with hood for Type 3
11.3.2 Respiratory Protection
operations.
The primary means of exposure to asbestos
• have tight-fitting cuffs at the wrists and fibres is inhalation. Despite the use of other
ankles and on the hoods of overalls control measures such as wet removal, workers
• cover the head and feet. Although it is not involved in Type 3 operations will still
a regulatory requirement, we recommend encounter airborne asbestos. For this reason,
laceless rubber boots because they are respirators are an important control method.
easy to clean when leaving the work area. The respirator requirements for Type 3
Footwear with laces will trap asbestos operations vary according to:
fibres between the laces and should not be
used. • the size of the operation
• be immediately repaired or replaced if • whether the ACM is friable or non-friable

torn. • the type of asbestos present (chrysotile, or
Head coverings should be close-fitting and asbestos other than chrysotile)
cover the parts of the head and neck not • whether the ACM is wet or dry
covered by the respirator. The head straps of
respiratory protective equipment should be • whether power tools or non-power tools
worn under the head covering. are used for the removal
Street clothes must not be worn under coveralls. • whether the power tool is attached to a
dust-collecting device equipped with a
Any protective clothing (including rubber boots, HEPA filter or not.
reusable coveralls, and disposable coveralls)
exposed to the work area must be cleaned The types of respirators required for various
either by damp-wiping or HEPA-vacuuming Type 3 operations are identified in Ontario
before leaving the work area. If contaminated Regulation 278/05, Table 2. CSAO has
reusable coveralls are to be laundered, they summarized this table in the form of charts (see
should first be placed in dust-tight bags which Appendices A and B).
are soluble in hot water and can be loaded, The employer must develop written procedures
unopened, into a washing machine. These inner on the selection, use, and care of respirators.
bags should then be placed inside a second bag The employer must give a copy of the
which is sealed and labeled prior to being sent procedures to each worker required to wear a
to laundry facilities that specialize in cleaning respirator, and review the contents with them.
asbestos-contaminated clothing.
Wherever possible, the respirators should be
Disposable coveralls that will not be reused must assigned to individual workers for their
be disposed of as described in section 11.7. exclusive use. Otherwise the respirators
must be properly sanitized before being
used by someone else.
268
Workers cannot be assigned to an asbestos work 11.3.3.1.1.1 Negative-pressure (demand)

operation unless they are physically able to mode
perform the operation while wearing the Air is delivered only when the wearer inhales.
respirator (See Appendix E — “Health Because contaminated air may leak inward
Surveillance Guidelines” — of CSA Standard around the facepiece if the breather inhales
CSA-Z94.4-02.) strongly, these devices have limited use in high-
The employer must provide workers with exposure conditions.
training on the individual respirators they will 11.3.3.1.1.2 Continuous-flow mode
be using. The training must cover
As the name implies, these devices deliver a
• proper fit constant flow of air to the wearer. Inward
leakage of contaminated air is still possible if
• inspection and maintenance
the breather inhales more air than the device
• cleaning and disinfecting can supply. Minimum flow rates must be
maintained to minimize inward leakage.
• limitations of the respirator.
Continuous-flow mode offers better protection
11.3.3 Types of respirators than the negative pressure (demand) mode.
There are two main categories of respirators
used to protect workers in an asbestos Type-3
environment:
• air- (atmosphere-) supplying respirators
(respirators that are attached to a supply of
new, clean air)
• air-purifying respirators (respirators that
clean the air around you before you
breathe it in).
11.3.3.1 Air-supplying respirators

Air-supplying respirators provide clean air
through a hose called an airline, which is
attached to a freestanding tank of compressed
air, an air compressor, or an ambient air blower.
11.3.3.1.1 Modes of operation
Air-supplying respirators can operate in the
following modes:
• “negative pressure” or “demand”
• “continuous-flow”
• “positive pressure” or “pressure-demand.”
Air-supplying respirator
269
EllisDon Safety
11.3.3.1.1.3 Positive-pressure or 11.3.3.2.1 Non-powered air-purifying

pressure-demand mode respirators
Since the previous modes may permit inward Air is drawn through the filter by the wearer
leakage, a system was developed which breathing in. Non-powered respirators depend
maintains a positive pressure inside the entirely on the wearer breathing in (inhaling)
facepiece at all times, and also supplies more air and breathing out (exhaling) to deliver an
as demanded. This class of device is used for adequate supply of purified breathing air.
high-exposure conditions and offers the best
protection of the three modes.
For asbestos Type 3 removals, only full-
11.3.3.2 Air-purifying respirators
facepiece respirators are allowed when
Air-purifying respirators used for protection using a non-powered air-purifying respirator.
during a Type-3 asbestos operation must be
equipped with N-100, R-100, or P-100 (HEPA)
filters.
The “100” (actually 99.97%) refers to the
efficiency of the filters.
Oil has been found to ruin the filtering ability of
some filter material. Therefore, to ensure that a
suitable filter is being used, particulate filters
have an N, R, or P designation:
N – Not resistant to oil – must not be used at all
in an environment where solvent or oil is
present.
R – Resistant to oil - can be used for a single
shift in an environment where solvent or oil is Full-facepiece non-powered
present. air-purifying respirator
P – Oil-Proof – can be used for an extended

period of time in an environment where solvent
or oil is present.
Air-purifying respirators can be powered or non-
powered.
270
11.3.3.2.2 Powered air-purifying side arms will break the seal. An alternative
respirators (PAPR) such as eyeglass inserts in the respirator
These respirators use a battery-powered blower facepiece or contact lenses (check with your
to continuously draw air through HEPA filters employer to see if the use of contact lenses is
and into the tight-fitting facepiece (full or half allowed) should be considered for those who
facepiece) require prescription glasses.
Employers should ensure that the selected
facepiece is the right size (small, medium, large)
and can correctly fit each wearer.
11.3.4.1 Fit testing

For a tight-fitting facepiece the initial selection
should include fit-testing to ensure the wearer
has the correct device. The test will assess the
fit by determining the degree of face-seal
leakage using a test agent while the user is
wearing the respirator (see Appendix G for
more details).
You need to fit test again when
• changing to a different model of respirator
• changing to a different-sized facepiece
• there have been significant changes to the
facial characteristics of the individual
wearer (e.g., as a result of significant
weight gain or weight loss, or a dental
procedure).
Fit testing and seal checking are

different.
Fit testing (described above) detects if the
respirator fits the wearer correctly in the first
Powered air-purifying respirator
place. A user seal check (described below)
is when the user makes sure the straps are
11.3.4 Proper fit correctly adjusted and the respirator is
The performance of a respirator with a tight- properly seated on the face before each use.
fitting facepiece depends on good contact
between the wearer’s skin and the respirator. A 11.3.4.2 Seal checking
good face seal can only be achieved if the
Before each use, the wearer should conduct a
wearer is clean-shaven in the region of the seal
seal check. The manufacturer’s instructions will
and the facepiece is of the correct size and
give information on simple seal checks, such as
shape to fit the wearer’s face. Eyeglasses cannot
those involving blocking the filters and inhaling
be worn with a full-facepiece respirator as the
to create suction inside the mask (negative seal
271
EllisDon Safety
check), or blocking the exhalation valve and

exhaling (positive seal check) so that any
leakage can be detected. (See the following
images and Appendix F for more details.)
Clean your respirator with a neutral detergent

Negative seal check
A respirator should be checked by the wearer
before and after it is used to make sure that it is
in good working order (see Appendix D for
more details). Any damaged or worn parts must
be replaced before a worker uses the equipment.
11.3.6 Cleaning and sanitizing

Respirators must be cleaned after each use
according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If
shared by different workers, respirators must be
properly sanitized before they can be used by
another person.
The manufacturer can provide cleaning and
sanitizing products which will not damage the
respirators.
Strong detergents, hot water, or household
Positive seal check cleaners or solvents must not be used because
they may cause the rubber parts to deteriorate.
Use a neutral detergent.
11.3.5 Inspection and maintenance
The respirator should be thoroughly cleaned and
The equipment must be maintained and rinsed with warm water to avoid skin irritation
inspected according to the employer’s written (for more details see Appendix E). After rinsing,
procedures which must be consistent with the respirators should be hung up to dry.
manufacturer’s instructions.
272
11.3.8.2 Some major limitations of

powered air-purifying
respirators (PAPR)
• Requires the battery power pack to be
recharged frequently.
• The power pack can fail during use
requiring the worker to immediately leave
the asbestos work area.
• Proper functioning requires a minimum
rate of air flow into the respirator mask.
Consult the manufacturer’s specific
instructions concerning the required flow
rate and how this should be checked.
After rinsing it, hang your respirator up to dry 11.3.8.3 Some major limitations of
supplied-air respirators
11.3.7 Storage
• When using supplied-air respirators, the air
Respirators should be stored in a clean location
must be tested to ensure that the it meets
(away from sunlight, chemicals, excessive heat
the requirements set out in the Canadian
or cold, and excessive moisture), preferably in a
Standards Association’s Compressed
plastic bag in a locker. Respirators must not be
Breathing Air (CSA Z180.1-00). This
left in a car or out where they can gather dust
standard limits the amount of carbon
and dirt or be damaged.
monoxide, oil mist, water vapour, and
11.3.8 Limitations of respirators other contaminants permissible in such
systems.
11.3.8.1 Some major limitations of air-
purifying respirators • Oil-lubricated compressors can produce
carbon monoxide. A continuous carbon
• They are not suitable for confined spaces,
monoxide monitor equipped with an alarm
or atmospheres with less than 19.5%
must be provided.
oxygen.
• They are not suitable for gases or vapours
unless equipped with proper cartridges.
• As the filter becomes clogged with dust, air
flow resistance increases and the filters will
have to be changed.
• Proper fit is essential for protection —
workers must be clean shaven.
Carbon monoxide monitor
273
EllisDon Safety
11.4 Site preparation—indoor projects

Indoor Type-3 operations require strict controls
to prevent asbestos dust from contaminating
other areas. The work area must be completely
enclosed and isolated from the rest of the
location in order to
• prevent and contain the spread of asbestos
dust
• prevent other people in the rest of the
building from being exposed to asbestos
• restrict access of unauthorized personnel.
Requirements for site preparation:
1. Polyethylene sheeting or other suitable
material that is impervious to asbestos,
held in place with appropriate tape and Temporary walls
adhesive, is normally used to build the
enclosure. Typically, 6-mil polyethylene is
used on the walls and heavier
polyethylene is used on the floor (it must
withstand foot traffic).
When existing walls aren’t appropriate for
the enclosure, it may be necessary to erect
temporary walls to which the plastic
barrier can be attached.
All joints must overlap and be taped to
ensure the area is completely sealed off.
Regulation 278/05 requires you to have
Transparent observation window
one or more transparent observational
windows when you’re using opaque,
Type-3 enclosures for operations where
non-friable asbestos is disturbed in any
way with power tools not attached to dust
collectors equipped with HEPA vacuums.
However, CSAO recommends that all Type
3 enclosures have a transparent window if
the enclosure is opaque. Collectively, the
windows should allow as much of the
work area as possible to be viewed from
outside the enclosure. Keep the windows
Polyethylene sheeting
clean and unobstructed.
274
2. During the construction of the enclosure,

asbestos materials should not be disturbed
until the enclosure is complete and
negative air is in place. In situations where
asbestos debris or dust is lying on any
surface of the work area and will be
disturbed during the construction of the
enclosure then the area must be
precleaned using a damp cloth, or by
using a vacuum equipped with a HEPA
filter, before the enclosure is built. Suitable
personal protective equipment, including
respirators, should be worn during Sealing the ventilation system
precleaning and during all work which
disturbs or could disturb asbestos during
the building of enclosures.
Wet wiping procedures

• Wet wipe with clean water and paper
towels to remove any residue.
• Dispose of paper towels as asbestos
waste.
HEPA vacuum procedures

• vacuum the contaminated area in parallel Covered and sealed furniture
passes with each pass overlapping the
previous one.
• Vacuum the area a second time, in the
same manner, in passes at right angles to
the first passes.
Never use compressed air to clean asbestos

dust off surfaces – it is prohibited. It just
blows the fibres into the air.
3. The ventilation system serving the work

area must be shut down and sealed off.
Sealed pipe
4. Any furnishings that can be removed must
be damp-wiped or HEPA-vacuumed if 5. If scaffolding is used during the asbestos
dusty and taken out of the enclosure removal operation the open ends of the
before other work begins. Items which scaffold tubing must be sealed.
cannot be moved must be cleaned and 6. Any openings such as stairways, doors
sealed with polyethylene sheeting. (including elevator doors), windows, and
275
EllisDon Safety
pipe/conduit penetrations must also be

sealed off.
7. If asbestos is being removed from an
entire floor, the elevators must be
prevented from stopping at that floor.
8. With two exceptions (see box below), all
Type 3 operations require a negative
pressure of 0.02 inches of water inside the
enclosure relative to the area outside the
enclosure. You can do this by
• running negative air units equipped with
HEPA filters inside the enclosure and
venting them outside, and
non-contaminated or “clean” area into the
• making sure that the enclosure is sealed enclosure, instead of the other way.
from the surrounding area. The better Without negative air pressure, dust could
the area is sealed, the easier it will be to get out of the enclosure through cracks,
maintain negative air pressure. tears, ducting, or even through the door to
the enclosure.
Type 3 operations require a negative
pressure of 0.02 inches of water inside the A competent worker must measure the
enclosure relative to the area outside the pressure difference between the inside and
enclosure, unless outside of the enclosure at regular
intervals. A digital pressure monometer
• the building will be entirely demolished
will measure the differential pressure.
following the asbestos removal work
Because air pressure can vary within a
• the asbestos removal is done outdoors. large enclosure it is recommended that the
differential pressure be measured in a
Air always moves from positive pressure to variety of locations.
negative pressure. By maintaining negative
air pressure, air will always move from the Here are some clues that there is negative
air pressure inside the enclosure:
HEPA-filtered negative air unit Monometer
276
• Plastic barriers and sheeting will move

inwards toward the work area.
• There will be noticeable air movement
through the decontamination units. You
can use smoke tubes to see if air moves
from the clean room through the shower
room and equipment room to the work
area. This must be done with the
negative air units on.
A competent worker must inspect and Isolated electrical panel
maintain the negative air units before each
use to make sure that air isn’t leaking and 11. 5 Entry/decontamination facility
that the HEPA filter isn’t damaged or 1. You must set up an entry/decontamination
defective (See Appendix I and Appendix J facility that keeps airborne asbestos
for more details on negative air units and within the “dirty” area and provides a
HEPA filters). The negative air units must place for workers to decontaminate
be in proper working order before you themselves as well as their tools,
can use them. Clean replacement air must materials, and equipment. A typical
be taken from outside the enclosure to entry/decontamination facility is shown
replace air being exhausted. on the next page.
9. Warning signs must The facilities will need to have a separate
be posted outside “dirty” changing room for contaminated
and at every work clothing, and a separate “clean”
entrance to the changing room for clean or personal
work area. clothing. The showers should be located
10. If you plan to use between the two changing rooms so that it
wet removal is necessary to pass through them when
methods, the going from one changing facility to the
electrical power other. The ‘clean’ and ‘dirty’ ends should
supply in the be fitted with adequate seating and be of
area should be sufficient size for changing purposes.
shut down, Warning sign 2. The doorways should be fitted with
isolated, locked, overlapping polyethylene curtains on each
and tagged to prevent electric shock. side so that they will close behind workers
11. Any temporary power supply for tools or passing through. This “airlock” will help
equipment should have a ground fault prevent the spread of dust.
circuit interrupter (GFCI). 3. There must be a temporary shower with
12. A competent worker must inspect the work hot and cold running water so workers can
area for defects in the enclosure at the wash off residual asbestos before they
beginning and end of each shift. Any leave the contaminated area.
defect must be repaired immediately – No 4. A competent worker must inspect the
work is allowed until the defect is repaired. work area for defects in the
277
EllisDon Safety
decontamination facility at the beginning

and end of each shift. Any defect must be
repaired immediately – No work is allowed
until the defect is repaired.
11.5.1 Procedures for entry and

decontamination
These entry and decontamination procedures
must be followed every time workers enter or
exit the work area.
11.5.1.1 Entry
1. Workers enter the clean change room and
• remove street clothes
E q u i p m e n t ( “ d i r t y ” ) ro o m
• put on disposable coveralls N o t e l o ck e r s a n d a i r l o ck / c u r t a i n e d d o o r w ay
• inspect their respirators 2. They enter the shower room and go

(without showering) into the equipment
• replace filters and perform other
room.
maintenance (e.g., change power packs
on powered air-purifying respirators) 3. Here, they put on their boots, hardhats, and
other equipment from the previous shift.
• put on and seal-check respirators
4. They enter the dirty work area through the
• go to the curtained doorway.
last curtained doorway.
278
Entering Enclosure Leaving Enclosure

Leave work area and enter dirty change room
Enter the clean change room of the
decontamination unit through
the clean end door
HEPA vacuum or damp wipe all
visible dust and fibres from PPE.
Put on disposable coveralls
Remove and place contaminated clothing in

asbestos disposal bags. Store equipment, footwear,
Inspect and replace respirator filters and underwear. Keep respirator on.
before putting on respirator
Protect filter port from water. Enter shower

Carry out negative and positive seal-check with respirator on, rinsing respirator.
Pass through shower area into Remove respirator.

dirty room and put on boots,
hardhats, and other equipment
Shower thoroughly with soap. Exit shower

and move to clean room. Dry with towel.
Enter work area
Dry and store respirator.

Dress and drink water to hydrate.
11.5.1.2 Decontamination continue showering. With most respirators,

1. Workers enter the dirty change room and the filters, blowers, and battery pack must
remove any visible dust from their be kept out of the shower water to
protective clothing by damp-wiping or prevent damage. Damp-wipe them before
HEPA vacuuming. taking them off.
2. Workers remove and discard disposable 4. Workers exit to the clean side, and enter
coveralls (see Section 11.7 for disposal the change room via the curtained
information) and store any other personal doorway, and change into their street
protective equipment (PPE), tools, and clothes.
equipment to be reused. They continue to Used towels should be treated as asbestos waste
wear their respirators. and put into a sealable container.
3. Workers enter the shower area via the Any tools or equipment used in the work area
curtained doorway and shower with their should be decontaminated by damp-wiping or
respirator on, rinsing off the respirator. HEPA-vacuuming before being taken out of
They then remove the respirator and the area.
279
EllisDon Safety
If necessary, arrangements must be made so that container must be rigid and puncture-
female workers can decontaminate themselves proof)
separately from male workers.
• impervious to asbestos
11.6 Removal • properly marked that it contains asbestos
1. Wherever possible, asbestos-containing waste (see label below).
material (ACM) should be wetted before
removal starts. Unless wetting creates a
hazard, it is not recommended to remove
ACM when the material is dry. To improve
penetration of the water and reduce runoff
and dry patches, a “wetting agent” must be
added to the water (see section 9.2). You
may need to spray this “amended water”
repeatedly to penetrate the ACM and to
keep it wet. A portable pressurized vessel
such as a pump-up garden sprayer can be
used to apply the amended water.
Constant water pressure is desirable. High Examples of
pressure water spray should not be used. suitable
2. Any electric tools and equipment used in containers are
wet removal operations must be equipped 6-mil
with ground fault circuit interrupters polyethylene
(GFCIs) to prevent electric shock. bags (always
double-bag
11.7 Clean-up and storage them) or
1. Asbestos waste must be cleaned up polyethylene
drums. Double-bagged
frequently and regularly by HEPA-
vacuuming, damp-mopping, or wet- 4. You must always damp-wipe or HEPA
sweeping before it dries out. It might be vacuum the surface of the container to
necessary to spray down asbestos debris remove asbestos dust before taking it out
with amended water to keep it damp after of the work area. Containers must be
it is removed. removed from the workplace frequently
2. Asbestos waste and protective clothing that and at regular intervals.
will not be reused must be placed in a 5. Before sealing the first 6-mil polyethylene
suitable container for disposal. Dropsheets, bag, use a HEPA vacuum to suck any
polyethylene sheets, and enclosure excess air out of it. Seal the bag by
materials must be wetted before they are twisting the top tightly, folding it over, and
placed in a suitable container for disposal. sealing it with duct tape. Damp-wipe or
3. A suitable container is HEPA-vacuum the outside of the bag
before it is moved from the work area to
• dust-tight the decontamination area. Once in the
• suitable for the type of waste (e.g., if the decontamination area, place the bag into a
waste is sharp, such as floor tiles, the second 6-mil polyethylene bag and seal it.
280
Although not required by regulation it is thoroughly cleaned by damp-wiping or

good practice to remove waste bags from HEPA-vacuuming to remove any settled
the enclosure via a separate “bag lock,” asbestos dust. The negative air units must
which is a separate passageway for the keep operating during this time.
waste bags. The bags should be vacuumed
all over before being passed into the next 11.8 Visual inspection
compartment of the bag lock where the 1. A competent worker must conduct a visual
bags are put into second, outer bags. The inspection to ensure that the enclosure and
bags are then passed to the outside or to an
the work area inside the enclosure are free
additional storage compartment before being
from visible asbestos-containing material
passed to the outside.
(ACM). A thorough visual inspection
consists of verifying that there is no debris
or residue from removed ACM and that all
visible dust or debris in the work area has
been cleaned up. If visible residue, dust,
or debris remain, it must be cleaned up
using wet wiping and/or HEPA vacuuming
before lockdown (gluedown) is applied
and clearance sampling is started.
2. The visual inspection should be performed
using procedures outlined in the American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)’s
Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of
Asbestos Abatement Projects (ASTM E 1368).
11.9 Lockdown/gluedown
Although it is not a regulated requirement, it is
a standard industry practice to apply a lock-
down sealant throughout the containment area
6. Don’t place waste materials with sharp to seal down any invisible dust and fibres
edges—such as floor, wall, or ceiling undetected during the visual inspection after the
tiles—into a bag. These items should be removal activities.
neatly stacked together. Wrap each stack in • The lockdown sealant needs to be
2 layers of 6-mil or thicker polyethylene. compatible with any materials that will be
Then place in a suitable container for installed over the sealant such as
asbestos waste. fireproofing material. (The supervisor must
7. After cleaning up and removing the verify this with the manufacturer.)
asbestos waste, the work area must be • The sealant should be applied in
thoroughly washed down with amended accordance with the manufacturer’s
water if it’s possible to do so. recommendations.
8. Once all the asbestos has been removed, • There are a variety of lockdown sealants
tools and equipment—including available and the one you choose must be
scaffolding, ladders, etc.—must be appropriate for the intended use. For
281
EllisDon Safety
• Review the MSDS for hazards, required

personal protective equipment (e.g.,
respiratory protection requirements), and
control measures to use when applying the
sealant.
• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
11.10 Clearance air testing

1. Clearance air testing must be performed
upon completion of Type 3 removal or
repair operations except under any of the
following conditions:
• the operation involves work only on
non-friable ACM using a power tool not
equipped with a HEPA-filtered vacuum
• the work is done outdoors
• the work is done in a building that will
be demolished and only the asbestos
removal and demolition workers will
enter the building.
Lockdown
2. Only a competent worker can conduct
example, if the area requires a certain fire
clearance air testing after an acceptable
protection rating, the sealant must have
visual inspection and after the work area
that rating.
inside the enclosure is dry. For more
• Lockdown sealants are available in clear information, see “Clearance Air Testing,”
and colour mixtures. They will require Appendix C. You must keep the barriers,
different drying times, depending on the enclosure, decontamination facility, and
manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s negative air pressure units operating until
instructions. the work area inside the enclosure passes
the clearance air test (less than 0.01
• Take care to avoid getting sealant on or in
fibres/cubic centimetre). If the work area
HVAC units, HEPA vacuums, and negative-
does not pass the test, cleaning,
pressure machines.
decontamination, inspection and lock-
• After the first coat, an inspection should be down measures inside the enclosure must
conducted to see if a second coat might be be repeated before retesting.
necessary
3. Within 24 hours after receiving the
• If applying two coats, consider using a clearance air testing results, the owner and
different colour to ensure complete the employer must post a copy of the
coverage. You will be able to see the areas results and provide a copy to the joint
where only one coat has been applied. health and safety committee or the health
and safety representative.
• Certain lockdown sealants can pose a
health risk if used in an enclosed space.
282
of as asbestos waste. Seal the inlet and

outlet with 2 layers of 6-mil polyethylene.
4. Teardown should be done as a Type 2
operation and workers must be adequately
protected.
11.12 Disposal of asbestos-containing

material
Regulation 347 under Ontario’s Environmental
Protection Act covers the off-site handling and
disposal of asbestos waste. The regulation
describes types of containers, labelling, and
disposal procedures. There are also regulations
concerning the transportation of dangerous
goods, enforced by either the Ontario Ministry
of Transportation or Transport Canada.
Some municipalities may not accept asbestos
waste at their landfills. Check with your local
authorities or the Ministry of Environment to
find the nearest disposal site.
Air sampling 11.13 Outdoor operations

11.11 Teardown Outdoor operations can be simpler than indoor
operations. You can often use large quantities of
1. All polyethylene used for lining and in
water to thoroughly soak the material and
enclosures must be wetted, disposed of as
reduce the amount of airborne dust. There’s less
asbestos waste, and not be reused.
risk to bystanders because of this increased
Dropsheets must be wetted and then
wetting and the natural dispersion of asbestos
folded so that any residual dust or scrap is
dust in the air.
contained inside the folds. Dispose of
dropsheets as asbestos waste. For these reasons, there are some different
requirements for outdoor Type-3 operations:
2. After the work is completed, barriers and
portable enclosures that are rigid and that • No final visual inspection or clearance air
will be reused must be cleaned by damp- test is required after removal.
wiping or HEPA-vacuuming. Barriers and
• An enclosure is required only when
portable enclosures must not be reused
removing non-friable asbestos-containing
unless they are rigid and can be cleaned.
material using power tools without HEPA-
3. After the work area has passed both the filtered vacuums. A transparent window
visual inspection and air-clearance test, area to allow observation of the entire
you can shut down the negative air work area is required if the enclosure
filtration units. The negative-air system material is opaque.
must be completely decontaminated. All
• Full decontamination facilities are required
pre-filters must be removed and disposed
for outdoor Type-3 operations except for
283
EllisDon Safety
outdoor operations on non-friable portable decontamination units will have to be

asbestos-containing material involving provided. When leaving the work area, workers
power tools without dust-collecting devices should thoroughly vacuum their personal
equipped with HEPA filters (only wash-up protective equipment and respirators, and wash
facilities are required for this exception). their footwear, but DO NOT REMOVE
RESPIRATORS. Workers should immediately put
• Dust and waste must not be allowed to fall
on another set of disposable coveralls (transit
freely from one work level to another.
coveralls having a different colour from those
• All the other requirements as for indoor worn inside the work area) before making their
Type-3 operations apply. way to the portable decontamination unit. All
transit routes should be clearly marked to keep
Weather conditions may influence the
out other workers and members of the public.
performance of work. Heat, cold, or high
winds can make working unsafe. Exposure to 11.14 Demolition
the cold can be an important consideration
for workers if work must be done outdoors Before any building is demolished, all asbestos-
in the winter or indoors if a building’s containing material (ACM) that may be disturbed
heating system must be shut down. during the work has to be removed if possible,
including material that is hidden:
For outdoor operations it will generally not be
possible to connect a decontamination facility • Asbestos can be hidden in shafts, between
directly to the work area. In such situations, walls, or above false ceilings.
284
• You may have to look behind these Power tools should not be used for
hidden places to identify suspected ACM. removing ACM because they generate high
Care must be taken when sampling the levels of airborne dust. If possible, use non-
material to see if it is ACM. powered tools or power tools with HEPA-
equipped dust-collecting devices. Also, use
• All pipes should be traced along their
amended water to control the dust.
whole length and all the ACM removed.
Demolition involving Type 3 operations is
exempt from
• creating and maintaining a negative air
pressure of 0.02 inches of water within the
enclosed area
• a final visual inspection and clearance air
testing.
All the other requirements as for indoor Type-3
operations apply. To prevent electric shock, all power tools
No one must enter the building that is to be used around water must be equipped with a
demolished except for the workers involved in ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) and
the demolition. be maintained properly.
11.15 Disturbing non-friable asbestos with

power tools not equipped with HEPA
filters
If you use power tools without HEPA-equipped
dust-collecting devices, then all Type-3
requirements for indoor projects apply, with
three exceptions:
• If the work is outdoors or you’re
demolishing a building, you do not need
to maintain a negative pressure of 0.02
inches of water inside the enclosure.
• You do not need full decontamination
facilities. You must, however,
decontaminate protective clothing and
have facilities for workers to wash their
hands and faces.
• You do not need a final visual inspection
or clearance air testing.
285
EllisDon Safety
12 ASBESTOS WASTE MANAGEMENT

INDIVIDUAL FINED $45,000 FOR
Ontario’s Environmental Protection Act covers ILLEGAL TRANSPORT OF ASBESTOS
the disposal of asbestos waste and is enforced WASTE
by the Ministry of Environment.
SARNIA – A person was fined $45,000 for
There are also regulations concerning the operating a waste management system
transportation of dangerous goods, enforced by without Ministry of the Environment (MOE)
Transport Canada. approval under the Environmental Protection
Some municipalities may not accept asbestos Act (EPA). In the fall of 2002, the person
waste at their landfills so check with your local was awarded a demolition contract requiring
authority or the Ministry of Environment to find the removal and disposal of asbestos waste
the nearest disposal site. at a long-term care facility for senior
citizens.
The contract clearly set out the requirements
for the disposal of the waste in accordance
with Ontario Regulation 347 made under the
EPA. At the time, the individual bagged some
of the asbestos waste and transported it to
asbestos waste bins owned by a disposal
company in London without notifying that
company. In July 2003, the ministry was
advised that some asbestos waste from the
senior citizen’s home had not been handled
in accordance with the regulations. An
investigation by the ministry’s Investigation
and Enforcement Branch confirmed that a
quantity of asbestos waste was transported
without a Certificate of Approval for a waste
management system. The individual was
charged accordingly.
On June 21, 2005, the individual was
convicted on one count under the EPA. For
transporting waste without a Certificate of
Approval contrary to Section 27(1) (a) of the
act, the person received a $45,000 fine plus
victim fine surcharge.
286
287
EllisDon Safety
CHART FOR ASBESTOS OPERATIONS

Use this chart to deter mine the “Type” of asbestos procedure and required respirator .
How to use the chart LEGEND

ACM means asbestos-containing
Use this chart with CSAO’s data sheet Asbestos: Controls for Construction, material.
Renovation,and Demolition (DS037). It will clarify any details. You can HEPA or No HEPA refers to whether
order the data sheet from CSAO or download it free from www.csao.org. your tool is attached to a dust-
(You can also download a colour version of this chart). collecting device equipped with a
Start in the middle of the chart and work outwards. High-Efficiency Particulate Aerosol
Your goal is to reach the boxes that will tell you the “Type” of removal (HEPA) filter.
(Type 1, 2, or 3) and the respirator you require. Wetted or not wetted refers to the
The outside circle of the chart tells you what kind of respirator you need. practice of wetting the asbestos-
We’ve used A, B, C, and D to represent different kinds of respirators. The containing material with “amended
respirator table below explains what each of the letters means. water,” (such as a mixture of 1 cup
dishwashing detergent for every 20
For two categories of operations, the chart asks you to determine the size litres of water).
of the material you’re working with. Once you choose the size (area in
m2), you have to stay within the colour (shading) of the size until you get
to the “Type” ring. For example, if you’re removing ceiling tiles, and the area is greater than 7.5 m2, you have to
stay within the area of the chart that is coloured the same dark grey as the “Greater than 7.5 m2” cell (this
includes the striped area) until you get to the “Type” ring. You must not move into to the light-grey areas which
are for operations of less than 7.5 m 2.
See the third page of this chart for another example of how to use the chart.
When you know the “Type” of removal, you need to implement the required controls. The controls for
each type of operation are listed in the asbestos regulation (Ontario Regulation 278/05, Designated
Substance—Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations). To help you understand
the regulation’s requirements, CSAO has produced a guide called Asbestos: Controls for Construction, Renovation,
and Demolition (DS037). You can order both of these publications from CSAO or download them free from
www.csao.org.
RESPIRATORS
A* B C D
Air-purifying half- Choose any of the following: Pressure- Pressure-
mask respirator with demand demand
N-100, R-100, or Air-purifying full-facepiece respirator with N-100, R-100, or P-100 particulate supplied-air supplied-
P-100 particulate filter. respirator air
filter. The worker Powered air-purifying respirator with a tight-fitting facepiece (either full or with a half respirator
must wear the half facepiece) and a high-efficiency filter. facepiece. with a full
respirator if they Negative-pressure (demand) supplied-air respirator with a full facepiece. facepiece.
request it from the Continuous-flow supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting facepiece (full or
employer. half facepiece).
Disposable respirators or dust masks are not recommended for avoiding exposure to asbestos fibres because it’s difficult to perform
negative-pressure and positive-pressure seal checks. For more information on seal checks, see Appendix F of CSAO’s Asbestos:
Controls for Construction, Renovation, and Demolition (DS037), available on www.csao.org
* For any Type 2 operation in which you will not wet the asbestos-containing material, CSAO recommends that you use a *
category B respirator.
288
© Construction Safety
Association of Ontario
February 2008, DS037,

greyscale
289
EllisDon Safety
Example of how to use the chart

1. Let’s say you want to remove drywall where the 5. Now that you know the “Type” of your
joint-filling compound contains asbestos. The first operation, you need to learn your legal
thing you do is find the slice of the pie that says requirements and the controls you must use.
this. (To the right and a bit below “START”.) Refer to the documents listed on the page
opposite the chart (under ÒWhen you know the
2. You then move outward and see what decision you “Type” of removal”).
need to make. In this case, you need to decide
how much drywall you will be removing (greater 6. To determine what respirator you require, move
than 1 m2 or less than 1 m2). Let’s say that you one step further in the circular chart, and decide
will be removing less than 1 m2. whether you will wet the material with “amended
water” (see the page opposite the chart). If you’re
Notice that the “colour” of the box is light grey.
performing a dry removal, the respirator type
3. Staying within the light grey colour, move will be C.
outward and see what decision you need to make.
7. Look at the respirator table on the page opposite
You need to decide if you will use a power tool or
the circular chart, and see what respirator “C”
not. (“Power tool” is an option despite the dark
represents. It is a pressure-demand supplied-air
stripes because the area still contains some light
respirator equipped with a half facepiece. This
grey.) Let’s say you will be using a power tool for
is the kind of respirator you need.
the removal.
4. The next step asks if your power tool is attached

to a dust-collecting device equipped with a HEPA 5
filter. If it doesn’t have a HEPA filter, then your
project is a Type 3 asbestos operation.
4
7
290
APPENDIX C There are two methods of analysis:

• Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM). A
CLEARANCE AIR TESTING technician uses an optical microscope.
The asbestos regulation for construction • Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM).
(Ontario Reg. 278/05) requires clearance air A technician uses an electron microscope.
testing upon completion of Type-3 removal or
Phase Contrast Microscopy generally costs less,
repair operations. (There are some exceptions to
but it can be less accurate than Transmission
this rule. See the regulation for details.)
Electron Microscopy. In Phase Contrast
Clearance air testing involves collecting air Microscopy, all fibres including non-asbestos
samples from inside the work area and fibres are counted, while in Transmission
analyzing them. This will determine if the clean- Electron Microscopy, only asbestos fibres are
up and decontamination measures have counted. Also, the number of samples required
eliminated the asbestos dust hazard. Clearance for analysis is different.
air testing is done only after the work area has
There are 3 clearance test analysis options:
passed the visual inspection, the area inside
enclosure is dry, and “lockdown/gluedown” has 1. Clearance test using PCM analysis alone
been applied. 2. Clearance test using TEM analysis after the
Clearance air testing reference: M.1.5, clearance test fails using PCM analysis.
Appendix M of Guidance for 3. Clearance test using TEM alone.
Controlling Asbestos-Containing
Materials in Buildings , publication The clearance test passes if
number EPA 560/5-85-024, 1995, by the • using PCM alone; all samples are less than
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 0.01 fibres per cubic centimeter in
Barriers, enclosures, decontamination concentration
facilities, and negative air units must be • using TEM after the clearance test using
maintained until the work area inside the PCM analysis fails, all samples are less than
enclosure passes the clearance air test. 0.01 fibres per cubic centimeter in
concentration. (The 0.01 refers to all
Only a competent worker can perform clearance
fibres for PCM, and asbestos fibres for
sampling.
TEM.)
Before and during sampling, “forced” air using
• using TEM alone, the average asbestos
leaf blowers or similar equipment is used to
fibre concentration level inside the
disturb settled dust from all surfaces in the work
enclosure is statistically the same or less
area, including enclosure surfaces. This
than the average asbestos fibre
disturbance displaces any settled dust to ensure
concentration outside the enclosure.
“worst case” air concentrations of asbestos dust.
Airborne dust is then sampled using an air pump Consequences of failure of clearance test:
which draws air through a filter. Samples are If the work area does not pass the test,
sent to an accredited laboratory for analysis. cleaning, decontamination, inspection, and lock-
Laboratory turn-around times are anywhere from down measures inside the enclosure must be
24 to 72 hours. repeated before retesting. This adds to the cost
and duration of project. It’s crucial that the
291
EllisDon Safety
project owner or general contractor ensures that

the asbestos work is done properly and that the
clearance sampling is done only by a competent
worker.
Clearance air testing is not required for
• Type 1 operations
• Type 2 operations
• Type 3 operations when
• the operation involves work only on
non-friable ACM using a power tool not
equipped with a HEPA-filtered vacuum
• the work is done outdoors, or
• the work is done in a building that will
be demolished and only the asbestos-
removal and demolition workers will
enter the building.
292
APPENDIX D
INSPECTING RESPIRATORS
Before each use, respirators must be inspected
to make sure that they are in good working
order. The pre-use inspection should include
checking
1. the facepiece and face-seal area for cracks,
tears, dirt, or warping
2. the inhalation valves for warping, cracking,
or tearing
3. the head straps for cracks — ensure that
they have good elasticity
4. all plastic parts for signs of cracking —
ensure that filter gaskets or seal areas are
in good condition
5. the exhalation valve and valve seat for
signs of dirt, warping, cracking, or tearing
6. the viewing area of the full facepiece for
any damage that might restrict vision
7. the type and condition of the filter
8. the battery charge/condition and the
airflow rate for powered air-purifying
respirators (PAPR).
9. the regulators, alarms, and other warning
systems.
A respirator with any damaged or
deteriorated components must be repaired
or discarded.
293
EllisDon Safety
APPENDIX E
CLEANING AND STORAGE OF
RESPIRATORS
Respiratory protective equipment should be
cleaned after each use. It must be disinfected
whenever the equipment is transferred from one
person to another. Maintenance and cleaning
procedures need to be appropriate for the type
of respiratory protective equipment being used.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
The following is based on Appendix F
(Guidelines for cleaning, disinfecting and storing
of respirators) of CSA Z94.4-02:
1. Remove cartridges and filters.
2. Rinse respirator in warm water.
3. Immerse facepiece (excluding filters and
cartridges) in warm water (50° C) with a
mild detergent.
4. Clean with soft brush or sponge. Do not
use cleaners containing solvents, because
they will damage the respirator
components.
5. Rinse in fresh, warm water.
6. If the respirator is shared, disinfect the
facepiece by soaking in a solution of
quaternary ammonia disinfectant or sodium
hypochlorite (30 ml of household bleach
in 7.5 litres of water).
7. Rinse in fresh, warm water, and air dry.
8. The cleaned respirator must be stored in
a clean area away from dust, chemicals,
sunlight, heat, extreme cold, and excessive
moisture.
294
APPENDIX F • If a leak is detected, readjust the mask and

repeat the test.
PUTTING ON AND SEAL CHECKING Positive pressure test

RESPIRATORS • Perform only once wearer is satisfied with
negative pressure test.
Putting on the respirator
1. Fully loosen all head straps. Pull hair back • Cover or block exhaust port of respirator.
with one hand. Bring facepiece up to face • Wearer exhales gently for 5-10 seconds.
with other hand.
• Mask should expand outward slightly
2. While holding the facepiece in place, pull
the straps over your head. • If a leak is detected, inspect and/or
readjust mask and repeat the test.
3. Tighten the straps starting from the bottom
and going to the top.
Seal checking
Respirators must be seal checked (negative and
positive) before each use.
Negative pressure test

• Wearer puts on respirator and adjusts it
appropriately.
• Inlets to the filters are blocked with hands
or covers.
• Wearer inhales gently and holds for 5
seconds.
• Mask should collapse slightly and not
permit air into the facepiece. Positive-pressure seal check
If you cannot achieve a proper seal, do

not enter the work area. See your
supervisor.
Negative-pressure seal check
295
EllisDon Safety
APPENDIX G and inside the respirator. The test passes if the

concentration inside the respirator passes a fit
factor (based on an assigned NIOSH rating).
FIT TESTING RESPIRATORS
Quantitative fit testing does not depend on the
Fit testing is required
wearer’s subjective response, but it is expensive,
• for each user when they use a new type or and it requires a competent person to conduct
model of respirator the test. Quantitative fit test equipment must be
maintained, calibrated, and used according to
• to ensure user can achieve an acceptable
the manufacturer’s instructions.
seal.
Accurate records should be kept of who
performed the fit test, when it was performed,
on whom it was performed, the method of fit
testing performed, and the results of the fit test.
There are two methods of fit testing: qualitative
and quantitative. Fit testing should be performed
according to CSA standard Z94.4-02.
Qualitative
In qualitative fit testing, the worker wears the
respirator. A chemical agent which can normally
be noticed by smell, taste, or the irritation that it
causes, is introduced to determine if a proper fit
has been achieved. A negative result (the
worker does not smell, taste, or become
irritated) indicates a good fit, while a positive
result (the worker smells, tastes, or is irritated)
indicates a poor fit.
Qualitative fit testing is uncomplicated, fast, and
can be done in the field. The drawback is that it
depends on the wearer’s subjective response to
the testing agent.
When testing half masks, irritant smoke or
other substances can irritate the eyes.
Wearers should close their eyes during the
test.
Quantitative
Quantitative fit testing is a procedure in which a
test substance (aerosol, vapour, or smoke) is
released outside the respirator. A probe and
specialized equipment measure the
concentration of the test substance both outside
296
APPENDIX H
RESPIRATOR POLICY
Each company is required to have a written
respirator policy and a program for
implementing that policy.
The CSA Z94.4-02 standard outlines the content
requirements for a respiratory program which
includes:
• Roles and responsibilities
• Hazard assessment
• Selection of the appropriate respirator
• Respirator fit testing
• Training
• Use of respirators
• Cleaning, inspection, maintenance, and
storage of respirators
• Health surveillance of respirator users
• Program evaluation
• Record-keeping.
A qualified person should administer and
oversee the respiratory protection program.
297
EllisDon Safety
APPENDIX I Guidelines
To ensure that HEPA filters are working
HEPA FILTERS efficiently, take the following steps.
HEPA stands for High-Efficiency Particulate • Read and follow the manufacturer’s
Aerosol, and refers to filters used in a variety instruction manual.
of industries and workplaces. • Filters are contaminated with toxic
In construction, there are two main uses for substances. When inspecting or replacing
HEPA filters: filters, do it in a safe, well-controlled place
and wear personal protective clothing and
1. industrial HEPA vacuum cleaners equipment. Personal protective equipment
2. negative air filtration units. will vary according to the hazard but may
include an N-100, R-100, or P-100 NIOSH-
Vacuum cleaners with HEPA filters trap toxic approved air-purifying respirator, dust-
particles such as asbestos and keep them resistant safety goggles, disposable
from returning to the air where people can coveralls, and impervious gloves.
inhale them.
• When renting HEPA vacuums or negative
Negative air filtration maintains air pressure air units with HEPA filters, make sure the
inside an enclosure at a lower level than filters are real HEPA filters and not “HEPA-
outside. The filtration unit draws like” filters.
contaminated air from within the enclosure
through a HEPA filter and blows the air • Test HEPA filters by means of a Dispersed Oil
outside. Particulate (DOP) test when the filters are
first installed to see if they’re mounted
To qualify as a HEPA filter, the filter must be correctly. The purpose is to ensure that air
certified by the Institute of Environmental flows through the filter and doesn’t leak
Sciences and Technology to ensure that it can
capture 99.97% of particles greater than or around the seals of the filter housing.
equal to 0.3 microns in diameter. A filter We recommend that after the test is
passing the certification test is given a number
and the test results are recorded on the label.
complete, you put a sticker on the unit
So read the label carefully. stating when the test was completed and
the result. After the work is finished and
Efficiency before the next use, perform a new test
and place a new sticker on the unit.
By definition, a HEPA filter is able to remove
a minimum 99.97% of all particles 0.3 microns • Make sure the filter is not installed
in diameter or larger. A human hair, by backwards, is properly seated in its
comparison, is about 100 microns in diameter. housing, and is tightly secured.
Ordinary filters cannot trap such microscopic • Inspect the filter housing for signs of dust
particles. Instead, the particles are blown back indicating that dust is bypassing the filter.
into the air where workers can inhale them. A HEPA filter is useless if the housing
HEPA filters prevent this from happening. leaks.
HEPA vacuums and negative air units have • Dust in the exhaust airflow means the
pre-filters to remove large particles before HEPA filter has ruptured or failed and must
they can reach the HEPA filter itself. Without be replaced.
pre-filters, costly HEPA filters would have to • If the fan is not drawing the amount of air
be replaced much more often. required to keep the area under negative
298
• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions on

As the HEPA filter becomes coated with more
and more particles, the air flow through the when and how to change the filter.
vacuum or negative air unit will decrease.
• To replace old filters, use only new filters
Change the filter.
approved by the manufacturer.
pressure, the unit filters may have become
• Don’t use another manufacturer’s filter or
loaded or clogged with dust. This can be
alter it to fit your vacuum or air filtration
confirmed by measuring the pressure
unit.
change across the filters (most units have
either a differential pressure gauge or a • Dispose of old filters as contaminated
“change filter” indicator). If the filter is waste.
clogged, the pre-filter should be changed
first. If the pressure change does not
decrease, the intermediate filter should be See Appendix J for information on
changed. If changing both the pre-filter “Negative Air Units and HEPA Filters:
and the intermediate filter does not solve Troubleshooting.”
the problem, the HEPA filter may need to
be changed.
• When changing the HEPA filter, make sure
the fan is off. Always use the
manufacturer’s recommended replacement
filter. Other filters may not fit and therefore
they may leak.
• After the filter has been replaced, arrange
for a Dispersed Oil Particulate (DOP) test
to ensure that
- the new filter’s integrity is good
- air flows through the filter
- air doesn’t leak around the seals of the
filter housing.
A new test certificate sticker should be
placed on the unit.
• All used filters must be placed in sealable
plastic bags, labeled, and disposed of as
asbestos waste.
• Pre-filters and HEPA filters cannot be
cleaned. They must be replaced with new
filters approved by the manufacturer.
• Don’t use compressed air to clean old
filters or bang old filters to remove
accumulated dust.
• Don’t punch holes in HEPA filters or pre-
filters when they get clogged.
299
EllisDon Safety
APPENDIX J • If you notice any damage to the unit, or if

you know that the unit has been hit or
NEGATIVE AIR UNITS AND HEPA jarred, you should notify your supervisor
immediately.
FILTERS: TROUBLESHOOTING
How do I know when there is a problem
How do I know if the HEPA filter is
and what do I check for?
leaking dust?
• It is a requirement to maintain the
• There are two specific purposes for testing
enclosure pressure at 0.02 inches of water
the HEPA filters:
negative to the surrounding area. If the air
1. to check the filter, and pressure in the enclosure goes below 0.02
inches of water, immediate action is
2. to ensure that air flows through the filter
required.
and doesn’t leak around the seals or the
filter housing. • The first thing you need to do is check
if the negative air unit is still running.
• Before each use it is the supervisor’s
responsibility to have the negative air • If the unit is running then there could
unit’s HEPA filter tested. be an opening in the enclosure
somewhere. Even a small opening can
• Testing must be done by means of a DOP
cause a substantial drop in the negative
(Dispersed Oil Particulate) test. During a
air pressure.
DOP test, a competent worker will
introduce small amounts of aerosol or • If you have checked the enclosure and
“smoke” upstream of the HEPA filter. While everything is okay then the problem
the aerosol or “smoke” is being pulled
through the unit, the competent worker
doing the testing will then use a meter to
check for particles downstream of the HEPA
filter to determine if any aerosol or “smoke”
has passed through or around the filter.
• After the test is complete, the tester will
place a sticker on the unit stating when
the test was completed, the serial number
of the unit, and whether the result was a
pass or fail.
• The test certificate is only valid for that
specific “job” or “setup.” Once the work has
been completed and before the next use,
your supervisor must arrange for a new test.
Take extra care when handling a negative
air unit.
• Any jarring movement to the unit or even
the slightest damage to the unit can cause
the seal to fail or even the HEPA filter to
break.
HEPA test sticker
300
could be that the negative air unit’s integrity is good and that air flows
filters have become clogged with dust through the filter and doesn’t leak
which restricts the air flow through the around the seals or the filter housing.
unit. If this is the case the first thing you
can do is vacuum some of the dust off All used filters must be placed in
of the pre-filter. You may be able to sealable plastic bags, labeled, and
remove enough dust to substantially disposed of as asbestos waste.
increase the air flow through the unit. If Where do I position the negative air unit
this doesn’t work, the negative air unit’s
and the exhaust?
filters need to be changed.
• When preparing for a Type 3 removal the
How do I change the filters? location of the negative air unit and the
• When the fan is not drawing the amount location of the unit’s exhaust duct are
of air required to keep the containment important.
area under negative pressure, the unit • Try to position the negative air unit away
filters may have become loaded or clogged from the demolition or in a location that
with dust. will have the least amount of airborne
• This can be confirmed by measuring the dust.
pressure difference across the filters. Most • Lower dust levels will minimize the
units have either a differential pressure likelihood of having to replace the filters
gauge or a “change filter” indicator as part which means
of the unit.
the unit will operate for longer durations
• If the filters have become clogged, the pre-
filter should be changed first. the unit will operate more efficiently
• All filters must be changed within the there will be less change in pressure
Type-3 enclosure and in accordance with within the enclosure
the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Whenever possible, the exhaust or
• If changing the pre-filter does not increase discharge duct should be placed so that it
the air flow then the intermediate filter discharges outside.
should be changed as well.
• Never have the exhaust duct discharge to
• If changing both the pre-filter and the building’s return air system. If the
intermediate filter does not solve the unit’s HEPA filter fails, asbestos fibers
problem, the HEPA filter may require could be spread throughout the building.
changing.
• Negative air pressure within the enclosure
When changing the HEPA filter, make must be established before any work is
sure the fan is off. performed.
Always use the manufacturer’s • Negative air pressure must be maintained
recommended replacement HEPA filter. at all times during Type-3 removal.
Other filters may not fit and therefore
What will happen if there is a power
they may leak.
failure?
After the filter has been replaced, • In the event of a power failure, the
arrange for a DOP (Dispersed Oil negative air unit will stop running. This
Particulate) test to ensure the new filter
301
EllisDon Safety
means that the enclosure will no longer be

under negative air pressure.
• If this happens, do the following:
Stop working immediately.
Leave the work area through the
designated exit.
After you leave the enclosure seal the
entrance way, exits or any other
opening in the enclosure with plastic
and tape.
Do not open the door to the enclosure.
Remember, without negative air
pressure, dust could get out of the
enclosure and contaminate adjacent
areas with asbestos.
Leave the negative air unit in the on
position even though it is not running.
When the power is reestablished, the
enclosure will again be under negative
pressure without anyone having to open
a door.
For More Information – please refer to

http://www.eacoontario.com/pdf2010/eaco mould-abatement-guidelines book.pdf
302
APPENDIX K
ASBESTOS CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR CONSTRUCTION,

RENOVATION AND DEMOLITION IN ALBERTA
A Hazard Assessment must identify the potential for a worker’s exposure to asbestos.
The hazard assessment and procedure for demolition of a building must include that asbestos containing material is
removed first. In the case of alteration or renovation projects, materials in the area of the alteration or renovation that
could release asbestos fibres must be encapsulated, enclosed or removed prior to other work activities proceeding.
A Hazard Procedure must also outline measures to prevent uncontrolled release of asbestos and the procedures to be
followed in the event of an uncontrolled release, such as the securement of the area, informing other workers and
supervisory staff, PPE to be used for immediate clean up of minor amounts of asbestos containing material, and
releasing the area to the control of a qualified abatement contractor for clean up and removal of asbestos containing
material.(see also Safe Work Practice - “Unexpected Discovery of Designated Substance”).
A worker’s exposure to airborne concentrations of asbestos must be kept as low as possible, and must not exceed 0.1
fibres per cubic centimetre of air, (.1 f/cc), over an 8 hr. time period.
Atmospheric test results must be assessed prior to worker exposure.
Records of training and verification of a certificate of completion in a course of instruction approved by a Director of
Occupational Hygiene must be available for a worker who enters an area designated as restricted due to the presence of
asbestos. The original Certificate must be in the worker’s possession and available for inspection.
Notification of Project must be supplied to a Director of Inspection at least 72 hrs. prior to the removal or abatement of
asbestos.
Workers who may be exposed to asbestos at a work site must be informed of; a) The health hazards associated with
asbestos exposure, b) measurements of airborne asbestos contamination, and c) training in the procedures to be
followed to minimize workers’ exposure to asbestos.
All Personal Protective Equipment required in the asbestos control SWP must be supplied by the employer.
An employer must ensure that exposed workers must receive a health assessment as outlined in Part 4(40) of the
Alberta OHS Code no more than 30 days after the exposure and every 2 years after the first assessment. As per Section
40(9) a worker may refuse all or part of a health assessment by giving the employer a written statement refusing it.
Health assessments are confidential and cannot be accessed by anyone other than the worker, the Health Practitioner
conducting the assessment, or others given written authorization by the worker unless the record is in a form that does
not identify the worker.
When possible health assessments should be arranged during working hours.
303
EllisDon Safety
MOULD - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description PAGES
Mould Growth Prevention and Remediation 306

Mould Remediation Process 307
Mould Remediation 308
Mould 309
Aspergillus 309
Pre-Construction 309
Construction Phase 309
Traffic Control 310
Housekeeping 310
Personal Protective Equipment 310
Hygiene 311
Stachybotrys Chartarum 311
Salvage and Cleaning Prior to Demolition 312
Guidelines for Mould Prevention From Outside Sources 314
Cryptococcus Neoformans – Bird Manure 315
EllisDon Safety 304

MOULD GROWTH PREVENTION AND REMEDIATION
Actions to take after a leak or flood to prevent or remediate the growth of mould.
This section contains a chart and the related explanations for the codes used in the chart. The chart indicates how mould
growth can be prevented within 48 hours of water damage and also provides general advice on remediation once mould
has started.
This information is intended only as a summary of basic procedures and is not intended, nor should it be used, as a detailed
guide to mould remediation.
Professional advice should be obtained if the flooding is extensive, the water is contaminated, or mould growth has already
become well established. Mould growth generally is not visible for the first 48 hours. If growth is apparent immediately after
the flooding it may indicate a more extensive problem or a previously unidentified long-term problem.
Instructions for using the Chart.

The chart on the next two pages summarizes mould control procedures recommended by the environmental Protection
Agency in the United States.
The chart may look complicated, however it becomes clear and useful when taken one step, or one ring, at a time.
1) Start at the centre.
2) In the first ring, identity the material of concern.
3) In the next ring, find out what actions take within the first 24-48 hours after CLEAN water damage occurs. Actions are
numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, and so on. Each is explained under the Action within 24-48hrs column.
4) Proceed to the next ring if mould growth is apparent and more than 48 hours have elapsed since the water damage.
Determine whether the contaminated area is less than 10 square feet (1 square metre), between 10 and 100 square feet
(1 and 3 square metres), or greater than 100 square feet (3 square metres).
5) Proceed to the next ring and follow the clean-up method indicated for the size of the contaminated area. Methods are
lettered A, B, C, and D. Each is explained under the Clean-up Methods column.
6) In the next ring, determine the level of personal protective equipment required. This is indicated by M, L, or F under the
PPE column and explained in the PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) column.
7) Finally, in the outermost ring, determine whether containment is necessary and, if so, whether it must be L (limited) or F
(full). These requirements are explained in the containment column.
305
MOULD REMEDIATION PROCESS
Select a process based on the type of material and extent of contamination.
A project of the Occupational Health and Safety

Organizations of Ontario sponsored by the
Occupational Health and Safety Council of Ontario.
April 2002
Based on information from:

Mold Remediation in Schools and Commercial
Buildings. United States Environmental Protection
Agency, March 2001.
306
EllisDon Safety
MOULD REMEDIATION
Process Precautions
Action within 24-48 hours PPE (Personal Protective Equipment)
Actions are for damage caused by clean water. If it is Use professional judgment to determine PPE
known or suspected that the water is contaminated situation, particularly as the size of the remediation
by sewage or chemical or biological pollutants, site, and the potential for exposure and health effects,
consult a professional. Do not use fans unless the increase. Be prepared to raise PPE requirements if
water is clean and sanitary. If the mould has grown or contamination is more extensive than expected.
materials have been wet for more than 48 hours, M Minimum - Gloves, N-95 respirator, goggles/eye protection.
consult the chart. L Limited - Gloves, N-95 respirator or half-face respirator with
HEPA filter, disposable overalls, goggles/eye protection.
1. Discard non-valuable item. F Full - Gloves, disposable full-body clothing, head gear, foot
2. Photocopy valuable items, then discard. coverings, full-face respirator with HEPA filter.
3. Freeze (in frost-free freezer or meat locker) or freeze-dry.
4. Remove water with water-extraction vacuum.
5. Reduce humidity levels with dehumidifiers. Containment
6. Accelerate drying process with fans and /or heaters. Use professional judgment to determine containment
• Don’t use heat to dry carpet.
• Use caution applying heat to hardwood floors.
for each situation, particularly as the size of the
7. Discard and replace. remediation site, and the potential for exposure and
8. May be dried in place, if there is no swelling and the seams health effects, increase.
are intact. If not, then discard and replace.
9. Ventilate wall cavity. NR None Required
10. For all treated or finished woods, porous (linoleum, ceramic L Limited - From floor to ceiling, enclose affected area in
tile, vinyl) and non-porous (metal, plastic) hard surfaces, polyethylene sheeting with slit entry and covering flap.
vacuum or damp-wipe with water or water and mild Maintain area under negative pressure with HEPA-filtered fan.
detergent and allow to dry; scrub if necessary. Block supply and return air vents in containment area.
11. For porous flooring and carpets, make sure that subfloor is F Full - Use two layers of fire- retardant polyethylene sheeting with
dry. If necessary clean and dry subfloor material according to one airlock chamber. Maintain area under negative pressure
chart. with HEPA-filtered fan exhausted outside of building. Block
12. Wet paneling should be pried away from walls for drying. supply and return air vents in containment area.
Clean-up Methods Notes

Methods are for damage caused by clean water. If it is a) Upholstery may be difficult to dry within 48 hours.
known or suspected that the water is contaminated For items with monetary or sentimental value,
by sewage, chemical or biological pollutants, consult consult a restoration specialist.
a professional.
b) Follow manufacturer’s laundering instructions
These are guidelines only. Other cleaning methods
may be preferred by some professionals. Consult
Action within 24-48 hours in the chart if materials
have been wet for less than 48 hours and mould
growth is not apparent. If mould growth is not
addressed promptly, some items may be damaged
beyond repair. If necessary, consult a restoration
specialist.
A. Wet-vacuum the material. In porous material, some mould
spores/fragments will remain but will not grow if material is
completely dried. Steam cleaning may be an alternative for
carpets and some upholstered furniture.
B. Damp-wipe surfaces with water or water and detergent
solution (except wood - use wood floor cleaner); scrub as
needed.
C. Use a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) vacuum once the
material has been thoroughly dried. Dispose of HEPA-vacuum
contents in well-sealed plastic bags.
D. Remove water-damaged materials and seal in plastic bags
inside contaminated area, if there is one. Dispose of as normal
waste. HEPA-vacuum area once dried A project of the Occupational Health and Safety Organizations of Ontario
sponsored by the Occupational Health and Safety Council of Ontario. April 2002
Based on information from:

Mold Remediation in Schools and Commercial Buildings. United States
Environmental Protection Agency, March 2001.
307
MOULD
Moulds (fungi) are present everywhere indoors and outdoors. The most common types of mould are generally not hazardous
to healthy individuals, however, people who have asthma, bronchitis, hay fever or other allergies or have weakened immune
systems, ie. cancer patients (especially those receiving chemotherapy), transplant patients, AIDS patients or patients whose
immune system is depressed, are more susceptible.
The most common symptoms that occur when coming into contact with mould are: runny nose, eye irritation, skin rash,
cough, congestion and aggravation of asthma. Symptoms usually disappear after mould exposure stops.
Three types of moulds or fungi are prevalent in new build or demolition projects. They are Aspergillus, Stachybotrys
Chartarum and Histoplasma Capsulatum.
ASPERGILLUS:
Aspergillus can be found in dust on all building projects. Special care must be taken when working in health care facilities,
the goal being the prevention of the spread of dust generated through construction activities.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION
Infectious disease control departments require as much advance notice as possible. This advance notice will allow infection
control the time necessary to advise all departments involved so they may plan for the work taking place. When contacting
the infection control department, advise them of all areas of work as some areas may require special precautions.
Infection control should be notified, where appropriate, of meetings held by contractors in order to discuss new and existing
problems resulting from construction work in their respective areas.
Air sampling prior to work commencing may be required. These activities will be co-ordinated with the infection control
department.
A safe work procedure will be formulated in conjunction with the infection control department. The safe work procedure will
include: dust containment barriers, traffic control patterns, accessing ceiling spaces, air quality, housekeeping including
debris removal, personal protective equipment, hygiene, inspection and post-construction clean-up prior to removing
barriers.
All supervisory and trades personnel will receive training on infection control procedures related to the project. This will be
accomplished through pre-construction safety meetings and new employee orientation. When possible, a representative of
the health facility’s infection control department should be present.
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Dust Control Barriers: Plastic sheet, plywood, drywall or similar alternatives must be used to create a separation between
construction and non-construction areas. Infection control departments should be used as a resource.
Signage must be posted indicating the area is a construction project, only authorized personnel are permitted.
Plastic sheeting may be allowed for short term projects. Long term projects may require rigid materials (ie. 5/8" drywall).
Short and long term dust control barriers must extend beyond the false ceiling to the true ceiling.
Dust control barriers must be sealed with duct tape or other adequate materials from ceiling to floor to walls.
All access doors to the project must swing inwards. The egress and access side of the door must contain a carpet or mat
capable of removing dust from footwear. The bottom of the door should have rubber stripping or other adequate materials
in order to create a seal from door to floor.
308
EllisDon Safety
MOULD CONT’D
If the project is long term (two weeks or more), a dust containment room may be required. The containment room will be
situated immediately after the dust barrier from the project and before entering the non-construction area.
The dust containment room will contain a mat or carpet capable of removing dust from footwear, the mat or carpet will be
placed both on the construction and non-construction sides of the door. The containment room will also have a HEPA
vacuum for workers to clean dust from their clothes and footwear.
Use HEPA fans to create a negative air pressure to control the escape of contaminants.
TRAFFIC CONTROL
A traffic pattern will be developed for construction workers and activities to minimize disruption to patient care areas.
When possible, dedicated elevators should be made available for workers and materials accessing or egressing areas where
activities generate dust. Elevators placed in service for short periods of construction must be cleaned and disinfected prior
to being placed back into service.
Infection control departments must be advised of traffic patterns and any changes in these patterns.
Hoardings should not interfere with fire safety or building codes.
HOUSEKEEPING
Ensure each work area has a HEPA vacuum for personal and project cleaning.
Select a dedicated worker who will frequently inspect the integrity of the dust containment barriers on a regular schedule as
well as the hospital corridors adjacent to the work areas. These inspections must be recorded.
Should the dedicated worker observe damage to the dust containment barrier, have the damage repaired immediately and
record the repair.
Dust in adjacent hospital corridors must also be cleaned up when observed. Do not attempt a dry sweep, use a wet mop or
HEPA vacuum.
Ensure the work area is cleaned at the end of each day. This must also be recorded.
Debris removal must be regular to avoid a build-up and should be removed at least once per day.
Debris must be removed in sealed plastic bags or by wheeled carriage container. Ensure each container is securely covered
before leaving the work area. Ensure exposed areas of container are wiped free of dust. Use a wet cloth.
When removing debris from the work area, use only dedicated routes and elevators.
Plan the location of the debris dumpster with infection control input.
Once work is completed and before the dust containment barriers are removed, the work area must be thoroughly cleaned.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Ensure all workers are competent in the use of personal protective equipment. Minimum requirements for a construction
project are:
CSA Class E hard hat.
6 - 8 inch green patch work boot.
Long pants.
Shirt with minimum 4 inch sleeves.
309
MOULD CONT’D
When working in demolition areas generating dust, the following personal protective equipment is also required:
Respiratory protection.
Eye protection.
Hearing protection (when required).
Fall protection (when required).
Inspect all personal protective equipment prior to use and replace defective equipment immediately.
HYGIENE
Coffee and lunch breaks must be taken in a separate clean area.
Before leaving the work area, vacuum clothing, using a HEPA vacuum.
Always wash hands prior to coffee and lunch breaks as well as washroom visits.
Launder all work clothes separately from other clothing. Once work clothes have been laundered, clean the washing
machine.
STACHYBOTRYS CHARTARUM
Stachybotrys Chartarum is a greenish black fungus which can grow on many common materials that contain organic
material, such as wood, paper, drywall, ceiling tiles, wallpaper, soil in basements, mineral wool insulation, ventilating
equipment including ductwork, just to name a few.
Stachybotrys Chartarum is usually identified in areas of moisture in an active growing state. Stachybotrys Chartarum may
also be found in a dry dormant state. The dormant state is generally found in areas where moisture has entered due to
maintenance problems. The mould appears and grows. Once corrective maintenance has been completed, the affected area
dries, the mould dries and becomes dormant and appears as a black or coffee coloured stain. When disturbed, the dormant
spores may enter the air and ventilation systems carrying the spores to other areas of the structure causing possible health
effects. Should the dormant spores contact a damp surface, the spores will become active and begin to grow, causing
contamination. Dry mould remediation should be identical to active mould remediation.
Contact with Stachybotrys Chartarum may cause the following health effects; headaches, respiratory irritation, sinus
irritation, skin irritation, eye irritation and fatigue. It may also be hazardous to those with suppressed immune systems.
Stachybotrys Chartarum requires three factors for growth; a humid to damp surface, temperatures between 5 - 38 C and
nutrients (ie. drywall, wood, paper, etc.).
Stachybotrys Chartarum reproduces spores which when disturbed become airborne and may be carried by air flow, building
material, and clothing. Should this mould be observed growing, protect the area from disruption by covering with a plastic
tarp or isolating the areas completely. Once isolation has occurred, including warning signage. Preparation must be planned
for remediation. There are four levels of Stachybotrys Chartarum Remediation:
Level 1 Small isolated areas - 10ft2
Level 2 Large isolated areas - 10-30 ft
Level 3 Large scale remediation - more than 30 ft
Level 4 Remediation of HVAC Systems - more than 10ft2
Of the four remedial levels indicated above, Levels 1 and 2 may be carried out at project level providing the following
procedures are in place:
Workers performing the removal are trained in the dangers of mould abatement and these procedures.
310
EllisDon Safety
MOULD CONT’D
The worker will wear impervious gloves and half face respirator with appropriate filters. Workers performing Level 2
remediation must also wear impervious clothing taped in place at the ankles and elbows.
For Level 1 remediation, place a drop sheet below the mouldy material. Level 2 remediation requires the erection of a mini-
enclosure using 6ml polyethylene sheeting, also negative pressure is to be provided through the use of a HEPA vacuum
drawing air from the enclosure but located outside.
When possible, remove any porous material (ceiling tile, drywall, etc.) beyond visible contamination for Level 1 remediation,
a minimum distance of 30 cm. For Level 2 remediation, a minimum distance of 3 metres.
When possible, use dust suppression methods prior to disturbance of mouldy materials. For Level 1 remediation, tape a
piece of plastic sheet over the mouldy material to be removed.
Remove all contaminated material in sealed plastic bags, for Level 2 remediation, wipe down the plastic bags with a
solution of Tri Sodium Phosphate or a 10-1 bleach solution (10oz water - 1oz bleach).
After removal of debris, clean the surrounding areas using a HEPA vacuum then wet wipe the areas with a solution of Tri
Sodium Phosphate or a 10-1 bleach solution (10oz water - 1oz bleach). For Level 2 removal, also clean the inside of the
enclosure and impervious clothing. Prior to reconstructing the involved area, ensure all areas are completely dry.
Once remediation and clean up are complete, wash hands and face. Remember to wash work clothes separately from other
clothing and clean out the washing machine. Personal hygiene must also be practiced prior to all coffee and lunch breaks
and washroom visits.
When Level 3 or 4 Remediation is required, the following steps must be followed:
Isolate affected areas.
Contact EllisDon Corporate Safety Department.
Contact Ministry of Labour.
Advise infection control (health care facilities).
Contact an experienced mould abatement company.
The mould abatement company will have a hygienist on staff who will take air and mould samples. Should a health care
facility be involved, the infection control department may also take samples. Ensure anyone entering the area wears proper
protective equipment. Obtain a copy of all sampling results.
The Ministry of Labour may place a Stop Work Order on the areas involved. The Stop Work Order will be lifted upon
completion of remediation and the involved area is deemed clean by the abatement company’s hygienist.
Prior to beginning remediation, a safe work procedure must be in place. Ensure all workers are trained in the hazards of
mould removal and are competent in the use and care of personal protective equipment and the equipment they are using.
Proof of competency must be in writing.
SALVAGE AND CLEANING PRIOR TO DEMOLITION

Remove articles in the work area which are to be saved or salvaged.
HEPA vacuum.
Wipe off with Tri Sodium Phosphate or a 10-1 bleach solution (10oz water - 1oz bleach). Rinse with water and remove
from project.
Dispose of all porous contaminated articles and contents with visible mould contamination including books, paper,
upholstered furniture, rugs, etc.
Remove the mould contaminated building materials.
311
MOULD CONT’D
Dispose of contaminated porous building materials, ceiling tiles, mineral wool insulation,
drywall, etc. Ensure disposal dumpsters have a protective cover. This debris may be dumped
at any landfill site.
Prior to continuing any further demolition, the abatement company’s hygienist must advise the area is clean (in writing).
Perform any remaining demolition.
Vacuum the project using a HEPA vacuum.
Perform final cleaning (wipe down) using Tri Sodium Phosphate or a 10-1 bleach solution (10oz water - 1oz bleach).
Rinse with water and dry.
Ensure all surfaces are completely dry before reconstructing the area.
Once having completed the mould remediation and refit work is complete, perform a pre-occupancy air test and obtain
a copy of the test results.
312
EllisDon Safety
GUIDELINES FOR MOULD PREVENTION FROM OUTSIDE SOURCES
Mould can be found almost anywhere. One source of mould may be found in construction materials (Wallpaper, Particle
Board, Ceiling Tiles, Drywall, Carpeting, Upholstery and Packaging Materials).
For the purpose of preventing outside source contamination, the following procedure will be adhered to:
1) Each Sub-Trade must advise their suppliers that materials being delivered to the project must be protected while on
route (enclosed or securely tarped delivery vehicles). This is especially critical for a period of twenty-four hours
preceding a weather event (rain, snow etc.).
2) Materials that are damp or show signs of mould contamination will be returned to the supplier.
Do not allow these materials into the project.
Note: Moulds are usually visible as colourful woolly growths, they can be virtually any colour; red, blue, brown, green,
white, or black.
3) Prior to materials being stored inside the project, a lay down area will be selected. The lay down area must be dry and
well ventilated. Also ensure that should a weather event occur (rain, snow etc.) moisture will not enter the lay down
area.
4) Materials being stored in interior lay down areas must be off the floor. Wood pallets are normally used. This method may
become a source of mould contamination should the floor area become wet - plastic or metal pallets are preferred.
Should these types of pallets be unattainable, place the wood pallets on mould resistant materials.
5) Lay down areas should be inspected by a competent worker daily to ensure mould contamination has not occurred.
6) Should mould contamination be discovered on materials or material packaging, do not disturb the area, advise EllisDon
immediately. The extent of the contamination governs what remediation measures need to be taken to prevent the
spread of the mould spores.
Note: When disturbed, moulds release their spores into the air. Given the right environmental conditions, these spores
can form other mould colonies.
7) Removal of materials from shipping packaging:
a) inspect packaging for mould contamination
b) inspect materials for mould contamination
c) immediately remove packaging from project and place in a waste material container
d) good housekeeping practices will greatly assist in the prevention of mould contamination
Note: Should mould contamination be discovered on the packaging or the material, do not disturb the contaminated
area, advise EllisDon immediately.
8) Materials being stored in a lay down area outside of the project, must be inspected prior to entry into the project.
Material packaging should be removed prior to the material entering the project. Packaging material will be
immediately placed into a waste material container. Should mould contamination be discovered stop unpackaging
immediately and advise EllisDon.
Note: Materials stored outdoors should be (where possible) kept up off the ground and protected from the
environment using plastic tarpaulins or plastic sheeting.
313
CRYPTOCOCCUS NEOFORMANS - BIRD MANURE
Cryptococcus neoformans is a fungus that grows exceedingly well in dry bird manure including bat droppings.
Inhalation may cause; headaches, coughs, fevers, shortness of breath, joint and muscle aches, chills and hoarseness. This
fungus is extremely hazardous to individuals whose immune systems are depressed.
Large amounts of bird droppings are usually found in older structures that are being retrofitted. Should large amounts of
bird droppings be discovered, the following procedure shall be followed:
Close off area to all workers, use warning signage.
Ensure workers removing the droppings are trained in the dangers involved in the removal of bird droppings and this
procedure.
Each worker will wear impervious coveralls and gloves, rubber footwear, eye glasses or goggles and a half face respirator
with appropriate filters.
Soak the bird droppings with a 5-1 bleach solution (5oz water - 1oz bleach).
Allow the bleach solution to soak the droppings, repeat the soaking if necessary.
Once the droppings are soaked, slowly scrape up and place in sealed plastic bags and dispose of in normal garbage
container.
Vacuum the area involved with a HEPA vacuum and mop down using a 10-1 bleach solution (10oz water - 1oz bleach)
Wipe down tools with the bleach solution.
Wipe down impervious clothing and discard in a sealed plastic bag.
HEPA vacuum personal clothing and wash face and hands.
Always launder work clothes separately from other clothing. Once laundering is completed, clean the washing machine.
314
EllisDon Safety
CONSTRUCTING, PLACING, POURING - COLUMN FORMS
1. Identify the Task

Constructing, placing and pouring column forms.
2. Identify Hazards
Fall hazards, rigging/hoisting hazards (crushed by, struck by), equipment/material handling hazards, (cut by, pinched by,
struck by, sprain/strain injury), electrical hazard, chemical hazard, heat/cold stress.
3. Controls
Site specific engineered drawings, CSA/ANSI approved equipment, manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines,
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, fall protection plan, WHMIS, competent equipment operators,
communications and signaling system, first aid and eye wash stations, fire extinguishers, written site specific safe work
procedure, competent trained workers and supervision, emergency plan, Pre-Job Safety Assessments (PSA) (Daily).
All equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and inspected by a competent worker prior to use.
Safe Working Loads of all rigging equipment must not be exceeded at any time.
All protruding rebar must be protected in all work areas.
Openings in the work surface must be securely covered and marked or protected with a guardrail.
All rigging of forms for hoisting must be performed by a competent worker trained in rigging and signaling
and equipped with a retro-reflective fluorescent garment. Record of training available.
All electrical tools must be effectively grounded and connected to GFCI protected circuits, extension cords
must not be damaged. Any damaged equipment is to be tagged and removed from service and repaired by
a qualified person.
Inspect all tools before using, i.e. guarding on circular saws, switches, cords and housings on all electrical
equipment, all hoisting and rigging equipment.
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment must be used, ie. hard hat, safety boots, rubber gloves,
protective eyewear for sawing, drilling, chipping, and during placement and vibrating of concrete, full body
harness and shock absorbing lanyard, long pants and full T-shirt, sun screen, barrier cream, cold weather
gear.
Adequate task lighting must be provided. If natural light is not sufficient CSA/ANSI approved temporary
electric lighting must be installed by a qualified worker.
Application of form release agent must be performed in accordance with appropriate MSDS.
Column forms must have adequate attachment points. Ensure all attachment points are rigged to the crane
using a safety hook. SWL (safe working load) of rigging components must not be exceeded.
PSA must be re-visited prior to hoisting forms and prior to releasing forms from crane.
Ensure there is ongoing mentoring, communication and direction from a competent/qualified and trained
worker. Steps and sequence is extremely important.
Ensure that all components are present, properly installed and properly fastened prior to hoisting forms and
prior to releasing forms from crane.
All forms must be inspected and approved by a competent/qualified and trained worker before being hoisted
and before being released by the crane.
Forms must be cleared of all loose components and debris prior to hoisting.
Forms must be secured from tipping over by adequate bracing before being released from crane.
315
CONSTRUCTING, PLACING, POURING - COLUMN FORMS CONT’D
Workers must not climb walers to release or otherwise work on forms but must use a secure ladder or scaffolding to
perform these operations. During these operations workers shall be protected from falling by a complete guardrail
or by means of a full body harness and shock absorbing lanyard/personal SRL (Self Retracting Lanyard) adequately,
i.e. by use of a vertical lifeline with a rope grab or SRL attached to an adequate anchorage.
When assembling forms workers must be aware of pinch points ie. bolts and plates and protect themselves with
suitable work gloves. Shoring shall be in place when workers must work between wall forms.
During the pouring of columns workers are required to do so from a correctly built scaffold secured to the column
to prevent tipping.
Workers will access this scaffold by means of a ladder secured from slipping and extending 3 feet (90cm) above
work platform.
All materials and equipment, i.e. vibrators, shall be hoisted to the work platform by means of a rope and not carried
up ladders.
Workers on the scaffold during the pouring process shall be protected from falling by means of a full guardrail. If a
full guardrail is not practical then all workers on the scaffold must be tied off by means of a full body harness and
shock absorbing lanyard, attached to adequate anchorage.
Walers must be cleaned regularly to eliminate excess concrete from accumulating.
Worker receiving concrete bucket must wear a retro-reflective fluorescent garment.
Concrete bucket must be rigged by means of a safety hook and no appendages, ie. scaffold towers may not be
connected to the concrete bucket.
When concrete is pumped into column forms workers must be aware of the pump and its swing radius. Always
remember that the pump may move suddenly. Care must be taken to ensure that the pump hose does not kink.
The resultant rupture and uncontrolled movement of the hose could cause serious injury or death. A crane overlap
permit shall be completed when applicable.
A spotter should be used to watch the pouring operation and inspect forms for signs of weakness or failure. The
pour must be stopped immediately if such signs appear and repairs made before resuming the pour. This is
especially critical where columns are on the outboard slab edge to prevent concrete and form materials from falling
to a lower level.
Workers must be given adequate warning to ensure that path of travel of any load suspended from the crane is
clear, and to prevent load from passing overhead of workers.
Forms must be constructed, placed, poured, stripped, and have all ties and bracing placed in accordance with site
specific engineered drawings.
All attachment points, rigging and safety equipment, and form construction, must be inspected by a competent
worker, designated by the engineer of record before being placed, poured, or stripped.
Tag lines shall be attached to column forms to assist with the control and positioning of forms being placed by a
crane.
Washing out of concrete trucks, buckets, hoses, and other equipment shall be done in a designated area in
accordance with the site’s environmental protection plan.
High voltage lines must be identified and protected if within the work area.
The public and public-way must be protected as per regulatory requirements.
A written site specific safe work procedure must be developed, reviewed and signed by all workers involved with
the task. EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator, and Superintendent must review the procedure prior
to work commencing.
316
EllisDon Safety
CONSTRUCTING, PLACING, POURING - WALL FORMS

Construction, placement and pouring of wall forms.
2. Identify Hazards
Fall hazards, hoisting rigging hazards (crushed by, struck by), electrical hazards, equipment/material hazards (cut by,
pinched by, struck by, repetitive strain), heat/cold stress, chemical hazard.
3. Controls
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, fall protection plan, WHMIS, competent equipment operators,
communications and signaling system, first aid and eye wash stations, fire extinguishers, written site specific safe work
procedure, competent trained workers and supervision, emergency plan, Pre-Job Safety Assessments (PSA) (Daily).
All equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and inspected by a competent worker prior to use. Company Engineer
designation of a competent form work inspector.
Safe Working Load of all rigging equipment must not be exceeded at any time. Load label must be in place and
legible.
All protruding rebar must be protected in all work areas.
All rigging of forms for hoisting must be performed by a competent worker trained in rigging and signaling. Record
of training available.
Designate separate radio channel for crane communication.
Temporary bracing must be in place before wall forms are released from crane.
Placement of braces and releasing from crane must be done from a secure ladder or scaffolding; not by workers
climbing on walers. Workers performing these tasks must have adequate fall protection in place, i.e. full body
harness equipped with a shock absorbing lanyard attached to adequate anchorage by means of a vertical lifeline
and rope grab.
Scaffolding attached to wall forms must be capable of bearing at least 50 lb./sq. ft. live load, adequately supported,
equipped with guardrails, and accessed by means of a secure ladder extending 3 feet (90 cm) above platform
height.
Ties and braces must be installed in accordance with engineered drawings and should be inspected prior to use
and damaged units removed from service.
All electrical tools must be effectively grounded and connected to GFCI protected circuits, extension cords must not
be damaged.
Inspect all tools before using, ie. guarding on circular saws, switches, cords, and housings, on all electrical
equipment. Report any damage or problems to supervisor.
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment must be used, i.e. hard hat, safety boots, rubber gloves, hearing
protection, protective eyewear for sawing, drilling, chipping, and during placement and vibrating of concrete, full
body harness and shock absorbing lanyard, long pants and full T-shirt, sunscreen, barrier cream, cold weather gear.
Application of form release agent must be done in accordance with appropriate MSDS.
Lifting points must be solidly blocked to prevent cables or solid steel bars from moving or separating from form
panels.
Wall forms must have adequate attachment points. Ensure all attachment points are rigged to the crane using a
safety snap hook. SWL (safe working load) of rigging component must not be exceeded.
PSA must be re-visited prior to hoisting forms and prior to releasing forms from crane.
317
CONSTRUCTING, PLACING, POURING - WALL FORMS CONT’D
Ensure there is ongoing mentoring, communication and direction from a competent/qualified and trained worker.
Steps and sequence is extremely important.
Ensure that all components are present, properly installed and properly fastened prior to hoisting forms and prior
to releasing forms from crane.
All forms must be inspected and approved by a competent/qualified and trained worker before being hoisted and
before being released by the crane.
Walers must be cleaned regularly to eliminate excess concrete from accumulating.
Forms must be cleared of all loose components and debris prior to hoisting.
Forms must be secured from tipping over before being released from crane.
When assembling forms workers must be aware of pinch points, i.e. bolts and plates, and protect themselves with
suitable work gloves. Shoring shall be in place when workers must work between wall forms.
During the pouring of walls work platforms attached to forms must be located at correct working level to avoid
being contacted by concrete bucket. Additional spotter/swamper may be required for blind lifts.
When pumping concrete into wall forms workers must be aware of the pump and its swing radius. Always
remember that the pump may move suddenly. Care must be taken to ensure that the pump hose does not kink.
The resultant rupture and sudden uncontrolled movement could cause severe injury or death. A crane overlap
A spotter should be used during the pouring operation to inspect forms for signs of weakness or failure. The pour
must be stopped immediately if such signs appear and repairs made before resuming the pour.
All materials and equipment i.e. vibrators shall be hoisted to the work platform by means of a rope and not carried
up ladders.
Workers on the scaffold during the pouring process shall be protected from falling by means of a full guardrail. If a
full guardrail is not practical then all workers on the scaffold must be tied off by means of a full body harness and
shock absorbing lanyard, attached to adequate anchorage.
Forms must be constructed, placed, poured, stripped, and have all ties and bracing placed in accordance with
engineered drawings and reviewed by competent person.
All attachment points, rigging and safety equipment, and form construction must be inspected by a competent
worker designated by the engineer of record prior to being placed, poured and stripped.
Adequate warning must be given to allow travel path of form or concrete bucket to be cleared and to prevent loads
from passing overhead of workers.
Tag lines shall be attached to wall forms to assist with the control and positioning of forms when being placed with
a crane.
Washing out of concrete trucks, buckets, hoses, and other equipment must be done in a designated area in
accordance with the site’s environmental protection plan. Traffic control plan is required.
A written site specific procedure must be developed, reviewed and signed by all workers involved with the task.
EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator, and Superintendent must review the procedure prior to work
commencing.
Ensure all unused equipment and materials are properly stored to prevent hazards to workers.
318
EllisDon Safety
STRIPPING COLUMN AND WALL FORMS
1. Identify the task

Removal of re-usable column and wall forms.
2. Identify hazards
Fall hazard, trip/slip hazard, hoisting/rigging hazard – (crushed by, struck by), equipment/material handling hazards –
(struck by, pinched by, cut by, strain/sprain injury), electrical hazard, heat/cold stress, formwork collapse – (crushed by,
struck by), chemical - (concrete, fuels).
3. Controls
WHMIS, CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, fall protection plan, inspection of formwork by competent
worker prior to stripping, adequate access and egress to/from workplace, competent equipment operators,
communication/signal system, first aid/eye wash station, fire extinguisher, competent trained workers and supervision,
emergency procedures, written site specific safe work procedure, Pre-Job Safety Assessments (PSA) (Daily).
Stripping of column and wall forms must be done by competent trained workers.
All equipment, including all hoisting and rigging equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and inspected by a
competent worker before use. Safe Working Loads of rigging components must not be exceeded.
All electrical tools must be effectively grounded by use of a GFCI.
All tools and equipment must be inspected by a competent worker before use. Damaged equipment must be
tagged and taken out of service for repair or replacement.
All workers involved in the stripping of column and wall forms must have adequate fall protection when exposed to
fall hazards as per EllisDon’s policy and regulatory guidelines.
Workers must use CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment as prescribed, i.e. hard hats, safety boots,
safety glasses, hearing protection, gloves, long pants and full T-shirt, sunscreen, barrier cream, cold weather gear.
Area around and below form removal should be marked with red danger tape and if necessary, work overhead
signage. Entry into the area by other trades must be controlled by a spotter.
When removing forms from levels above ground a spotter should be used to caution workers and vehicular traffic
away from area below stripping. Area should be marked with red danger tape and signage. Activities to be
coordinated with others.
Forms must be prevented from tipping over either by leaving one or more connecting ties/bolts loosely but
securely connected or by temporary bracing securely fastened to forms.
Forms must be manually loosened from poured concrete before crane tries to hoist them.
All loose materials, tools and debris must be removed from forms prior to hoisting. Clear work area of debris ASAP.
Inspect forms for loose or damaged components before hoisting.
Remove last connector only when form is attached securely to the crane and opposite side is prevented from
tipping over by bracing or other secure means.
Lifting points on forms must be adequate to withstand expected loads and be securely blocked to prevent
movement or separation from forms of steel bars or wire rope lifting eyes.
Stripping and rigging of panels must be done from properly built scaffold, not by workers standing on walers.
319
STRIPPING COLUMN AND WALL FORMS CONT’D
Scaffolding used to work off must be constructed as per EllisDon policy and regulatory requirements, and must be
prevented from tipping over.
Ladders used to access forms for connecting /disconnecting rigging must be secured and extend 3 feet (90 cm)
above work level being accessed. When working off ladders workers must be protected from falling by use of an
adequate fall arrest system, i.e a full body harness with shock absorbing lanyard and rope grab attached to an
adequate anchorage by means of a vertical lifeline. Forms must be secured from moving until all workers are clear
of them.
Care must be taken when using pry bars to loosen forms not to overextend and lose balance.
Care and attention must be used when removing components from forms being stripped. Do not drop parts on
workers below, and when handing pieces to other workers make sure they have a firm grip on them before letting
go. Telescopic jacks can be awkward and heavy, handle them with care and be aware of pinch points.
Adequate task lighting must be available. If natural lighting is inadequate then CSA approved lighting equipment
must be installed by a qualified worker to illuminate the work area.
A competent trained rigger must rig and hoist panels. Tag lines must be used to control loads. A crane overlap
Adequate warning must be given to allow workers to clear out of travel path of load. Loads should not be allowed
to pass overhead of workers.
Forms must be stored so that they do not endanger workers by tipping over or by blocking access/egress routes.
High voltage lines in the vicinity of the work area must be identified and protected.
Form release agent must be applied according to appropriate MSDS.
The public and public-way must be protected as per regulatory requirements. A spotter may be required.
A written site specific safe work procedure must be developed, reviewed and signed by all workers involved in the
task. EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator, and Superintendent must review the procedure prior to
work commencing.
320
EllisDon Safety
ASSEMBLING, PLACING/SETTING FLYFORMS FOR SUSPENDED SLABS

Building and placement of re-usable deck or table “flyform” assemblies for support of reinforced concrete suspended
slabs.
2. Identify Hazards
Fall hazards, slip/trip hazards, hoisting/rigging hazards - (crushed by, struck by hazards), electrical hazards,
equipment/material handling hazards (cut by, pinched by, struck by, strain/sprain injury), heat/cold stress, chemical
hazards, collapse of supportive structure or formwork assemblies.
3. Controls
Site specific engineered drawings, CSA/ANSI approved equipment, manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines, WHMIS,
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, fall protection plan, formwork/falsework inspection by competent
designated worker, adequate access and egress to/from workplace, competent equipment operator,
communication/signaling system, first aid and eye wash station, fire extinguisher, emergency procedures, written site
specific safe work procedure, competent trained workers and supervision, emergency plan, Pre-Job Safety Assessments
(PSA) (Daily).
Building and placing of suspended slab ‘flyforms’ is to be done only by competent workers in accordance with site
specific engineered drawings and inspected by an engineer or his/her competent designate.
All workers involved in the construction and placing of flyforms must have adequate fall protection when exposed
to fall hazards as per EllisDon policy and Regulatory requirements. All guardrails must be built and inspected by a
competent worker and meet regulatory requirements. Fall protection equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and
inspected by a competent worker before use.
Personal protective equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and used as prescribed, i.e. hard hats, work boots,
protective eyewear, long pants, full T-shirt, hearing protection, sunscreen, cold weather gear.
All components of the deck form must be in place as per engineered drawings. Trusses, braces, joists, legs,
adjustable feet, plywood decking, pre-built guardrails, lifting hardware, rigging components, tag lines, and any
other components as shown on the engineered drawings must be in place, securely fastened and inspected before
the form is hoisted or ‘flown’ into place.
A crane overlap permit shall be completed when applicable.
Before the form is hoisted a trained, competent rigger must ensure that there is no debris left on the deck, i.e. tools,
scrap lumber, loose concrete, or any other equipment. The rigger must also ensure that there is a tag line (or lines),
securely fastened to the form so that workers can control the ‘flyer’ when it is being lowered into place.
All hoisting equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and inspected by a competent worker before use. Safe
Working Loads of all rigging components must not be exceeded at any time.
Workers at any outboard edge of a slab where guardrails have been removed to fly out or receive a flyform must
make sure that they are adequately protected by means of a travel restraint or fall arrest system and that the
guardrail is replaced as soon as possible.
When rigging forms are to be flown riggers must be protected from falling by use of an approved fall arrest system
at all times when on the surface of the deck.
Workers adjacent to or below the area where the removal or the landing of flyforms is taking place must be warned
off by the use of a spotter, danger tape, and signage, warning of guardrail removal, and work overhead due to
flyform operation (establishment of no-work zones.)
Flyforms must be securely tied back to a structural anchorage within the building during placement or removal
operations whenever the form is being placed on or removed from rollers, or not completely supported by the
crane by means of a four point hook up, or completely supported by means of the forms’ legs and feet in final
position prior to pouring.
321
ASSEMBLING, PLACING/SETTING FLYFORMS FOR SUSPENDED SLABS CONT’D
Mechanized systems used to pull forms into the building or otherwise position them must be inspected before use,
i.e. pulleys, hydraulic jacks, rollers etc.
Any tie-downs to the slab that are required by the engineered drawings must be complete before releasing the
form from the crane.
Perimeter guardrail systems must be put in place or reconfigured immediately on the level where flyforms have
been removed, on the level where they have been landed (including between forms or the open ends of forms),
and on the top surface of the form. Workers engaged in this process must be protected by an approved travel
restraint or fall arrest system.
Workers on top of the newly placed form must be protected by an approved guardrail, travel restraint, or fall arrest
system.
Access to the top of the form must be by an approved ladder or access scaffold secured in place and extending 3
feet (90 cm) above the deck. All access to work area must meet regulatory requirements.
Re-shoring of the floor immediately below the newly placed form must be done immediately before further work is
performed on form above.
All re-shore posts on slab edge must be secured, ie. tied back to re-shores on the inside of the building to prevent
them from falling to areas below and checked daily to ensure they are secure.
Workers must take extra care when handling materials and equipment. When passing equipment such as aluma
beams, shoring jacks, formply, to other workers make sure that the worker has a firm grip on the object and that it is
securely held.
Ensure tool lanyards are used while working at outboard edges of slabs and formwork.
Adequate task lighting must be supplied to work area when natural light is insufficient. Lighting equipment must
be CSA/ANSI approved and installed by a qualified worker.
Form release agent must be applied in accordance with MSDS for product being used.
High voltage lines in the vicinity of the work area must be identified and protected.
When flying forms over public roads or walkways all traffic must be stopped by trained certified personnel or by
means of a lane closure.
A written site-specific procedure must be developed, reviewed and signed by all workers involved with the task.
EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator and Superintendent must review the procedure prior to work
commencing.
322
EllisDon Safety
POURING CONCRETE ON FLYFORM DECKS FOR SUSPENDED SLABS
1. Task
Pouring concrete on flyform decks for suspended slabs.
2. Hazards
Fall/tripping hazards, equipment/material handling hazards – (struck by, pinched by, cut by, sprain/strain injury),
chemical hazards, electrical hazards, hoisting/rigging hazard – (crushed by, struck by), heat/cold stress, collapse or
failure of formwork or supporting structure.
3. Controls
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, fall protection plan, formwork/falsework inspection by competent
designated worker, adequate access and egress to deck, competent equipment operators, communication/signaling
system, first aid and eye wash station, fire extinguishers, emergency procedures, written site specific safe work
procedure, worker and supervisor competency and training, Pre-Job Safety Assessments (PSA) (Daily).
Ensure all pertinent structure, re-shoring, and formwork is per site specific engineered drawings and inspected by a
qualified engineer or their competent designate prior to pouring.
Fall protection systems must be in place and inspected prior to pouring. All guardrails must be complete and built
according to Regulatory requirements. Fall protection equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and workers trained
in its use as per EllisDon Policy and Regulatory requirements.
All personal protective equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and used as prescribed, i.e. hard hat, work boots,
protective eye wear, hearing protection, rubber boots and gloves, long pants and full T-shirt, barrier creams, sun
screen lotion, cold weather clothing, retro-reflective fluorescent garments.
All hoisting and rigging equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and inspected by a competent person before
operating. Crane logs must be available and up to date. Safe Working Loads of all hoisting components must not be
exceeded at any time. A crane overlap permit shall be completed when applicable.
If pouring with a concrete bucket, qualified, competent riggers must be utilized to load and receive concrete
buckets. Adequate and correct hand or radio signals must be communicated between swampers and crane
operators. The riggers must wear retro-reflective fluorescent garments when loading or receiving concrete buckets.
Concrete pumping equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and operated by competent worker, within the
manufacturer’s guidelines and specifications. Workers must take special care not to kink hoses during operation as
this will cause pressure to build with possible rupturing and uncontrolled movement of the hose, resulting in
possible severe injury or death.
Distribution of load on deck forms must be consistent and even. Overloading one area of formwork with wet
concrete can cause failure and collapse of formwork or structure below.
All protruding hazards must be protected.
Openings in the work surface must be securely covered and marked or protected with guardrails.
Workers must be aware of the extreme tripping hazard when pouring decks, i.e. rebar under the concrete, and they
must take extra caution when walking on the deck.
At no time are workers allowed underneath the deck when pouring is in progress.
Access to work area must be kept clear at all times and must meet regulatory requirements.
323
POURING CONCRETE ON FLYFORM DECKS FOR SUSPENDED SLABS CONT’D
Ensure that all electrical equipment, i.e. concrete vibrators, extension cords, temporary lighting, is CSA/ANSI
approved, and adequately grounded and supplied with a GFCI. All Electrical equipment must be in good repair. Any
damaged equipment must be tagged and taken out of service to be repaired or replaced. All repairs must be done
by a qualified person.
Adequate task lighting must be supplied to work area when natural light is not sufficient. Lighting equipment must
be CSA/ANSI approved and installed by a qualified worker.
Tasks, i.e. raking out of concrete, that require long durations of repetitive actions should be spelled off between
workers to prevent repetitive strain injuries.
High voltage lines must be identified/protected if within work area.
Washing out of concrete trucks, buckets, hoses, and other equipment should be done in designated areas, in
accordance with the site environmental protection plan.
A written site specific procedure must be developed, reviewed and signed by all workers involved with the task.
EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator and Superintendent must review the procedure prior to work
commencing.
324
EllisDon Safety
STRIPPING FLYFORMS

Removal of re-usable suspended slab flyforms.
2. Identify Hazards
Fall hazards, slip/trip hazards, hoisting/rigging hazards – (crushed by, struck by), equipment/material handling hazards –
(struck by, pinched by, cut by, strain/sprain injury), electrical hazard, heat/cold stress, structural or formwork collapse -
(crushed by).
3. Controls
CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, fall protection plan, inspection of formwork/falsework by
competent designated worker, adequate access/egress to/from work area, competent equipment operators,
communication/signaling system, first aid/eyewash station, fire extinguisher, emergency procedures, competent trained
workers and supervision, written site specific safe work procedure, Pre-Job Safety Assessments (PSA) (Daily).
Stripping and flying of flyforms is to be done only by competent trained workers and supervisors. Proof of
orientation/training of workers for specialized systems is required.
All equipment, including hoisting and rigging equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and inspected by a
competent worker before use. Safe Working Loads of all rigging components must never be exceeded.
All workers involved in the removal and flying of forms must have adequate fall protection when exposed to fall
hazards as per EllisDon policy and regulatory requirements. All fall protection equipment must be CSA/ANSI
approved, inspected by a competent worker before use, and workers must receive training in its use.
Guardrails must meet regulatory requirements and be replaced immediately after temporary removal to allow
forms to be flown. Workers involved with or in area of guardrail removal must be protected by use of a travel
restraint or fall arrest system.
Personal protective equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and used as prescribed, i.e. hard hats, safety boots,
protective eyewear, long pants, full T-shirt, sunscreen, barrier cream, cold weather gear.
Adequate task lighting must be available. If natural light is insufficient CSA/ANSI approved temporary electric
lighting must be installed by a qualified worker.
Cordon-off an area around, and below form to be lowered and removed, (‘dropped and flown’) with danger tape
and signage (Establishment of no-work zones.)
Provide a spotter to prevent workers or vehicular traffic from entering area below removal/flying operation.
Tie back both inboard sides of form to structurally sound columns inside building.
Strip outboard filler and clean all debris before dropping flyer.
Only workers involved in lowering the form to a secure position using hydraulic lifts should be under the flyer at this
time.
Once flyer is lowered to slab other workers may engage and perform stripping of filler pieces still attached to under
side of deck and cleaning of all associated debris. All debris must be thoroughly removed from flyform at this time
and any loose components removed or secured before flying form out of building.
Work from secure platform with fall protection in place and be careful not to over reach when prying pieces loose.
325
STRIPPING FLYFORMS CONT’D
Care must be taken to prevent loose debris/tools from falling off slab edge to lower levels. Ensure tool lanyards are
used while working at outboard edges of slabs and formwork.
All protruding nails must be removed or bent over.
When placing rollers under flyform attach a tag line to each roller assembly to control rollers from a safe distance
and prevent them falling off the slab edge.
All connection of hoisting/rigging assembly performed from the deck of the form will be done by a qualified
competent swamper who is protected at all times by a complete guardrail, travel restraint system, or fall arrest
system.
Once form has been lowered onto rollers and is ready to move outwards to allow connection to crane, the swamper
should connect his fall arrest system to an adequate anchorage independent from the form.
The swamper will remain in communication with the crane operator via radio at all times during the removal of a
flyform.
When connecting four way chains to the flyer tie a rope to the two chains remaining after outboard chains are
connected. This will allow the connection of the inboard set of chains to be performed from a safe distance inside
the structure and avoid having to walk to the end of the form outside the building.
All access to the deck of the lowered form shall be by a ladder secured from slipping and extending 3 feet (90 cm)
above the deck of the form.
Form must always be prevented from tilting outward or over balancing to outside of the building until all four legs
of the chain slings are connected and the crane has the entire weight of the form securely held.
Anchor lines connecting inboard end of flyform to columns inside the building must be kept taut at all times until
swamper orders their release prior to flying form out of the building.
Once form is removed, re-constitute guardrails at outboard edge of slab and install re-shoring immediately. Workers
replacing guardrails must be protected from fall hazard by a travel restraint or fall arrest system.
The public and public-way must be protected as per regulatory requirements. Existing structures and property must
be protected.
When flying forms over public roads or walkways all traffic must be stopped by trained certified personnel or by
means of a lane closure.
Before stripping flyforms, a written site specific safe work procedure must be developed, reviewed, and signed by all
workers involved in the task. EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator, and Superintendent must review
the procedure prior to work commencing.
326
EllisDon Safety
STRIPPING HAND SET SUSPENDED SLAB FORMWORK
1. Identify Task
Removal of hand set formwork from underside of suspended concrete slab.
2. Identify Hazards
Fall hazards, slip/trip hazards, hoisting/rigging hazards – (crushed by, struck by), equipment/material handling hazards –
(struck by, pinched by, cut by, strain/sprain injury), electrical hazard, heat/cold stress, structural/formwork collapse -
(crushed by, struck by), confined space hazard.
3. Controls
WHMIS, fall protection plan, CSA/ANSI approved personal protective equipment, inspection of formwork by designated
competent worker, adequate access and egress to/from work area, competent equipment operators,
communication/signaling system, fist-aid/eyewash station, fire extinguisher, emergency procedure, confined space
procedure, competent trained workers and supervision, written site specific safe work procedure, Pre-Job Safety
Assessments (PSA) (Daily).
Stripping of formwork to be done by competent, trained workers under the direction of competent, trained
supervision. Proof of orientation/training of workers for specialized systems is required.
All rigging of loads to be performed by a competent trained rigger.
Safe Working Loads of rigging components must never be exceeded.
All workers must have adequate fall protection in place when exposed to fall hazards as per EllisDon policy and
regulatory requirements. Fall protection equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and workers must receive training
in its use.
Personal protective equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved and used as prescribed, i.e. hard hat, safety boots,
protective eye wear, gloves, long pants, full T-shirt, hearing protection, sunscreen, barrier cream, cold weather gear.
Cordon off area where formwork is being removed by means of red danger tape and signage.
Openings in the work surface must be securely covered and marked or protected by guardrails.
Debris must not be allowed to fall uncontrolled from one level to another.
Work platforms and coverings over openings in the work surface must be secure and able to support 50 lb./sq.ft.
live load.
Guardrails must be in place as per EllisDon policy and regulatory requirements. If they have to be removed, workers
must be protected by an alternate approved method, i.e. a travel restraint or fall arrest system.
Adequate task lighting must be available. If natural light is not sufficient, CSA/ANSI approved temporary electric
lighting must be installed by a qualified worker.
Standing water must be removed and controlled prior to and during stripping operations.
Adequate ventilation must be provided – check for possible confined space conditions and put necessary
procedures in place where required.
Extra care must be taken when handling awkward materials such as screw jacks, u-heads, scaffold frames, stringers
and joists, and plywood. Special attention must be given when handing material to other workers. Make sure they
have a firm grip on the object before letting go of it.
Workers must be clear of material being loosened overhead before it is allowed to drop to the floor.
327
STRIPPING HAND SET SUSPENDED SLAB FORMWORK CONT’D
Do not over extend and lose balance when prying materials loose.
Debris must not be allowed to block access and egress points and must be removed from the work area ASAP.
Loose concrete or formwork material must not be allowed to remain hanging overhead.
Work must be performed from secure platforms; not off loose formwork that could collapse and cause worker to
fall.
Protruding nails must be bent over or removed before material is stacked for removal.
Protruding rebar must be protected.
Electrical cords, mechanical piping, equipment/tools, existing structure, i.e. windows, must be protected during
stripping operations.
The public and public property must be protected from injury and damage as per regulatory requirements.
A written site specific work procedure must be developed, reviewed, and signed by all workers involved in the task.
EllisDon Area Safety Director, Site Safety Coordinator and Site Superintendent must review the procedure prior to
work commencing.
328
EllisDon Safety
FORMWORK INSPECTION – BRITISH COLUMBIA
It is necessary on all EllisDon projects in British Columbia utilizing concrete formwork subcontractors engaged in concrete
forming operations requiring erection drawings and supplementary information certified by a professional engineer as per,
BC Regulation 20.17 (3), that they are to complete the following Formwork Inspection Checklist (BC) prior to all such
concrete pours and that the Checklist be kept on file, on site, available for inspection, and forwarded to the EllisDon
Regional Safety Director as an addition to the Weekly Safety Reports from site. EllisDon Site Specific Safety Plans in BC will
also contain an amendment fully outlining this requirement and a copy of BC Regulation Section 20.17(3).
See Canadian Safety Manual – Forms Section – Formwork Inspection Checklist (BC)
329
OPERATION OF A MOBILE CRANE ON A PROJECT
THIS PROCEDURE SHALL BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES WHEN MOBILE CRANES

ARE PROVIDING SERVICES FOR THIS CORPORATION.
The operator of the crane must become fully acquainted with these instructions. A copy of the instructions is to be
retained by the operator while providing services for this Corporation.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
1. Requirements in the crane manufacturer’s operation manual and applicable sections of the applicable Health and Safety
Legislation must be strictly adhered to.
2. When the crane is being set up the operator shall ensure the crane manufacturer’s recommendations relating to
outriggers, outrigger pads and soil conditions relating to positioning the crane on outriggers are strictly adhered to.
3. The crane operator shall at all times be assisted by a competent signaller while providing services for this Corporation.
Providing the signaller shall be the responsibility of the party or parties requesting the crane.
4. Under no circumstances shall the crane operator bring any part of the crane or any part of any load closer to an
overhead powerline than is indicated in the chart below or as stipulated by local authorities/owners, whichever distance
is greater.
700 to 150,000 volts 3 metres to be maintained

150,001 to 250,000 volts 4.5 metres to be maintained
Over 250,000 volts 6 metres to be maintained
5. In the event wind reaches a velocity, whereby safe operation of the crane is affected, the crane operator and his/her
signaller will take whatever steps are necessary in shutting the crane down, until such time as the wind subsides and
safe crane operation can resume.
6. When the crane is being shut down due to adverse weather conditions, or at the end of the work day, the empty hook
of the crane must be brought up to the top most position or stowed as per recommendations of the crane’s
manufacturer.
7. The crane must have a designated loading and unloading area that will be used exclusively by the crane
whenever practical.
330
OPERATION OF A MOBILE CRANE ON A PROJECT CONT’D
THE FOLLOWING STANDARD SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ARE QUOTED HERE IN THE

INTEREST OF PROJECT SAFETY AND MUST BE ADHERED TO AS A MATTER OF
GOOD PRACTICE:
1. Make sure that the crane is properly maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Prior to the operation of the crane the operator shall check daily the brakes and limit switches for proper functioning.
Use test blocks as per manufacturer’s specifications.
3. Should any of the tests fail, or if there is any doubt as to the safety of the crane, the crane shall not be put in operation
until its safe operation can be assured.
4. If applicable, check the brake and clutch lining for wear.
5. Report unusual noises, loss of control or poor response to control of any of the crane functions and make sure the
necessary corrective action is taken.
6. Always follow the load chart which must be located within the operator’s sight in the cabin.
7. When operating the crane do not move the control levers immediately to high speed. Move the levers gradually for
controlled acceleration.
8. Receive and obey only correct signals and only from designated signallers.
9. Do not attempt to lift a load of unknown weight and use the overload limit switches as load indicators.
10. Do not exert a vertical pull on any restrained object.
11. Do not exert a horizontal pull at an angle to the boom of the crane.
12. Never leave controls unattended with a load suspended from the hook.
13. Check documentation including log book, certifications, and operator's qualifications.
331
EllisDon Safety
TOWER CRANE/MOBILE EQUIPMENT OVERLAP PERMIT
COMPLETE & SUBMIT TO ELLISDON SITE MANAGEMENT TEAM/SITE SAFETY
PROJECT/TASK/PROCESS DETAILS
PROJECT NAME:
ED SUPERVISOR:
SUBCONTRACTORS INVOLVED: DATE:
REVIEWED BY: DD MM YY
PROPOSED WORK ACTIVITY, LOCATION & DURATION

EQUIPMENT DIRECTION ELEVATION DAY DATE
Mobile Crane North Grade Monday Start Date: _________________
Access Equipment South 2nd Tuesday dd/mm/yy
Pump Truck East 3rd Wednesday
Boom Truck West 4th Thursday End Date: _________________
Tower Crane N/E/C 5th Friday dd/mm/yy
Man Lift/Hoist N/W/C 6th Saturday
Other S/E/C ______ Sunday Permit duration
S/W/C Roof (in days)
The following documentation MUST be submitted to support this permit:
Drawings, PSA, Safe Work Plan/Procedure Yes No
QUESTIONS:
General:
Has the proposed work been reviewed with ALL workplace parties? Yes No
Have any other location specific overlap hazards been identified? Yes No
Was the overlap zone discussed in detail, clearly communicated? Yes No
Have overhead hazards been identified, ie. Hydro Lines? Yes No
Do all parties have a copy of this plan? Yes No
Mobile Crane Specific: N/A

Mobile Boom Height requirement identified and communicated to operators? Yes No
Mobile crane location clearly identified on drawing? Yes No
Requirement for tower crane operator to request permission from mobile operator to enter
mobile crane's "zone" clearly communicated to both operators? Yes No
Dedicated two way communication (radio) in place for operators only? Yes No
Mobile crane sequencing (if mobile needs to move, sequentially, to multiple locations)
clearly identified in PSA/Safe Work Plan and communicated? Yes No
Pump Truck/Boom Truck Specific: N/A

Boom Height requirement identified and communicated to operators? Yes No
Pump/Boom location clearly identified on drawing? Yes No
Pump/Boom Truck sequencing (if Boom/Pump truck needs to move, sequentially, to
multiple locations) clearly identified in Drawing/PSA/Safe Work Plan? Yes No
Communication protocol identified and communicated to operators? Yes No
332
TOWER CRANE/MOBILE EQUIPMENT OVERLAP PERMIT CONT’D
Access Equipment Specific: N/A
(access equipment includes scissor lifts, articulated boom lifts, swing stages, climber work platforms, etc).
Access equipment location clearly identified on drawing? Yes No
Tower crane operator aware of presence of access equipment? Yes No
"Tower crane operator instructed not to "fly" over access equipment when work is taking place? Yes No
IS IT SAFE TO PROCEED WITH THE PROPOSED WORK? Yes No
TOWER CRANE/MOBILE EQUIPMENT OVERLAP MEETING ATTENDANCE RECORD

Worker Name (Print) Worker Signature
10
11
12
13
14
15
333
EllisDon Safety
OPERATION OF A MOBILE CRANE WITHIN THE SWING ZONE OF A TOWER
CRANE ON A PROJECT
PROJECT NAME:
PROJECT NUMBER: DATE:
For the purpose of these instructions, the cranes will be identified as the ___mobile___ crane and the _____ stationary
______ crane.
The operators of both cranes must become fully acquainted with these instructions. One copy of the instructions is to be
retained by each operator and one to be kept in the construction office.
1. Both crane operators will be provided with a two-way communication system which will allow them to communicate
directly with each other as well as with the designated signaler(s).
2. No part of the cranes or their loads shall come closer than 3 metres to any overhead high voltage powerline:
3. The common area which is encircled by the two cranes will be referred to as the “overlap zone”.
4. Prior to the “stationary crane” operator entering the “overlap zone” with his/her boom he/she will inform the operator of
the “mobile crane” of his/her intention to enter the zone. Under normal operating circumstances, the mobile crane has
the right of way in the overlap zone.
5. The mobile crane shall not have its boom extended above the boom clearance height of the stationary crane and its
attachments unless specific instruction has been given to the stationary crane operator to stay clear of the mobile crane
area. The mobile crane shall not extend its boom into the stationary crane space when the stationary crane is
unattended and free to slew.
6. In the event wind reaches a velocity whereby safe operation of either or both cranes is affected, the crane operators and
their respective signallers will take whatever steps are necessary in shutting the cranes down until such time as the wind
subsides and safe crane operation can resume.
6. When the cranes are being shut down due to adverse weather conditions or at the end of the working day, the empty
hooks of the cranes must be stowed as recommended in the respective manufacturer’s manuals. Under no
circumstances are ladders, slings, job boxes or any other tools, machinery or equipment to be stored suspended on an
unattended crane hoisting cable.
7. When in the shut-down or in unattended condition the stationary crane must be free to weathervane, unless
obstructions prevent this. The mobile crane shall be stowed with its boom fully retracted and lowered. If the mobile
crane is to be active while the stationary crane is inactive, the stationary crane shall be blocked to prevent its slewing
into the overlap zone.
8. Each crane must have a designated loading and unloading area which will be used by respective cranes whenever
practical.
9. Requirements in the crane manufacturer’s instruction manuals and applicable sections of area Safety and Health
Legislation must be strictly adhered to at all times.
See Canadian Safety Manual – Forms Section – Mobile Crane Operator’s Checklist
334
OPERATION OF A TOWER CRANE ON A PROJECT
PROJECT NAME:
The operator of the crane must become fully acquainted with these instructions. One copy of the instructions is to be kept in
the log book, one to be retained by the operator and one to be kept in the construction office.
1. The crane operator will be provided with a two-way communication system that will allow him/her to communicate
directly with the designated signaller.
2. The crane will be provided with a flag marker on the hoisting jib that will warn the operator of the trolley’s proximity to
the overhead high voltage power lines. The marker shall be positioned to advise the operator that the minimum 6-
metre distance is being maintained from the innermost power line.

3. In the event wind reaches a velocity whereby safe operation of the crane is affected, the crane operator and his/her
signaller will take whatever steps are necessary in shutting the crane down, until such time as the wind subsides and
safe crane operation can resume.
4. When the crane is being shut down due to adverse weather conditions or at the end of the work day, the empty hook
of the crane must be brought up to the top most position and the trolley to the position closest to the crane tower.
5. When in the shut-down or unattended condition the crane must remain free to weathervane, unless obstruction or
other specific conditions prevent this. Under no circumstances are ladders, slings, job boxes or any other tools,
machinery or equipment to be stored suspended on an unattended crane hoisting cable.
6. The crane must have a designated loading and unloading area that will be used exclusively by the crane
whenever practical.
7. Requirements in the crane manufacturer’s instruction manual and applicable sections of the Occupational Health and
Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects must be strictly adhered to at all times.
8. Tower Cranes require a rescue procedure for the operator and trained workers to aide in a rescue and the Rescue Plan
MUST be submitted to the EllisDon site (WITH proof of training) before using a tower crane on site.
Reference: EllisDon Safety Portal – Tools & Templates – Tower Crane Operator Rescue Plan
335
EllisDon Safety
OPERATION OF A TOWER CRANE ON A PROJECT CONT’D

GOOD OPERATING PRACTICE
2. Prior to the operation of the crane, check daily the brakes and limit switches for proper functioning. Use test blocks as
per manufacturer’s specifications.
4. Regularly when ascending or descending the crane tower the operator shall check the crane structure and foundations
for any visible signs of weakness or damage.
5. Regularly check the tower bolts for looseness, pins for wear and missing cotter pins.
6. Check the brake and clutch linings for wear.
7. Report unusual noises, loss of control or poor response to control of any of the crane functions and make sure that
9. When operating the crane do not move control levers immediately to high speed. Move levers gradually to allow for
10. Receive and obey correct signals and only from designated signallers.
13. No not exert a horizontal pull at an angle to the boom of the crane.
14. Never leave a load suspended from the hook for any length of time except during climbing operations or under storm
conditions in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
336
OPERATION OF TWO TOWER CRANES ON A PROJECT
PROJECT NAME:
For the purpose of these instructions, the cranes will be identified as the __________________ crane and the
__________________ crane.
The operators of both cranes must become fully acquainted with these instructions. One copy of the instructions is to be
kept in the crane log book, one to be retained by each operator and one to be kept in the construction office.
1. Both crane operators will be provided with a two-way communication system which will allow them to communicate
directly with each other as well as with the designated signaller.

3. The common area which is encircled by the two cranes will be referred to as the “overlap zone”.
4. Prior to an operator entering the “overlap zone” with his/her boom he/she will inform the operator of the other crane of
his/her intention to enter the zone. Similarly, he/she will inform the other operator of his/her intention to leave the zone.
The operators of the cranes will be provided with an additional set of two-way radios for direct uninterrupted
communication with each other.
5. In the event wind reaches a velocity whereby safe operation of either or both cranes is affected, the crane operators and
their respective signallers will take whatever steps are necessary in shutting the cranes down until such time as the wind
subsides and safe crane operation can resume.
hooks of the cranes must be stowed as recommended in the respective manufacturer’s manuals. Under no
circumstances are ladders, slings, job boxes or any other tools, machinery or equipment to be stored suspended on an
unattended crane hoisting cable.
7. When in the shut-down or in unattended condition the cranes must be free to weathervane, unless obstructions
prevent this.
8. Each crane must have a designated loading and unloading area which will be used by respective cranes whenever
practical.
9. Requirements in the crane manufacturer’s instruction manuals and applicable sections of area Safety and Health
337
EllisDon Safety
OPERATION OF TWO TOWER CRANES ON A PROJECT CONT’D

4. Regularly, when ascending or descending the crane tower, check the crane structure, the foundation and floor supports
11. Do not attempt to lift a load of unknown weight and use the overload limit switches as indicators.
338
OPERATION OF THREE TOWER CRANES ON A PROJECT
PROJECT NAME:
For the purpose of these instructions, the cranes will be identified as the __________________ crane, the
__________________ crane and the ________________ crane.
The operators of all three cranes must become fully acquainted with these instructions. One copy of the instructions is to be
kept in the crane log books, one to be retained by each operator and one to be kept in forming crew’s office and one to be
kept in the project superintendent’s office.
1. All three crane operators will be provided with a two-way communication system which will allow them to
communicate directly with each other as well as with the designated signaller.

3. The common area which is encircled by the three cranes will be referred to as the “overlap zone”.
4. Prior to an operator entering the “overlap zone” with his/her boom he/she will inform the operators of the other two
cranes of his/her intention to enter the zone. Similarly, he/she will inform the other two operators of his/her intention to
leave the zone.
5. In the event wind reaches a speed where crane shut down is required, the three crane operators and the signalers will
proceed with shutting down the cranes until the wind subsides and the crane can be operated safely.
hooks of the cranes must be brought up to the top most positions and trolleys to the position closest to the crane
towers.
7. When in the shut-down or unattended condition the cranes must be free to weathervane, unless obstructions prevent
this.
8. Each crane must have a designated loading and unloading area which will be used exclusively by respective cranes
whenever practical (which may change with construction progression).
9. Requirements in the crane manufacturer’s instruction manuals and applicable sections of Area Safety and Health
339
EllisDon Safety
OPERATION OF THREE TOWER CRANES ON A PROJECT CONT’D

3. Should any of the tests fail, or if there is any doubt as to the safety of the cranes, the cranes shall not be put in operation
4. Regularly, when ascending or descending the crane tower, check the crane structure, the foundation and floor supports
15. Always follow the manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions and obey the Area Safety and Health Legislation.
340
CRITICAL LIFT CHECKLIST (1 OF 5 PAGES)
SAFE WORK PERMIT NO.:

JOB DESCRIPTION:
LOCATION
"Critical Lift" means

(a) a lift by a mobile crane or boom truck that exceeds 90% of its rated capacity while it is lifting the load at a load radius of
more than 50% of its maximum permitted load radius, taking into account its position and configuration during the lift,
(b) a tandem lift if the load on any one crane, hoist or other piece of powered lifting equipment exceeds 75% of the rated
capacity of that crane, hoist or other piece of powered lifting equipment,
(c) a tandem lift involving the simultaneous use of two or more cranes, hoists or other pieces of powered lifting
equipment,
(d) a lift of a person in a work platform suspended from or attached to a crane or hoist,
(e) a lift in which the centre of gravity of the load changes during the lift,
(f ) a lift in which the length of one or more sling legs changes during a lift,
(g) a lift by a crane, boom truck or hoist, supported on a floating base, that exceeds 90% of rated capacity for the lifting
system,
(h) a lift of a load over or between energized high voltage electrical conductors, or
(i) a lift of a submerged load,
(j) a lifting operation judged to carry a potentially high level of risk due to factors such as load weight, complex
procedures, high value or presence of hazards, potential injury and property damage,
(k) a lift made during the erection and dismantlement of tower cranes,
(l) a lift made out of the view of the operator (blind picks),
(m) a lift in a congested area,
(n) a lift in poor soil or unknown ground condition,
(o) a lift involving unstable pieces,
(p) a lift of a high value, unique, irreplaceable, hazardous, explosive, or radioactive load,
(q) a lift without the use of outriggers using on-rubber load charts,
(r) a non-routine lift requiring detailed planning and additional or unusual safety precautions,
(s) a lift where the load weight is not known,
(t) any lift which the crane operator believes is critical.
Critical lifts require more extensive planning and oversight by qualified persons and thus, a more formal approach.
For such “critical lifts”, it is prudent to have a formal lift plan prepared and approved by qualified persons to minimize the
potential of a crane (stability or structural) failure or an accident.
NOTES:
1. !!! A SAFE WORK PLAN IS REQUIRED FOR A CRITICAL LIFT !!!
2. All items on this checklist form an integral part of this standard. Each item MUST be acknowledged by
circling Y (yes), N (no) or N/A (not applicable). Items on the checklist with
only a Y (yes) answer opposite them are mandatory.
3. A pre-job planning meeting is required to ensure complete job preparation and understanding.
341
EllisDon Safety
1. General
• Planning Information:
• Total load weight below hook =
• Max. Boom length =
• Lowest Boom angle =
• Max. Operating radius =
• Allowable load at max. radius =
• % of allowable load =
Method(s) used to determine load weight:
Name of person responsible for load weight determination:
• Site/unit safety standards and procedures specific to this job have been reviewed Y N/A
• All workers clearly understand and agree upon their roles and responsibilities Y
• Weather conditions are favourable for this lift Y
• Wind speed judged acceptable for this lift Y
• Emergency plan discussed for worst case scenario Y
• Load’s centre of gravity is prevented from shifting during lift Y
• Any underground installations within lift area needing special treatment? Y N
(If yes, what?) __________________________________________________________________
• Best and most practical method of communication (between signal person and
equipment operator to be used:
[ ] Radio [ ] Hand Signals Other ______________________
• A designated channel/frequency is available for radio communication
(CHANNEL # ………………………) Y N/A
2. Workers Responsibilities
a) Signal Person
• Name _______________________________________________________________________
• Person is a competent worker in his role Y
• Understands lift procedure/plan Y
• Familiar with method of communication Y
• Will be wearing a retro-reflective fluorescent garment Y
• Has plan for controlling lift zone Y
• Has experience with this type of lift Y
• Will ensure receiving area is properly prepared for load Y
b) Head Rigger
• Name _______________________________________________________________________
• Person is a competent worker in his role Y
• Will ensure adequate condition and rating of rigging equipment before lift Y
• Will inspect for proper rigging before lift Y N/A
• Will inspect for proper rigging practices before lift Y
• Knows determined load weight Y
342
c) Hoisting Operator
• Name _______________________________________________________________________
• Certified to operate the equipment Y
• Has experience operating this type of equipment Y
• Has inspected the equipment and found it in acceptable condition for this lift Y
• Understands lift procedure/plan Y
• Has verified allowable load calculations Y
• Max. Operating radius measured with proper/legal measuring device Y
• Has pre-lift check of crane been completed i.e. water/fuel/oil levels Y
• If communication fails the operator will cease lifting operation immediately Y
3. Hoisting Equipment:
Major hoisting equipment to be used:
• Soil bearing allowable load checked Y

• Outrigger beams will be fully extended Y N/A
• Outrigger float pads are being used and good condition Y N/A
• Proper mats are being used and in good condition Y N/A
• Machine will be level during lift operation Y
• Structural worthiness certificate up to date Y
• Load cable visually inspected Y
• Lift lugs are properly designed, used and inspected Y N/A
4. Conditions
a) Load exceeds 80% of max. Allowable load Y N
(If yes, complete this section)
Weight of load (empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of load internals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of load block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of headache ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of spreader bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
Weight of rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
- Total Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________________________ lbs/kg
- Percentage total load weight of max. Allowable load = _____________________________%
b) Load exceeds 50% of max. allowable load and failure would endanger Y N/A
existing facilities - (If yes, complete this section and section 4a)
• Existing facilities = ____________________________________________________________
• Facilities can be protected Y N
• Plan in place can be place for isolating facilities in case of failure Y N/A
• Occupied facilities beneath lift zone will be vacated Y N/A
343
EllisDon Safety
c) Lift is within 4.5 meters of or above high voltage conductors Y N

or
Uninsulated high voltage lines within the 360 degree swing arc of the boom Y N
• Lift has been approved Y N/A
(If yes, approved by)____________________________________________________________
• Alternate lift/swing positions have been examined Y
• De-energizing lines/conductors is not considered feasible Y
• All workers are aware of electrical hazard Y
• There is a separate signal person designated to watch line/conductor clearance only Y
• Name ________________________________________________________________________
• Crane is properly grounded Y N/A
d) More than one crane required to make the lift and the verified lift exceed
50% of the max. allowable load for any of the cranes Y N
• A plan detailing the sequence of steps for the entire lift has been reviewed Y
• All applicable conditions have been considered for each boom Y
• Is the lift planned so that at no time any of the booms will have more than
80% of their load capacity Y
• A competent person has been selected to co-ordinate this lift Y
• Name ________________________________________________________________________
e) Lift will require use of man-basket Y N
• Alternate means of access have been considered Y
• Man-basket has been inspected (and documented) in the last 12 months Y
• Man-basket will be visually inspected before lift Y
• Wind speed judged acceptable for this lift Y
• At least one attended tag line to be used Y
• Fall protection to be used Y
• Weather changes during lift have been considered Y
• Crane will not be used for any other purpose during lift
• Crane will not be travelled with personnel elevated Y
• Operator will not leave with personnel elevated Y
• Emergency rescue plan discussed and understood by all Y
• Escape type breathing apparatus available in crane cab and in basket if in areas
of potential hazardous gas release Y
• Communication system for elevated personnel established Y
• Only personnel and small tools will be carried in the man-basket Y
f) Lift requires hydraulic crane with 2 lines reeved Y N
• Anti-two-blocking devices are operational Y
• Additional weight of hooks and rigging have been considered Y
• Is the whip line capable of handling the entire load? Y N/A
• A plan detailing the sequence of steps for the entire lift has been reviewed Y
• Is the lift planned so that at no time either of the lines will have more than
80% of their load capacity Y
• A competent person has been selected to co-ordinate the lift Y
• Name ________________________________________________________________________
344
Additional Comments:
Safety plan/lift procedure reviewed by the following involved parties (Name in BLOCK letters, followed by signature):
(Lead Engineer) ____________________________ _______________________________
(Engineering) ____________________________ _______________________________
(H&S Department) ____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
Contractor: ____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
All workers involved with lift: ____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
345
EllisDon Safety
LIVE WIRE WORK
Electrical hazards are all too common on electrical sites. Accidents from inadvertent human and equipment contact with
live circuits occur regularly. The Ministry of Labour has identified the elimination of electrical hazards as a primary target in
the reduction of construction fatalities. The Electrical Hazards part, sections 183 - 195 of the Regulations for Construction
Projects, which came into effect as of April 1, 2006, has been revised to reflect this commitment. Failure to implement and
enforce these legal obligations will result in severe fines and/or criminal charges against the constructor, employer,
supervisor and/or worker. There will be a zero tolerance for non-compliance to these regulations.
EllisDon has developed a Live Wire Work Policy for workers working on or near energized electrical equipment, installations
and/or conductors. A second policy addresses safe work practices to be followed for work being done near energized
overhead electrical conductors. Theses procedures must be strictly adhered to. Copies of these policies will be distributed to
every employer on a project. It is the responsibility of each employer to communicate these procedures to all personnel
who may be required to work on live wire, or required to assist workers working on live wire and to those who may be
required to work in the vicinity of exposed energized electrical equipment, installations and/or conductors.
The EllisDon site supervisor and Safety Coordinator will monitor all supervisors, subcontractors and workers to ensure these
policies are being implemented and enforced. Failure to work in accordance with these policies or, in the case of
subcontractors, failure to ensure that your employees will work in accordance with these policies may result in severe
disciplinary action taken against the worker/subcontractor.
The success of this program depends on the participation and heightened awareness of employers, supervisors, vehicle
operators and workers. The active participation and leadership of all employees is critical to the success of this program.
346
LIVE WIRE PROCEDURE
For working on or near energized electrical equipment, installations and/or
conductors
The only way to ensure zero fatalities and/or critical injuries from electrocution on construction sites is to eliminate the
hazard at the source. This can only be done by ensuring all electrical equipment, installations and conductors are
disconnected or locked out of service and tagged before work commences.
Effective immediately no worker working for EllisDon or for a subcontractor contracted by EllisDon will work, or
allow work to be done, on electrical equipment, installations and/or conductors without the written approval of
EllisDon.
Restricting Access
No person, other than a person authorized to do so by the site supervisor, shall enter, or be permitted to enter, a room or
other enclosure containing exposed energized electrical parts. It is the site supervisor's responsibility to ensure that
entrance to such rooms is marked by warning signs stating that; Entry by Unauthorized Persons is Prohibited. Warning signs
must be posted in conspicuous places such that they are easily visible by workers approaching the area.
Electrical Panels
Site supervisors will ensure that electrical panels meet the minimum standards outlined in the Regulations for Construction
Projects Section 194 ensuring that they are securely mounted on soundly constructed vertical surfaces and that they are
easily accessible to workers. The area in front of a panel must remain unobstructed. Panels must be protected from water
and access covers shall be present and secured. GFCI’s must be used between the cord and outlet of a generator and must
be installed at the outlet.
Equipment Storage and Use

Site supervisors will ensure that tools, ladders and other equipment or materials capable of conducting electricity, are not
stored or used so close to energized electrical equipment, installations or conductors that they can make electrical contact.
Live Wire Work

Only in extremely rare situations will EllisDon allow work to be done on energized electrical equipment, installations and/or
conductors. Requests for working live must be submitted by the employer in writing using the EllisDon Request for Live
Wire Work Permit form. The employer will be required to submit in writing adequate proof that at least one of the following
criteria be met:
1. It is not reasonably possible to disconnect the equipment, installation or conductor from the power supply before
working on or near the energized exposed parts. For example, posing an inconvenience to building owners or
occupants or necessitating the need for overtime is not an acceptable reason to allow live wire work to be done.
If the equipment, installation or conductor has ever been disconnected then it is reasonable to disconnect it again.
2. The equipment, installation or conductor is rated at a nominal voltage of 600 volts or less, and disconnecting the
equipment, installation or conductor would create a greater hazard to a worker than proceeding without
disconnecting it.
3. The work consists only of diagnostic testing, the meggering process of the equipment, installation or conductor.
347
EllisDon Safety
LIVE WIRE PROCEDURE
conductors CONT’D
Should the employer successfully be able to demonstrate the need to work on live equipment, installations or conductors
and if the equipment, installation or conductor is nominally rated at:
a. Greater than 400 amperes and greater than 200 volts; or
b. Greater than 200 amperes and greater than 300 volts
then the employer will have to provide maintenance logs proving that the equipment, installation or conductor has been
maintained according to the manufacture's specifications and that the employer has determined from the maintenance logs
that the work on the equipment, installation or conductor can be performed safely without disconnecting it. These records
must remain readily available on the jobsite.
In all other circumstances energized electrical equipment, installations and/or conductors must be de-energized with the
power disconnected or the energized electrical equipment, installations and/or conductors must be properly locked out of
service and tagged before any work is done. It is the responsibility of the employer(s) to provide written Lock Out and Tag
Out procedures.
Roles and Responsibilities

Only if and when the above mentioned criteria are adequately proven in writing will a Live Wire Work Permit be issued
approving work to be done on energized electrical equipment, installations and/or conductors.
Constructor's Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of EllisDon to develop and ensure the implementation of its written Live Wire Procedures to ensure
that workers are adequately protected from electrical shock and burn in accordance with applicable legislative
requirements. These procedures will be distributed to every employer on the project.
Site Supervisor's Responsibilities

Once written permission has been granted for the performance of live wire work, the EllisDon site supervisor will ensure, in
conjunction with the Safety Coordinator, that:
Workers have received a copy of the EllisDon Live Wire Work Procedures.
The work will only be performed by qualified electricians.
The necessary safety equipment for working on live wire is being used by all workers who will be performing the work.
Workers have received adequate training in the proper use and maintenance of the equipment.
Adequate emergency procedures are in place and workers have been trained on their responsibilities as outlined in the
emergency procedure.
Supervisors and workers are monitored to ensure this policy is strictly adhered to.
348
LIVE WIRE PROCEDURE
conductors CONT’D
Employer's Responsibilities
All employers receiving written permission to proceed with work on energized equipment, installation or conductor will
ensure that:
They have developed and implemented a Live Wire Policy, Lock Out/Tag Out Policy and Emergency Plan policy and that
all workers have received adequate training in these procedures.
All workers are trained in the company H&S Program and the afore- mentioned policies.
Each worker receives a copy of the EllisDon Live Wire Work Procedure and a copy of the Request Live Wire Work Permit.
Only qualified electricians will perform the work.
The electrician, if exposed to voltages of 300 volts or more, is accompanied by a competent worker (assistant) who is
qualified to perform rescue procedures operations including CPR.
The necessary safety equipment is provided and tested as required for working on live power. At a minimum this
equipment must include:
• Rubber mats - to be tested within one year.
• Rubber gloves - to be tested within three months.
• Face shields
All workers who will be performing the work, or assisting the worker performing the work, are trained in the proper use
and maintenance of the equipment.
All workers work in compliance with the EllisDon Live Wire Work Policy.
All assistants are equipped with a telephone or two-way radio.
Worker's Responsibilities
No worker, unless authorized, will enter a room or other enclosure containing exposed energized electrical parts.
Workers will work in compliance with the EllisDon Live Wire Work Procedure.
Workers will inspect all safety equipment including PPE for defectives before use.
Workers will use rubber gloves, mats, shields and other protective equipment provided by the employer to ensure
adequate protection.
When working with voltages of 300 or more, a worker will work with an assistant and ensure that the assistant:
• Will ensure that no unauthorized individuals enter the area where live work is being performed;
• Is adequately trained in the employers and the constructor's emergency plans;
• Is adequately trained to provide adequate medical assistance and/or CPR and will summons help immediately
should an emergency occur.
349
EllisDon Safety
LIVE WIRE PROCEDURE
For working on or near overhead power lines
The most common cause of power line contact incidents involves the failure by heavy equipment operators to recognize
their proximity to power lines; however, cranes are not the only equipment involved in overhead contacts. Cranes,
backhoes, dump trucks, ladders and scaffolding are usually involved in such contacts. Furthermore, it does it take high-
tension lines to kill construction workers. Too many fatalities involve residential service. While engineering controls should
not be overlooked, training solutions are the most efficient method of controlling electrical hazards.
To prevent the electrocution of workers working in proximity to overhead power lines, EllisDon has established safe work
procedures which outline the responsibilities of each party.
Constructor's Responsibilities
The development and implementation of a Live Wire Procedure For Working on or Near Overhead Power Lines Policy.
Ensure that a written copy of the procedures is distributed to employers who may have workers who may come in
contact with overhead powerlines. Oral instructions must also be given to the worker explaining the procedures which
ensure that vehicles and equipment will not make contact with the overhead powerlines.
To locate and identify all overhead powerlines and determine the voltage before construction begins.
If practical, have lines moved, insulated or de-energized.
If not practical, develop procedures to ensure that vehicles and equipment will not make contact with overhead
powerlines.
Ensure that a written copy of the procedures is distributed to employers who may have workers who may come in
contact with overhead powerlines. Oral instructions must also be given to the worker explaining the procedures which
ensure that vehicles and equipment will not make contact with the overhead powerlines.
Site Supervisor's Responsibilities

When it is not practical to have lines moved, insulated or de-energized the site supervisor must ensure that:
The operator of the vehicle/equipment receives written notification of the electrical hazards prior to work beginning
Oral instructions must also be given to workers explaining the procedures which ensure that vehicles and equipment
will not make contact with the overhead powerlines.
If practicable, ensure barriers are placed to prevent physical contact with energized lines.
adequate warning devices, visible to the operator and warning of the electrical hazard, are positioned in the vicinity of
the hazard.
A sign warning of the hazards is posted in a position which is visible by the operator.
The minimum allowable distances between equipment and powerlines, as outlined in the table below, are being
observed:
Nominal phase-to-phase voltage rating Minimum distance
750 to 150,000 volts 3.0 meters (10 feet)
150,001 to 250,000 volts 4.5 meters (15 feet)
over 250,000 volts 6.0 Meters (20 feet)
If it is necessary for a backhoe, crane or similar device to encroach upon the minimum distances outlined above that
designated signalers are used.
The designated signaler's sole duty is to warn the operator of impending contact.
350
LIVE WIRE PROCEDURE
For working on or near overhead power lines CONT’D
Worker's Responsibilities:
Check the work area for overhead power lines.
Ensure that all work is performed in a safe manner.
To report all hazards.
To work in compliance with EllisDon Live Wire Work Procedures.
SIGNALERS
Employer:
Ensure the designated signaler has received adequate oral and written instructions.
Ensure that written instructions remain on the project.
Signalers:
Know and use the standard hand signals for on-site traffic.
Understand maneuvering limitations of vehicles.
Know driver blind spots.
Warn workers on foot to keep clear of blind spots.
Make eye contact with driver before signaling or changing locations.
Workers:
Make eye contact with vehicle operators before approaching.
Signal their intended movements to the vehicle operator.
Be aware of blind spots around the vehicles.
Avoid standing and talking near vehicle paths and other areas where equipment is moving back and forth.
351
EllisDon Safety
LIVE WIRE PROCEDURE
For working on or near overhead power lines CONT’D
Drivers and Operators:

Always acknowledge and maintain eye contact with the signaler.
Obey signalers instructions.
Where there is more than one signaler, exit the vehicle and establish which signaler you are to obey.
When your view is obstructed, never back-up without the aid of a signaler.
Remain in the cab, if possible, where other equipment is backing up.
Make sure all mirrors are in tact, functional and adjusted for the best view.
Stop the vehicle when a worker, signaler or anyone else disappears from view.
Blow the horn twice before backing up.
When no signaler is present, get out, quickly walk around the vehicle and back up at once if the way is clear.
352
REQUEST FOR LIVE WIRE WORK PERMIT
Company making request:

Date of request:
Location Live Wire Work will be performed:
Date and time Live Wire Work will be performed:
List of workers who will perform work:
Reason for Request:

n 1. It is not reasonably possible to disconnect the equipment, installation or conductor from the power supply before
working on or near the energized parts.
n 2. The equipment, installation or conductor is rated at a nominal voltage of 600 volts or less, and disconnecting the
equipment, installation or conductor would create a greater hazard to a worker than proceeding without disconnecting
it.
n 3.The work consists only of diagnostic testing of the equipment, installation or conductor.
Provide explanation for Reason for request:
Will the work be performed on equipment, installation or conductor which is nominally rated at:
n Greater than 400 amperes and greater than 200 volts
n Greater than 200 amperes and greater than 300 volts
If yes, maintenance records of the equipment installation or conductor must be included with request.
Additional Information Required

Copy of your company's Live Wire Work Policy and Procedures;
Copy of your company's Lock Out/Tag Out Policy and Procedures;
Copy of your company's Emergency Plan Policy and Procedures;
Proof of certification under the Trades Qualification and Apprenticeship Act or the Apprenticeship and Certification Act
and the Technical Standards and Safety Act, for each worker who will be performing the work or assisting the one
performing the work;
A list of PPE and safety equipment which will be used (proof of testing must be provided for gloves and mat);
Proof that all involved workers have been adequately trained in all the above mentioned policies and in the use and
maintenance of safety equipment;
Signage to be Posted stating “Live Wire Work in Progress”.
353
EllisDon Safety
REQUEST FOR LIVE WIRE WORK PERMIT
(for Office Use Only)
Date request was received:
Supervisor receiving the request:
Reason for Request:

The company has adequately met the requirements for Reason for Request
n Yes n No
If no, provide explanation
Proof of Qualification and Training:

Name of Worker Trade/apprenticeship Live Wire Lock Out/ Emergency Safety
qualifications Work Tag Out Procedures Equipment
Additional Information:
Orientation Requirement Submitted Adequate Comments
Maintenance Records
Live Wire Work Policy and Procedures
Lock Out/Tag Out Policy and Procedures
Emergency Plan Policy and Procedures
List of PPE and safety equipment
Proof of testing
n It is the decision of EllisDon that ________________________________ has successfully demonstrated the requirements
necessary to perform work on energized equipment, installations or conductors. A Live Wire Permit will be issued.
n It is the decision of EllisDon that ________________________________ has not successfully demonstrated the
requirements necessary to perform work on energized equipment, installations or conductors. A Live Wire Permit will not
be issued.
EllisDon Representative: ______________________________________________________________
Signature
______________________________________________________________
Printed Name
______________________________________________________________
Date
______________________________________________________________
EllisDon Safety Coordinator
354
MAN/MATERIAL HOIST
1. Man/Material Hoists must be erected as per engineered drawings by a competent person. These stamped, dated, and
signed by P.Eng drawings must be on site prior to erection.
2. Upon completion of the erection procedure and prior to operation, the Man and Material Hoist must be inspected and
signed off by the TSSA. A copy of this TSSA inspection report and all subsequent inspection reports must be provided to
EllisDon and kept on site.
3. The hoisting company must forward a Safe Work Procedure to EllisDon Health and Safety Department showing proof of
competency for the erection supervisor and the erection crew/workforce along with proof of certification for both Fall
Protection and WHMIS .
4. A written maintenance plan shall be provided by the hoist provider along with the log book which will clearly identify
all maintenance requirements. These must meet or exceed the requirements of any regulation or operation manuals.
5. All maintenance will have a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) produced identifying the type of work to be performed and the
hazards and controls. Only those qualified (minimum T licence and a passport signed off by a Master mechanic –
Ontario) will perform those tasks. Task specific procedures for maintenance will be provided and will identify controls
for such hazards as fall protection and rescue planning, lock out, pit entry controls, worker positioning for greasing the
rack, etc.
6. Hoists are not to be operated until the daily inspections are complete. All daily logs are to be kept up-to-date; this
includes maintenance services and TSSA inspections. The operator’s checklist is provided by the hoist provider and
complies with all regulations and manuals.
7. All log books provided by the hoist provider must include at a minimum;
a) A daily inspection checklist for the operator to follow and complete along with an area for the operator to provide
comments;
b) Weekly Inspection Checklist (as per regs. and manual) to be done by a qualified mechanic;
c) Monthly Inspection Checklist (as per regs. and manual) to be done by a qualified mechanic;
d) Quarterly Inspection Checklist (as per regs. and manual) to be done by a qualified mechanic;
e) Annual Inspection Checklist (as per regs. and manual) to be done by a qualified mechanic;
f ) A comment section for mechanics which must be completed in Detail any time a mechanic inspects and/or services
the hoist. TSSA Inspections shall also be noted in the comments section of the logs.
8. All load limit requirements are to be posted in the hoist and observed.
9. When hoisting hazardous materials, all containers must be in good condition. No damaged or leaking containers will be
permitted on the host and all labels must be legible.
10. All loads going into the hoist must be secure. Loads may be refused at the discretion of the operator.
11. All hoists must have a 4A40BC fire extinguisher located in it at all times along with a monthly inspection record
attached.
12. Overhead protection will be erected at the hoist access platform. Reference the Ministry of Labour (Ontario) guideline
for details on overhead protection at access to Man and Material Hoists
13. A site specific emergency exit plan will be developed. This plan must effectively provide safe removal of personnel from
a hoist should it become inoperable.
14. Hoist operators will have a means of two-way communication at all times. Please note, hoist communication boxes do
not work.
15. No Smoking – Smoking is not permitted in the hoists.
16. A personnel hoist must meet the requirements of CSA standard Z185 (safety code for personnel hoists) (and Ontario
and Elevating Devices Code Adoption April 25, 2011 – Ontario).
17. Operators shall only access the roof to do daily inspections and shall not leave the guardrailed area. On twin car towers,
these inspections shall be done with both cars on the ground.
18. Only licensed mechanics shall access the roof of a hoist when the hoist is in motion.
355
EllisDon Safety
MAN/MATERIAL HOIST RESCUE
In virtually any case, passengers are ALWAYS safest when they remain IN the car. There is rarely any need to remove
passengers before a technician can arrive to move the disabled car(s) to the next available floor and off load
passengers/operator.
If a medical emergency, etc., dictates the necessity to remove a passenger or passengers/operator, it should be possible to
remove a/the passenger(s) as follows:
1) Open gate inside of car to determine closest floor to exit onto. Open the gate on the identified floor from the inside of
the building, on the nearest floor above or below the car (whichever provides the largest opening to exit through via a
ladder). If exiting to the floor below, the recommendation would be to place a guardrail/fence in front of the opening
(after opening the gate) to eliminate the need for all parties to be tied off. Whoever opens the gate must be tied off until
the fence is in place though.
2) Position an extension ladder and secure.
3) One at a time, have passengers climb up/down the ladder to exit the car. The last person out of the car should be the
operator.
In the rare instance that the car is aligned in such a way as to prevent the above method being used to evacuate passengers,
the following is the recommended course of action:
1) Open the gate from the inside of the building, on the nearest floor above the car rooftop
2) Lower an extension ladder and secure.
3) Attach 25 ft. retractable lanyard inside building.
4) Once secured, attach 25 ft. rope to lanyard hook and pass down to rooftop. Rope can now be used to pull down the
lanyard for each passenger to climb up ladder safely to nearest floor. Ensure there is fall protection equipment available
to protect passenger while transitioning from disabled car to the floor level, minimum of 1 harness. Harness(es) can be
lowered to the car using the 25 ft. rope.
5) One passenger at a time will climb up ladder out onto rooftop of the car. Passenger must put on the harness before
climbing to rooftop.
6) Operator will assist passenger by hooking up retractable lanyard and "spotting" the bottom of the floor access ladder.
7) Repeat #6 until all passengers are out of the car.
8) Operator can now put on the harness and climb the ladder to the floor level.
9) Once #8 is complete, bring up the ladder into building and close/lock gate.
***This procedure is a model to be used in preparing a comprehensive, site specific Rescue Procedure and Fall
Protection Plan. Site conditions and variables MUST be taken into consideration when designing a Site Specific
Rescue/Fall Protection Plan***
356

9 Asphalt - Safe Work Practices & Procedures Manual 2017-18

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

9 Asphalt - Safe Work Practices & Procedures Manual 2017-18

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ELLISDON SAFE WORK PRACTICES & PROCEDURES MANUAL

Please consult your Regional Safety Representative if you require assistance.

July 2017 - 2018

(a) Safe Work Practices are in writing;

The process of PSA's includes:

Fall Protection 162-164

SEE and BE SEEN

All equipment must be CSA/ANSI approved.

Cold Stress Detection

Excessive exposure to very cold temperatures is referred to as cold stress.

Heat is lost to the environment through:

Cold Stress can be affected by one or more of the following factors:

Control the Temperature

Implement Appropriate Work Practices

Wear Appropriate Clothing

Vehicles & Equipment

TLVs Work/Warm-up Schedule for Outside Workers based on a Four-Hour Shift*

Wind Wind Wind Wind

Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

-26° to -28° -15° to -19° (Norm breaks) 1 (Norm breaks) 75 2 55 3 40 min. 4

-29° to -31° -20°to -24° (Norm breaks) 1 75 2 55 3 40 4 30 min. 5

-32° to -34° -25°to -29° 75 2 55 3 40 4 30 5 Non-emergency

-40° to -42° -40°to -44° 30 5 Non-

Remove everyone from the

Never open a pressurized

Rescue equipment required for confined space:

Supplied-Air Cylinder Standby Worker

Worker equipped with

Project Name and Number: Date:

Potential Confined Space Location:

Has the atmosphere in the space been tested for hazards?

Is the space fully or partially enclosed?

Employee name (print):

Name of Lead Employers:

Confined Space ID: Date:

Date Date Date Date Date

Name Company Work Performing Initials Initials Initials Initials Initials

Lead Employer Representative (print name): Phone:

Lead Employer Representative (signature): Date:

Confined Space Entry Permit page 1 of 3

Date ______________________________________ Permit end time ________________________________

Assessment performed by __________________ Permit start time ________________________________

Location of confined space (or spaces if they are similar)

Description of confined space (or spaces if they are similar)

Description of work to be performed

Air quality results

Test # Test # Test #

Tester’s name ______________________________ Signature ______________________________________

Atmospheric hazards Hazard controls Personal protective

Flammable Purge using mechanical Respirator ____________________

Physical hazards Hazard controls Personal protective equipment (type)

Hot temperature Ventilation Hearing protection

Attendant’s name __________________________ Signature ______________________________________

Method of communication with workers Method of communication to summon rescue

Adequate number of trained persons are available to implement rescue procedures

Appropriate rescue Appropriate rescue equipment has been inspected and is

Tripod Harness Winch/cable Other:_________________________________________

Names of Has confined Trained in the Time of entry Time of exit

Hot work (complete if hot work will be conducted)

Supervisor’s name __________________________ Signature ______________________________________

SITE IDENT: TYPE OF SPACE:

Jurisidictional Authorities (include Owner/Client where applicable)

Corresponding Air Quality Results

Date ______ Permit end time

Assessment performed by Permit start time ______________

Tester’s name Signature ________

Attendant’s name Signature ____________

Supervisor’s name Signature ____________